Full text of "The first six books of Homer's Iliad"

I 


I 


s, 




Κ 


L•,^ 



"V, 'Γ? : . V 




THE 



FIRST SIX BOOKS 



HOMEK'S ILIAD 



INTRODUCTION, COMMENTARY, AND VOCABULARY 



FOB THE USE OF SCHOOLS 



BY 

THOMAS D. SEYMOUR 

HlLLHOUSB PROFBSSOR OF GREEK IN YaLB COLLEOK 



^ OF THE \ 



>i«;c 



UNIVERSITY 

OF 



£^L' 




BOSTON, U.S.A.: 
GINN & COMPANY, PUBLISHERS. 

1898. 



Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1889, by 

THOMAS D. SEYMOUR, 
in the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Wastiington<, 



All Rights Reserved. 



Fbbsswork by Ginn 8ί Co., Boston, U.S.A. 



If 



0.^20 



PREFACE. rt/fiAJ 



The Text of this edition of the First Books of Homer's Iliad 
is that of Homeri Ilias edidit Guilielmus Dindorf: editio quinta 
correctior quam curavit C. Hentze. Leipzig, 1884. 

The Commentary has been adapted to the use of schools from 
that of Homer's Iliad, Books I.-III, edited on the basis of the 
Ameis-Hentze edition by T. D. Seymour, in the College Series of 
Greek Authors. 

The Introduction has been simplified and enlarged, according 
to the needs of the present work, from the Editor's Introduction 
to the Language and Verse of Homer, also in the College Series 
of Greek Authors. 

The Vocabulary has been prepared from the poem itself, but 
with the use of Seber's Index Homericus, Frohwein's Verbum 
Homericum, Ebeling's great Lexicon Homericum, and Seiler- 
Capelle's Worterbuch ilber die Gedichte des Homeros. 

For a somewhat fuller illustration of the Greek text and of 
Homeric forms, the Editor refers to the above-mentioned volumes 
of the College Series of Greek Authors. 

Eeference is made to Books of the Iliad by the capital letters 
of the Greek alphabet, A, B, Γ, κτλ. ; to Books of the Odyssey, by 
the small letters, a, β, y, κτλ. References preceded by the sym- 
bol ["§] are to the Introduction. H. stands for the Greek Gram- 
mar of Hadley-AUen ; G. stands for Goodwin's Greek Grammar. 
Other abbreviations are intended to be self-interpreting. Trans- 
lations are in italics; paraphrases are enclosed in double inverted 
commas ; quotations are enclosed in single inverted commas. 

Yale College, March 28, 1889. 



INDEX TO THE INTRODUCTION. 



Adjectives § 38. 

Adverbs § 56. 

Analysis of Iliad § 8. 

Anastrophe § 55 c. 

Anomalous Forms § 37. 

Aorists of ^t-form § 53. 

Apocope § 29. 

Asyndeton § 15. 

Augment § 43. 

Books, division into, § 10. 

Bucolic diaeresis § 58 h. 

Caesural Pauses § 58. 

Change of meanings § 17. 

Chiasmus § 16 a. 

Comparison of Adjectives § 40. 

Comparisons § 14. 

Consonants § 30. 

Contract Verbs § 47. 

Contraction § 24. 

Crasis § 26. 

Dactyls § 57 c. 

Dialect, General Kemarks, § 22. 

Digamma § 32. 

Direct Discourse § 11 e. 

Elision § 28. 

Epanalepsis § 16 6. 

Epexegesis § 12 e. 

Epic Poetry § 1. 

Epithets § 12 a. 

Feminine Caesura § 58 c,/. 

First Aorist § 48. 

First Declension § 34. 

Future § 48. 

Genitive Absolute § 19 d. 

Hexameter § 57. 

Hiatus § 27. 

Hysteron Proteron § 16/. 



Iliudt Story of, § 6. 

Iterative Forms § 54. 

Life in Homer § 5. 

Litotes § 16 c. 

Masculine Caesura § 58/. 

Metathesis § 31. 

/Ui-verbs § 52. 

Middle Voice § 50. 

Numerals § 41. 

Optative mode § 46. 

Order of Words § 11 h. 

Parataxis § 21. 

Parechesis § 13. 

Particles § 20. 

Passive Voice § 51. 

Patronymics § 39. 

Periphrasis § 16 d. 

Perfect Tense § 49. 

Prepositions § 55. 

Pronouns § 42. 

Quantity § 59. 

Reduplication § 43. 

Second Declension § 35. 

Special Case Endings § 38. 

Spondees § 57 c. 

Stereotyped Expressiens § 12 Λ, 

Style § 11. 

Subjunctive Mode § 45. 

Synizesis § 25. 

Synonymous Expressions § 12 d. 

Syntax § 18. 

Third Declension § 36. 

Troy § 4. 

Verb Endings § 44. 

Verse § 57. 

Vowels § 23. 

Zeugma § 16 e. 



f UNIVERSITY 

OF 

INTRODUCTION. 

§ 1. EPIC POETRY. The Homeric Poems are the oldest remains 
of Greek literature, but they were not the earliest poems of the Greeks. 
Lyric poetry naturally precedes epic poetry. Every nation has love songs, 
war songs, and dirges, before it has narrative poems. Those early songs 
of the Greeks are all lost, although traces of them are found in the Iliad 
and Odyssey. Doubtless the Greeks had also many brief songs, narrat- 
ing exploits in war and hair-breadth 'scapes in adventure, before any one 
thought of composing a long epic poem. In the Iliad and Odyssey are 
found indications of poems about the adventures of Heracles, of the 
Argonautic Expedition for the Golden Fleece, and of short songs about 
the expedition against Troy. The earlier and shorter epic poems were 
used freely by Homer (for this name may fairly be given to the man who 
formed the plan of the Iliad, and to whom its unity is due) in the com- 
position of the Iliad, and again, after him, additions were made by other 
bards. The Iliad thus contains Pre-Homeric, Homeric, and Post- 
Homeric elements. Some scholars lay more stress on the one class of 
elements, while other scholars lay more stress on another. But the lover 
of the poem, who reads it attentively again and again, generally feels the 
essential unity and harmony of the work more forcibly than the incon- 
sistencies and discrepancies on which have been based the arguments for 
the different authorship of different parts of the poem. Composed at a 
time when the art of writing was not familiar to the people, when Greece 
had no ' reading public,' the poem was made to be recited and heard, not 
to be read. It would, then, be composed in parts which could be recited 
at one sitting. The poet would not be solicitous to preserve exact har- 
mony of detail between lays which were not likely to be sung in immedi- 
ate succession nor on the same occasion. He would not begin his work 
with the plan of composing a poem of 15,000 verses, but, finding that his 
theme was popular and admitted of indefinite expansion, he would natu- 
rally develop what had been only indicated before. Thus the Books of 
the Iliad doubtless were not composed in the order in which they stand 
in our texts. The first part of the First Book must have been the earliest 
composed, for that is the basis of the rest of the poem ; but Books II.- VI. 



vi INTRODUCTION. § 2. 

(and still more, Books VII.-X.) may have been composed after Book XI., 
in order to fill up the details of the story. 

The beginner need not (and should not) be disturbed by questions as 
to the diverse authorship of different parts of the Iliad. The subject is 
exceedingly complicated, and cannot be studied profitably until the stu- 
dent is perfectly familiar with the entire poem, and with similar literature 
in other languages. The student should strive to enjoy and appreciate 
the Homeric Poems, — not to analyze them.^ 

§ 2. a. Scholars now do not ask where Homer was born, but rather 
where Greek epic poetry had its rise. The Muses were ' Pierian Muses,' 
*Ολΰ/χ7ηα Βώμητ Ιχονσαι, and their earliest home seems to have been on 
the slopes of Mt. Olympus, in Pierian Thessaly. Thence epic poetry was 
carried by the Aeolians to Asia Minor, where it was adopted and per- 
fected by the lonians. The Homeric Poems still contain many Aeolic 
forms in words and phrases for which the lonians had no metrical equiv- 
alent. 

b. Xo one can tell the exact date of the composition of the Homeric 
Poems. Probably they were essentially in their present form as early as 
the Eighth Century B.C. 

§ 3. a. An Epic Poem is a narration in heroic verse of a dignified 
story of considerable length w^hich has a definite beginning, middle, and 
end, and an organic relation of parts. The time of the action should not 
be so long as to make difficult a general view of the story. The poet 
puts as much as possible of his tale into the mouth of his actors, and so 
the Iliad is strongly dramatic. In the First Book, the first 427 verses 
are almost entirely dramatic, the narrative serving simply as 'stage 
directions.' Epic poetry was the mother of the drama. 

1 The famous Homeric Question, as to the composition of the Homeric 
Poems, was first treated in a scientific way by a German scholar, Priedrich 
August Wolf, in his Prolegomena ad Homerum, 1795. He claimed that the 
Iliad and the Odyssey were not the work of one poet, and that the unity of each 
poem Λvas given to it by scholars at the court of Pisistratus in Athens, in the 
Sixth Century e.g. He based his view on external arguments, which have 
grown weaker rather tlian stronger since his day, and are almost entirely neg- 
lected now. About half a century later, in 1837, another German scholar, 
Lachmann, divided the Iliad into sixteen different lays, resting his division on 
internal arguments, i.e., on the inconsistencies of different parts. The discus- 
sion now continues, with the use of internal arguments, but scholars are less 
inclined than a few years ago to suppose that the Iliad is a conglomeration 
of separate lays, a * fortuitous concurrence of atoms,' and are more disposed to 
favor the idea of a natural and organic development, — such as was suggested 
for the Odyssey by Kirchhoff in 1859. 



§4b. EPIC POETRY. vii 

b. The Homeric Poems used to be compared with Vergil's Aeneid, 
Dante's Divina Commedia, and Milton's Paradise Lost. But men have 
come to see a difference between the Natural Epic and the Literary 
Epic. Vergil had no personal (only an artistic) interest in the battles 
and adventures of his hero. He sends Aeneas to Hades simply because 
the Homeric Odysseus had been there ; he makes Aeneas tell the story of 
his wanderings and sufferings to Queen Dido, because Odysseus had told 
a similar story to King Alcinous. Vergil consciously strives to unite the 
characteristics of both Iliad and Odyssey, and begins his poem with 
arma virumque cano, — the arm a being for the Iliad and the 
virum for the Odyssey. Vergil is self-conscious, too, in the use of 
eano, — he remembers that he is the court poet of Augustus, and bor- 
rows the word ' sing,' although his poem was not meant to be sung but to 
be read. But Homer is in earnest when he says, aetSe θεά, Sing, goddess ! 

In the Epics of Vergil, Dante, and Milton, more grace and finish are 
expected, and more studied thought. ' The capital distinction of Homeric 
poetry,' as Professor Jebb has well said, * is that it has all the freshness 
and simplicity of a primitive age, — all the charm which we associate 
with the " childhood of the world " ; while on the other hand it has com- 
pletely surmounted the rudeness of form, the struggle of thought with 
language, the tendency to grotesque or ignoble modes of speech, the 
incapacity for equable maintenance of a high level, which belong to the 
primitive stage of literature.' 

c. A great Natural Epic is possible only in a nation which has a rich 
and varied mythology. Hence, the Romans, being without a mythology 
of their own, could have no great Natural Epic. 

§ 4. a. Homer's story of the Siege of Troy certainly was not intended 
as a history of an actual occurrence. The poet says again and again that 
he is of a later generation. He asks the Muse to tell the story, since she 
alone knows what really happened. Doubtless many such battles were 
fought and many such sieges endured in Asia Minor about 1000 years B.C. 

b. Dr. Heinrich Schliemann was led by his Homeric enthusiasm, a few 
years ago, to excavate the site of Hissarlik (' Ilium Novum ') in the 
Troad, near the Hellespont, and that of Mycenae in Argolis. In both 
places he found indications and remains of ancient wealth and power 
which justified the Homeric epithets of Ilios and Mycenae, and made 
more probable the belief that the story of the expedition against Troy 
was founded on fact. Mycenae may have been the chief city of Pelopon- 
nesus, at one time. An armada may have been led by the King of 
Mycenae against Troy. But certainly most of the incidents and names 
of heroes were invented. 



viii INTRODUCTION. § 5. 

§ 5. a. HOMERIC LIFE. The Homeric Poems give a picture of life 
in Greece which differs in important particulars from that of the clas- 
sical or historical period. The poet knows no one name for Greece as 
opposed to other lands. The Greeks are ' Argives,' ' Achaeans/ or ' Da- 
naans.' The ' Hellenes ' are as yet only the inhabitants of a small dis- 
trict in Thessaly. The names of ' Attica' and ' Peloponnesus ' are unheard. 
Thebes seems to be in ruins. Athens has no special distinction. Mene- 
laus, king of Sparta, and his country are comparatively insignificant, 
although the war was undertaken to avenge the wrong which he had 
suffered from Paris. The brother of Menelaus, Agamemnon, king of 
Mycenae, is the chief monarch of Greece. The Greek colonies and the 
Greek cities of Asia Minor are not mentioned. Monarchy prevails ; de- 
mocracies seem to be unknown. The king is also commander-in-chief of 
the army, judge, and priest. As head of the nation he represents it 
before the gods, but his power is practically limited. Public opinion is 
strong, although Homer has no word for law. 

b. Monarchy prevails among the gods as among men. Zeus ('Jupi- 
ter') is mightier than all the rest together. Athena ('Minerva') and 
Apollo are next to Zeus in j^ower. Athena is the chief divinity of war. 
Ares (' Mars ') is comparatively insignificant. Dionysus (' Bacchus ') is 
not as yet admitted to the circle of gods on Olympus. Asclepius (' Aes- 
culapius *) is still a mortal. Pan and the Satyrs are unknown. The 
gift of prophecy is granted to individual men. The oracle of Delphi is 
hardly mentioned. TelΉples are uncommon. 

c. The Homeric knights do not ride on horseback, but fight from 
chariots. They roast their meat, and do not boil it. They sit at table, 
and do not recline at dinner. They buy their wives by large gifts of 
cattle to the parents. The most useful metal is copper or bronze ; iron 
is little used. Coined money is unknown ; all trade is barter. The occu- 
pations of the rich and poor differ little. Princes tend flocks and build 
houses ; princesses fetch water and wash clothes. The heroes are their 
own butchers and cooks. 

§ 6. THE STORY OF THE ILIAD, a. The action of the Iliad 
itself covers only a few days, but many allusions are made to preceding 
events which complete the story. 

Paris (whose Greek name was Alexander), son of King Priam of Troy 
(or Ilios) on the shore of the Hellespont, on the northwest corner of 
Asia Minor, carries away Helen, wife of King Menelaus of Sparta. The 
Achaeans (Greeks) unite to avenge the wrong, under command of Aga- 
memnon, king of Mycenae, the brother of Menelaus. Nestor and Odys- 
seus visit Thessaly and enlist Achilles (son of Peleus and the sea-goddess 



§ 7 a. THE STORY OF THE ILIAD. ix 

Thetis) and his friend Patroclus. The Greeks assemble at Aulis. There 
a portent is seen, which the seer Calchas interprets to mean that they 
shall fight for nine years around Troy, and capture the city in the tenth 
year. On their way to Troy, they stop at the island of Lemnos, where 
they are hospitably entertained, and where they leave one of their chief- 
tains, Philoctetes, who has been bitten by a water-snake. On their 
arrival at Troy, Menelaus and Odysseus go to the city as ambassadors, 
and demand tlie return of Helen, which is refused. Some of the Trojans 
even urge that the ambassadors be put to death, but their host Antenor 
and others secure their safety. The Achaeans begin the siege. The 
Trojans send to their neighbors and gain allies. 

b. The siege is not very close. The Greek camp is at a considerable 
distance from the city, and the Greeks cannot devote all of their time to 
fighting. They are obliged to make expeditions against the neighboring 
towns in order to obtain supplies. In these marauding forays, the men 
of the sacked towns are killed or sent to other countries to be sold as 
slaves ; the women are often brought to the Greek camp before Troy. 
Meanwhile, the wealth of the city of Troy is nearly exhausted. The 
Trojans have been obliged to pay and support their allies, and have been 
shut out from the use of their fields. They are afraid to meet the 
Greeks in open battle. 

c. Of the gods, Hera (' Juno '), Athena, and Poseidon (' Neptune ') favor 
the Achaeans; Aphrodite ('Venus'), Ares, and Apollo favor the Trojans. 

§ 7. a. The Iliad begins in the midst of the tenth year of the war. 
Chryseis, the daughter of a priest of Apollo, had been captured on one of 
the marauding expeditions of the Achaeans, and was given to Agamem- 
non as the 'first-fruit' of the spoils. The captive's aged father comes to 
the Greek camp, bearing the fillets of Apollo as his official insignia, and 
begs to be allowed to ransom his daughter, but Agamemnon sends him 
away, slighting his request. As he leaves the Greek camp, the old priest 
prays for vengeance to his god, Apollo, who hears his prayer and sends 
pestilence upon the Achaeans. For nine days the plague rages in the 
camp, but on the tenth day an assembly is called by Achilles, who 
urges that some seer be questioned of the cause of the god's anger. The 
old seer Calchas tells the truth. Achilles reproaches Agamemnon, and 
the two heroes quarrel. At last Agamemnon sends Chryseis home to her 
father, but takes from Achilles his prize of honor, Briseis. Achilles begs 
his mother, the sea-goddess Thetis, to invoke the aid of Zeus, praying 
that victory may be granted unto the Trojans until the Achaeans learn 
to value and honor her son's might. This prayer is reluctantly granted 
by Zeus, and the First Book closes with a half-ludicrous scene on Olympus. 



χ INTRODUCTION. § 7 b. 

b. At the opening of the Second Book, Zeus sends to Agamemnon a 
delusive dream, bidding him to arm the Achaeans for battle, with all 
haste. After a council of the elders, Agamemnon tries tlie temper of the 
soldiers by proposing to return at once to their homes. To his grief, the 
men accede enthusiastically and begin immediately the preparations for 
the voyage. They are stopped by Odysseus, who acts under the direction 
of Athena. A second assembly is held, the Greeks are shamed and awed 
into remaining, and they prepare for battle. As the Achaean army ad- 
vances against Troy, the poet gives a muster of the forces, — the ' Cata- 
logue of the Ships,' — which is followed by a less elaborate enumeration 
of the Trojans and their allies. 

c. At the beginning of the Third Book, the opposing armies are about 
to meet, when Paris challenges Menelaus to a single combat which shall 
decide the war. The two husbands of Helen, — the wronged Menelaus 
and the offending Paris, — are the fit champions of the two armies. This 
scene would naturally belong to the first year of the war ; but as the poet 
begins his story in the tenth year of the war, the best that he can do is to 
make this combat the beginning of the conflicts which he describes. 
Priam is called from Troy, and a truce is struck. If Menelaus slays 
Paris, the Greeks are to take Helen and peaceably return to their homes. 
If Paris slays Menelaus, the Greeks are to withdraw at once. Menelaus 
disables Paris and has him in his power, when Aphrodite snatches up her 
Trojan favorite, and deposits him safely in his home. 

d. The terms of the truce have not been fulfilled. Neither combatant 
has been slain, but the victory fairly belongs to the Greeks. In order 
that the Trojans may not surrender Helen, and preserve their city, Athena 
(who hates Troy) descends a third time to the field of war, and incites a 
Trojan ally to send an arrow at Menelaus. The Greek hero is wounded, 
and the Greeks, indignant at this treacherous breach of the truce, pre- 
pare at once for the battle, and advance upon the enemy, near the close 
of the Fourth Book. 

e. Most of the Fifth Book is devoted to the brave deeds of Diomed, 
Bon of Tydeus. Hera, Athena, Aphrodite, and Ares take part in the 
battle, and the two latter divinities are wounded by Diomed. 

f . In the Sixth Book, the Trojans are hard pressed, and Hector returns 
to the city in order to bid the matrons supplicate Athena's ijaercy. He 
calls Paris to return to the field of battle, and takes a beautiful and 
pathetic farewell of his wife, Andromache. 

g. The day which began at the opening of the f econd Book ends near 
the close of the Seventh Book. The coming on of night puts a stop to a 
single combat between Hector and Telamonian Ajax. The armies strike 



§7 ο. THE STORY OF THE ILIAD. xi 

a truce for one day, for the burial of the dead. The Greeks spend 
another day in building a wall about their camp, — a wall which was not 
needed as long as Achilles was fighting on their side, but which is neces- 
sary now that the Trojans are ready to assume the offensive. 

h. The Eighth Book tells of a brief day of battle, in which the fortunes 
of war are continually changing, and in which Zeus continually interferes. 
At the close of this Book, the Achaeans are driven into their camp, and 
welcome the approach of night which affords them relief from pursuit 
and attack. The Trojans bivouac upon the plain and are confident of 
annihilating their enemies on the morrow. 

i. On the night following the battle of the Eighth Book, the Greek 
leaders send to Achilles an embassy, offering him rich gifts, and begging 
him to return to the battle, but he stoutly refuses. The account of this 
embassy fills the Ninth Book. 

j. The Tenth Book narrates the visit (on that same night) of Odys- 
seus and Diomed to the Trojan camp, where they slay Rhesus, the 
Thracian leader, who had just arrived at the field of action. 

k. With the Eleventh Book begins the third of the four days of 
battle of the Iliad, — a day which does not close until the end of the 
Eighteenth Book. Agamemnon distinguishes himself now more than on 
any other occasion, but retires from the field wounded, and is followed 
by Diomed and Odysseus who are also disabled. The Trojans press 
forward to the Greek wall, and at the close of the Twelfth Book, Hector 
breaks down the great gates, and opens a way for his comrades into the 
Greek camp. 

1. At the opening of the Thirteenth Book, Poseidon comes from the 
sea in order to aid the Greeks. Hera distracts the attention of Zeus 
while Poseidon and the Achaeans put the Trojans to rout. 

m. At the opening of the Fifteenth Book, Zeus notices what is done 
on the Trojan plain, and sends Poseidon back to his home in the sea. 
The Trojans press forward again and reach the Greek ships, and Hector 
calls for fire that he may burn the fleet. 

n. At the opening of the Sixteenth Book, Patroclus begs Achilles to 
allow him to take the Myrmidons and enter the battle. Achilles sees 
the flicker of fire among the ships ; he consents, and gives his friend his 
own armor to wear, but directs him to be satisfied with driving the 
enemy from the camp, and not to attempt the capture of Troy. Patro- 
clus, however, becomes excited by the fray, and follows the Trojans to 
the very gate of the city. There he is slain by Apollo and Hector. 

o. Most of the Seventeenth Book is devoted to the battle around the 
body of Patroclus. Hector strips off the armor, but the Achaeans with 



Xii INTRODUCTION. § 7 p. 

great difficulty secure the corpse and carry it back to the camp, — hard 
pressed by the enemy. 

p. In the Eighteenth Book, Achilles learns with overwhelming grief 
of the death of his comrade. His mother Thetis comes from the sea to 
comfort him. His armor is in the hands of Hector, — stripped from the 
body of Patroclus. He cannot enter the combat, but he appears unarmed 
at the trench, and frightens away the Trojans. His mother goes to 
Olympus to beg for him beautiful armor from Hephaestus (' Vulcan '). 
Here ends the third day of battle, which began with the opening of the 
Eleventh Book. 

q. In the Nineteenth Book, Achilles is reconciled to Agamemnon. 
His hatred for Hector and his desire for vengeance on the slayer of 
Patroclus more than overbalance his more ancient grudge. The fourth 
day of the battles of the Iliad begins. The gods descend to take part in 
the battle, but do not affect its issue. 

r. On the opening of the Twenty-second Book, all the Trojans but 
Hector are either slain or within the walls of the city. But Hector does 
not yield to the entreaties of his father and mother, who, from the wall, 
pray him to return. He awaits Achilles and is slain. His body is 
dragged to the camp, after the chariot of Achilles. 

s. The Twenty-third Book is devoted to the burial of Patroclus, and 
the funeral games in his honor. 

t. In the Twenty-fourth Book, the aged Priam, under the care of the 
gods, goes to the Achaean camp and obtains from Achilles the body of his 
son Hector. The ' iracundus, inexorabilis ' Achilles appears in a gentler 
mood. The corpse is brought back to Troy, and the poem closes with the 
funeral of Hector. 

§ 8. Concise Analysis of the Iliad. 

Introduction. A. Pestilence. Assembly. Quarrel. Rest from bat- 
tle. Thetis goes to Zeus on the 21st day. 

I. B-H 380. First great battle, on the 22d day. Single combats 
between Paris and Menelaus, Hector and Ajax. 

II. Η 381-K. Burial of the dead and building of the wall, on the 23d 
and 24th days. Second great battle, on the 25th day. Embassy to 
Achilles. Odysseus and Diomed enter the Trojan camp. 

III. K-X Third great battle, on the 26th day. Death of Patroclus. 
Hephaestus makes armor for Achilles. 

IV. T-X. Fourth battle, on the 27th day. Achilles kills Hector. 
Conclusion. Φ, Ω. Achilles abuses the body of Hector on days 

27-38. Lament for Hector in Troy on days 38-47. Burial of Hector 
and erection of mound over his body, on the 48th and 49th days. 



§^d. AFTER THE ILIAD. xiii 

This scheme shows that the action of the lUad covers but seven 
weeks. Three of these are occupied by the action of the first book, and 
three by that of the last two books ; only four days are spent in fighting. 

§ 9. The Story after the Action of the Iliad. For part of the last act 
in the siege of Troy, indications exist in the Iliad and Odyssey. Many 
other details were added by later poets. 

a. After the death of Hector, the Amazons come to the help of the 
Trojans. Their queen is slain by Achilles. Memnon, — a cousin of 
Hector, — the beautiful son of Eos (Daum) and Tithonus, comes with his 
Aethiopians. He slays' Nestor's son Antilochus, a dear friend of Achilles, 
but is then himself slain by the mighty son of Thetis. Achilles is over- 
come by Apollo and Paris, as he is about to force an entrance to the city 
through the Scaean Gate. His mother comes from the sea, with her 
sister Nereids, and bewails him. She offers his beautiful armor as a 
prize to the bravest of the Greeks, and it is awarded to Odysseus. Tela- 
monian Ajax goes mad in his disappointment at not receiving the armor, 
and commits suicide. Paris is slain, and Helen becomes the wife of his 
brother Deiphobus. Philoctetes, the bearer of the bow of Heracles, is 
brought from Lemnos where he had been left (§ 6, Β 721 ff.) ; and 
Neoptolemus, the young son of Achilles, is brought from the island of 
Scyrus. Odysseus enters the city of Troy as a spy, in the guise of a 
beggar. Athena suggests to Odysseus the building of the ' wooden 
horse,' in which the bravest of the Achaeans are hidden, while the rest set 
fire to their camp and sail away. The Trojans drag the wooden horse 
within the city, and at night the Greeks return and Troy is sacked. 

b. Agamemnon reaches home in safety, but is treacherously murdered 
by his wife and her paramour, Aegisthus. Menelaus is driven from his 
course by a storm. Most of his ships are wrecked on the coast of Crete. 
He himself, with Helen, is carried by the wind to Aegypt, and wanders 
for eight years before his return to his home at Sparta. 

c. Nestor, Diomed, and Idomeneus reach home safely. Ajax, the son 
of Oileus, is wrecked and drowned. 

d. Odysseus is driven by the storm to the land of the Lotus Eaters, 
thence to the island of Polyphemus (t), thence to the island of Aeolus, 
to the land of the Laestrygonians (where eleven of his twelve ships are 
destroyed)^ and to the island of Circe where he and his companions remain 
during a year (κ) . Then they go to Hades (λ) to consult the old seer 
Teiresias. On their return they pass Scylla and Charybdis, they come to 
the island of the Sun, and (urged by hunger) kill one of his cows. They 
are punished by shipwreck, from which Odysseus alone escapes. He is 
borne to the island of Calypso (/x), where he remains for eight years. Then 



xiv INTRODUCTION. § 1^. 

he returns to his home on Ithaca, enduring many sufferings on the way. 
He finds his faithful wife, Penelope, surrounded by more than a hundred 
young and insolent suitors. These he kills, and regains his kingdom. 

§ 10. The division of the Iliad and Odyssey, each into twenty-four 
books, was not made by the poet himself, nor was it known in the classi- 
cal period. It seems to have been made by the scholars of Alexandria 
about 250 years B.C. The 'books' were lettered not numbered. The 
large letters of the Greek alphabet (A, B, Γ, κτλ.) are used to indi- 
cate the books of the Iliad; the small letters (a, β, γ, κτλ.) are used 
for the books of the Odyssey. 

§ 11. HOMERIC STYLE, a. Matthew Arnold enumerates four es- 
sential characteristios of Homer's poetry : * Homer is rapid in his move- 
ment, Homer is plain in his words and style. Homer is simple in his 
ideas, Homer is noble in his manner. Cowper renders him ill because he 
is slow in his movement and elaborate in his style ; Pope renders him ill 
because he is artificial both in his style and in his words ; Chapman 
renders him ill because he is fantastic in his ideas.' 

If poets and masters have thus failed, clearly it is no easy achievement 
to translate Homer well, to be at the same time rapid, plain, simple, and 
noble, — ου ττως αμχχ -πάντα δυντ/σεαι αΰτο? ελεσ^αι. The beginner can at 
least be simple ; he should aim to attain the other qualities also. 

b. Pope says in his preface : ' That which in my opinion ought to be 
the endeavour of any one who translates Homer, is above all things to 
keep alive that spirit and fire which makes his chief character. In par- 
ticular places, where the sense can bear any doubt, to follow the strongest 
and most poetical, as most agreeing with that character. To copy him 
in all the variations of his style and the different modulations of his 
numbers. To preserve in the more active or more descriptive parts, a 
warmth and elevation ; in the more sedate or narrative, a plainness and 
solemnity ; in the speeches, a fulness and perspicuity ; in the sentences 
[sententiae'], a shortness and gravity. Not to neglect even the little figures 
and turns on the words, nor sometimes the very cast of the periods. 
Neither to omit or confound any rites or customs of antiquity. ... To 
consider him attentively in comparison with Vergil above all the ancients, 
and with Milton above all the moderns.' 

'The story of the Iliad is the Anger of Achilles, the most short and 
single subject that was ever chosen by any poet. Yet this he has supplied 
with a greater number of councils, speeches, battles, and episodes of all 
kinds than are to be found even in those poems, whose schemes are of the 
utmost latitude and irregularity. The action is hurried on with the most 
vehement spirit, and its whole duration occupies not so much as fifty 



§ 11 d. HOMERIC STYLE. XV 

days. Vergil, for want of so warm a genius, aided himself by taking in 
a more extensive subject, as well as a greater length of time, and contract- 
ing the design of both Homer's poems into one which is but a fourth 
part as large as his.' Pope, Translation of Homer. 

c. Cowper says in his preface : * My chief boast is that I have adhered 
closely to the original, convinced that every departure from him would 
be punished with the forfeiture of some grace or beauty for which I could 
offer no substitute. ... It has been my point everywhere to be as little 
verbose as possible. ... In the affair of style, I have endeavoured 
neither to creep nor to bluster, for no author is so likely to betray his 
translator into both these faults as Homer, though himself never guilty 
of either. . . . The passages which will be least noticed . . . are those 
which have cost me abundantly the most labour. It is difficult to kill a 
sheep with dignity in a modern language, to flay and to prepare it for the 
table, detailing every circumstance of the process. Difficult also, with- 
out sinking below the level of poetry, to harness mules to a wagon, par- 
ticularizing QYQvy article of their furniture, straps, rings, staples, and even 
the tying of the knots that kept all together. Homer, who writes always 
to the eye, with all his sublimity and grandeur, has the minuteness of a 
Flemish painter.' Cowper, Translation of the Iliad. 

d. Two passages from the great Gernlan critic, Lessing, are worthy to 
be remembered in this connection : ' The picture of the plague. What 
do we see on the canvas? Dead bodies, the flame of funeral pyres, the 
dying busied with the dead, the angry god upon a cloud discharging his 
arrows. The profuse wealth of the picture becomes poverty in the 
poet. . . . Now let us turn to Homer himself [A 44-53]. The poet 
here is as far beyond the painter as life is better than a picture. Wrath- 
ful, with bow and quiver, Apollo descends from the Olympian towers. 
I not only see him, but hear him. At every step the arrows rattle on the 
shoulders of the angry god. He enters among the host like the night. 
Now he seats himself over against the ships, and with a terrible clang of 
the silver bow sends his first shaft against the mules and dogs. Next he 
turns his poisoned [deadly] darts upon the warriors themselves, and un- 
ceasing blaze on every side the corpse-laden pyres. It is impossible to 
translate into any other language the musical painting heard in the poet's 
words.* Laocoon xiii. (Miss Frothingham's translation.) 

* When Homer wishes to tell us how Agamemnon was dressed, [B 42 ff.] 
he makes the king put on every article of raiment in our presence : the 
soft tunic, the great mantle, the beautiful sandals, and the sword. When 
he is thus fully equipped he grasps his sceptre. We see the clothes while 
the poet is describing the act of dressing. An inferior writer would have 



xvi INTRODUCTION. § 11 e. 

described the clothes down to the minutest fringe, and of the action we 
should have seen nothing. . . . How does he manage when he desires 
to give a more full and minute picture [B 101 ff.] of the sceptre, which 
is here called only ancestral and undecaying, as a similar one in another 
place is only χρνσίοις ηΧοισι ττετταρ/αενον ? Does he paint for us, beside 
the golden nails, the wood, and the carved head? He might have done 
so had he been writing a description for a book of heraldry, from which 
at some later day an exact copy was to be made. Yet I have no doubt 
that many a modern poet would have given such heraldic description in 
the honest belief that he was really making a picture himself, because he 
was giving the painter material for one. But what does Homer care how 
far he outstrips the painter? Instead of a copy, he gives us the history 
of the sceptre. First we see it in the workshop of Yulcan ; then it shines 
in the hands of Jupiter ; now it betokens the dignity of Mercury ; now it 
is the baton of warlike Pelops ; and, again, the shepherd's staff of peace- 
loving Atreus. . . . And so at last I know this sceptre better than if a 
painter should put it before my eyes, or a second Vulcan give it into my 
hands.' Laocoon xvi. 

e. Direct Discourse. Like the writers of Holy Scripture, and as 
in the simple style of ballads and fairy tales and the conversation of chil- 
dren and unedlicated persons, the Homeric poet avoids the use of indirect 
discourse; he has no long passages in oratio obliqua, in the manner of the 
reported speeches in Caesar's Commentaries. He passes quickly from 
indirect to direct discourse. Contrast 6 yap ήλθε θοα<: em vrja^ 'Αχαιών 1 
. . και λίσσετο ττάντας *Αχαίονζ \ . . υμίν μλν θεοί Sotev Όλΰ/χπια δώ/χατ' 
(.χοντε^ ι εκττίρσαι Ίΐρίάμοω πολιν, €v δ' οΐ'καδ' Ικεσθαυ ' \ τταιδα δ' εμοί 
λνσαί τ€ φίλην τά τ αττοινα Βεχεσθαΐ, \ αζόμ,ενοι Διό? νίόν, εκηβόΧον Αττόλ- 
λωνα Α 12 ff. with its paraphrase which uses indirect discourse, ΙΧθων 6 
iepet)? ενχετο Ικύνοί<; μ\ν rovq θεονς δούναι ελόντας την Ύροίαν αυτούς σωθη- 
ναΐ, την δε θυγατέρα οΐ λνσαί Βε^αμενους αττοινα και τον θεον αίΒεσθεντα^ κτλ. 
in Plato Rep. iii. 393 Ε. 

f. Principal Clauses. Similar to this avoidance of indirect discourse 
is the poet's frequent and ready transition from a subordinate to a prin- 
cipal clause, as os με-γα πάντων \ Άργείων κρατεει και ol πείθονται Α;(αιοί 
Α 78 f. who rules with might over all the Argives and him (for ivhom') the 
Achaeans obey, ω ctti ττολλα μό-γησα, δόσαν δε μοι νΐες *Α;!(αιών Α 162. 

g. Thus the poet deserts the participial for a finite construction, as 
ίοΓσιν τε τιτνσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ εβαλλον Γ 80, where τε . . τε mark the 
imperfect as correlative with the participle. 

h. Order of Words. The simplicity of the Homeric order of words is 
most clearly seen by comparing a passage of Homer with a similar pas- 



§ 11 m. HOMERIC STYLE. xvii 

sage of a later Greek poet or of Vergil. Many verses of the Iliad and 
Odyssey can be translated into English, word for word as they stand, as 
ωχόμ^θ^ c's ®ηβην Uprjv ττόλιν 'Hertoovos, | την 8e Βίεπράθομίν re και η-γομεν 
€V^a8e ττάντα. | . . €κ δ' Ιλον Άτρει'δϊ^ Χρυστ/ιδα καλΧίττάρηον κτλ. Α 3GG ff. 
When the order differs essentially from the English, there are generally 
rhetorical or poetical reasons why the order is what it is. No one should 
suppose that the metre compelled the poet to adopt an arrangement of 
words that was not natural and did not please him. The verse gave 
prominence not merely to the first word but often to the word before the 
principal caesural pause (§ 58). 

i. The thought of each Homeric verse is somewhat more independent 
than is the case in later poetry. Other things being equal, a word should 
be construed with words in the same rather than in another verse. Rarely 
does a descriptive adjective at the close of one verse agree directly with a 
noun at the beginning of the next. 

j. A noun at the close of one verse often has an adjective apparently 
in agreement with it at the beginning of the next verse, but this adjective 
may be regarded as in apposition with the noun ; it frequently serves to 
form a closer connection with a following amplifying clause, as μηνιν aetSe 
θ€ά . . I ονλομίνην η μνρΓ ^Αχαίοΐς αλγε' ίθηκεν Α 1 f., where the relative 
clause explains ονλομίνην : the wrath was mortal, deadly, because it brought 
ten thousand woes upon the Achaeans. So a few verses later, νονσον άνα 
στρατον ωρσε κακήν, όλέκοντο δέ λαοί Α 10, the position of the adjective 
κακήν is explained by its connection with the thought of the following 
clause. Cf. vvv αυτέ μίν υΐες 'Α;(αιών | iv τταλάμυς φορίονσι Βίκασττόλοι οΐ 
TC θίμιστα<; \ ττρό? Διό? (Ιρναται Α 237 ff., where δικασττόλοί is explained 
by the following clause, αυτόν thus often contrasts a man with his com- 
panions or possessions, as άττό μ\ν φίλα εΓ/χατα δΰσω | αυτόν δε κλαίοντα 
θοας €7Γΐ v^as αφήσω Β 261 ff. 

k. The subject of the sentence usually precedes its verb. Almost 
every exception to this remark is found either at the close of the verse, 
or (less frequently) before the principal caesura where the same metrical.' 
freedom was allowed as at the end of the Λ^erse, § 59 α 3. 

1. In order to give prominence to an important word, it is sometimes 
placed before the relative word of the clause to which it belongs, as 
σαώτερος ως κ€ νίηαχ A 32. This is especially frequent when the sub- 
ordinate clause precedes the principal sentence, as "Εκτωρ δ' ώς ^καιάς τ€ 
ττυλας . . Γκανεν, | αμή> αρα μιν . . θ^ον κτλ. Ζ 237. 

m. Adnominal genitives, like adjectives, generally precede their noun, 
except at the close of the verse or before a caesural pause, but there are 
many exceptions to the rule in the case of adjectives, principally perhaps 



xviii INTRODUCTION. § 11 η. 

where the adjective and substantive are closely connected. A preposition 
often stands between the adjective and noun, as χρνσ^ω άνα σκήτττρω A 
15, ^oas €πι vrja<s A 12, ημ,^τίρω ivl οίκω A 30, νηας ein γλαφνράζ Γ 119. 
η. The infinitive generally follows the verb on which it depends, 
o. When a noun is modified by two adjectives, it frequently is pre- 
ceded by one and followed by the other, as θσβ τταρα νηί μελαίντ} A 300. 
So in English poetry ' human face divine,' ' purest ray serene,' ' old man 
eloquent.' 

§ 12. Epithets, a. Ornamental epithets frequently have reference to 
the most marked natural characteristics of an object rather than to a 
particular occasion. The ships are swift (βοαί) even when they are drawn 
up on land (A 300 and passim). The heaven is starry even in broad day- 
light, Ζ 108. Homer calls milk λενκόν, — of course, not to distinguish 
white milk from milk of another color, but to bring the object vividly 
before the mind by mentioning a quality of it which all would recognize 
as belonging to the nature of the object. The choice among these stere- 
otyped conventional epithets was often determined by the convenience of 
metre or rhythm (see § 22 Z» f.). 

b. Almost every prominent person in the poems has some special epi- 
thet or epithets. Pope calls these ' a sort of supernumerary pictures of 
the persons or things they are joined to. We see the motion of Hector's 
plumes in the epithet κορνθαίολος.' No one but Athena is γλαυκώπΐξ 
and the adjective becomes virtually a proper name. She bears this 
epithet 90 times, generally in the phrase 9ea γλαυκώττι? *Αθηνη. She is 
Παλλα? ^Αθηνη 41 times. The Achaeans are €νκνημώ€<ζ * Αχαιοί 36 times, 
κάρη κομόωντ€ζ 29 times, in the genitive Αχαιών χαλκοχιτωνων 24 times, 
vies 'Αχαιών 64 times, Aaos 'Αχαιών 22 times, κούροι Ά;)(αιών 9 times. Aga- 
memnon is ανα^ ανδρών 45 times in the Iliad and thrice in the Odyssey, 
while this title is given to only five other chiefs, once to each. Achilles is 
τΓθ8άρκης διος *Αχιλλεν<; 21 times, ττόδας ώκύς ^ΑχιλΧενς 30 times, ττοΒωκεοζ 
Αιακιδαο 10 times, ττοδώκεα Πτ^λειωνα 10 times. Hector is κορνθαίολος 37 

'times, φαιδι/Λος 'Έκτωρ 30 times. C/*. pius Aeneas, fidus Achates. 

c. The situation of the moment seems sometimes to contradict the 
epithet, as τον δέ ίδών ρί-γησ€ βοην άγαμος Αιομη^ψ Ε 596 at sight of him 
Diomed good at the war cry shuddered. 

d. Synonymous Exj^essions. The poet is fond of a cumulation of 
synonymous or nearly synonymous expressions, many of which remind 
the reader of redundant legal expressions, as φωνησας ττροσην^α A 201 
lifted up his voice and addressed her, ctto? t' £φατ €κ τ ονόμαζαν A 3G1 
spoke a word and called upon him, Ιμ^ν ζώντος και Ιττί χθονί δερκο/χενοιο 
Α 88, άττρίάτην άνάττοινον Α 99, των ου τι μετατρίτη) ονδ' aAeyi^ei? Α 160, 



§ 13. HOMERIC STYLE. xix 

πόλεμβί re μάχαι τ€ A 177, πάντων μλν κρατεειν Ιθίλει πάντεσσι δ' άνάσσαν, \ 
ττασι δέ σημχχίν(.ίν Α 288 f., οντ etpo/xat οντε ιχεταλλω Α 553, οφεαυ d κ 
εθίΧτισθα καΧ ά κέν tol τα μεμηΧτ] Δ 353, ηγήτορες ήΒε μεΒοντες Β 79. 
Sometimes the same stem is repeated for emphasis, in a different form, 
as οφιμον οιΙ/ίτελεστον Β 325. 

e. Epexegesis. A clause is often added epexegetically, to explain a 
preceding clause or word, as μηνιν . . ονλομενην η μνρΓ ΆχαιοΖ? αλγε' 
εθηκεν Α 1 f., τα τε δώρ' * Αφροδίτης, \ η τε κόμη τό τε εΐ8ος Γ 54 f . For 
explanatory asyndeton, see § 15 δ. 

f. The species often follows in apposition with the genus, as κύματα 
μακρά θαλάσσης \ πόντου Ίκαρίοίο Β 144 f., βονς \ τανρος Β 480 f. Cf. 
the explanatory use of the infinitive, as ερώι ξννεηκε μάχεσθαί A 8 brought 
together in strife, to contend. 

g. Thus also the part of the mind or body which is employed or 
especially affected is mentioned, as ουκ Άγαμεμονι ηνΒανε θνμω A 24, 
χωόμενος κηρ Α 44, κεχαροίατο θνμω Α 25Θ, εν όφθαλμοΐσίν ορασθαι Γ 306. 

h. Stereotyped Expressions. The same expressions recur under similar 
circumstances. We find a stereotyped description of a feast and of the 
preparations for it, of the breaking of day and of the approach of night, 
of doffing or donning sandals and armor ; there are conventional expres- 
sions for setting out on a journey, for an attack in battle, for the fall 
and death of a warrior, for lying down to rest. Speeches are introduced 
and followed by set verses, as και μυν (or σφεας) φωνησας επεα πτερόεντα 
προσηνΒα Α 201, and in fifty other places ; ο σφιν εν φρονεων άγορησατο 
καΐ μετεειπεν Α 73 and in fourteen other places, while the second hemi- 
stich is found several times in other combinations ; η tol ο y ως εΙπων κατ 
ap εζετο, τοίσι δ' ανέστη Α 68, 101, Β 76. These stereotyped verses 
have been compared with the frequently recurring ' And Job answered 
and said,' ' Then Eliphaz the Teraanite answered and said,' of the book 
of Job, and with the set form in which the reports of the messengers 
were brought to the man of Uz, — each of the four reports ending ' and 
I only am escaped alone to tell thee.' 

§ 13. a. Parechesis, Onomatopoeia, etc. The poet seems to have looked 
with indifference on the similarity of sound in neighboring words. He 
does not appear to have designed the rhyme in Ικεσθαι, Βεχεσθαι A 19 f ., 
δώσ«, άπώσεί A 96 f ., χεονσα, τεκονσα A 413 f ., ερνσσαν, τάννσσαν A 485 f ., 
or between the two hemistichs of a verse, as εσπετε vvv μοί Μοΰσαι Όλυ /w,- 
πια 8ωματ εχονσαί Β 484. 

Most examples of parechesis (παρηχησις) and alliteration are probably 
accidental, as πολλεων εκ πολιών Β 131, ες πόλεμον πωλησεαι Ε 350, πατρί 
τε σω με-γα πημχχ πόληί τε παντί τε 8ημω Γ 50. 



XX INTRODUCTION. § 13 b. 

b. Occasionally an onomatopoetic (όνοματοττούα), imitative expres- 
sion is used, giving a kind of echo in the sound, as τρίχθά re και τετραχθά 
Γ 363, of the breaking of the sword of Menelaus ; έκ δέ ΧρυσηΙζ νηο^ βη 
τΓοντοττόροίο Α 439, where a vivid imagination may perhaps hear the 
measured steps of the damsel as she leaves the ship, with a quick rush at 
the close ; αυτις tirura ττεδονδε KvXivhero λαας άναιδτ/ς λ 598, of the rolling 
back of the stone which Sisyphus in Hades was continually urging to the 
summit of a hill. 

c. The poet plays occasionally on the names of his heroes, as Πρόνοος 
θ(κ>^ ηγεμόνενεν Β 758 (" swift by nature as well as by name "), Τλψτόλί- 
μχ>ν . . τΧημονα θνμον Ιχων Ε 668 ff., "Εκτορ . . φη<ϊ ττον ατερ λαών 
ττόλιν k^ip.ev Ε 472 f ., where ίζεμ,εν seems to be selected with reference to 
the assumed etymology of "Εκτωρ. 

§ 14. a. Comparisons. A notable characteristic of Homeric style is 
the comparison. This is designed to throw into high relief some point 
in the action narrated ; it often 'relieves the monotony of the description 
of a battle. But the poet is not always satisfied to illustrate the partic- 
ular point for which the comparison is introduced ; he often completes 
the picture by adding touches which have nothing to do with the 
narrative. 

b. Illustrations are furnished by all experiences of life, from the 
lightning of Zeus and the conflict of opposing winds, from the snow- 
storm and the mountain torrent, to a child playing with the sand on the 
seashore, and a little girl clinging to her mother's gown ; from lions and 
eagles, to a stubborn ass which refuses to be driven from a cornfield by 
children, and to a greedy fly ; from the evening star, to women wrangling 
in the street. The lion is a special favorite, and appears in comparisons 
thirty times in the Iliad. 

c. Homer, like Milton, could not think of an army in motion without 
thinking of its resemblance to something else. Just before the Cata- 
logue of the Ships, the movements of the Achaean armies are described 
by six detailed comparisons, Β 455-483 : the brightness of their armor is 
compared with the gleam of fire upon the mountains ; their noisy tumult, 
with the clamor of cranes or swans on the Asian plain ; in multitude, 
they are as the innumerable leaves and flowers of spring-time ; they are 
impetuous and bold as the eager flies around the farm buildings ; they are 
marshalled by their leaders as flocks of goats by their herds ; their leader 
(Agamemnon) is like to Zeus, to Ares, to Poseidon, — he is preeminent 
among the heroes as a bull in a herd of cattle. 

d. The Iliad has 182 detailed comparisons, 17 briefer (as ναισίν Ιοικό- 
Tcs ηγοράασθε \ ντ^πΐάχοις oh ου tl μέλει τΓολεμηιχι epya Β 337 f.), and 28 



§ 16. HOMERIC STYLE. xxi 

of the briefest sort. The Odyssey has 39 detailed comparisons, 6 briefer, 
and 13 very brief. The first book of the Iliad has only two compari- 
sons, and those of the briefest, b δ' ψε ννκτΐ €οικώς A 47, ηυτ ομίχλη 
Α 359. 

Θ. Comparisons are introduced by ώς re, ως el, ώς ore, ως ττερ κτλ. 

Praepositive ως is not used in comparisons. In the briefest compari- 
sons, postpositive ως is often used, generally lengthening the preceding 
syllable (§59/). 

f. The aorist indicative (the so-called 'gnomic aorist') is often used 
in comparisons. 

§ 15. a. Asyndeton. In the Homeric period more frequently than in 
later Greek, sentences were left unconnected by conjunctions, i.e. asyn- 
deton (H. 1039) was allowed more freely. Ornamental epithets are 
not connected by και, and sometimes in animated discourse the poet 
uses no conjunction between clauses or words, as άπριάτην άνάποινον 
A 99. 

b. Asyndeton of sentences is most frequent where the second sentence 
explains the first and is in a kind of apposition with it, repeating the 
thought in a different form : άλλα και ως Ιθίλω Βόμεναι πάλιν el τό y 
ά/Α€ΐνον • Ι βονλομ εγώ λαόν σόον c/x/xcvat η άττολίσθω. Α 116 f ., ω πόποι, 
rj μ€-γα πίνθος Ά;)(αΐιδα -γαΐαν ίκάνει • | η κεν γηθησαι ΤΙρίαμος ΐΐρίάμοιό τε 
τταιδες Α 254 f., αλλ' οδ' άνηρ εθελει περί πάντων εμμεναι άλλων, | ττάντων 
μεν κρατεειν εθελει πάντεσσί δ' άνάσσειν Α 287 f. In Β 299, τλητε φίλοι 
και μείνατ επΙ χρόνον gives the sum of the preceding sentence, and the 
asyndeton marks the speaker's warmth of feeling. 

c. An adversative relation (but) is occasionally expressed by an asyn- 
deton, especially with ye μεν in the second clause, as Β 703, Ε 516. 

d. The absence of a conjunction often gives rapidity to the style and 
thus is found often where the second sentence begins with αντίκα or 
αΓι/'α, as εΐ δ* aye μην πείρησαι . . αΐψά τοι αίμα κελαινον ερωησει περί 
8ονρί Α 302 f ., αντίκα κερτομίοισι Αία Κ,ρονίωνα προσηνΒα Α 539, cf. Β 442. 

§ 16. a. Chiasmus.'^ For emphasis, the poet sometimes so arranges 
the words of two clauses that the extremes, as also the means, are cor- 

1 The name is given from the Greek letter X, there being a crossing of 
ideas as ^ 

fiafftXevs ^ ayaSos 
Kparepos > αΙχμτΐ]τ•ί)5 Γ 179. 

It should be noticed that this chiastic arrangement is often the most simple 
and natural, as in the first example above, where σοί at once suggests the 
other person interested, ΦοΊβοε. 



xxii INTRODUCTION. § 1β b. 

relative with or contrasted with each other, as παιδα re σοι άγή^,^ν, 
Φοίβω & Ιερην €κα.τόμ.βην Α 443, where τταιδα and ίκατόμβην, σοι and 
Φοίβω respectively are contrasted. Cf. ώς Ά;(ΐλ^α ] τιμησΎ]<ς oXeay^ Sk 
πολίας A 558 f., δυσ/χενεσιν μίν χάρμα, κατηφύ-ψ δε σοί αντω Γ 51, α/ον', 
€Τ£ρον λενκόν, €Τ€ρην 8k μέλαιναν, \ Ty τε καΐ Ήελίω Γ 103 f., where the 
black lamb was for Γ^ and the white for 'HcAto?, — βασυλενς τ αγαθός 
κρατερός τ αίχμητης Γ 179, where the adjectives are brought together. 
Cf. Milton's ' Sweet is the breath of morn, her rising sweet,' Par. Lost 
IV. 641, ' Adam the goodliest man of men since born | His sons, the fairest 
of her daughters Eve,' Par. Lost IV. 323 f . 

b. Epanalepsis.- Sometimes a word (generally a proper name) or a 
clause is repeated in the same sentence at the beginning of a new verse. 
Cf. Milton's Lycidas 37 f. 'But Ο the heavy change, now thou art 
gone, J Now thou art gone and never must return.' The name is repeated 
at the beginning of three successive verses (Ntpevs . . Nt/uev? . . Ntpev?) 
Β 671 ff. Cf. also Β 838, 850, 871, Ζ 154. The name when repeated is 
attracted into the case of the following relative pronoun, in *Αν8ρομάχη, 
θν-γάτηρ με-γαλητορος 'ϊίετίωνος, \ ϋετίων ος εναιεν νττο Πλάκω νληεσστ] 
Ζ 395 f. Andromache, daughter of the great-souled Eetion, Eetion luho dwelt 
at the foot of woody Placus. 

c. Litotes (λίτότης or μείωσις), a simplicity of language, or understate- 
ment of the truth, is common to all languages. Milton's ' unblest feet * is 
stronger than cursed feet. Homeric examples abound, as ουκ *Αγαμέμνονί 
ην^ανε θυμω A 24 it was not pleasing to the soul of Agameinnon, i.e. it luas 
hateful, etc. ; axj/ δ' ες κονΧεον ωσε με-γα ζίφος ουδ' άττίθησεν \ μνθω *Αθη- 
ναίης Α 220 f. hack into the sheath he thrust his great sword nor did he disohey 
the word of Athena, i.e. he obeyed; "Έκτωρ δ' ου τι θέας εττος ήγνοίησεν 
Β 807. 

d. α. Periphrasis. Certain periphrases occur frequently, as αξετε Sk 
Τίρίάμοίο βίψ Γ 105 bring the might of Priam, i.e. the mighty Priam, Ila- 
φλαγόνων δ' ηγείτο Πυλαι /Aeveos λάσιον κηρ Β 851, η εττει ωνησας κραΒίην 
Διός ψ καΐ έργω Α 395. Cf ' First, noble friend, let me embrace thine 
age,' Shakspere Tempest V. i. 

β. δουλιον ημαρ Ζ 463 is simply a poetic expression for slavery, εΧεύ 
θερον "ημο-ρ ior freedom. 

e. Zeugma. Soipetimes two connected subjects or objects are made 
to depend on a verb which is appropriate to but one of them, as η μεν 
έπειτα \ εΙς αλα αλτο . . | Ζευς δε εον προς 8ωμα {sc. εβη) Α 531 £f. she then 
leaped into the sea, but Zeus went to his own house, ηχι εκάστου | ίπποι 
άερσίποΒες και ποικίλα τενχε* εκείτο Γ 326 f. where the high-stepping horses 
of each were standing a7id the bright armor was lying. Cf. Shakspere, 



§18b. HOMERIC SYNTAX. Xxiii 

Sonnet 55, 7 * Nor Mars his sword, nor war's quick fire shall burn [ The 
living record of your memory,* 

f. Hysteron Proteron. Occasionally the more important or obvious 
object or action is mentioned before another which should precede it in 
strict order of time, as α/Λα τράφεν -^Sk yivovro A 251 were bred and horn 
with him. Cf. Shakspere Twelfth Night I. ii. ' For I was bred and born | 
iSTot three hours' travel from this very place * and Vergil's moriamur et in 
media arma ruamus. 

§ 17. Later Change in Words. The student must be watchful to 
apprehend the exact Homeric meaning of words which are used in a 
slightly different sense in later Greek. Thus άγορή and άγων are used in 
Homer of an assembly, gathering^ not of market and contest. *Αί8ης is 
always the name of a person, not of a place, αοιδός, άοώη, are used for 
the Attic τΓΟίητ-ης, νμνος, — Ιττο? is used for λόγος, κοσμεω for τάσσω, 
δειι/ός means terrible, not skilful. SeiTrvov is the principal meal of the 
day, whenever it is taken, «γχος means spear, never sword, ηρως is 
used of all the warriors ; it does not mean a Aero in the English sense. 
κρίνω is select, discriminate, rather than judge, νοεω often has the sense 
of αΙσθάνομαι (which is not Homeric), perceive, ονομχχι is not blame in a 
general way, but think not enough, insufficient, οντάζω is wound with a 
weapon held in the hand, not with a missile, ττ^μττω is escort, attend, as 
well as send ; cf, ττομπη convoy, ττόλε/χος is often battle rather than war. 
•π-ρησσω is carry through rather than do as in Attic. σχεΒόν is 7iear, of 
place, not almost, σώ/χα is used only of a dead body, δβ/χας being used of 
the living form, and αυτός and ττερί χροι taking some of the Attic uses of 
σώμα. τάχα always means quickly, never perhaps as in later Greek. 
τίθημυ is often used like ττούω make, φόβος is not fight but flight; 
φοβεομαι is not /ear hniflee. ως does not mean since. 

§ 18. HOMERIC SYNTAX, a. In syntax as in forms, where the Ho- 
meric dialect differs from the Attic, it may be presumed that the Homeric 
usage is the earlier. The language was less rigid ; custom had not yet 
established certain constructions as normal. There was greater freedom 
in the use of the modes and the cases, of prepositions and conjunctions. 

b. It is impossible to bring the Homeric uses of the modes under the 
categories and rules that prevailed in the Attic period. Intermediate in 
force between the simple future and the potential optative with άν were 

(1) the subjunctive as a less vivid future, as. ov yap πω τοιΌυς ιδον 
άνίρας ουδέ ιδω/χαι Α 262 Ι never yet saw such men nor shall I see them. 
(H. 868; G. 1321.) 

(2) the subjunctive with κίν or αν, as a potential mode, as ct δί kc μη 
δώωσίΓ, «γώ δε κεν αύτος Ιλω/χαι Α 137 but if they shall not give it, I myself 



xxiv INTRODUCTION. § 18 c. 

will then take, etc. ουκ αν tol χραίσμτ) κίθαρις Γ 54 the cithara would not in 
that case avail thee. 

c. The subjunctive is used more freely in Homer than in later Greek. 

d. a. Homer prefers d with the subjunctive to ct kcv (ai kcv) or ei dv 
with the subjunctive, el dv is not used in general conditions. 

β. €L K€v is rarely used with the optative (29 times in all) ; never in 
the expression of a wish, el dv is used with the optative but once, el irep 
av αυτοί \ μ,οΰσαΐ deihoiev Β 597 f . 

γ. The optative in indirect discourse is used for the indicative in 
direct discourse only in questions. 

δ. In six passages the optative with κίν is used in the apodosis, where 
Homeric and Attic usage alike lead us to expect dv with a past tense of 
the indicative, as και νυ Kev evff απόΧοιτο dva$ άντρων Αινείας, | el μη dp* 
ό$υ v6ησe Διο? θυγάτηρ * Αφροδίτη Ε 311 f. "Aeneas would have perished 
if Aphrodite had not perceived," etc. 

§ 19. a. The cases retained more of their original force than in Attic 
and had less need of a preposition to make the construction distinct (it 
was once thought that the poet omitted the preposition for the conve- 
nience of his verse) , as the ablatival genitive in Ιρκος Ά;(αιοΓσιν TrcAcrai 
froXe/xoto κακοΐο A 284 is a huhcark for the Achaeans from (to keep oif) 
evil war, καρτταλίμως άνεδυ ττολίης αλός ήυτ ομίχλη Α 359 swiftly she rose 
as a mist out of the hoary sea. The dative of place is often found without 
a preposition, as τό^* ωμοισιν 6χων A 45 having his bow upon his shoulder. 

b. The prepositions still retained much of their adverbial nature, and 
had not become fixedly attached to the verbs which they modified (§ 55). 
It was once thought that the occasional separation of verb and preposi- 
tion was a poetic license, and (considered as a surgical operation) it was 
called tmesis. 

c. In the Homeric period certain constructions were only beginning 
to appear definitely in use, such as the accusative with the infinitive, and 
the genitive absolute, 

d. a. The genitive absolute is more frequent with the present parti- 
ciple than with the aorist participle. The genitive absolute with omitted 
subject is particularly rare, and is denied by most scholars. The parti- 
ciple sometimes seems to be used with omitted subject when it really 
agrees with the genitive implied in a preceding dative. 

β. It is often impossible to say categorically whether the genitive is 
in the absolute construction or rather depends on some other word, as 
υτΓο Be Τρώες KexaSovro | ανδρός άκοντισσαντος Δ 497 f., where the posi- 
tion of the genitive at the beginning of the verse gives it greater inde- 
pendence, but it was probably influenced by the verb, the Trojans drew 



§20. HOMERIC SYNTAX. xxv 

hack from the man as he hurled his javelin ; cf. ΐκλαγζαν δ' ap* οιστοϊ ctt* 
ωμών χωομίνοίο | αντον κίνηθίντο<ζ A 46 f . 

γ. Sometimes a preposition is used where the genitive absolute would 
be used in Attic prose, as αμφΧ δέ vrje^ \ σμερΒαλίον κονάβησαν άνσάντων 
νττ Άχαίων Β 333 f. 

e. The dative of interest is often used with the verb where the English 
idiom prefers a possessive genitive with a noun, as δεινώ δε ot οσσε φά 
ανθεν A 200 terribly did her (lit. ybr her the) eyes gleam; or is used instead 
of an ablatival genitive with a preposition, as ΔαναοΓσιν άεικεα λοιγον 
άττώσει A 97 ivill ward off ignominious destruction from ( lit. ybr) the Danu'i ; 
or instead of a genitive with verbs of ruling and leading, as ττάντεσσι δ' 
ανάσσαν A 288 to reign over (lit. he the king for) all; or instead of ai) 
adverbial expression, as τοΓσι δ' ανέστη A 68 for them rose (not to be 
taken as a local dative, among them). 

f. νττό is used with the dative in almost the same sense as with the 
genitive in Attic, as εΒάμη νττο χ^ρσί ττοδώκεος ΑΙακίΒαο Β 860 he teas slain 
by the hands of the swift-footed Aeacides, with perhaps more of the original 
local force of the preposition. 

g. Some constructions were used more freely and constantly than in 
later Greek. Certain of these were always looked upon as poetic, as θείτ] 
ttcSlolo Z 507 shall run over the plain, Χονεσθαι ττοταμοΐο Ζ 508. For the 
genitive of the place to which the action belongs, see H. 760; G. 1137. 

h. A neuter noun in the plural is the subject of a plural verb more 
frequently than in Attic. The imperfect is more freely used in narra- 
tive, to describe an action as in progress. The historical present is not 
used, εστί is not always a mere copula, and is occasionally modified by 
an adverb, as a true verb of existence, cf επείνν tol αισα μίνννθά ττερ, ov 
TL μόλα Βην A 416 since thy appointed time of life is brief, etc., and μίνννθα 
δε ot ■γενεθ* ορμή Δ 466 but brief was his onset. 

§ 20. a. Particles, a. The beginner in reading Homer is perplexed by 
a large number of particles that are often diificult to render by English 
words. Their force can often be best given by the order of the words in 
the translation or by the tone of voice in reading. To translate pd as was 
natural (or even you see) or yi at least, often throws upon the particle 
very disproportionate emphasis. The student can mo§t easily and clearly 
appreciate the force of a particle by comparing a number of examples 
which have become familiar to him ; he will then see the importance of 
these particles to the character and tone of a speech or of the narrative. 

β. τε is used far more freely than in Attic prose. A single τε is often 
used to connect single notions, as κννεσσιν \ οίωνοίσί re A 4 f . 

y. οφρα is the usual particle to introduce a final clause. 



xxvi INTRODUCTION. § 20 b. 

b. Interrogative Particles, a. The general interrogative particle in 
Homer is η, but in a double question (where the Attic Greek uses ττοτε- 
pov . . 17) ^ or ηζ stands in the first member, η or ηε in the second, cf, 
A 190 ff. 

β. When η introduces a single question, it is rarely used as in Attic, 
as a mere interrogation point. It regularly implies emotion of some kind. 

§ 21. a. Parataxis. The Homeric language is far less distinct than 
the Latin or the English in the expression of logical relations, and gives 
less prominence to the logical forms of syntax ; but it is seldom difficult 
to appreciate the ancient idiom if an attempt is made to find the Homeric 
point of view. 

The Homeric poems contain many survivals of the simplest form of 
sentences. In the earliest stage of the Greek language, clauses were not 
combined with each other as secondary and principal ; they were simply 
added one to the other. To use the technical terms, coordination or 
parataxis (τταράτα^ις) was the rule, — not subordination or hypotaxis (ύττό- 
τα^ις). Originally the relatives were demonstratives, and relative sen- 
tences have been called ' parenthetic demonstrative sentences.' Thus δε 
was used in the apodosis of relative and conditional sentences. This was 
especially frequent when the relative or conditional clause preceded, as 
et Se Ke μ.η δώωσιν, €γώ δε Kev αύτος ελω/Ααι Α 137 hut if they shall not give 
it, (but) I myself shall then take, etc., είος 6 τανθ' wppMve . . ήλθε δ' *Αθηνη 
A 193 f. while he was pondering this . . . (but) Athena came, οΐη irep φνλλων 
Ύ€νεη, τοίη δέ και ανδρών Ζ 146 as is the race of leaves, (hut) such is also the 
race of men. So αντάρ and άλλα are used with stronger emphasis than 
δε, as et δέ συ καρτεράς Ισσι, θεα δε σε -γείνατο μ.Ί}τηρ \ αλλ* οδε φερτερός 
εστίν εττεί ττλεόνεσσιν άνασσει Α 280 f. but if thou art mighty and a goddess 
is thy mother, hut, etc., where the apodosis is really contrasted with the 
protasis, cf. A 81 quoted in the next paragraph. 

b. Compare with the foregoing the use of καί in the conclusion of 
relative sentences, to mark the connection of the clauses. Thus also re 
was freely used in subordinate clauses, as o? κε θεοΐς ετηττείθηται μόλα τ 
εκλνον αντον Α 218 whoever obeys the gods, (and) himself the gods readily 
hear; and τε — τε is found in both protasis and apodosis, marking their 
correlation, as ει ττερ yap τε χόλον . . καταττεψγ), \ αλλά τε καΐ μετόπισθεν 
εχεί κότον Α 81 f . for even if he should restrain his wrath, but even here- 
after etc. 

c. The first part of a paratactic sentence may introduce the cause or 
reason for what follows, as in Andromache's words to Hector, "Εκτορ 
άταρ σν μοι εσσυ ττατηρ και ττοτνια μητηρ, \ ηΒε κασιγνητος, συ δε μοι θα. 
λερός τταρακοίτης ' \ αλλ άγε νυν ελεαιρε καΐ αυτόν tuuv εττΐ ττνρ-γω Ζ 429 ff, 



§22. THE HOMERIC DIALECT. xxvii 

But iJiou, Hector, art my father etc.f which implies " Hector, since thou 
art my all." 

d. Correlative Constructionn. The Greek language was always fond 
of a parallel or antithetic construction, a contrast, a balance, where the 
English subordinates one thought to the other ; but the adversative rela- 
tion, where the English idiom would use a subordinate clause introduced 
by for, although, ivhen, while, or since, is more frequent in these poems 
than in later Greek, as άλλα ττίθεσθ' • αμφω δέ νεωτερω iarov Ιμάο Α 259, 
φύλλα τα /xeV τ άνεμος )(αμά8ίς χεει, άλλα Se θ" υλη | τηΧίθόωσα φνα, €αρος 
δ' €τη•γίγν€ταί ωρη Ζ 147 f . . . when the season of Spring comes on, ημίν &η 
•ποτ έμεν ττάρος εκλνες ενζαμίνοιο . . yS* en καΐ νυν μοι τόδ' ΙτηκρΎΐηνον 
€€λΒωρ Α 453 ff . as ihou didst hear my former prayer so noto also fulfil this 
my desire. 

e. αντάρ also is used where a causal particle would be used in English, 
as oSvvTjaL ττετταρμενος ' ανταρ όίστος | ωμω ivl στιβαρω ήληλατο Ε 399 f. 
thrilled tvith pains since the arrow loas fixed in his stout shoulder. 

f. In these contrasted clauses, αυ, αυτέ, αντάρ, άτάρ, άλλα, as well as δε, 
may be used in correlation with μίν. 

g. A copulative conjunction is sometimes used where the English uses 
a disjunctive or, as τρί-πλ-β τετραπλγ) re A 128 threefold or (and) fourfold, 
in which prominence is given to the second member. Cf Iva και Svo 
Β 346, χθίζά τ€ καΐ ττρωίζά Β 303, τρίγθά τε καΧ τετραχθά Γ 363, Ο terque 
quaterque heati, Verg. Aen. I. 94. 

h. The Homeric poet sometimes puts into an independent clause the 
incidental thought which in later Greek would be expressed regularly by 
a participle, as Xaot δ' ηρησαντο θεοΐς ιδε χείρας άνεσχον Γ 318 the people 
prayed to the gods with uplifted hands (lit. and lifted their hands) for χείρας 
άνασχόντες, cf. μεγάΧ ενχετο, χείρας άνασχών Α 450 ; (Ζευς μερμηρίζε ως 
Αχιλ^α) τίμήσΎ], όλεσγ] δε ττολεας εττΐ νηνσΐν Ά;;(αιώϊ/ Β 4 was pondering 
how he might honor Achilles by destroying (lit. and destroy) etc.; cf ήλθε 
φέρων, έχων A 12 f . ; άλλ' άκεονσα κάθησο, εμω δ' ετηττείθεο μνθω Α 565 
for εμω ττείθομενη μνθω. See § 11 5^. 

i. Conversely, the participle, as in later Greek, often contains the 
principal idea, as κατενευσεν ] "Ιλιον εκπερσαντ εντείχεον άττονεεσθαι Β 113 
promised that I should sack Ilios, and return, but in the very next verse is 
the English idiom, vvv δε κακήν άττάτην βονλενσατο, και με κελεύει { δυσκλεα 
''Κρ-γος Ικεσθαι Β 114 f. planned an evil deceit and bids me go etc., for άττά- 
την βονλενσας. 

§ 22. THE HOMERIC DIALECT, a. The dialect of the Homeric 
poems is in one sense artificial : it was spoken at no place and at no 
time. But it is not a mosaic composed of words and forms chosen capri- 



xxviii INTRODUCTION. § 22 b. 

ciously from the different Greek dialects ; it is a product of natural 
growth. The poets ^unconsciously excluded all that was not adapted to 
dactylic Verse, but they did no violence to their language ; they did not 
wantonly change quantities or introduce new terminations. 

b. The conservation of old forms together with the introduction of 
new forms was very convenient for the verse ; e.g. for the infinitive of 
the verb to he, Homer could use c/A/xevat as dactyl, _ w vy ; t/xemt as ana- 
paest, \j Kj ; €/x/x€v as trochee, ^^ ; c/xev as pyrrhic, \j \j ; elvai as 

spondee, . Naturally, the choice being offered, metrical conven- 
ience determined which of these forms should be used. Metrical con- 
venience often or generally decided between the use of *Αχαιοι' or 'Apyetoi. 
We must always remember that the Homeric dialect was not a modifica- 
tion of the Attic• dialect, and was not derived from it, but that it repre- 
sents an older stage of the language. Many Attic forms can be derived 
from the Homeric forms. 

c. The same is true 4n the case of synonyms and stock epithets or 
phrases, ανα^ ανδρών 'Αγαμέμνων is used after the feminine caesura 
(§ 58 y) of the third foot, but evpv κρζ,ίων * Αγαμέμνων, * Αγαμέμνονος 
Άτ/ο€ΐδαο, or * Αγαμέμνονα ττοίμενα λαών after the masculine caesura of the 
same foot, ΐΐηλψά^εω *Αχίληος is used after the penthemimeral caesura 
(§ 58 e), ττόδας ωκνς *Αχίλλενς after the hephthemimeral caesura (§ 58 g), 
but ΊΓΟ^ρκης διος A^j^tXAevg, ττοδώκεος Αιακι'δαο or άμνμονος Αιακιδαο, 
ποΒάρκεϊ ΐΐηλείωνί, ποδώκεα ΐΐηλείωνα, ά/χν/χονα ΐΐηλείωνα, or *Α;^ιλλ^α 
τΓτολίπορθον, after the feminine caesura of the third foot, with διος 'Α;^ιλ' 
λενς as a tag when the verse is filled up to the Bucolic diaeresis ( § 58 A) . 

Cf. the epithets of Apollo, εκάτοω A 385 w w v^, εκηβόλον A 14 w w w, 

εκάεργος A 479 w w w? εκατηβόλον A 370 w kj vy v-/» εκατηβελεταο 

A 75 WW \^ \y ^. See § 12 b. 

d. The dialect is essentially Ionic and seems to have originated among 
the lonians of Asia Minor, influenced possibly by the speech and cer- 
tainly far more by the old poems of their Aeolian neighbors. The oldest 
form of Greek Epic songs seems to have been Aeolic, but the lonians 
brought Epic poetry to perfection. Even the Pythian priestess delivered 
the oracles of Apollo in Epic verse and Ionic dialect, and the Dorian 
Spartans sang about their camp-fires the Ionian songs of Tyrtaeus. 

e. Some forms seem to be borrowed from other dialects ; but it must 
be remembered that when the poems were composed, there was less differ- 
ence between the dialects than at the earliest period when we have monu- 
mental evidence concerning them. 

f. Some anomalies of form (as of verse) are as yet unexplained, but 
it may be assumed that all which remain either (1) were justified by the 



§25. THE HOMERIC DIALECT. xxix 

usage of the people and might be explained by more^poraplete knowledge 
of the history of the language, or (2) followed the malogy of what was 
in use, or (3) are errors which have found their way into the text during 
the course of transmission to the present time. As the poems were 
handed down among the Greeks at first orally, and afterwards still 
uncritically for centuries, errors unavoidably crept in and there was a 
gradual assimilation of what was obsolete to later and more familiar 
forms, when the older forms were unprotected by the metre. 

§ 23. Vowels and Vowel Changes, a. η is regularly used for a, 
as άγορη, ομοίη, except in θ^ά goddess, Xaos people, and some proper 
names (as Atveta?). Occasionally, as Β 370, μ,άν is found instead of the 
less frequent μψ (the strong form of piv). αλτο A 532 (from αλλομαι) 
is another instance of ά, unless it is to be written αλτο. ' (Η. 30 D.) 

b. The final ά of the stem is retained in the genitive endings -ao and 
'άων of the 1st declension, as Άτρειδαο A 203. 

c. άο is often changed to €ω by transfer. ^f quantity: *Ατρεί8αο, 
*Ατρ€ΐδ€ω. Cf. βασιληος with Attic ^βασιλέως. But the frequent λαός 
never has the Attic form λεώ?. 

d. Compensative lengthening is sometimes found where it is not in 
Attic, as ζείνος (^cV/ros), εΐνεκα (Lesbian εννεκα), κονρη (κόρρα), μοννος, 
ovpos {ορρός), Βονρός. 

e. Diphthongs occasionally preserve t w^here it is lost in Attic be- 
fore a vowel : αΐεί, αίετός, ετελείετο (§ 47 g), οίνοβαρείων, ολοιη, πνοίη, 
χρνσειος. 

f . But t is lost before a vowel in ωκεα (ωκεΐα) Ίρις Β 786, in -οο for -oto as 
genitive-ending of the 2d declension (§ 35 b), and in εμ^ο for e^tAeto, etc. ; cf. 
χρνσείοίς A 246 with χρνσεω A 15. As in Attic, the penult is sometimes 
short in νΙός (as A 489, Δ 473). In these cases t has turned into the 
y-sound. Likewise ν is sometimes dropped between two vowels. See § 59 iJ; δ. 

§ 24. Contraction. Concurrent vowels generally remain uncontracted : 
αεκων, αλγεα, ττάις (in nominative and vocative singular), οις {ορις = ovis, 
ewe). Attic ευ is regularly iv before two consonants, and the adjective 
is always ενς or ^υς. Patronymics from nouns in -ενς form -ειΒης, -είων, 
as ΆτρείΒης A 7, ηηλείωνα A 197. (Η. 37 D ; G. 846.) 

§ 25. Synizesis. a. Vowels which do not form a true diphthong may 
be blended in pronunciation into one long sound : *ΑτρειΒε<α .^\j \j ^, 

^eoetSea Γ 27, δή άντε A 340, ττόλιος Β 811, Ίστιαιαν Β 537, in which last 

two examples t must have had very nearly the pronunciation of its cog- 
nate y-sound. The genitives in -εω, -εων are always pronounced with 
synizesis. (H. 42D; G. 47.) 



XXX INTRODUCTION. § 25 b, 

b. Synizesis often served the purpose of the later contraction, ημίων 
did not differ in metrical quantity from ημών. 

§ 26. Crasis is not frequent. Note τοννεκα A 291, ωύτό? Ε 396, 
χημ€Ϊς Β 238 (και ly/xets). (Η. 76 ; G. 42 ff.) 

§ 27. Hiatus (Η. 75 D; G. 34) is allowed. 

a. After the vowels ι and υ, as €γχ€Ϊ o^voem Ε 50. 

b. When the two vowels between which it occurs are separated by a 
caesura (καθηστο ίπι-γνάμ^φασα A 569) or by a diaeresis (§ 58 h) : seldom 
after the first foot (ανταρ 6 Ιγνω A 333), more frequently after the fourth 
foot (Ιγχεα oivoevra Ε 568). Hiatus between the short syllables of the 
third foot is allowed nearly as frequently as in all other places together, 
more than 200 times. This freedom of hiatus emphasizes the prominence 
of this caesura, § 58 d. 

c. When the final vowel of the first word is long and stands in the 
accented part of the foot (§ 57 a), as τω σε κακτ) alarj A 418. See § 59 ke. 

d. When a long vowel or diphthong loses part of its quantity before 
the following vowel (§ 59 k), as την δ' εγώ ov λνσω A 2ϋ, μη νΰ του ου 
χραίσμη Α 28. Here the final and initial vowels may be said to be 
blended. This is called iveak or improper hiatus; it is essentially the 
same as the following. 

e. When the last vowel of the first word is already elided, as μνρί* 
ΑχαίοΙς aXyc ίθηκεν A 2. 

f . Hiatus before words which formerly began with a consonant ( § 32) 
is only apparent. 

g. The poet did not avoid two or more concurrent vowels in the same 
word, § 24. 

§ 28. Elision. (H. 79 ; G. 48.) a. α (in inflectional endings and in 
apa and ρά), e, Ϊ, ο may be elided, at is sometimes elided in the verb 
endings, oi is elided seven times in μοί, three times in rot', once in σοι 
A 170 (unless ovhi σοι οιω or ου σο6 όιω should be read there for ούδε 
σ όιω). 

b. τό, ττρό, αντί, ττερί, τι, and the conjunction ort do not suffer elision; 
OT is for oT€. (either the temporal conjunction or the relative 6 with re 
affixed, § 42 in), τ for re or rot. 

c. t is seldom elided in the dative singular, where it seems originally 
to have been long. 

d. Oxytone prepositions and conjunctions lose their accent jn elision ; 
other oxytones throw the acute accent upon the preceding syllable, as τα 
κάκ \_κακα\ A 107. Elision is not left to the reader as in Latin poetry. 

§ 29. Apocope. (H. 84 D; G. 53.) a. Before a consonant, the short 
final vowel of apa and of the prepositions ανά, κατά, τταρά, may be cut off 



§30j. THE HOMERIC DIALECT. xxxi 

(άτΓοκοπη, άτΓοκόπτω). The accent is then thrown back upon the pre- 
ceding syllable (although it might be more rational to consider it lost as 
it is in elision). 

b. After apocope, the ν of ανά and r of κατά follow the usual rules for 
consonant changes : άμπετταλων Γ 355, κάββαλεν Ε 343 (κατίβαλεν), καδ 
Se (κατά δε) frequently, κάκταϊ /e Ζ 164 (κατεκτανε), κατητεσίτην Ε 5G0, 
καρρεζονσα Ε 424. 

C. ανίρνσαν Α 459 is explained as derived by apocope, assimilation, 
and vocalization of f, from ανά and ρερνω. 

d. Apocope was no mere metrical license ; it was common in the con- 
versational idiom of some "dialects. More striking examples of apocope 
and assimilation than any in Homer are found in prose inscriptions. 

§ 30. Consonants and Consonant Changes, a. Where collateral 
forms appear, one with single and the other with doubled consonants, 
the form with two consonants is generally the older or justified etymo- 
logically, as -ποσσί, ττοσί (from ττοδ-σι) ; νείκεσσε, νείκεσε (νείκο^, νείκεσ-), 
οττπως (οκρως, cf. Latin quis etc.), ottl, κτλ. 

b. Single initial consonants, especially λ, μ, ν, ρ, σ, are often doubled 
(as ρ is in Attic) when by inflexion or composition a short vowel is 
brought before them (see § 59 A), as ελλίσσετο Ζ 45. 

c. But sometimes ρ is not doubled where it would be in Attic, as 
ωκνρόω Ε 598, κατερε^εν A 361. 

d. Palatal and lingual mutes often remain unchanged before μ, as 
ΙΒμεν, κεκορνθ μένος. 

e. Lingual mutes are commonly assimilated to a following σ, as ποσσί 
(τΓοδ-σι). σ is sometimes assimilated to μ ov v: εμμεναι (etvat) for cV- 
μεναί, άρ-γεννός tvhite for άργεσ-νος, as άργεννάων Γ 198, ενννμι for ρεσ- 
ννμι (§ 32 α), ερεβεννη Ε 659 dark, cf. "Ερεβος. 

f . σ is frequently retained before σ, as εσσομαι, ετελεσσε. 

g. Between μ and λ or ρ, β is sometimes developed, as άμβρστος from 
stem μρο or μορ (Latin jnors, morior), while in βροτός mortal, the μ of the 
stem is lost; μεμβλωκε from μλο or μολ (cf. εμολον). 

h. κάμβαλε is found occasionally, in the Mss. as a variant reading, a 
softer pronunciation for κάββαλε (§ 29 b). 

i. A parasitic τ appears in τττόλίς, πτόλεμος for ττόλις, ττόλεμος. Cf. 
8ιχθά, τριχθά with Attic Βίχα, τρίχα. The proper names Neoptolemus (Neo- 
τΓτόΧεμος) and Ptolemy (Τίτολεμυαίος) preserved this τ to a late period. 

j. The rough breathing (li) has no power to prevent elision or weaken 
hiatus. The smooth breathing is found with several words which have 
the rough breathing in Attic, as άμμε (ημάς), ημαρ (ημίρα), αλτο (from 
αΧλομαι), ήελίος (ηλίος), *Αί8ης ("Αιδί/ς), ηώς (εως). 



xxxii INTRODUCTION. § 30 k. 

k. The V movable was written by some ancient critics after the ending 
-ct of the pluperfect, as βεβληκειν Ε 661, ήνωγειν Ζ 170; cf. ησκαν Γ 388 
(rjaKcev). It is freely used before consonants to make a syllable long by 
position (§ 59/). 

1. The final σ of adverbs is omitted more often than in prose. Not 
merely i$ and ck, ούτως and οντω, but also ττώς and ττώ, ττολλακις and 
τΓολλάκί, άμφί<; and άμ,φί (adverbial), are found as collateral forms. 

§ 31. Metathesis of α and ρ is frequent (H. 64; G. 64) : KapUrj Β 452, 
κραΒίη a 353 ; κάρτιστοι A 266, κρό.το<ζ A 509. Cf, τραπείομ,εν Γ 441 from 
τ€/07Γω, τ€ρπίκίραννος from τρέπω. 

For the shifting of quantity from -ao to -€ω, see § 23 c. 

§ 32. The Digamma. (H. 72 D.) a. The following Avords seem to 
have been pronounced by the Homeric poet more or less consistently with 
initial digamma (vau, p, pronounced as English w) : — 

αγνυ/Αΐ break, αλις enough, ίχλώναι am captured, άνα$ king, άνδάνω ^^/ease, 
dpatos thin, άρνός lamb, άστυ city, e, ov, 61 him, etc. with a possessive pro- 
noun OS, η, 6v (e05 κτλ.), cap Spring, έθνος tribe, είκοσι twenty, είκω yield, 
εΐρω say, (future ερέω), εκάς far, έκαστος each, εκνρος father-in-law, εκών 
willing, ελίσσω wind, ελττομχχι hope, ενννμ,ι (ρεσ-ννμΑ.) clothe, εσθης, εϊματα 
clothes, ετΓος word, ερ-γον, ερ6ω work, ερνω, draic, έτος year, ε$ six, ετης com- 
panion, ή^νς sweet, (άνΒάνω please), ήθος haunt, Ιάχω cry aloud, ί8εΐν see, (and 
οΓδα, εΤΒος), ΐκελος, εοίκα am like, 1ς, Ιφι strength, sinew, ίσος equal, ϊτνς felly, 
οίκος house, οίνος wine. 

b. Probably ηρα (επΙ ηρα φέρων Α 572), *Ιλιος, and 'Ipts, and several 
other words, also were pronounced with initial p. 

c. άνδανω, €, εκνρος, εξ, and others seem to have begun originally with 
two consonants, σρ. 

d. The verse alone affords no sufficient test for the former exist- 
ence of ρ in any word ; it only indicates the loss of some consonant. 
This is not conclusive evidence for p, since σ and / (y) were also lost. 
Which consonant originally vwas present has to be learned in each case 
from inscriptions of other Greek dialects, from a few notes of ancient 
grammarians, and from other cognate languages {cf έργον work, οίνος 
wine). 

e. The sound of ρ evidently was going out of use in the Homeric 
period. It is not infrequently neglected in our texts, and sometimes this 
neglect seems to be due to the poet himself, but ρ can be restored in 
many passages by minor changes. For vlbv εκηβόλον A 21 it is possible 
to read via ρεκηβόλον, for ττάντεσσι δ' άνάσσειν A 288 it is easy to read 
ττασιν δέ ρανάσσείν, and χερσί ρεκηβόλον for χερσίν εκηβόλον Α 14. Per- 
haps κτεΐναί μεν ρ' άλεείνε Ζ 167 may have been κτεΐναι μεν ρε κτλ. 



§34c. THE HOMERIC DIALECT. xxxiii 

f . That the sound of ρ was still alive in the Homeric age is shown by 
the accuracy of the poet in its use where comparative philology shows 
that it once existed. 

g. ρ sometimes leaves a trace of its existence in its cognate vowel ν : 
ανίρνσαν A 459 for apipvaav (§ 29 c), ταλανρινον Ε 289 for ταΧά-ρρίνον. 
So doubtless άττουρας A 356 for άττο-ρράς. 

h. Some irregularities of quantity may be explained by this vocaliza- 
tion of p. Thus άτΓοειπώι/ Τ 35 may have been αττορίίπων pronounced 
nearly as άπουειπώι/. ανίαχοι finds its analogy in yivero Ιαχή Δ 456 
(ycVcrovta;^!/). 

i. A neighboring vowel is sometimes lengthened to compensate for the 
loss of ρ (§ 59 c). 

j. An c was sometimes prefixed to a digamraated word and remained 
after the ρ was lost, as ϋλ^ωρ, ieiKoai, iipyei, ee. 

k. Sometimes the rough breathing represents the last remnant of a 
lost consonant (especially in the words which once began with σρ, as 
άι/δάνω κτλ., cf. c above), as €κών, «σττερος. Often the same root varies 
in breathing, as άν8άνω and ηΒυ'ς, but 17805, — (ίνννμι, but €σθής. 

1. For the augment and reduplication of digammated verbs, see § 43 d. 

m. For δ/Γ€ΐδω, 8ρψ, see § 59 λ. 

§ 33. Declension. Special Case Endinffs. (H. 217-, G.2O2ii.) sl. The 
suffix -φί(ν), a remnant of an old instrumental case, added to the stem 
forms a genitive and dative in both singular and plural. 

b. The suffix -Ol is added to the stem to denote place where. 

c. The suffix -Oev is added to the stem to denote place ivhence : "Ι^ηθεν 
from Ida, ονρανόθεν from heaven. It forms a genitive with the pronomi- 
nal stems, as W€v εΐνεκα Γ 128, προ Wev Ε 96. 

d. The enclitic -8e is added to the accusative to denote more distinctly 
the limit of motion: oIkovSc homeward (also oLKaSe, especially of the 
return of the Achaeans to their homes) ονδε Sop^ovSe to his own house, 
αλαδε seaward, κλισιτ/νδε to the tent. 

§ 34. First Declension. (H. 134 fp.; G. 168 ff.) a. η is found for 
final α of the stem with the exceptions mentioned in § 23. 

b. The nominative singular of some masculines ends in -τα for -τψ : 
μητί€τα counsellor. Cf. the Latin poetd, nauta. evpvona far-sounding is 
used also as accusative, e.g. A 498. 

All of these words are adjectival (titular) except Θυεστα Β 107. 

c. The genitive singular of masculines ends in -άο or (by transfer of 
quantity, § 23 c), -€ω. After a vowel this ending may be contracted to 
-ω, as ΑΙνειω Ε 534, Βορέω Ψ 692. The ending -εω is always pronounced 
as one syllable by synizesis (§ 25). 



xxxiv INTRODUCTION. § 34 d. 

d. The genitive plural ends in -αων or -εωι/ : θ^άων, βονλίων. -εων is 
regularly pronounced as one syllable. 

e. The dative plural ends in -τ/σι(ν) or rarely in -ys. 

§ 35. Second Declension. (H. 151 ff. ; G. 189 ff.) a. The genitive 
singular has preserved the old ending -to, which affixed to the stem vowel 
makes -oio. 

b. The termination -oo is indicated by the metre in certain places 
where all the Mss. give a corrupt form, as οψίτίλ^στον 6o kX^os ov ttot 
ολΐΐται Β 325. It is to be recognized also in ΙΙετεωο Β 552 for Ilerccioo, 
from IIcTcius for Πετεάος. 

For the loss of ι in the* change from -oio to oo, see § 23/. 
The -oo was afterwards contracted to ov. 

c. The genitive and dative dual end in -ouv : τοαι/, ωμοαν. 

d. The dative plural ends in -οισι(ν) or -οις. As in the first declen- 
sion, the long ending is the rule ; the short ending is very rare before a 
consonant. 

§ 36. Third Declension. (H. 163 ff . ; G. 205 ff.) a. The ending t of 
the dative singular is sometimes long, and sometimes short. It is seldom 
elided. It is often long before a pingle consonant : Δα μητιν ατάλαντος, 
cf. νττερμενίΐ φίλον Β 116. 

b. The dative plural has the Aeolic ending -€σσι(ν) as well as the 
Attic -σι(ν) : ττόδεσσι, ττοσσί (§ 30 e), ποσί, — αν8/0€σσι, ά^δράσι, — κννεσσι, 
κνσί. 

C. Nouns in -is and -υς usually retain ι or υ throughout, but in its 
stead may insert c which is sometimes lengthened. 

d. Nouns in -cvs generally lengthen c to 7/ in compensation (§ 59 c) 
for the V which between two vowels becomes ρ and is lost, as βασιλεύς, 
βασίΧηος. 

§ 37. Anomalous forms, a. As verbs appear in the present system 
with a variety of collateral forms derived from the same root (cf. Γκω, 
ίκάι/ω, ίκνίομχχί, — 7Γ€νθομχιι, ττννθάνομχιΐ, — /Λ€νω, μίμνω, μίμνάζω), so nouns 
of different declensions are sometimes formed from the same root and 
are used without appreciable difference of meaning. 

b. Some nouns have both vowel and consonant stems : αΧκή Γ 45, 
but αλκί Ε 299 ; ίρίηρο<ζ ίταΐρος Δ 266, but cptr/pc? εταίροι Γ 378 ; cf 
7Γθλιι;τας Β 806 with ττολιται. 

C. Of vtos, three stems are found : (I) vl6<s, vlov, vU. The other forms 
of this declension are very rare. (2) vUos, vU'i, vua as if from vtiis. 
(3) νΙος, VLL, via, as from a nominative υις. 

In this word the first syllable is sometimes short (§ 23/), as it often 
is in Attic and in other dialects. 



§ 39 g. THE HOMERIC DIALECT. xxxv 

d. Certain names of cities are found in both singular and plural: 
Μνκηνη Δ' '52, Μνκηνας Β 569 ; ®ηβης Δ 378, ®ηβα^ Ε 804. Instead of 
the later plural Θεστταχι', Πλαταιαι', Homer uses only the singular: ©c- 
σττειαν Β 498, Πλάταίαν Β 504. 

§ 38. Adjectives, a. Some adjectives of three terminations are 
used as if of two terminations, i.e. the masculine form is used also for 
the feminine : Ιφθίμονς ψνχά^ A 3, κλντος ΙτητοΒάμ,αα Β 742, ήίρα νονλνν 
Ε 776, Πυλοιο ημαθΟ€ντος Β 77. 

b. The feminine of adjectives in -rs, ends in -eta (gen. -«τ/ς), -ea 
(§ 23/), or -€η: βάθυνα., βαθείης, — ωκ€α, — βαθέψ, βαθέψ. 

C. πολνς (πουλυς) has in the masculine and neuter both stems ττολυ- 
(τΓουλυ-) and ττολλο- (for ττολυο-, § 37 α), with a nearly complete set of 
forms for each : πολλός and πολλόν, πολίος, ττολίες, ττολίων, πολίεσσι, κτλ. 

§ 39. Patronymics. (Η. 559 ; G. 846 f.) a. Suffixes which origi- 
nally expressed connection or possession were used to form patronymic 
adjectives. The original force of these suffixes is occasionally preserved : 
(^cot) Ονρανίων€ς A 570 is a mere adjective of connection like (^€οισΐι/) 
ίτΓονρανίοισι Ζ 129 ; Homer does not recognize Ουρανός as the ancestor of 
the gods. Όλυ/Λ7ηά8€9 μονσαί Β 491 is equivalent to μονσαι Όλυ'/ατηα 
8ωμχιτ ίχονσαί Β 484. 

b. Patronymics are frequently used as proper names, cf. *Ατρ€ί8η<; 
A 7, MevoLTiaSrj A 307, before the names Agamemnon, Patroclus had been 
mentioned. 

A. c. The patronymic is formed from stems of the 1st declension by 
adding -δα- : Αΰγτ/ιάδαο Β 624, or more frequently by adding -ιαδα- : Aaep- 
TiciV Γ 200. 

d. This analogy, giving an ending in -ιάδϊ/ς, is followed by stems in -lo 
of the 2d declension : Μενοιτιαδτ/ς. So also by stems of the 3d declension : 
Πτ/λτ/ιάδεω A 1 (as well as Πτ^λίΐδτ;? 5 316, Πτ^λείωνα A 197). See^ below. 

e. The suffix -ιδα- is added to stems in o, and the ο is lost as in d 
above : ΚρονίΒης, — also to stems in ev, which lose their υ between two 
vowels (c/. 23/): ^ΑτρείΒης A 7, — also to consonantal stems, as Άγα- 
μίμνονί^ς a 30. ^Ανθεμί^ης Δ 488 is formed as from "Ανθεμος rather 
than from ^Ανθίμίων {^Ανθεμίωνος νΐόν Δ 473). 

f. Patronymics from stems in -ev, after the loss of the υ, do not in 
Homer suffer contraction of the c of the stem with the ι of the suffix. 
The poet says *Ατρ€ΐ8ηζ, Άτρβίωι/, as tetrasyllables not trisyllables. The 
verse ictus never falls on the ct. 

g. Female patronymics are formed by the suffix -ιδ- which loses δ 
before the nominative sign : ΧρνσψΒα (ace. of Χρνσψ<;) A 182, Β/χστ/ιδα 
A 184. *Αχαιι'δ€5 Β 235 corresponds to Kovpot Ά;!(αιών A 473. 



xxxvi INTRODUCTION. § 39 h. 

B. h. Patronymics are formed also by the suffix -lov- : KpovtW A 528 
(with genitive Κρονΐωνος or Kponovos), Άτρείων, ϋηλειων. In these last 
forms from nouns in -evs the t is always short. 

i. The corresponding female patronymic is found in ^ΑΒρηστίνη 
Ε 412. 

j . Ταλαϊονιδαο Β 566 is irregular ; it seems to be formed by a cumula- 
tion of suffixes from Ύόλαος. So ΑαομώοντιάΒης (ΑαομεΒοντιά^η Γ 250) 
is formed from Λαο/χεδόντιος which itself appears as a patronymic (in the 
form Ααμ€8όνηος) in a Boeotian inscription. 

k. Some adjectives in -tos are used as patronymics, as Ύελαμωνκχ; Atas 
Β 528. 

1. The patronymics in -Βης are far more numerous than those in -lwv. 

m. The patronymic is sometimes derived from the grandfather's 
name : Achilles is called ΑΙακίΒψ Β 860 ; Priam, ΑαρΒανίΒψ Γ 303 ; the 
two grandsons of Actor, *Ακτορίων€ Β 621. Thus in later poetry, Heracles 
is called Alcides (Άλκειδϊ/ς) from Amphitryo's father ΆλκαΓο? or 'Αλκευς. 

§ 40. Comparison of Adjectives, a. Comparatives and superla- 
tives end in -ιων, -ιστό*; more frequently than in Attic. (H. 253 ; G. 72.) 

b. άγαμος has comparatives άρείων (cf. άριστος), βίλτερον, κρεισσων, 
λώιον, φίρτερος. 

§ 41. Numerals. (Η. 288; G. 372 f.) a. m has a collateral form ιω 
Ζ 422 ; cf. the feminine form ta Δ 437. 

b. δυω, δυο is indeclinable. It has the collateral forms δοιώ, Soiot, κτλ. 

§ 42. Pronouns. (H. 261 ff.; G. 389 ff.) a. The oblique cases of 
the 3d personal pronoun when enclitic are ' anaphoric,' like αντον κτλ. in 
Attic ; when accented they have their original reflexive use, like Attic 
εαυτοί), Ιμαντον, σεαυτου, κτλ., which compounds are post-Homeric. 

b. μίν, σφωε, σφωίν, σφι, σφάζ, and σφε are always enclitic. 
• c. For the relation of the form ερ,εΓο to ερ,ε'ο, of σειο to rεΌ, κτλ., see 
§ 23/ 

d. αυτό? regularly retains its intensive force in the oblique cases, even 
when not connected with a noun expressed, often marking a contrast 
which it is difficult to render smoothly in the English idiom. Cf. 

The presumption is always strongly in favor of the original meaning ; 
but all shades of meaning are found from the strict intensive to the 
simple anaphoric use of the Attic dialect. 

e. For αυτως in the sense of ώσαυ'τως, see g below. In this use it has a 
large variety of meanings, as (άφρονα τ') αντως Γ 220 a mere {mnpleton) ; 
without cause A 520, without a prize A 133, absolutely Β 138, vainly Β 342, 
without chariot Ε 255. Most of these meanings are derived from in the 



§43c. THE HOMERIC DIALECT. xxxvii 

same way as he/ore, the connection determining the special sense of each 
passage. 

f. The Attic article 6, η, τό, generally retains its demonstrative force 
in Homer, but like the intensive pronoun in the oblique cases, appears 
occasionally in its Attic signification. 

In their demonstrative use, 6, η, oi, at, are best written o, ψ οι, at. — 
Tot', rat, τώς are used besides oi, at, ως. 

g. Thus the absence of the article does not mark a noun as indefinite; 
cf. μηνιν a€t8e θεά A 1 with arm a virumque cano. Frequently 
αυτως is equivalent to Attic ωσαύτως (ως being the adverb of the article, 
see / above and § 56 c) while ως δ' αυτως Γ 339 is equivalent to Attic 
ovτ^ύ ο ωσαύτως. 

h. The demonstrative article is often followed by a noun in apposi» 
tion with it, as ot δ' εχάρησαν * Αχαιοί re Ύρωές re Γ 111, but these rejoiced, 
both Achaeans and Trojans, avrap 6 βονν upevaev άνα$ άν8ρων * Αγαμέμνων 
Β 402 but he, Agamemnon, king of men, sacrificed an ox. 

i. The forms with initial τ often have a relative force, but refer only 
to a definite antecedent. This is a relic of paratactic construction (§ 21), 
as is particularly clear in άλλα τα μεν πολίων εζεττράθομεν τα δίδασται 
Α 125 but what we took as spoils from the cities, these have been divided. 

j. κεΐνοζ is often found for εκείνος. 

k. Besides the Attic forms of the relative, δ is used for δς, oov (better 
δο, § 35 b) for ου. 

-1. The forms ος and δ have also a demonstrative use, especially δς 
with ονΒέ, μη^έ, και, and yap. 

For the relative use of the article, see i above. 

m. The neuter δ is frequently used as a conjunction, like quod. So 
also oTi and δ τε. 

η. The indefinite and interrogative pronouns have genitive singular 
T€o, τεν. 

ο. In δ Tts for δς Tts (cf. 6 for δς, k above), the first stem often remains 
uninflected. 

§43. Conjugation. Augment and Reduplication. (H. 354 ff.; 
G. 510 ff.) a. The augment was for a time considered unessential : 
whether temporal or syllabic, it may be omitted in the Homeric poems ; 
the accent is then thrown back as far as possible, as τενχε A 4, όλεκοντο 
A 10, άφιει A 25. 

b. When the augment is omitted, monosyllabic forms with long 
vowel take the circumflex accent, as βη for εβη. 

c. Sometimes initial ρ is not doubled after the augment, as ερεζε 
Β 400 ; sometimes initial λ, μ, or σ is doubled after the augment. 



xxxviii INTRODUCTION. § 43 d. 

d. Stems which originally began with a consonant may take the 
syllabic augment or reduplication, as «ιπον, €ηκ€, — Ιοικα, topya. 

e. The second aorist active and middle, of verbs. whose stem begins 
with a consonant, is often found with a reduplicated stem, as c/cckXcto, 
ά/χπεπαλών, ίτετμΐ, τετνκοντο. 

f. The so-called Attic reduplication is more common in Homer than in 
Attic, and its use extends to the second aorist where the augment also 
may be used (cf. Attic ηγαγον), as rjpape, and the peculiar form ηνίπατΓ€ 
Β 24δ from ίνίτττω in which the final consonant of the theme is redupli- 
cated with α as a connective. 

g. SctSot/ca and SetSia have irregular reduplication ; probably these are 
to be explained as for δεδ/τοικα, ScS/rta. 

h. €μμορα (from μύρομχίχ) and (σσνμαι (from σίύω) double the initial 
consonant and prefix e as if they began with two consonants. 

§ 44. Endings. (H. 375 ff. ; G. δδΐ ff ., 777 ff.) a. The singular endings, 
-μι, -σθα, -σι, occur more frequently than in Attic ; especially -μι and -σ* 
in the subjunctive, as ΙΒωμι, άγάγω/Αΐ, «^«λτ/σι, βάΧτισι. These endings 
are rare in the subjunctive of the contracted /xi-forms, as δώσι A 129. 

b. In the pluperfect, the older endings -ca κτλ. are preserved. The 
third person singular ends in -ce(v) or -civ, as βφηκαν A 221, ^3c€ Β 409. 

c. The second and third persons singular of the first aorist optative ac- 
tive end in -eux?, -etc(v), as /xetVctas, KaAeVetev. The second person in -αις oc- 
curs very rarely. The third person in -at is more common, as γηθ-ησαί A 255. 
The third person plural ends in -ciav, as rtitrctav A 42, aKowrtuxv Β 282. 

d. The third person plural optative active of /i,i-verbs ends in -uv, as 
(lev, Βαμεΐεν, Sdlcv. 

e. The third person plural imperative ends in -των, -σθων (never 
-τωσαν, -σθωσαν). 

f. α. Active infinitives (except in the first aorist) frequently end in 
-/xcvat, which is sometimes shortened after a short vowel to -μεν, as 
(μμεναί, εμμεν, Ιλθίμεν{αί), τίθνάμ€ν(α.ί). 

β. The shortening of -/xevat to -/x,ev occurs generally before a vowel, 
where it may be called elision. 

γ. The ending -vat is found only after a long vowel, as δούναι. 

g. Aorist passive infinitives end in -μεναι or -ναι. 

h. The second person singular of the middle generally remains uncon- 
tracted (§ 24), as όδυρεαι, ιδιρι Γ 130, ^άλλίο A 297. Contracted forms 
are used occasionally, as μετατρέτη) A 160, γνώστη Β 365, κεκληστ) Γ 138. 

i. In the perfect middle, -σαι regularly loses its σ. 

j. -σο retains its σ only in the imperative, as εσσο, ϊστασο. 

k. The first person plural middle often ends in -μεσθα. 



§ 47 e. THE HOMERIC DIALECT. xxxix 

1. The third person plural of the perfect and pluperfect indicative mid- 
dle often, and of the optative middle always, ends in -αται, -ατο for -νται, 
-ντο. Before these endings smooth labial and palatal mutes are aspirated, 
as Ιτητίτράφαται (perfect passive of ίτητρίπω). 

m. The third person plural indicative of the aorist passive generally 
ends in -ev instead of -ήσαν, as η-γερθίν A 57, φάχχνθ^ν A 200, τράφεν A 251 
δΐ£τ/Ααγ€ν A 531. Cf. the active t -λυ-σα-ν, €-λνο-ν. 

η. Similarly, ν is used for the later -σαν in the imperfect and second 
aorist of /Ai-verbs, as ξννιεν A 273, «σταν, σταν, ΐβαν. 

ο. For the optative ending of /u-verbs, in -lev not -ίησαν, see d above. 

§ 45. Subjunctive Mode. a. The variable vowel ('connecting vowel') 
of the subjunctive is generally short in the, first aorist, second aorist of 
jux-forms, second aorist passive, second perfect of primitive formation, as 
βησομεν, ayetpo/xev, ΐομεν, θ^ίομεν, τραττείομεν, 8αμ€ί€Τ€, ctSo/xcv, πεττοίθομεν. 
(Η. 373 D; G. 780.) 

This short vowel is found before the endings -μεν, -τον, -τε, and in 
middle forms. 

b. A few forms of the first aorist have a long vowel following the 
analogy of the present, as Βηλησηται Γ 107. 

c. There are no certain examples of the short mode-vowel in the 
present of verbs in -ω. (For βονλεται άντιάσας A 67, βονλητ άντιάσας 
may be substituted, etc.') 

N.B. The forms of the first aorist subjunctive are easily confused with 
those of the future, with which they are identical in appearance. 

§ 46. Optative Mode. For the optative endings, see 44 c, d. 

§ 47. Contract Verbs. (H. 409 D ; G. 784 ft'.) a. Verbs in -αω exhibit 
unchanged, assimilated, and contracted forms ; the poet's choice between 
contracted and uncontracted forms seems to have been determined largely 
by the rhythm. The vowels are regularly contracted when the second is 
in a short syllable. 

b. Uncontracted forms without assimilation occur rarely, as πεινάων 
Γ 25. (ουτα, Δ 525 and often, is a second aorist, see § 53.) 

c. The vowels of the uncontracted forms are generally assimilated, α 
prevailing over a following e or η but being assimilated to o, ω, or ov. 
These forms are intermediate between the original and the contracted 
stage. 

d. One of the vowels is usually lengthened in the text of the Mss. 
Sometimes this appears to be a conformation to Attic usage (§ 22/). 

e. Verbs in -εω generally remain uncontracted; except εε, which is 
generally contracted in the Mss., but often the uncontracted forms are 



xl INTRODUCTION. § 47 f. 

metrically possible, co is very rarely contracted except in the participle 
ending -ενμενος (where contraction occurs to prevent a too frequent 
recurrence of short syllables, § 59 e). «ω is never contracted but is often 
pronounced as one syllable by synizesis (§ 25). 

f. Sometimes the variable vowel c is contracted with c of the stem 
instead of with the termination. One of these vowels is sometimes 
dropped, as άττοαίρεο A 275. 

g. The older form of these verbs, in -«ω, is sometimes preserved, as 
ireXeteTo A 5, veLKetyai A 579. See § 23 e. 

h. φορέω forms φορίαν Δ 144, φορηναι Β 107. 

,i. Verbs in -οω are generally contracted. Sometimes they have forms 
with the double ο sound, like verbs in -αω, as €στρατόωντο Γ 187 (which 
might be written έστρατόοντο) . 

§48. Tenses. Future and First Aorist, Active and Middle. (H. 420ff. ; 
G. 777.) a. Pure verbs which do not lengthen the stem-vowel in the 
formation of the tenses, often have double σ in the future and first aorist, 
active and middle. 

b. In the future the σ of the before-mentioned verbs often disappears, 
as KoXeovaa Γ 383, oActrat Β 325. 

c. Stems in δ often show double σ in the aorist. 

d. Most of these forms with σσ may be explained as original or assim- 
ilated, as νείκεσσε from the theme νεικεσ (cf. νεΐκος), κομίσσατο for κομι^ 
σατο (cf. κομίΒη). Thus the stem-vowel of these verbs was not final 
originally, and hence is not lengthened in the future and aorist. 

e. Some stems in λ and ρ retain the w of the future and aorist 
(as some do in Attic), as Ιλσαι A 409, κυρσας Γ 23, ωρσε A 10. 

f. The so-called Doric future with tense-sign σε, is found in εσσεΐται 
Β 393. 

g. Some verbs have a future without tense-sign, as εΐμι, κακκείοΡτες to 
lie down, cSo/xai, ττίομαί, ερύω. Most of these verbs are old presents which 
acquired a future signification, εΐμι is not always future in Homer, cf. B. 87. 

h. Some verbs form the first aorist active and middle without σ, as 
εχεεν Ζ 419 (from εχεα for εχενα), εσσενα Ε 208, εκηα Α 40 from καίω. 

ί. The first aorist often has the variable vowel of the second aorist o/^, 
as r^oi/, Βνσετο. So in the imj)erative, as βήσεο Ε 109, ορσεο Γ 250, α^ετε 
Γ 105, οίσετε Γ 103; infinitive, οίσεμεναι Γ 120; participle, επιβησόμενον 
Ε 46. 

j. Verbs in -^ω often have themes in γ, and thus futures and first 
aorists in -|ω and -^a, as εξαλαττά^αι A 129, ιττολεμίζομεν Β 328. 

§ 49. Perfect. (Η. 446 ft'., 490; G. 682 ff.) a. The so-called first per- 
fect in -κα is formed only from 20 vowel-stems. It is almost as rare as 



§52. THE HOMERIC DIALECT. xli 

the first aorist in -κα (Ιδωκα, €ηκα, Ιθηκα). Forms without κ are derived 
even from vowel-stems, especially participial forms, as κ^κμηκας Ζ 262, 
but κεκμηωτί Ζ 261. 

b. The final mute of the stem is not aspirated. 

c. The endings are affixed immediately to the reduplicated verb-stem 
in βεβάασι, γεγαώτας, ΒείΒίθι, Ιίκτην, tS/xev, κεκ/χτ/ώς, έττίτηθμεν, τ€τλαθί. 

ά. Ιρρίγ(ΐσί Γ 353 and όλώλϊ/ Δ 164 have the force of present subjunc- 
tives. 

e. ακαχημ^νο^ and ίσσνμενος are accented irregularly as presents. 

f. The second perfect often has a long vowel in the stem where the 
second aorist has a short vowel, as ορωρεν Β 797, tupopc Β 14G. 

g. In the feminine participle the short form of the stem appears, as 
άρηρως, but apapvta ; hence «κυΓα not άκνία Γ 386 etc. 

§ 50. Voices. Middle, a. The active and middle forms bpav (about 
40 times) and ορασθαι (about 20 times), I8eiv (more than 200 times) and 
Ι^ίσθαι (90 times), are used often without appreciable difference of mean- 
ing. Cf. Ιφατο Β 807, Ιφη A 584. 

b. The first aorist middle is sometimes used without diiference of 
meaning from the second aorist active, as βησετο, Γ 262, εβη A 311 ; iSv- 
σετο Γ 328, ?δυ Γ 36. 

C. The future middle is sometimes used as passive, as τεΧίεσθαι Β 36. 
Cf. 51 e. 

d. The aorist middle is often used as passive» Cf. χολωσαμίνη Γ 413 
with χολωθείς A 98, χάρη Γ 76 with κεχαροίατο A 256, ayepovro Β 94 with 
η-γερθεν A 57, άμφεχντο Β 41, κταμένοιο Γ 375» Cf ελελίχθησαν Ε 497 
theij rallied, θωρηχθηναι Α 226 arm himself 

The passive foi'mation in Greek is comparatively late. 

§51. Passive, a. For the ending of the aorist passive infinitive, see §44^. 

b. For the ending of the third person plural indicative, see § 44 m. 

c. The second aorist subjunctive passive usually remains uncontracted, 
and follows the rule of /xt-verbs (§ 52 c). 

d. In the second aorist subjunctive, the passive suffix is often long 
(and the mode s^owel short in the dual and in the first or second person 
pluial, § 45 a), as 8αμηΎΐ<; Γ 436 (^άμνημι), τραττεωμεν Γ 441 (τέρπω, § 31), 
but μί-γεωσίν Β 475 (μίσ-γω). 

e. Homer has only two futures from passive stems. 

f. Some verbs have both first and second aorists passive, as εμίχθη Ε 
134, εμίγψ Γ 445. 

§ 52. Verbs in -MI. (ΓΙ. 476 ff. ; G. 787 ff.) a. Some verbs in -μι 
have forms in the present and imperfect indicative which follow the 
analogy of contract verbs : ηθεΐ, διδοΓ, διδονσι, Ιεΐσι. 



xlii INTRODUCTION. § 62 b. 

b. For the ending -v for -σαν, see § 44 n. 

c. The second aorist subjunctive active generally remains uncon- 
tracted. The stem vowel often appears in its long form with short 
mode vowel in the dual and in the first and second persons plural (c/. 
§§ 45 a, 51 d), as δώτ^σιν A 324, θ€.ίομ€.ν A 143 (better θηομ,εν, Attic θωμεν)^ 
-γνωωσι A 302, ίρύομεν A 62 (better Ιρηομεν, as from an Ιρημι). 

§ 53. Second Aorists without Variable Vowel. (H. 489; G. 125, 3.) 
Many second aorists, active and middle, are found without variable 
vowel, following the analogy of verbs in -/ai, as αλτο A 532 (αλλο/χαι), 
tyvia A 199, hUro Β 420 {^Ιχομηι), βλητο Δ 518 (βάλλω), κλνθι Α 37, 
kXvtc β 56 (κλυω), οντά Ζ 64, ίσσντο Β 809 (σ€υω). 

§ 54. Iterative Forms. (Η. 493; G. 778.) a. Iterative forms of 
the imperfect and aorist indicate the repetition of a state or action. The 
augment is generally omitted. These forms are characterized by the 
suffix -σκ, and have the inflection of the imperfect of verbs in -ω. They 
are confined to the Ionic dialect. The iterative idea is frequently waning 
and occasionally is lost. 

b. Verbs in -ω add the endings -σκον or -σκομην to the €-form of the 
stem oi the present or second aorist, as €σκ€, είττεσκε, ιδεσκε. 

§ 55. Prepositions, a. Prepositions often retain their original adver- 
bial force (as iv Se but therein, -πάρα 8e and beside him). They may be 
placed after the verbs or nouns with which they are connected. See 
§19 6. (H. 785; G. 1222 fE.) 

b. The preposition is often separated from the verb which it modifies, 
as Trap δέ Κεφαλλϊ;ι/ων άμφΐ στίχες ονκ άλαπαδναι | εστασαν Δ 330 f., 
where ττάρ modifies Ιστασαν. 

C. Anastrophe. (Η. 109 ; G. 116.) α. Disyllabic prepositions, when 
they immediately follow the word with which they are construed, take 
the accent upon the penult, except αμφί, αντί, ανά, δια. ανα Ζ 331 stands 
for άνάστηθί. Ivt is used for eveiat or cvcan, ctti for «ττεση, ficVa for 
μίτεστί. 

β. Elided prepositions suffer anastrophe only when they as adverbs 
modify a verb to be supplied, as επ Γ 45 for «ττεστι, — or by way of 
exception, in order to avoid ambiguity, as c^' A 350, to show that the 
preposition is to be connected with the preceding word. 

d. a. €v has the parallel forms eiv, m. civ stands only in the part of 
the foot which receives the ictus, and its use is nearly confined to certain 
phrases, as elv ayoprj, ctv *Αιδαο δό/χοισιν. 

β. The poet uses both cs and cis, προς, ττροτί, and ττοτι', υπό and 
υτταχ. 

f . αμφί, ανά, and μετά are used also with the dative. 



§57d. HOMERIC VERSE. xliii 

§ 56. Adverbs. (H. 257 ft'.; G. 365 ft.) a. A predicate adjective is 
often used where the English idiom has an adverb or an adverbial 
phrase, as χθίζος Ιβη A 424 went yesterday^ ηεριη A 497 early in the 
morning, ττανημίριοι A 472 all day long, τΓρηνης Ε 58 (promts) on his 
face. 

β. ττρόφρων willing is used only predicatively, where the English idiom 
uses willingly. 

b. Adverbs ending in -a are common : σάφα, τάχα, wkcu These seem 
to have been originally neuter cognate accusatives, and many are such 
still ; cf. ττόλλ* €7Γ€τελλ€, ττολλα ηρατο, μί-γα νητηε, με-γόΧ ενχετο, κτλ. 

C. Adverbs in -ως are not common ; they are most frequent from 
o-stems: όντως (ούτος), ως (ο), αυτως (αυτός), κακώς (κακός). Ισως and 
ομοίως are not found, καλώ? only β 63, φίλως only Δ 347. 

§ 57. HOMERIC VERSE. The Heroic Hexameter. (H. 1064 ff., 1100; 
G. 1668 f.) a. The poems are to be read with careful attention to the 
metrical quantity of each syllable, as well as to the sense of the passage. 
There are six feet (bars or measures) in each verse; hence the name 
hexameter. Emphasis or stress of voice is laid on the first syllable of 
each foot. The part of the foot which has no ictus (the arsis) should 
receive as much time though not so much stress as the ictus-syllable 
(the thesis). The rhythm would be called f time in modern music. The 
English hexameter (found e.g. in Longfellow's Evangeline) is generally 
read as of f time. 

b. The written word-accent is to be disregarded in reading Homeric 
verse. Occasionally the verse-ictus and word-accent may coincide, but the 
word-accent seems to have had no influence on the formation of the verse. 

c. The dactyl ( I ^ ^or w w), with the ictus on the first sylla- 
ble, is the fundamental and prevailing foot of Homeric verse. It is often 
replaced by a spondee^ or heavy dactyl (I I or ). 

Dactyls are about three times as frequent as spondees in the Homeric 
poems. 

d. Verses in which each of the first five feet is a dactyl are far more 
common in Homer than in Vergil : there are 160 in the first book of the 
Iliad alone. Many frequently recurring verses have this rhythm ; as τον 
δ' α7Γαμ€ίβόμ€νος ιτροσίφη ττόδας ωκνς Άχιλλ€ΰς, — ανταρ iirel πόσιος και 
€8ητνος ii tpov Ιντο. Many other verses have but one spondee (generally 
in the first foot) among the first five feet ; as ημος δ' ηίλίος κατίΒυ καΐ im 
κνίφας ηΚθ€ν. 

1 This name was derived from the use of this slow, solemn measure in the 
hymns which accompanied the libation (σποι/δή) to the gods. 



xliv INTRODUCTION. § 57 e. 

e. Spondees are most common in the first two feet ; they are more 
and more avoided in each foot toward the close of the verse. 

f. The first foot allows more freedom than any other. A short vowel 
there more frequently retains its natural quantity before a mute and a 
liquid, and yet is more frequently lengthened in the unaccented part of 
the foot before that combination. At the close of the first foot, hiatus is 
allowed (§ 27 δ). 

g. The Bucolic diaeresis (§ 58 K) is seldom immediately preceded by a 
word of three long syllables. Before this diaeresis, a dactyl ;s strongly 
preferred. 

h. Verses which have a spondee in the fifth foot are called spondaic 
verses {ΐττη στΓονΒείΛκα) . They are more common in Homer than in the 
Latin poets, — about 4: per cent of the verses of the Iliad being spondaic. 

i. These spondaic verses seem especially frequent at the close of 
emphatic sentences or of divisions of the narrative (cf. A 21, 157, 291, 
600) and in descriptions of suffering and toil, but often no rhythmic 
effect is sought ; the convenience of the verse determined the measure. 

j. The last foot in each verse is a spondee, but the final syllable may 
be short; the deficiency in time is then made up by the slight pause 
which follows at the end of the verse (§ 59 a, I). A heavy or consonan- 
tal ending is preferred; hence the jz-movable is often used. 

k. The student need not concern himself about elision as in Latin 
poetry ; that is already done in the text ; but he must be watchful for 
synizesis (§ 25). 

§ 58. Caesural Pauses. (H. 1081; G. 1642.) a. Each verse has one 
or more caesural pauses {caesura = τομή cutting^, — pauses within a foot. 

b. The principal caesura of the verse is always a pause in the sense, 
and is often emphasized by punctuation, but occasionally commas are 
found where no pause is necessary. 

Of course no pause can be made immediately before an enclitic, since 
this is closely connected with the foregoing word. 

c. A caesura is almost always found in the third foot; only 185 verses 
of the Iliad and 71 of the Odyssey have no pause there. It occurs either 
after the ictus-syllable (as μηνιν aciSe θεά A ΐΐηλψά^εω Άχιληος A 1 

_ww l_wv^ |_A_l_ww I — wv^» 1 \),ov between the 

two short syllables (as άνδρα /xot εννεττε Μούσα A ττολντροπον ο? μόλα 

τΓολλά al,_v^w |_ν^ν^ l_v^Aw |_vyw |_ww I I)• These 

two caesuras are about equally frequent; but the second slightly pre- 
dominates and seems to have been preferred. 

d. The importance of the caesura in the third foot is marked not 
only by the freedom with which hiatus is allowed there (§ 27 b), and by 



§58k. HOMERIC VERSE. xlv 

the evident avoidance of elision at that point, but also by the large 
number of tags of verses which are suited to follow it ; as πατήρ avSpiov 
T€ θ€ων T€, βοωπι^ ttOtvm, "ϊ^^ρη, Oea λ^νκωλενος "ίίρη, θεα γλαυκώπις 
Άθήνη, φίλομμεί8η<; * Αφροδίτη, Διό? θυγάτηρ ΆφροΒίτη, ενκνημί^ες * Αχαιοί, 
*Α;(αιώι/ ;;^(χλκο;(ΐτώι/ων, κάρη κομόωντες ^Αγαιοί, άρψφίλο<ί McvcAaos, άναζ 
ανδρών *Α•γαμ.€μνων, βσην άγαθος ΑωμηΒη<ί, Τερηνιο^ Ιττπότα Νεστίορ κτλ. 
— all of which roust be preceded by the feminine caesura (see/) of the 
third foot ; while *Αγα/Λ€/χνονο5 'Ατρειδαο, evpv κρείων *Α•γαμίμνων, "ηγη- 
Topcs η^ /AcSovres, άπαμείβετο φωνησεν re κτλ. nmst be preceded by the 
masculine caesura of the third foot. See § 22 b, c. 

e. The pause after the first syllable of the third foot is called the 
penthemimeral caesura (ttcvtc, r/pj.-, μίρο^) because it comes after the fifth 
half-foot; it divides the verse into 2^ + 3^ feet. The pause between the 
two short syllables of the third foot divides the verse into 2| + 3\ feet. 

f. The pause after an ictus-syllable is called a masculine caesura 
because of the vigorous movement which it gives to the verse. The 
pause between two unaccented syllables is called a, feminine caesura. 

g. Sometimes the principal pause of the verse is the masculine caesura 
of the fourth foot. This is called the hephthemimeral caesura («πτα, ημι-, 
μίρός). It is frequent after a feminine caesura of the third foot. It 
gives an energetic movement after a penthemimeral caesura, when the 
verse is divided into 2.^ -f- 1 -f- 2^ feet. 

h. Sometimes the pause of the verse is at the close of the fourth foot; 
this is called the Bucolic diaeresis (a diaeresis being a pause at the end 
of a word between two feet) or caesura, since it is most evidently aimed 
at in the bucolic or pastoral poetry of Theocritus. Occasionally there is 
a transition at this point to another part of the story, as A 318, 348, 430. 
This Bucolic diaeresis with the penthemimeral caesura divides the verse 
into 2| -h 1^ -f- 2 feet. 

i. The importance of the Bucolic diaeresis is marked by the large 
number of tags of verses which are ready to follow it, as δΤος 'Οδυσσεύς, 
€ρκος 'Αχαιών, ίτητότα Νέστωρ, οβρίμος "Αρης, φαίΒιμος "Εκτωρ, Φοίβος 
'Απόλλων, Παλλάς *A^7;vr;, δια ^εάων, μητύτα Ζευς, iaoOeos φως. See 
§ 22 C. Hiatus is allowed here occasionally. See § 27 b. 

j. A slight pause occurs about as often, after the first short syllable 
of the fifth foot. The poet prefers to close the verse with the rhythm 

\y, \y (where the comma represents the end of a word) rather 

than v^ ,^, ; hence ovtc τελεσσας A 108, not οντ* ετελεσσας, and 

αλγε' ίθηκεν A 2, not αλγεα θηκ€ν. 

k. The principal pause of the verse is seldom found at the close of 
the third foot. This would divide the verse into two equal parts and 



xlvi INTKODUCTION. § 58 1. 

cause monotony. A word ends there not infrequently, but is accom- 
panied by a more prominent caesura in the third or fourth foot ; as €νθα 
ιδον πλείστους Φρύγας άνδρας Γ 185, where the last two words are so 
closely connected that no caesura is felt between them. 

1. Even a slight pause is rare between the two short syllables of the 
fourth foot. In και (ττείθετο μνθύ A 33, the objectionable pause might 
be avoided by omitting the augment, but the conjunction is connected 
with the verb so closely that no caesura is felt. 

m. No sentence ends with the second foot. 

n. The pause in the third foot gives to the rest of the verse an 
anapaestic movement, from which it is often recalled by the Bucolic 
diaeresis. 

o. The varied position of the main caesura, and the minor pauses in 
different parts of the verse, give perfect freedom from monotony without 
detracting from the grace and dignity of the measure. 

§ 59. QuANTiTY.i (II. go fp. ; G. 98 ff., 1622.) a. Metrical con- 
venience or necessity often determined the poet's choice among synony- 
mous words (§ 22 a-c). The poet in general preferred the light dactyls 
to the heavy dactyls or spondees, and retained in the Epic dialect a large 
number of dactylic forms which were afterwards contracted. An amphi- 
macer (_ \j _, αμ,φί, μχικρόν) was avoided often by means of apocope, 
synizesis, or elision. 

Most exceptions to the rules of quantity are only apparent. The poet, 
for example, did not lengthen a short syllable by placing the ictus upon 
it. If an apparently short final syllable stands where a long syllable is 
expected, it is probable either 

(1) that the final syllable was originally long, and later lost part of its 
quantity; or 

i The beginner will find it convenient to remember concerning o, *, u, the 
vowels whose quantity is not clear at the first glance, that 

(1) they are short in the final syllable of any word when the antepenult 
has the acute or if the penult has the circumflex accent ; 

(2) they are regularly short in inflectional endings, as μάχχισι, τ^ρωα^ Tpfvovcri, 
τίθνηκα, — in the final syllables of neuter nouns, as ίώ/«ι, ^/uop, /xeAi, δάκρυ, — 
in suffixes, except where ν has been lost before σ, as φνσ1ί5, δολίηε, Φοίνισσα, — 
in particles, especially in prepositions, as ανά, vepl, vv6, άρα, €τι, — and gener- 
ally in the second aorist stem of verbs ; 

(3) they are long in the final syllable when the penult is long by nature 
and has the acute accent ; 

(4) they are long when they are the result of contraction, as έτίμά from 
έτίμα(, ίρόν, from itpoy, and as the final vowel of the stem of nouns of the first 
declension. 



§59e. HOMERIC VERSE. xlvii 

(2) that the following word has lost an initial consonant which would 
have made the preceding syllable long by position (see j below) ; or 

(3) that the pause (musical rest) of a caesura or diaeresis, fills out the 
time occupied by the foot, allowing the same freedom as at the end of 
the verse (§ 57./). 

b. A considerable number of anomalies, however, remain unexplained. 
Prominent among the unexplained anomalies of quantity is the ϊ of 
certain abstract nouns, which form such a definite class that it may be 
assumed that there was some explanation, perhaps physiological, for 
them all. 

c. Many apparently irregular variations of natural quantity, as well as 
apparent freedom in allowing hiatus, and variations of quantity made by 
position (see / below), are to be explained by the loss of a consonant, 
e.g. -AtSos Γ 322 but J^AtSt A 3, from a-pih (§ 32), /χε/Α^σαν Β 863 but 
μεμαότες Β 818 (μ€μαροτ€<;)' 

d. α. A syllable which contains a long vowel or a diphthong is long 
by nature. Final at and oi are metrically long, although short as regards 
accentuation. 

β. The quantity of some vowels is not fixed, as 'Απόλλωνος A 14, 
ίΑτΓολλων, A 380; 'Apes, "Αρες Ε 31 (if the text is right). 

γ. Most of these vowels with variable quantity were originally long 
and were becoming short, as the Homeric ίσος, καλός, and φάρος, became 
ίσος, καλός, and φάρος in Attic poetry, pevapivo {cf. ωρτ] dapivrj Β 471), 
Attic Ιαρινός, is found on a Boeotian inscription. Evidently every vowel 
which at first was long and afteiivards became short must have had at 
some time a metrical quantity which could be treated either as long or 
short, i.e. its quantity was variable. 

δ. For the length of final ι in the dative singular of the third declen- 
sion, see § 36 a. irpCv in irplv αντ Ζ 81 retains its original length, as a 
contracted comparative. 

c. With this variation of natural quantity may be compared the 
double forms employed in Homer, — one with a single consonant, another 
with two consonants, as Άχιλλεΰς A 54, Ά^ιλενς A 199; Όδυσσ€υ9 A 430, 
Όδυσευς Δ 494 ; Ίρίκκψ Β 729, Ύρίκης Δ 202 ; οππως Α 344, οττώς Α 136; 
μεσσον Γ 266, μέσον Α 481, κτλ., many of which doubled consonants are 
known to be justified etymologically. 

e. Sometimes a naturally short vowel was lengthened (not by the 
poet, but in the speech of the people) in order to avoid the too frequent 
recurrence of short syllables. This is illustrated by the rule for the use 
of ο or ω in the comparison of adjectives (σοφωτερος but κουφότερος), 
and by the words which have a vowel similarly lengthened in the Attic 



xlviii INTRODUCTION. § 59 f. 

dialect (as αθάνατος, προσηγορος, ν-πηρίτης). We fiwdi «ανηρ but αι /epcs, 
Πρια/οιθ5 but Ώ,ρΙαμίΒψ, θνγατηρ but θυγατέρα. 

f. α. In Homeric verse a syllable which contains a short vowel is long 
by position when the vowel is followed by a double consonant (ζ, $, ψ) or 
by two or more consonants, whether these are in the same or in the fol- 
lowing word or are divided between the two words. 

β. This rule holds good also in case of a nmte followed by a liquid. 
This combination rarely fails to make position within a word, and gen- 
erally makes position when it stands at the beginning of a word, espe- 
cially when this word is closely connected with the preceding. 

g. a. Sometimes a vow^l remains short before a mute followed by λ 
or p, as ^ΑφροΒίτη Γ 380, άμφΧβρότης Β 389, άμφΧ^ρνφης Β 700, ττροτρα- 
ττίσθαι Ζ 336, νενσί KpovtW Α 528, ^αλε Πρια/χ,ιδαο Γ 356, γαρ ρα Κλυται- 
μνηστρης Α 113. These words and phrases could not have been brought 
into the verse if the mute and liquid must make length by position, and 
the history of the language shows that this combination of mute and 
liquid was gradually losing its weight. 

β. That a mute and liquid do not always make length by position is 
explained by the ease with which the combination can be pronounced at 
the beginning of a syllable, leaving the preceding vowel short. 

γ. Before four words, two of which begin with the double consonant 
ζ and two with the two consonants σκ (not a mute and a liquid), the 
preceding vowel remains short : ot tc Ζάκννθον Β 634, ot δε ZcXcuxv Β 824, 
ττροχίοντο ^καμάνΒρων Β 465, Ιττειτα σκί,τταρνον c 237. 

h. α. Α single λ, ρ,, ν, ρ, σ, at the beginning of certain words, may 
make position {cf. § 30 δ) : cTrca ηφάδεσσι Γ 222 (c/. άγά-ννιφον A 420 and 
English snow). 

β. So also δ makes position in the stem δ /rt- (δεισαι fea?'), and always 
In Srjv long, as tSciaev δ' 6 γέρων A 33, ου rt μάλά Srjv A 416. 

i. a. Cognate languages and collateral dialectic forms show that most 
words which in the Attic dialect began with p, once began with σρ or pp. 
This explains the doubling of the ρ after the augment and in composi- 
tion, as well as its power to make position in Homeric verse. 

β. Of the instances of lengthening before μ, most are only physiologi- 
cally explained, — the /x-sound being easily continued until it is virtually a 
double consonant. But this lengthening occurs only before certain stems, 
not before μάχεσθαι, μίνειν, μοννος κτλ. 

j. One of the consonants which made position has often been lost, as 
γρηΐ δε p,tv /τεϊκυια Γ 386, βίλος ίχεττευκες Α 51, θεός ως Γ 230 (for θεός 
^ώς), cf. κακόν ως Β 190, όρνιθες ώ? Γ 2, ττε'λεκυς ως Γ 60, οι δ* αρ' ΐσαν ως 
ει τε Β 780. 



§59m. HOMERIC VERSE. xlix 

k. a. A long "final vowel or diphthong in the arsis of the foot is regu- 
larly shortened before a following vowel : Άτρε/δαι re και αλλο6 ivKvrj- 
μώες 'Αχαιοί A 17, τψ δ' €γώ ου λύσω Α 29. The shortening of a long 
vowel is essentially the elision of half the vowel (§ 27 d). 

β. Final at, ot, « are most frequently shortened before an initial vowel. 
Final oi is shortened eight times as often as final rj. 

y. The diphthongs with ν seem to have been more firm in retaining 
their quantity than those with i. 

δ. This shortening of diphthongs seems to indicate a tendency of the 
final t or .υ of the diphthong to go into its cognate y (/) or w (f) sound 
and disappear (cf. § 23/). In Pindar, also, a final diphthong is short- 
ened five times as often as a long final vowel. Of course there was no 
hiatus as long as the J or ρ was spoken. 

c. Final ω and ύ) are shortened before an initial vowel more rarely 
than other diphthongs, ω is seldom shortened except before an c or (less 
frequently) an a. 

1. Before a pause (as before the close of the verse, see § 57 7), a short 
vowel may be used in place of a long vowel : ΙκττΙρσαι ΐίριάμοιο ττόλιν 

A 19 I wwl y^ Kj \ ^ A. Not infrequently thus the short final 

vowel of a vocative takes the place of a long syllable, even ω vlk Πβτεώο Δ 
338 ; in such cases the nominative form frequently could be used. The 
pause in the rhythm occupies the remainder of the time which w^ould be 
spent in pronouncing a long syllable, Nl I = I I. Before a pause, 
also, a long final vowel may preserve its quantity although the following 
word begins with a vowel. 

m. A few verses seem to begin with a short syllable, as os -βΒη τα τ 
iovra A 70 (for os ρείΒη, § 32). 




BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTE. 

The Homeric Mss. are better and more ancient than those of any other 
secular Greek author. In all, more than one hundred are known and de- 
scribed. The most valuable for the Homeric text, and far the most valu- 
able for the old Greek Commentary (Σχόλια), is known as Venetus A^ 
in the library of San Marco at Venice. It contains the entire lliadf 
with Introduction and Scholia, on 325 leaves of parchment in large folio. 
15x11 inches. It was written not later than the eleventh century of our 
era. 

The earliest printed edition of Homer was that of Demetrius Chalcon- 
dylas, in two large and handsome volumes, Florence, 1488. 

The most important critical editions of the Iliad, are those of Bekker 
(1858), La Roche (1873), Nauck (1877), Christ (1884). 

Convenient text editions are those of Dindorf-Hentze (Leipzig, 1884) 
and Cauer (Leipzig, 1890). 

The most scholarly English edition of the entire Iliad, is as yet that ot 
Leaf, in two volumes, London, 1886, 1888. 

The most convenient small work treating of (a) the general literary 
characteristics of the poems, (5) the Homeric world, (c) Homer in an- 
tiquity, (d) the Homeric question, is Homer; An Introduction to the Iliad 
and the Odyssey by Professor Jehb, Boston, 1887. 

Homer, a ' literature primer,' by Gladstone, New York, 1878, will be sug- 
gestive and helpful to many, although it is not to be compared with Pro- 
fessor Jebb's work. 

The ' Homeric question * is clearly stated in The Origin of the Homeric 
Poems, by Bonitz, translated by Professor Packard, New York, 1880. 

Matthew Arnold's Essay On translating Homer, in Essays in Criticism, 
makes distinct the most prominent characteristics of Homeric style. 

Monro's Grammar of the Homeric Dialect, Oxford, 1891, is by far the 
best work on the subject in the English language. 



ΟΜΗΡΟΤ lAIAAOS Α. 



'Άλψα \iTas Χρυσού, \oiμhv στρατού, €χθθ5 ανάκτων. 
Alpha preces Chrysae, pestis mala, iurgia regum, 

* Alpha the prayer of Chryses sing» : 
The army's plague ; the strife of kings/ 



λοι/Λος. μηρις, 

MyivLP aetSe, Oea, Πτ^λΐ^ΐάδ^ω *Α^ιλ^ο£^ 
ου Κομεν-ην , η μυρ^ Ά;^αίοΓς ak^ji €.Θηκ€ΐ/, 
τΓολλας δ' Ιφθί^ισυ<ζ ψΐλ^^άς AfSi TTpotaxjjeu 
ηρωωΐ', αντονς δείελωρια τ€υχ€ κνν^σσιν 
5 οίωνοίσί Τ€ δαιτα, Δ φ? δ' ijekeiero βουλή, 
i^ ου 8ύ) τα πρώτα Βυαστητην iplaavre 
^Ατρ€ΐ^ης τειαί'αζ άντρων και δϊρ? ^ ΚγιΧΚενς, 

τ is τ dp σφωβ θβών epiSi ζυνέηκΕ μάχ^εσθαι ; 
Αητον^ καΐ Διο9 υΙό%\ 6 γαρ /5ασιλ']7^ χολωθείς • 
10 νουσορ ανά στρατον ωρσ€ κακήν, ολβκοντο δβ λαοί, 
ονν€κα τον lipvarjv Ί ^τίμασεν άρητηρα ,iyiocrtr^^<XcL*^^ 
*Ατρ€υ8ης, 6 γαρ ηλθβ θοάς έπΙ νηας Ά^αί-ωΓ 
λνσό}λ€ν6<; τ€ θύγατρα φέρων τ άπβρείσυ* dnoLva, 
στβμματ ίχων iv )(^ερσΙιΓ€κηβόλον Απόλλωνος .^^i-^xA^joicuj^ 
15 χ^ρυσεω ανά σκηπτρω, καΐ έλίσσβτο πάντας Ά^αιους, 
^^τρ€ΐδαΐ\§€ μάλιστα δυω, κοσμητορβ λαών' 
Αο^^^ειων^ρ-,ε καΧ κλλοί ΙνκνημίΒες ^ Αγαιοί, 
iς δ' €όψ Ύ^Ρ β^ίο-ίλεύς, οτ€ ^ώματ έχοντες 



2 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔ02 Α. 

Ικττ4ρσαι ΤΙρ ίάμρ ω πόλιρ, iv S'foiKaS^ Ικίσθ^ι • 

'20 τταιδα δ' ίμοί λυσα ι re φίληρ, τά ταποινα Se^ecr^at, 
αζομ^νοι Διός νΐόν, ΐίκηβόλον Άπόλλωζ^α." ^ 

βνθ* άλλοι /χα' πάντ€ς €π€νφημΎ)σαν Ά^αιοΙ 
aiSeicr^ai ^* L€prja καΐ άγλαά δβ^^αι αττοινα * 
αλλ' ουκ: Άτρβίδτ; Άγα/ιε/χΐ'οζ^ιΤ^δαΐ'β θνμω, 

25 αλλά κακώς ιαφί€ί, κρατ€ρορ δ' €7Γΐ μνθον er^Weu * 
''/XT/ cr€, yepov, κοίΧτισίν ίγω τταρο^νηνσί κιχ^ίω 
'fj.MW ^ηθννοντ η ύστερον αυτΐ9 Ιόντα, 
μη νν του ου 'χ^ραίσμτ) σκηπτρον και στβμμα θεοΐο, 
την δ' βγω ρυ λυσ"ω • π/οιΐ' /xij' και γήρας eneLaiV 

30 ημετερω ενΙΙοΐκω iv "Kpye'i, τηλόθί πατρης, 
ίστον εποί^ομενην καΐ έμον λβ^ος αντι^σαν. 
,^,' αλλ IC71, μη μ epeuiQe, σαωτβρος ως κ€ νεηαι. 

ως εφατ, e^Laev δ* 6 γέρων και έττείθετο μνθω. 
βη δ' άκέων πάρα ΘΖνα πολνφλοίσβοίο θαλάσίψης, 

35 πολλά δ* εττειτ άπάνευθε κιων ήραθ* 6 γεραιος 
Απόλλων ίρ,νακτί, τον ήνκομος τεκέ Αητώ^Ι r^ 
" κλνθί μεν, άργυρότοξ% ος Χρνσην άμφιβεβηκώζ 
Κιλλαι/ τε ζαθεην, Ύενε^οιό τερίφι -ανάσσεις, 
Χμυνθεν, εϊ ποτέ του γαρίεντ επΙ νηον epei/ia, 

40 η εΐ 8η ποτέ τοι κατά iriova μηρι εκηα 

ταύρων τ^δ' αΙγων, τόδε /χοι κρη^νον έέλ8ωρ ' 
τίσευαν Δαι^αοι εμα Βάκρνα σοίσι βελεσσιν.*' ^ - 

ως εφατ ευχόμενος, τον δ' εκλνε Φοίβος Απόλλων, 
βη δε κατ Ονλνμποιο καρηνων χωόμενος κηρ, ^ 

45 τόζ* ώμοισιν έχων άμφηρεφεα τε φαρετρην • ^ 

εκλαγζαν δ' α/)* oicrroi επ* ώμων -χωομενοίο, 
f αντον κινηθ εντός • ό δ' ηιε ννκτίβρίκώς. / 

^ εί,ετ επειτ απανενυε νέων, μετά ο lov ^^ικ-εν ' 
οεινη δε κλαγγη γενέτ α,ργν ' 



HOMER'S TLTAD, BOOK I. 

60 ονρηας μ€ν πρώτον ίπωγβτο καΧ κύνας άργονς, 
ανταρ eneiT αντοισι ρεΚος €χ^επ€υκ€ς e<ptet9 
/3άλλ' • atet ο€ ττνραΐ νεκνων καίοντο θαμ.€ΐαί, 

Ιννημαρ μ^ν άί^ά στρατον ψχ€το κηλα Oeolo, 
Tjj SeKarr) δ' ayopTJuhe καλεσσατο λαορ ^Αχ^ίλλεύς • 

55 τω γαρ έπΙ φρεσΐ θηκβ θεά, λβνκώλβρος ^ϋρη * 
KijSeTO γαρ Δαϊ^αώι^, on pa Ονησκορτας ορατό, 
οΐ δ' iwelovj/ ηγερθεν ομηγβρεες re γ4νοντο, 
τοΤσι δ' ανιστάμ€νο<ζ μβτεφη πόδας ώκνς ^Αχίλλβνς • 
'' ^Ατρβί^η, ννν αμμ€ τταΚϋΡ πλαγχ^θβρτας οίω 

60 άψ άπονοστησβυν, eu Kev θάνατον ye φνγρυμεν, 
el Srj ομού πόλεμος re δα^α καΐ λοιμός *Λ^αιους. 
αλλ' αγ€ δτ; τίνα μάντιν ερείομεν η leprja 
η καΐ ονβίροπόλον, καΐ γαρ τ οναρ €κ Διός Ιστιν^ 
ρς κ €ΐποι οτι τόσσον έχ^ώσατο Φοϊβος * Απόλλων, 

65 et τ αρ* 6γ/ βύχωλης έπυμεμφεταί ei θ* εκατόμβης, 
αΐ κεν πως άρνών κνίσης αΙγων τε τελείων 
Λ/^ βονλεται^ντίάσας ημϊν άπο λοιγον άμνναυ.*^ 

η TOL ο γ ως ειπών κατ αρ εζετο, τοισι Ο ανέστη 
Καλ;γας %εστορί8ης, οίωνοπόλων ό)^ άρ ιστός , 

70 ος/^ηοη τά τ εόντα τα τ εσσόμενα πρό τ εόντα, 
κα\ νηεσσ ηγησατ ^ Αγαιων)ί\λιον είσω 
pTjv δια μαντοσννην, την pi πόρε Φοίβος ^Απόλλων, 
ο σφιν εν φρονεων άγορησατο καΐ μετεειπεν • 
" ω Α-χ^ιλεν, κελεαι με, Βιιφιλε, /iv^T^cracr^at .f 

75 μηνιν * Απόλλωνος, ίέκατηβελεταοτ&νακτος ' ^ 

τοιγαρ εγωνζίρεω, συ δβ σννθεο, και μοι ομοσσον 
η μεν μοι πρόφρ^ωνί^πεσιν καΐ γερσΧν άοηξειν, 
η γαρ οιομαι ανορα χόλωσεμεν, ος μέγα πάντων 
Αρχείων κρατεει, καίτοι πείθονται ^Αχαιοί. 
ες δ' εβΥ Ύ^Ρ ^αο"ΐλ6υς, οτε χωσεται avSpl χ^ρηΐ' ' 



4 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΑ1ΛΔθ:$ Α. 

€L rrep γαρ τ€ ^όλον ye και αύτημαρ καταπεφτ), 
άλλα Τ€ καΙ μ^τόττισθεν e^ei κότον, οφρα rekeacrrj, 
iv στηθβσσίΡ ^οίσι. συ δβ φράσαυ et με σαώσας.'ν 
TOP δ' άπαμ€ίβ6μ€Ρθ<; προσβφη πό^ας ώκνς ^Αχιλλβν 

85 " θαρσησας μάλα/^Ιπβ Θεοπρόπιον οΤι/χησθα • 
ού μα γαρ Άπολλωι^α ^ίίφίΚον, ω re cru, Κάλ^αι^, 
ευχόμενος Ααναοίσί θεοπροπί,ας άναφαίνείς, 
ου TLS €μ€υ ζωΐ'τος καΐ έπΙ γΘονί ΒβρκομεΐΌίο 
σοι κοιλτ^ς πάρα νηνσΐ βαρείας χείρας εττοίσει 
90 συμπάντων Δαζ^αωι/, ούδ* r)v ^ Αγαμεμνονα^ϊπ-ης, 

.J— j)9 i^w πολλον άριστος Α;)^αιωί^ eu^erat eti/at." 
* και τότε οη υαρσιησε και ηυοα μαντις αμνμων * 

'* οντ άρ' ο γ' ενχ^ωλη<; επυμεμφεται ονθ* εκατόμβης, 
αλλ ενεκ άρητηρος, ον ητίμησ Αγαμέμνων 
95 ούδ* Απέλυσε θύγατρα καΐ ουκ άπε^εζατ άπουνα;^ ♦ ^ 
τούνεκ αρ* αλγε^ εΒωκενβ^^ηρόΧρς^'η^^ ετι δωο^ι.^^ 
ούδ* ο γε π/οΐϊ^ Δαι^αοΓοΊ^' ο^ικεα λοιγον άπώσει, 
πριν y άπο πατρί φίλω 8όμεναίΐελίκώπί8α κούρην 
άπρυάτην άνάπουνον, άγειν θ^ ίερην εκατόμβην 

100 e*9 Χρ^σην τότε κεν μιν ιΚασσάμενοι πεπίθοίμεν^ 
η TOL ο γ ως^εΙπή)ν κατ ayo' εζετο, τοίσι δ' ανέστη 
ηρω<^ Άτρεΐδτ^ς, εύρυ κ ρείων Αγαμέμνων 
αγνυμενος- μενεος δε μέγα φρένες άμφίμελαυναυ . . 
πιμπΚαντ , οσσε όε/οί πυρι Καμπετοωντ^ψκτην. 

105 Κάλ^αι^τα πρώτιστα κάκ οσσόμενος προσψίπεν • 
'* μάντι κακών, ου πώ ποτέ μοι το κρηγυον αττ^ις • 
aiet TOL τα κάκ εστί φίλα φρεσΐ μαντεύεσθαι, 
εσθλον δ' ούτε τι πω^^ας^πος ουτε.τελεσσας. 
καΐ νυν^εν ΑαναοΙσι θεοπροπεων αγορεύεις, 

110 ώς δή του8* ενεκά σφιν^κη βόλος άλγεα τεύχει, 
ουνεκ εγώ κούρης ΧρυσηίΒος άγλα άποινα 



HOMER'S ILIAD, BOOK I. 

ovK iOeXop Ββζασθαί, — iwel ττολν βονλομαί αντην 
foLKOL εγειν. καΐ γαρ pa Κλνταψνηστρτις προβεβουλα, 
κουριοίηζ αλοχ^ον, tirei ovfeuev eari )(€ρ&,ωρ, 

115 ον 8e/xa9 ούδβ φνην, οντ αρ φρερας ovre Tifepya. JL. 
άλλα και ως €υ€Αω οομεναυ τταΚιν, et το y αμ€ίνοι^* 
βονλομ €γω λαον σόον e/x/xei^at 17 άτίο\4σθαί.^ 
ανταρ e/xot γβρας αύτι^ έτουμασατ^ οφρα μη οΐυς 
Αργ€ίων αγέραστος 6ω, επβι ουοε ίψ)ίΚ€ν • 

120 Xeucrcrere yap το ye πάντες, ο ^ot γέρας εργεται αλλτ^." 

_^^ τοι/ δ' ημείβετ έπειτα ποΒαρκης Βίος ^Α)(^ίλλενς • 
"Άτραδτ^ κ:υδιστ€, φιΚοκτεανώτατε πάντων ^ 
πως γαρ tol 8ώσονσυ γέρας μεγάθυμοι Άγαιοι ; 
ούοε TL πονχϊομεν ζννηια κείμενα πολλά, 

125 άλλα τα μεν πολιών εζεπράθομεν, τα δεδασται, 

λαούς δ* ούκΐεΛοίκε παλίλλογα ταντ επαγείρε ιγ . ρ/ ^ 
άλλα σ"ύ /xei^ ^'C^' ττ^ζ^δε ^€ω πρόες, ανταρ * Αραιοί 
τριπλή τετραπλή τ άποτίσομεν, αϊ κε ποθι Ζευς 
Scoai πόλιν Ύροίην ευτείγεον ε^αλαπά^αι." 

130 τον δ' άπαμειβόμενος προσεφη κρείων Αγαμέμνων • 
** μη Srj ούτως, άyα^ός περ εών, θε(χίκελ* Ά^ιλλευ, 
κλέπτε νόω, επεί ου παρελεύσεςίΐ ούδε με πείσεις, 
η εθελεις, οφρ αύτος εχης γέρας, αύτάρ εμ αύτως 
T7cr^at Ζευόμενον, κελεαι δε με την8* άποΒουναι ; 

135 αλλ' ει μεν ^ώσουσι γέρας μεγάθυμοι Ά^αιοι, 
αρσαντες κατά θυμόν, όπως άντάζιον εσται • 
εΐ δε κε μη Βώωσιν, εγω δε' κεν αυτός ελω/ιιαι 
η τεον η Αιαντος ιών γέρας, η *θ8υσηος 
αςω ελών ' 6 8ε κεν κεγολώσεται, ον κεν ϊκωμαι. 

140 άλλ' η τοι μεν ταύτα μεταφρασόμεσθα καΐ αυτις, 
νυν δ' άγε νηα μελαινανγερύσσομεν εις άλα διαι^, 
ες δ' ερετας επίτηδες άγείρομφ, ες δ' εκατόμβην 



6 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔΟ:^ Α. 

θβιομζρ, αν δ' αύτηρ 'Κρυ(τηί8α KaWiiraprjOV 
βησομβν. et? δε tls άρχο^ άνηρ βονληφόρος ζ,στω 

145 'i^ Αίας η ^ΐΒομβνβνς η διος ^θ8υσσ€υς 

τμ^σν, Πτ^λβΐδτ;, ττάντων εκπαγλότατ άντρων, 
οφρ* Ύ}μίρ(€κοί1ίργον Ιλάσ<τ€αί ίερα^εζας.** 

TOP ο αρ νποοραΤΙόων προσεφη ττοόας ωκνς Αχ^υΚΚενς 
" ώ μου, OLvaiheiiqv ίπι^ιμένε, κερ^αλβόφρορ, 

150 πως τίς του πpόφpωvf^πeσLV ττβίθηταυ ^Κγαιων 
Tj oSov ΙΧθέμεναι η άν8ροίσυντΙφυ ^oiy€a0a L;j \ 
ον γαρ εγώ Ύρώων ενεκ ηΧυθον αΙχ^μητώίιΑ/ 
Sevpo μαχΎ)σόμ€ΐΌς, επεί ου τι μου αυτυου είσυν • 
ου γαρ ττώ ποτ εμάς βονς rjXaaav, ουΒε μεν ίππους, 

155 ούδε ποτ εν Φθυτη ερυβώλακυ βωτυανείρτ) 

καρπον εΒτ^ψταντ , επεί η μάλα πολλά μεταξύ, 

ουρεά τε σκυόεντα θάΧασσά τ^ηχηεσσα •^ 

4λλά σου, ω μεγ* άί^αιδε'ς, άμ* εσπομεθ* , οφρα συ ^aipr^%^ 

τυμην άρνύμενου Μενελάω σου τε, κυνωπα, 

160 προς Ύρώων. των ου τι μ^τατρεπη ούδ' άλεγυίευς * 
καυ οη μου γέρας ^υτος αφαυρησεσυαυ απευΚευς, ^**•« 
ω επυ πολλά μόγη σα, 8όσαν 8ε μου υΐες *Α;^(αιώι/. 
ου μεν σου ποτ^υσον ε^ω γέρας, οππότ A^atot 
Ύρώων εκπερσωσ ευ ναυόμενον πτοΧυεθρον • 

165 άλλα το μεν πλεϊον πς>λυάυκος πολεμουο 

Χ^υρες εμασ ουεπουσ , αταρ ην ποτέ οασμος υκηταυ, 
σοΙ το γέρας πολύ μείζον, εγώ δ' ολίγον τε φυλον τε 
ερχομέ έχων επΙ νηας, επευ κε κάμω πολεμυζων. 
νυν δ' είμυ Φθυην?^', επεΙ η πολύ φερτερόν εστυν 

llOpuKaS^ υμεν συν νηυσΐ κορωνίσυν, ούδε σ ουω 
ενυαο ατυμος εων αφενός καυ πΚουτον αφυςευν. 

τον δ* ήμευβετ επευταΥαναζ άν8ρών * Αγαμέμνων • 
** φεύγε /χάλ', ευ του θυμος^πεσσυταυ, ούΒε σ Ιγώ γε 



HOMER'S TLIAD, BOOK I. 

γΚίσσομαι βΐρβκ e/xeto ^iveiv • παρ' ^μοί ye καΧ άλλοι, 
175 οΓ κ4. μ€ τιμήσουσί, μάλιστα δβ μητίετα ΖευςΛ- 

ίγθιστο^ he μοί ίσσι Βωτρεφεωρ βασιΚ'^οητ' 

aleX yap tol ζρι^τε φίλη πόλεμοι re μάχ^αι re. 

ct μαΚα καρτ^ος tcrcrt, Ι/εος που σοί το y εοωκεν, 
fOLKaS* Ιωρ συν νηνσί re arj<i καΧ σοΐς ετάροισιν 
180 Μ.υρμί^6νεσσιν άνασσε. σεθεν δ' εγώ ονκ άλεyίζω 

ούδ' όθομαι κρτεοντο<ζ • άπειλτ^σω δβ τοι ω8ε. 

ως e/x* άφαυρειταυ ^ρνση&α Φοΐβος Απόλλων, 

την μεν έγω συν νηί τ εμγ) καΐ εμοΐ<; ετάροισιν 

πεμχίβω, εγώ δε ΐί_α^ω ΒρισηίΒα καλλιπάρτιον 
185 αντος Ιων κλισίην^ε, το σον γέρας, οφρ* ivfUSyj^, 

δσσον φερτερός είμυ σεθεν, στvyεΎ| δε και άλλος 
ricrov εμοί φάσθαι καΐ ομοιωθή^ενμι αντ-ηνΓ/^ 

ώς φάτο ' ΤΙηλεΐωνι δ* ά;(ος yeveT , εν hifol ητορ 

στηθεσσιν λασίοισι διάι^δι^α μερμηριζεν, 
190 η ο γε φάσyavov οξυ^ρνσσάμενος παρά μηρού 

τους μεν άναστησειεν, 6 δ' ^ΑτρεΐΒην εναρίζοι, 

ηε -χ^όλον παυσ-ειει/ ερητύσειε τε θυμόν. 

ειος ο ταυί/ ωρμαινε κατά φρένα και κατά συμον, 

ελκετο δ' εκ κολεοΐο μεya ζιφος, ήλθε δ' ^ΑΌηνη 
195 ουρανο&εν • προ γαρ ^κ:ε θεά, λευκώλενος '^ΐίρη» 

άμφω όμως θυιχω φιλεουσά τε κηΒομενη τε. 



ν» ν 



ΟΎηό^τηΒεν^ζανθης δε κόμης ελεΐΐηλεΐωνα, 
οίω φαινόμενη, των δ* άλλωζ^ ου τις οράτο, < 
θαμβησεν δ* Ά;)(ί,λευς, /α era δ' ετράπετ, αυτίκα δ' εγι^ω 
200 Παλλάδ' ^ Κθηναίην • δειζ^ώ δε/οι οσσε φάανθεν. 
και μιν φωνησαςχεπεα πτερόεντα προσηύ8α • 
** τίπτ αυτ, aiyio^oio Διός τεκος, είληλουθας^; 
η ίνα ϋβριιΙιΒη ^ λέγαμε μν όνος Άτρεϊί'δαο ; . 
αλλ' εκ τοιβρεω, το δε και τελεεσθαι οίω • 



8 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔ02 Α. 

20dtfj^ νπ€ροπ\ΐΎ)σί τά^ αν πότ€ θνμον oXeaarj.T 

τον δ' αντ€ προσ^€ίπ€ Θεά, γΧαυκώπυ^ ^Αθηνη • 
" ηλθον έγω παύσονσα το σον /xeVog, αϊ κ€ ττιθηαι, 
ούρανόθεν • προ δε /χ' ηκβ θεά, λευκώλενος "Ήρτ^, 
άμφω 6μω<; θνμω φιΧεονσά τε κηΒομενη τε, 

210 αλλ' άγε ληγ* Ιριδος, μηΒε ζίφος ελκεο χ^ψί' 
αλλ* η τοι^εττεσιν μεν ονεί^ισον, ώς εσεταί ττερ. 
ωδβ yap εψρεω, το δε καΐ τετελεσμενον εσται • 
και ποτέ rot τρΙς τοσσα παρε(ητεταί άγλαά δώρα 
νρριος εινεκα τησοε • συ ο ίσχεό, πειυεο ο ημιν. 

21δ την δ* άπαμευβόμενος προσεφη πόδας ώκνς Ά^ιλλεύς 
" χρη μεν σφωίτερον ye, θεά^επο<ζ είρνσσασθαι, 
καΧ μαΚα περ θνμω κεγοΚωμενον • ως yap αμεινον • 
ος κε θεοΖ% επιπείθηται, μάλα τ εκ}^νον αύτου." ^' 
η και επ" apyvpiiQ κώπΎ) σγεθε χ^Γρα βαρεΐαν, 

220 axjj δ' ες κονλεον ωσε μεya ζίφοζ, ούδ' άπίθησεν 
μνθω ^ Αθηνανη^. η δ' Ονλνμπόν^ε βεβηκειν 
Βώματ ες αίγίόχοω Διός μετά δαίμονας άλλους. ^^ 

Πτ^λειδτ^ς δ* εζαντίς άταρτηροΐςβπεεσσυν 
*Ατρεΐ8ην προσ^ιπε, /τ'αΐ ον πω \.'ηyε γ6\οιο * ^^ 

225 "ιδίνοβαρες, κννος ομματ έχων, κρα^ίην δ' Ika^OLOt 
οντε ποτ ες πόλεμον άμα λαω θωρηχθηναι * 

οντε λόχοϊ^δ' teVat συν άριστο^σιν Άχαιων 
τετληκας θνμω • το δε τοί^ηρΓ^ιΒεταί είναι, 
η πολν λώιόν εστί κατά στρατον ενρνν Άχαιώι/ 

230 δώρ' άποαιρεϊσθαι, ος τις σεθεν άντίονβΐπτ) • 

Βημοβόρος βασιλεύς, επει οντιΒανοΐσινΙάνάσσεις • 

η yap αν, ^ΑτρειΒη, νυν νστατα λωβησαιο. 

αλλ' εκ τοι^ρεω, καΐ επι /χεγαΐ' ορκον ομονμαι. 

ναΧ μα τόδε σκηπτρον * το μεν ον ποτέ φνλλα και οζονς 

235 φύσει, επεί δι^ πρώτα τομην εν ορεσσι λελοιπεν, 



ούδ' άραθηλησ€ΐ • irepl γαρ ράμ χαλκός ίλβφβι/ 
φύλλα Τ€ καΐ φλοιοί^ • νυν avre μιν υΓε? Ά^^αιώΐ' 
€v παλάμΎ)ς φορίουσι δικ:α(Τ7ΓΟλοι, οι τ€ θεμυστας 
προς Δί,ος είρναται • ό 8e rot μέγας εσσεται όρκος • 

240^7 ποτ' Ά^ιλλτ^ο^ πο^τ7 Ιζεται νΧας ^Α,γαιων 

σνμπαΐ'τας • τότ€ δ' ου η δυι^τ^σεαι άχννμβνός περ 
χραισμείν, εντ αν πολλοί νφ' '^Εκτορος αν^ροφόνοιο 
θνησκοντες πίπτωσι • συ δ' ενΒοθί θνμον άμνξεις 

^ χωόμενος, δ τ* άριστον Ά^αιώζ^ ούΒεν ετισας. 

245 ως φάτο ΤΙηλεί^ης, ποτΐ 8ε σκηπτρον βάλε γαίτι 
χρνσείοιςΤηλοισι πεπαρμενον, εζετο δ* αυτός. 
*Ατρ.εί8ης δ' ετερωθεν εμηνιε. τοίσι δε Νέστωρ 
ίτ^διίττής άνόρουσε, λυγύς ΐΐυλίων άγορητης, 
του καΐ άπο γλώσσης μελυτος γλυκίων ρεεν αύοη,^^ 

250 τω δ' ηΒη δνο μεν γενεαΐ μερόπων ανθρώπων 
εφθίαθ\ OLjol πρόσθεν α/χα τράφεν η8ε γενοντο 
εν Πυλω ηγαθετι^ μετά δε τριτάτοισινίηνασσεν, 
jS g'φLv ευ φρονεων άγορησατο καΐ μετψίπεν • 
^? ποπδι, η μέγα πένθος Ά^^αιιδα γαιαι/ Ικάνει • 

255 "η κεν γΎ^θησαι Τίρίαμος ΥΙριάμοιο τε ποίοες, 

άλλοι τε Ύρωες μέγα κενκεναροίατοθυμω, ^^ 

ει σφώιν τά8ε πάντα πυ^οίατο μαρναμενοιιν, 1/ 

οΊ περί μεν βουλην ύ^αναών, περί δ' εστε μάγεσθαι, 
άλλα πίθεσθ* • άμφω δε νεωτερω εστον εμείο^ 

2ΘΟηίδτ7 γάρ ποτ εγω καΐ άρείοσιν ηε περ ύμϊν 

άνΒράσιν ώ μίλησα, καΐ ου ποτέ μ* οι γ* άθεριζον. Υ 
ου γάρ πω τοίους ΐ8ον άνερας, ουΒε ΐοωμαι, 
οίον ΤΙειριθοόν τε Λρύα,ντά τε, ποιμένα λαών, 
Καιι/εα τ ^Εζά8ι6ν τε καΐ άντίθεον ΤΙολύφημον 

265 [Θτ7σ-εα τ* ^Αιγεί^ην, επιείκελον άθανάτοισιν"]. 
κάρτιστοι δτ) κείνοι επιγθονίων τράφεν ανδρών • 



10 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔ02 Α. 

κάρτιστοί μ€ν ίσαν καΐ καρτίστοι^ ίμάγοντο, 
φηρσίν 6ρ€σκωοισι, καΐ έκποίγλως άπόλεσσαν. 
και μίν τοίσιν 4γω μ^θομιΚ^ον έκ Πύλου έλθώρ, 

270 τη\6θ€ν Ιζ άπίη<; γαίης • καΚίσαντο γαρ αυτοί • 

^καΐ μαχόμην κατ ίμ αντον eye!) • κ^ίνοισι δ' αν ου τΐζ 
των, 0% νυν βροτοί elauv έπιχθόνωι, μαγεοιτο. 
καΧ μεν μευ βουλεων ξύνυεν πείθοντα re μύθω, 
άλλα πίθεσθε καΐ ΰμμες, επει ττείθεσθαι αμεινον. 

275 μήτε συ τόι^δ', άγαμος ττερ εών, άποαίρεο κούρην, 
αλλ' εα, ως οΐ πρώτα Βόσαν γέρας υΐες Ά^αιώι^ • 
μήτε συ, Ι1η\ε'ί8η, θελ^ εριζεμεναι βασίΧηι 
άντιβίην, επεί ου ποθ* ομοίης εμμορε τιμής 
σκηπτουχος βασιλεύς, ω τε Ζευς κυΒος ε8ωκεν^^^ 

280 ει 8e συ καρτεράς εσσι, θεα δ€ σε γείνατο μητηρ, 
αλλ' 6δ€ φερτερός εστίν, επει πΧεόνεσσινΙανάσσει, 
^Κτρει^Ύ], συ δε παύε τεον μένος • αύτάρ εγώ γε 
Ρ^ίσσομ^ Ά-χ^ιλληι μεθεμεν -χ^όλον, ος μέγα πάσιν 

^^^^ερκοςΆ-χ^αιοΐσιν πελεται πολεμοιο κακοΐο^ 

285 τον δ' άπαμειβόμενος προσεφτ) κρείων ^Αγαμέμνων • 
*' ναΙ 8ύ) ταυτά γε πάντα, γερον, κατά μοΐραν ^πες» 
αλλ' οδ' άνηρ εθεΚει περί πάντων ε/χ/^εϊ^αι άλλων, 
πάντων μεν κρατεειν εθελει, πάντεσσι δ' άνάσσειν, 
πάσι δε σημαίνειν, α τιν ου πείσεσθαι οίω.• 

290 ει δε μιν αίχμητην έθεσαν θεφ αΐεν εον,τες, 

τούνεκάρΐ πAoθεoυoruJQvειoεa /χυ^τ^σασ^αι ; " / 

τον δ άρ^ υποβλ7]8ην\ημείβετο δΓος ^Αχιλλεΰς• / 
'* Ύΐ γάρ κεν δειλός τε και ούτι8αΡος καλεοίμην, 
ει 8η σοι πάν έργον ύπKζoJJiaι, δττι κειχ^ΐπης * ' 

295 αλλοί,σΐϊ^ δτ) ταυτ' επιτελλεο, μη γάρ εμοί γε 

[^σημαιν*. ου γάρ εγώ γ' ετι σοι πείσεσθαι οιω.] 
άλλο 8ε τοι ερεω, συ δ' ενί φρεσΐ βάλλεο σ^σιν. 



HOMER'S ILIAD, BOOK I. H 

χ^ροΊ yi'^v ov roL• εγώ ye μαχησομαι εΐρβκα κονρης 
οντε σοΙ οντε τω αλλω, έπεί μ' άφελεσθε γε δόί^τε? • 

300 των δ' άλλων α μου εστί Θού) πάρα νηί μελαίντ), 
των ουκ άν τι φερους άνελων €αεκοντο^ εμεΐο. 
εΐ δ' άγε μην πείρησαυ, ίνα γνώωσυ καΐ οΐ8ε • 
^ήίά TOL αι/Αα κελαινον ερωησει περί δουρι." 
\y^ ως τω γ' άντιβίοισι μα^ησαμενω επεεσσιν 

305 άνστητην, λυσαν δ' άγορην πάρα νηνσΐν Ά^αιώζ/. 
Ώη)^εί8ης μεν επΙ κλίσίας καί νηας είσας 
ηιε συν τε Μενοίτιιί^Ύ) καί οΓς ετάροισιν, 
*Ατρεί8Ύ)<; δ' άρα νηα θοην άλα8ε προερνσσεν, 
ες δ' ερετας εκρινεν εείκοσιν, ες δ' εκατόμβην 

310 βησε Θεω, άι^ά δ^ Χρνσηί8α καλλίπάρηον 

εΐσεν άγων • εν δ' άρ)(ος εβη πολνμητις Ό8νσσενς.^ 

οι μεν επειτ άναβάντες επεπλεον νγρα κελενθα, 
λαούς δ' ΆτρειΒης άπολνμαίνεσθαί άνωγεν. 
ot δ* άπελνμαίνοντο καί εΙς άλα λνματ εβαλλον, 

315 ερ8ον δ' ^Απόλλωνί τεληεσσας εκατόμβας 
ταύρων rjS* αΙγων πάρα θΐν' ^^\^ άτρνγετοιο • 
κνκτΎ) δ' ονρανον ΐκεν ελισσομενη περί. καπνω. 

ως οΐ μεν^τά πενοντο κατά στρατόν • ούδ* ^Αγαμέμνων 
ληγ' έριδος, την πρώτον επηπείλησ 'A^^tXi^t, 

320 αλλ' ο ye Ύαλθύβίόν τε καΐ Έινρνβάτην προσε^ιπεν, 
τω οι εΌ-αν κηρνκε καί οτρηρω υεραποντε • 
* ^ΡΧ'^^θον κλισίην Τίηληιά^εω ^Αγιληος • 
χειρός ελόντ άγεμεν ΒρυσηίΒα καλλυπάρηον, 
εΐ δβ κε μη 8ώτ)σιν, εγώ δε κεν αντος ελωμαι, 

gS5 ελυων συν πλεονεσσι • το ου και ριγιον εσται, 

ως ειπών προιει•. κρατερον δ' είτΐ μνθον εχ^λλεν. 
,τώ δ' άεκοντε βάτην πάρα Θΐν άλος άτρνγετοιο, 
Μυρμιδόνων δ' επί τε κλισίας καΧ νηας Ικίσθην. 



12 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔ05 Α. 

' TOP δ* evpov παρά re κΚισίτ} και νηί μ€λόίίνΎ} 

330 ημέρου ' ούδ' άρα τω ye ΙΖων γηθησζρ Άχυλλβνς. 
τω μ€ν ταρβησαρτβ και α18ομ€νω /Sa<riX'^a 
στητηρ, ovSe τι μιρ προσ€φώρ€θρ ούδ' epiovTO • 
αντάρ 6 €γρω Ύ)σιρ ipL φρζ,σι φώρησερ re • 
yaiperey κήρυκες, Διός άγγελοι ήοε και ανορωρ. 

335 ασσορ ιτ • ον τι μοι νμμες επαιτιοι, αλλ Αγαμεμρωρ, 
ο σφωι ττροιει ΒρισηιΒος ειρεκα κονρης. 
αλλ' άγε, Βιογερες ΐΐατρόκλεις, εζαγε κονρηρ 
και σφωιρ δος άγειρ. τω δ' αντω μάρτνροι εστωρ 
προς τε θεώρ μακάρωρ προς τε θρητωρ άρθρώπωρ 

340 /cat προς τον βασιληος άπηρεος, ει ποτέ Srj άντε 
Xpeio) εμειο γερηται άεικεα λοιγορ άμνραι 
τοις άλλοις, 'η γαρ ο γ* oXoirjai φρεσί θνει, 
ούδε TL οΐ8ε ροησαι άμα πρόσσω και οπίσσω, 
οππως οι παρά ρηνσι σόοι μαχεοίατ Κγαιοί.^ 

345 ω9 φάτο, ΐΐάτροκλος 8ε φίλω επεπείθεθ* εταίρω, 
εκ Κ ά-γαγε κλισίης Β/)ιστ7ΐδα καλλιπάρΎ)θΡ, 
8ωκε δ' άγείρ. τω δ' αυτις ΐτηρ παρά ρηας ^Χγαιωρ, 
η δ' άεκβνσ άμα τοίσι γνρη κιερ. αντάρ ^Αχιλλενς 

9 οακρτΚ-ας ^τάρωρ άφαρ εζετο ρόσφι λιασθείς 

350 ΘΪρ* εφ» ά\ος πολίτες, οροωρ επ άπείρορα πορτορ * 
πολλά δ€ μητρι φίλτ) ηρησατο χείρας ορεγρνς • 
" μητερ, επεί μ ετεκες γε μιρνρθά^ιορ περ εορτα, 
τιμηρ περ μοι οφελλερ ^Ολύμπιος ε-γγναΧίξαι, 
Ζενς νχ^ιβρεμ^της • pvp δ' ον^ε με τντθορ ετισερ, 

355 17 Ύ^Ρ l• Άτ/3€Ϊδ?;9, ενρν κρείωρ Άγαμεμρωρ, 
ήτίμησερ • ελώρ yap έχει γέρας, αντος απονρας, 

ως φάτο 8άκρν χ4ωρ, τον δ' εκλνε ποτρια μητηρ, 
ήμερη ξρ βερΘεσσίρ άλος παρά πατρί γερορτι. 
καρπαλίμως δ' άρεΒν ποΧιης άλος ηντ ομίχλη. 



HOMER'S ILTAD, BOOK I. 13 

360 καν pa πάροιθ* αντοΐο καΘ4ζζ.το 8άκρν γίοντο'ζ, 

X^LpL re μίρ Karipe^eVy ίπος τ €φατ ίκ τ ονόμαζαν • 
\"_ Ί£κ νον, τί κλαίβίζ ; τί Se ere φρενας ϊκ€Το ττένΘο^ ; 
€ςαυθα, μη κβυυβ νοω, α^α €ΐοομ€ν αμψω. 



/ 



την Se βαρύ στεναγμών προσβφη πόδας ώκνς Ά^γολλεύς 

365 '* όΐσθα' τι η τοι ταντα ISvijj πάντ άγορβνω ; 
ωχομεθ* ες ^ηβην, leprjv πόλυν ^ΙΙβτίωρος, 
την he ^ιεττράθομέν Τ€ καΐ ηγομεν ίνθάΖε πάντα. 
' καΐ τα μεν ev Βάσσαντο μετά σφίσιν νϊβς Ά;)^αιωι/, 
€Κ δ* βλον ΆτρειΒη Χρυσή ί8α καλλιπάρηον. 

370 Χρνα-ης δ' ανθ^ Ιερεύς εκατηβολον^Απόλλωνος 
ήλθε θοας επΙ νηας ^ Αγαιων γαΧκογιτίονων 
λυσόμενός τε θνγατρα φέρων τ* άπερείσι αποινα, 
στεμματ έχων εν χερσίν εκη βόλου Απόλλωνος 
χρυσεω άνα σκηπτρω, καΐ ελίσσετο πάντας ^Αχαιούς, 

375 Άτρειδα δβ μάλιστα δυω, κοσμητορε λαών. 
ενθ\αλ^ι μεν πάντες επευφήμησαν "ΑχαίοΙ 
αΤοεισυαι θ^ Ιερηα καΐ άγλαά δε^^αι άποινα • 
άΧλ* ούκ/Ατρεΐ^Ύ) ^ Αγαμεμνονι ην^ανε θυμω, 
άλλα κακώς άφίει, κράτερον δ' επι μυθον ετελλεν. 

380 χωόμενος δ' ό γέρων πάλιν ωχετο\ΓοΖο δ' ^Απ6λλο)ν 
ενζαμενου ηκουσεν, επεί μάλα οι φίλος ηεν, 
ηκε δ' €5^' ^Αί^είοισι κακόν βέλος • οΐ δβ νυ λαοί 
θνησκον επασσυτεροι, τα δ' επωχετο κηλα θεοΊο 
πάντη ανά στρατον ευρυν 'Α^αιώϊ^. άμμι 8ε μάντις 

385 ευ εΐ^ώς αγόρευε Θεοπροπίας εκάτοιο. 

αυτίκ εγώ πρώτος κελόμην θεον ιλάσκεσθαι • 
Άτρειωνα δ' έπειτα χόλος λάβεν, aixjja δ' άναστάς 
ηπείλησεν μυθον, ο δή τετελεσμένος εστίν, 
την μεν γαρ συν νηΐ θοη ελικωπες ΆχαιοΙ 

390 ες Χρύσην πεμπουσιν] άγουσι 8ε δώρα άνακτι • 



14 . . ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔ02 Α. 

την δέ v€ov κΚισίηθζν ίβαν κήρυκες άγοντες 
κονρην Βρισηος, την μου δόσαζ/ νΐες Ά;γαιωζ/. 
άλλα συ, el δνι^ασαι ye, περίσγεο παιδός ίηος • 
ελθουσ ΟύλυμπόνΒε Δια λιοται, βΐ ττοτε 8η τι 

395 η επει ώνησας κρα^ίην Διός ήε καΐ €ργω. 

πολλάκί γαρ σεο πατρός ενί μεγάροισιν άκουσα 
ευχόμενης, οτ εφησθα κεΚαινεφει Κρονίωνι 
οίη εν αθανάτΏίσιν άεικεα Χοιγον άμυναι, 
οππότε μιν ζυνοησαι ^Ολύμπωί ηθελον άλλοι, 

400 'Ηρη τ η8ε ΤΙοσεώάων καΐ Παλλά? Άθηνη. 

άλλα συ τον γ* ελθουσα, θεά, ύπελυσαο 8εσμών, 
ωχ εκατόγγειρον καλεσασ ες μακρόν 'Όλυμπον, 
ον Βριάρεων καλεουσι θεοί, άνΒρες δε τε πάντες 
Αίγαίων • 6 γαρ αυτέ βίηου πατρός άμείνων 

'405 ος ρα παρά Κρονίωνι καθεζετο κύ^εί γαίων. 
τον καΐ ύπεΒευσαν μάκαρες θεοί ού8ε τ' εΒησαν. 
των νυν μιν /χζ^ϊ^σασα παρεζεο καΐ λαβε γουνών, 
αϊ κεν πως εθελησιν επΙ Ύρώεσσυν άρηξαι, 
τους hk κατά πρύμνας τε καΐ άμφ* άλα ελσαυ Αχαιούς 

410 κτεινομενους, ίνα πάντες επαύρωνται βασιληος, 
γνω 8ε καΐ Άτρεΐ8ης εύρυ κρείων Αγαμέμνων y 
ην άτην, ο τ άριστον Ά^^^αί,ώι^ ου^εν ετισενΡ^ 

τον V ημείβετ έπειτα %ετις κατά Βάκρυ χεουσα • 
*' ω μοι, τεκνον εμόν, τι νύ σ ετρεφον αΐνά τεκουσα ; 

415 αΐθ^ οφελες παρά νηυσιν άΒάκρυτος καΐ άπημων 

^cr^at, επεί νύ τοι αίσα μίνυνθά περ, ου τι μάλα 8ην. 
νυν δ' άμα τ ώκύμορος και οιζυρος περί πάντων 
επλεο • τω σε κακή atcJT^ τεκυν εν μεγαροισιν. 
τούτο δβ τοι ερεουσα έπος Αιί τερπικεραύνω 

420 ει μ* αύτη προς "Ολνμπον άγάννιφον, αϊ κε πίθηται. 
αλ^α συ μεν νυν νηυσΐ παρημενος ώκυπόροισιν 



HOMER'S ILIAD, BOOK I. " 15 

μηι/ί ^ ΑγαιοΤ,σψί πολέμου δ' άποπανεο πάμπαν • 
Zevs γαρ is ^Ω.κβανοί' μετ άμνμονα^ Αίθωπηας 
')(θίζοζ €βη κατά δαιτα, θεοί δ' άμα πάντες εποντο • 

425 ^ω^εκάτΎ} δε τοι αντις εΚενσεται ΟυΧνμπόνΖε, 
καΧ τ6τ εττειτά tol εΙμι Alos ποτι χαλκοβατες δω, 
/καί μιν γοννάσομαι, και μιν πείσεσθαι όιω." 

^^ ω? αρα φωνησασ απερτησετο , τον ο εΚίπ αυτόν 
χωομενον κατά θνμον ενζώνοιο γυναικός, 

430 Trfv pa βίτ) άεκοντος άπηύρων. αυτάρ 'Οδυσσεύ? ^ «^ 
ες Χρνσην Ικανεν άγων Ιερην εκατόμβην. 
οΐ δ' οτε 8ηλίμενρς ττολυβενθεος εγγύς ΐκοντο, 
ιστία μεν στειΚαντο, υεσαν ο ενντιι ueAatim, 
ιστον ο ιστοοοκτ) ττεΚασαν ττροτονοΤ&ιν υφεντες J 

435 καρπαλιμως, την δ' εΙς ορμον προερεσσαν ερετμοΐς, 
εκ δ* εύνάς εβαλον, κατά δε πρύμνη σι εόησαν - 
εκ δε fcat αυτοί βαϊνον επΙ ρηγμίνι θαλάσσης, 
εκ δ' εκατόμβην βησαν εκτηβόλω Άπόλλωνι • . 

€/c 06 Χρυσηις νηος prj ποντοποροιο. «H 

440' τήι^ μεν επειτ επΙ βωιχον άγων ποΧύμητις Ό8υσσεύς 
πατρί φίλω εν χ^ρσι τιθει, καί μιν προσεειπεν • 
" ω Χρΰση, προ μ' επεμ\\{εν άναζ άντρων Αγαμέμνων 
παιδά τε σοι άγεμεν, Φοίβω θ' ιερην εκατόμβην 
ρεζαι υπέρ Δαι^αώι^, όφρ ίλα^ςτήμεα-θα άνακτα, «l»\ amJL 

445 ος νυν ^Αργείοισι ποΧύστονα κη8ε' εφηκεν,^^ 

ως ειπών εν χ^ρσι τίθει, 6 δε δέκατο χαίρων 
παιδα φίλη ν. τοΙ δ' ωκα θεω ιερην εκατόμβην 
εζείης έστησαν εύ8μητον περί βωμόν, 
χερνίφαντο δ* έπειτα και ούλοχύτας άνελοντο. 

450 τοίσιν δε Χρυσής μεγάλ* εΰχετο χείρας άνασχών 
" κλυθί μευ, άργυρότοζ*, ος Χρύσην άμφιβεβηκας 
KtXXal•' τε ζαθεην, Τει^εδοιό τε ϊφι άνάσσεις • 



16 - ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔΟ:^ Α. 

ήμ.€ν 8η ποτ ε/χεΰ ποίρος €κ\ν€ς ζ.υζαμ4νοιο, 
τίμησα^ μίν εμβ, μέγα δ' ιψαο λαορ 'Α;γαιώί/• 

455 YjS*' en /cat νυν μοι τόδ' έπυκρηηνον ϋλ^ωρ • 
17877 VVU Ααραοίσυν αεικέα \ονγον άμνρορ.'* 

ως εφατ' ευχόμενος, τον δ' εκλνε Φοίβος Απόλλων, 
αύταρ επεί ρ ενζαντο καΧ ονλογντας προβάΚοντο, 
ανερνσαν μεν πρώτα καΐ έσφαζαν καΐ έγειραν, 

460 μηρούς τ εζεταμον κατά τε Kviarj εκάλνφαν 
Βίπτνχα ΤΓΟ^πσαν τες,^ επ" αυτών δ' ώμοθετησαν, 
καιε ο επι ο-χιζης ο γέρων, επι ο αιυοπα οινον 
λεΐβε • νεοί δε παρ' αυτόν έχον πεμπώβολα χερσίν, 
αύταρ επεΙ κατά μηρα κάη καΐ σπλάγχνα πάσαντο, 

465 μίστνλλόν τ άρα ταλλα καΐ άαφ'όβελοΐσιν επεψαν, 



ώπτησάν τε περιφρα^εως, ερύσαντο τε πάντα, 
αύταρ επεί παύσαντο πόνου τετύκοντό τε δαιτα, 
αινυντ , ουοε τι υνμος εοευετο οαίτος ευσης. 

^ αύταρ επεϊ πόσιος καΐ εδητύος εζ ερον εντοΤ 

470 κούροι jJikv κρητηρας επεστε\\}αντο ποτοΐο, 

νώμησαν δ* άρα πάσιν επαρξάμενοι ^επάεσσιν, 
οΐ δβ πανημεριοι μολπψ θεον Ιλάσκοντο, 
καλόν άεί8οντες πα^ονα, κούροι Αχαιών, 
μεκποντες^εκαεργον • ο οε φρένα τ^ρπετ ακουων, 

475 ημος δ' ηελιος κατεΒυ καΙ επΙ κνεφας ηλθεν, 
8η τότε κοιμησαντο παρά πρυμνησια νηός, 
ημος δ' ήριγενεια φάνη ροΒο8άκτυλος Ήώς, 
καΐ τότ επειτ άνάγοντο μετά στρατον εύρύν Ά^αιωί' 
τοίσιν δ' ΐκμενον ονρον ΐει εκάεργος Απόλλων. 

480 οΐ δ' Ιστον στησαντ , ανά θ* ιστία λευκά πετασσαν • 
εν δ' άνεμος πρησεν μέσον ιστίον, άμφΐ 8ε κΌ/χα 
στείργ} πορφύρεον μεγάλ' ^^Χ^ νηος Ιούσης * 
η &* ieiS^ κατά κύμα. 8ίαπρησσουσα κελευθον. 



HOMER'S TLTAD, BOOK L 17 

αύταρ ineC ρ Χκοντο κατά στρατον evpvv Ά^αιώι/, 
485 νηα μ€ν οι γβ ^ιχελαΐί^αζ^ έπ ηπ€ΐρουο ερνσσαν 

vxjjov inl ^άμαθους, νπο δ' άρματα μακρά τάννσσαν, 
αντοί δ' Ισκι^ναντο κατά κλυσίας Τ€ νέας τε, V 

ανταρ 6 μηνυ€ ιτηυσί τταρημβρος ώκυπόροισιν, 
Βυογβνης ΤΙηληος νΙός, πόδας ώκυς ^Αχ^ίλλευς. 
490 ουτ€ ττοτ εΙς άγορην ττωΧεσκετο κν^ιάνειραν 

ούτε ποτ ες πόλεμον, άλλα φΘινύθεσκε φίλον κηρ 
. αυ^ί, μένων, ποΘεεσκε δ' άντην τε τττόλεμόν Τ6.>^ 
αλλ οτε όη ρ εκ τουο ονωοεκατη'' γενετ η ως, 
καΐ τότε Srj προς'Όλνμττον Ισαν Θεοί αΐεν εόντες 
495 πάντες άμα, Ζενς δ* ηρχε. Θεης δ' ον ληθετ εφετμεων 

παώος ioy, αλλ' η y' άνεδνσετ ο κνμα θαλάσσης, ^^t^u^fcgd fkJ^ 
ήερίη δ' άνεβη μεγαν ονρανον Ονλνμπόν τε. 
ενρεν δ* ενρνοπα ΚρονίΒην άτερ ημενον άλλων 
ακρότατη κορυφή πολνΒειρά^ος Ονλύμπουο, 
500 και ρα πάροιθ* αύτοΐο καθεζετο, καΐ λάβε γουνών 
σκαίη • ^εζίτερη δ* άρ* νπ* άνθερεωνος έλουσα 
λισσομενη προσεειπε Δια Κρονιωνα ανακτά ' 
"^ " Ζευ πάτερ, ει ποτέ 8η σε μετ άθανάτοισιν ονησα » 

η επει η έργω, τόδβ μοι κρηηνον εελΒωρ • %λι»^>^λ ^ «(•* 

505 τίμησον μοι υΐόν, ος ώκυμορώτατος άλλων 
■ επλετ • άτάρ μιν νυν γσ(θ' 
παρ θ€ οΐΆντηνωρ πβρικαλλβα βησετο Ζίφρον. 
τω /i€i' αρ* αφορροι προτΐ *1λιο^ απονίο^^το • 
'Έκτω/) Se ΤΙριαμοιο παις καΐ δΓος Όδυσσ-εύς 

315 γωρον μίν πρώτον 8ΐ€μ€τρ€ον, ανταρ επβιτα 
κλήρους iu κυνίτι χαλκηρβΧ πάλλον Ιλοντες, 
^οππ6τ€ρος Βη πρόσθβρ άφβιη γάλκεον εγχος. 
λαοί Κ^ηρ-ησαντο θβοΐς ISe )(€ΐρας ανίσγρν • 
ωδε δε τις ειπεσκεν Ά^αιώϊ/ re Ύρωων τ€ • 

δ'-ίΟ " Zed πάτερ, '^ΐΒηθεν μεΒεων, κυΒιστβ μέγιστα, 
οππότερος τάδε έργα μετ άμφοτεροισιν εθηκεν, 
ΤΟΙ/ οος αποψυιμενον ουναι οομον Αιοος εισω, 
Ύΐμίν δ* αδ φιλότητα καΐ ορκια πίστα γενέσθαι.** 
ως αρ εφαν, πάλλεν δε μΙγας κορυθαίολος '^Εκτωρ 

325 άψ ορόων • ΐΐάριος δέ θοως εκ κλήρος δρουσεν, 

' ^t μεν επειυ ιζοντο κατά στιγας, ηχι έκαστου 
ίπποι άερσιπό^ες καΐ ποικίλα τευχε εκεπ^ο ' 
ανταρ ο γ' άμφ* ωμοισιν ε^ύσετο τενχεα καλά 
οΓος *Αλεζαν8ρος, 'Κλενης πόσις ηνκόμοιο. 



62 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔ02 Γ. 

330 κρημιΒας μ€ν πρώτα nepl κνήμ-ησυν €θηκ€ν, 
καΚαζ, apyvpeoiaiv ^Ήΐσψυριοι^ζ apapvLas* 
Semepov αν θώρηκα nepl στηθ^σσιν eSvpei/ 
ΟΙΟ κασιγνητοιο Ανκαονος, ηρμσ&β ο αυτω, 
αμφι δ' αρ* ωμοισιν βάλβτο ξίφος άργνρόηλον, 

335 ^άλκεον, ανταρ eneira σάκος μέγα τ€ στφαρον τ€,§ 
κρατί δ* Ιπ Ιφθίμω κννέιην ivTVKTOv βθηκει/, 
ΐππονρίΡ • SeLPOP δε λόφος καθνπ€ρθ€Ρ ipevep. . 
€Ϊλ€Τθ δ* αΚκιμορ ^γχος, 6 οΐ παλάμηφυρ apyjpup, 
ως δ* αντως Μ€Ρ€λαος άρηυος €ΡΤ€ eSvpep. 

340 οΐ δ' inel ovp βκάτβρθβρ ομίλου θωρη)(^θησαρ, 
ές μέσσορ Ύρώωρ καΐ ^ ^γαιωρ ^στιχοωρτο 
heiPOP ^^ρκόμίνοι • θάμβος δ' ίγβρ ζΐσορόωρτας 
Ύρώάς θ* Ιππο^άμονς και €νκρημί8ας Άχ^αωύς, 



/ ί» > 



και ο €yyv9 στητηρ 8ίαμ€τρητω ipl χωρώ 

345 σ^ίορτ Ιγγείας, άλληλοισιρ κοτ€ΟΡΤ€, 

πρόσθζ δ* Άλβζαρ^ρος Trpotei ^ολνχόσκιορ ζγχος, 
καΐ βάλ€Ρ 'ArpetSao κατ ασπίδα πάρτοσ Ιίσηρ • 
ούδ* €ρρηζ€Ρ χαλκός, άρεγραμφθη §e οι αίχμη 
άσπι8υ ip KpaTeprj. 6 Se Βεντβρος ώρρυτο χαλκω 

350 ΆτρβυΒης Μ^ρελαος, €π€ν<^άμ€Ρος Αά πατρί • 

'* Zev άρα, Βος τίσασθαι ο μβ πρότερος κάκ iopyep, 
Slop Άλεζαρ^ρορ, καΐ €μΎ)ς νπο χ^ρσί Βαμηραι, 
όφρα τις eppiyrjai και οφιγόρωρ άρθρώπωρ 
ξειρο^όκορ κακά ρεξαι, ο κερ φιλότητα παράσχτ). 

355 η ρα καΐ άμπεπαλώρ προΐει 8ολιχόσκιορ εγχος, 
καΐ βάλε ΐΙριαμιΒαο κατ ασπίδα πάρτοσ εισηρ, 
δια μερ άσπιλος ήλθε φαειρης όβριμορ ίγχος, 
καΐ δια θώρηκος πολυδαιδάλου ηρηρειστο • 
άρτικρνς δε παραί λαπάρηρ 8ιάμησε χιτώνα 

360 εγχος • 6 δ' εκλίνθη kcu άλενατο κηρα μελαιραρ. 



HOMER'S ILIAD, BOOK III. 63 

Άτρ€ί8ης 8e έρυσσάμα^ο^ ζίφο^ άργνρόηλον 
πληζερ άνασχόμ^ι^ο^ κόρυθος φάλον • άμφΐ δ' αρ' αντω 
τριγθά τε καΐ τετραγθα Βιατρυφεν έκπεσε ^^et/ads. 
*Ατρεΐ8ης δ' ωμωζεν Ι8ωρ εΙς ονρανον ευρνν • 

365 " Ζεν πάτερ y ου τις σείο θέων οΚοωτερος άλλος • 
η τ εφάμην τίσασθαυ ^ΚΧεζαν^ρον κακότητος • 
vvu 8ε μoL εν ^ειρεασίν αγη ζίφος, εκ^εμοι εγχος 
ν^Χ"ν τταΚαμη(^ίν ετωσιον, ονοε οαμαχτσα. 
η καΐ επαι^ας κόρυθος λάβεν ΙπποΒασείης, 

370 €λκε δ' επιστρε\\ίας μετ ενκνημίΒας Άχαυονς • *" 
οίγχε δε /λιϊ' πολνκεστος Ιμας απιιΚην νπο δειρην, 
09 οι ύτΓ* άνθερεώνο<; οχενς τετατο τρνφαΚείιης. ^ 
και νύ κεν είρυσσεν τε και άσπετον rjpBfo κυδος, 
€1 μη αρ* οζν νόησε Διός θνγάτηρ ^ Αφροδίτη, 

375 η οΐ ρηζεν Ιμάντα βοος Χφυ κταμενοιο • 

κείνη δε τρνφάλεια άμ' εσπετο χειρί παχείτι, 
την μεν επειθ" ηρως μετ ενκνημυΒας ^Αχαιούς 
pLxjj^ επώινησας, κόμισαν δ* ερίηρε<; εταίροι • 
αύτάρ 6 άψ επόρονσε κατακτάμεναι μενεαίνων 

380 εγχεϊ χαλκείω. τον δ' εξηρπαξ' Αφροδίτη 

ρεία μάλ^ ώς τε θεός, εκάλνχΐιε δ' άρ* ηερι πολΧη, 
κά8 δ* εΐσ* εν θαλάμω ενώ8εϊ κηώενζι^ 
αύτη δ* αυ^' Έλενην καλεονσ' ΐε. την 8ε κίχανεν 
πύργω εφ' ύψτ/λω, περί Βε ΎρωαΙ αλις ήσαν. 

385 χειρί 8ε νεκταρεον εανον ετίναζε λαβονσα, 
γρηι δε μιν εικνΐα τταλαιγει^εί, προσεειπεν, 
ειροκόμω, η οι ΑακεΒαίμονι ναιετοώση 
ησκειν εΐρια καλά, /μάλιστα δε' μιν φιλεεσκεν • 
τη μιν εεισαμενη προσεφώνεε δΓ Αφροδίτη • 

390 •* 8ενρ* ΐθ\ ΆλεζανΕρός σε καλεΐ οικόν8ε νεεσθαι. 
κεϊνος ο y' εν θαλάμω και οινωτοΐσι λεχεσσιν^ 



64 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔ02 Γ. 

KoKKd Τ€ στίλβων καί ^Ιμασιν • ούδε κ€ φαιής 
άρ8ρΙ μαχησάΐλ€Ρ0Ρ τον γ ikOelyy άλλα ^opoi^Se 
€ρ'χ€σθ*, rje 'χοροίο viqy λήγοντα καθίζείν." ri 

395 ως φάτο, rfj δ' άρα θνμον ivl στιηθεσσιν opivev 
καί ρ ως συν ivoiqhre θβας nepLKaXkea Seup-qv 
στηθβά θ* Ιμ€ρΟ€ντα καί όμματα μαρμαίροντα, 
υαμρησεν τ αρ έπειτα, €πος τ €ψατ €κ τ ονομαΐ^εν 
** δαιμονιτ), τί με Λιυτα λιλαί€αι ηπεροπενειρ ; 

400 η πη με προτερω ποΧυων εν ναιομεναων 
άζετς η Φρνγίης η Μτιορίης ερατεινής, 
ει τις TOL και κεΖθι φίλος μερόπων ανθρώπων, 
οννεκα δτ) νυν hiov ^AXi^avSpov Μενέλαος 
\νικησας εθελει στνγερην εμε oΓ/cαδ' ayecr^?at • 

405 τοννεκα Srj νυν Βενρο ^ολοφρονεονσα παρέστης, 
ησο παρ αυτόν ιουσα, θέων δ' άποεικε κελενθου, 
μη^ΐ* ετι σοίσι πο^εσσιν νποστ ρε\\ίειας "Όλυμπον, 
αλλ' atet περί κείνον οιζνε και ε φύλασσε, 
εις δ κε σ* Ύ) άλο)(ον ποιησεται rj δ γε Βουλην. 

410 κεΐσε δ' εγων ουκ εΐμι, νεμεσσητον δε κεν ειη, 
κείνου πορσυνεουσα λεχ^ος • Τ^ωαί δε μ* οπίσσω 
πασαι μωμησονται, εγω δ' άγε άκριτα θυμω,^^ 

την v eTpanev άλλτ). 
η8η yap οΐ έφηκα ^βελος, και μυν βάλον ωμον 
Se^LOVy άντυκρυς δια θώρηκος yυάλoιo, 

190 και μιν eyco y έφάμην ^Αί^ωνηί πpoLά\\^eiv, 

^μπης δ' ουκ εδά/χασσα • 0eos νν τις εστί KOTtjeL^. 
ίπποι δ' ου παρίασι και άρματα, των κ 4πίβαίην • 
αλλά που eV μeyάpoLσL Ανκάονος evSeKa 8ίφροι 
καλοί πpωτoπayeΐς veoTev)(ee^, άμφΐ δε π4πλοι 

195 π4πτανται • παρά δε σφιν ίκάστω διζυγες ίπποι 
ίστάσι κρΖ λevκov epeπτoμevoL και ολνρας. 
η μ€ν μοί /χαλά πολλά yepωv αΐχ^μητά Ανκάων 
Ιργομά^ω επετελλε δό/χοις εζ^ι ποιητοίσιν • 
ιπποισιν μ eκeλeυe και αρμασιν eμβeβaώτa 

200 apyeveiv Τρώεσοτι κατά κρατεράς νσμίνας • 

αλλ' εyώ ου πιθόμην, rj τ άν πολύ KepSiov yjevy 
Ιππων φειδό/χει/ος, /χτ; /χοι δευοιατο φορβής 
άντρων eiλoμevωv, elωθότeς εδ/χει^αι άΒην. 
ως λίπον, αντάρ πeζoς ες Ιλιοζ/ elληλovθa, 

205 τόζοισιν πίσυνος • τά δε /tx* ού /c άρ' eμeλ\ov ovTJaeLv. 



92 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔ02 Ε. 

[ηίδτ^ yap hoiolaiv άρυστηβσσυρ έφηκα^ 
Τυδείδτ; Τ€ καΐ 'Ar/aetSry, €κ δ' άμφοτ^ροαν 
άτρ€Κ€ς αίμ ioraeva βαΚών^ ηγβιρα δε /χαλλοι^.] 
τω ρα κακΎ) αίστ} από πασσάλου αγκύλα τόζα 

210 ηματυ τω ελόμην^ ore "ίλιοί' εΙς έρατευνηρ 
ηγεόμην Ύρώεσσι, φβρων γαριν "Έικτορι διω. 
el δε Ke ροστησω και ecrdi/fo/xat οφθαλμοίσιν 
πατριδ' i^7)v άλο^όν τ€ καΐ υψβ^οεψες /xeya δω/χα, 
αυτίκ eneuT απ i^elo κάρη τάμοι αλλότριος ψώ?, 

215 €t μη βγω τάδε rofa φαεινω ev πυρί θενην 
j^ χ^ρσί Βιακλάσσας • άνεμώλυα γαρ μου όπτ^δει." 

τον δ* αυτ' Αΐϊ^ειας Ύρώων άγος άντίον ην8α • 
"jtxr) δι^ ο^ΐ"ω9 αγόρευε* πάρος δ' ou/c εσσεται άλλως, 
π/οα/ y' επί τω τωδ' άι/δρΐ atfv Ιπποισιν καΐ όγεσφιν 

220 άντιβί-ην έλθόντβ συν εντεσι πειρηθηναι. 
αλλ' αγ' ε/χώι/ 6γ4ων επιβησεο^ όφρα Γδτ^αι, 
οΓοι Τρώιοι ίπποι, επισταμένοι πεΒίοιο 
κραιπνά μάλ' ένθα καΐ ένθα 8ιωκ€μεν η8ε φεβεσθαι• 
τω καΐ νωι πόλινΒε σαώσετον, ει περ αν άντε 

225 Ζευς επΙ Τυδειδτ/ Αιομη^εϊ κν8ος όρεζτ]. 
αλλ αγε νυν μάστιγα και ηνία σιγαλόεντα 
δε^αι, εγώ δ* ίππων επιβησομαι^ όφρα /χά^ω/χαι • 
ιηε συ τονοε οεοεςο^ μεΚησουσιν ο εμοι ίπποι, 
τον δ' αυτέ προσεειπε Αυκάονος άγλαος υιός • 

230"Αίΐ'εία, σ*ύ μεν αυτός ε^' ηνία καΐ τεω ΐππω - 
μάλλον ύφ' ηνιόγω ειωθότι καμπύλον άρμα 
οισετον^ ει περ αν αυτέ φεβώμεθα Τυδεος υίόν • 
μη τω μεν 8είσαντε ματησετον^ ούδ' εθελητον 
εκφερεμεν πολεμοιο, τεον φθόγγον ποθεοντε^ 

235 νωι δ' ε'παΐ^ας μεγάθυμου Τυδεος υιός 

αύτώ τε κτεινί) και ελάσση μωνυχας^ ίππους» 



FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 93 

άλλα συ y' αντος iXavve Τ€ άρματα καΐ τ€ω Γττπω, 
τόι^δε δ' έγών Ιττιοντα δεδε^ο/χαι οζ^ι SovpL" 
ως άρα φωι/ησαντβς €9 άρματα ποίκίλα βάντες 

240 έμμ€μαωτ' iwl Τνδεΐδτ; ^χον ώκεας ίππους, 
τους δε Γδε Χθει/ελος Καπανηυος άγλαος νίός, 
αίψα δε ΎνΒβΐΒην επεα πτερόεντα προσην8α • 
"Τυδεΐδτ^ ^ιόμη8ες, εμω κεγαρισμένε θνμω^ 
άι/δρ' ορόω κρατερω επί σοΙ μεμαωτε μάγεσθαι^ 

245 1ν άπελεθρορ έχοντας • 6 μεν τόζων εν ειδώς, 
Γΐάζ/δα/009, υίος δ' άντε Ανκάονος εύχεται είναυ • 
Att'eta? δ' υιός μεγαλητορος ^ Χγχίσαο 
ενχεται εκγεγάμεν, H'V'^VP ^^ ^'^ ^^'^' * Αφροδίτη. 
αλλ αγε οη χαί^ωμευ εφ ιππων^ μηοε μοί όντως 

250 θυνε δια προμάχων^ μη πως φίΧον ητορ ολεσσης.^' 
τον δ* άρ' νπό8ρα ιδώι/ προσεφη κρατερός Αυομη^ης- 
^^ μη TL φόβονΒ^ άγορεν^ επεί ονΒε σε πεισεμεν οίω- 
ον yap μοί γενναΐον άλνσκάζοντυ μάχεσθαι 
ούδε καταπτώσσειν • ετι μοι μένος εμπε8όν εστίν • 

265 οκνείω δ' Ιππων επίβαινεμεν, άλλα καΐ αντως 

άντίον ειμ αντων ' τρεΐν μ* ονκ εα Παλλάς ^Αθηνη. 
τούτω δ' ον πάΧυν αντις άποίσετον ώκεες ίππου 
αμφω αφ ημειων^ ευ γ' ονν έτερος γε φνγησυν. 
άλλο δβ TOL ερεω, σν δ' ενί φρεσΐ βάλΧεο σησιν • 

260 αΓ κεν μου πολνβονλος ^Αθηνη κνΒος όρεξη 

άμφοτερω κτεΐναυ, συ δε τονσ^ε μεν ώκεας υππονς 
αντον ερνκακεευν^ εζ άντνγος ηνία τευνας, 
Αιι^ειαο δ' επαϊζαυ μεμνημενος υππων, 
εκ δ' ελάσ-αι Ύρώων μετ ενκνημυΒας ^Αχαυονς, 

265 της γαρ του γενεης^ ης Ύρωυ περ ενρνοπα Ζενς 
8ώχ νιος πουνην Ταννμη8εος, οννεκ άριστου 
Ιππων y οσσοι eacrti' νπ ηω τ ηελυόν τε ' 



94 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔ02 Ε. 

TTJs γβι^ετ/ς eKXe^ep άναξ άντρων ^ Κ'γ)(ίση^^ 
λάθρΎ) Ααομ€8οντος νποσχωρ θηλβας Ιππους • 

270 τωρ οΐ βζ lyivovTo ivl μ^γάροισι yevidXiq * 

τους μίν Τ€σσαρας αντος €χ^ω^ άτιταλλ' €πΙ φάτρτ^^ 
τω Se Sv Alveia Βώκει^, μηστωρι φόβουο. 
el τούτω Κ€ Χάβοιμ^ν^ άροίμεθά Κ€ κλβος έσθλόν." 
ως οί μ^ν τοιαύτα προς αλλήλους άγόρευορ, 

275 τω δε τά^' lyy\)dev ηλθον ίλαύνοντ ώκβας ίππους, 
τον πρότ€ρος προσ€ζίπ€ Αυκαορος άγλαος υίός • 
" καρτβρόθυμβ Βαΐφρον, άyaυoυ Τυδεος ute, 
η μάλα σ* ου β€λος ώκυ 8αμάσσατο, πικρός ουστός ' 
νυν αυτ iy^eirj π^ιρησομαι^ at /ce τυ^ω /it." 

280 Tj pa και άμπβπαλων προ'ΐ€.ι ^ολιγόσκιον €γγος^ 
καΧ βάλ€ Τυδεΐδαο κατ άσττιδα • της δε διαπ/οο 
αΐχ^μη γαλκ^ίη πταμένη Θώρηκι πελασθη. 
τω δ* επί μακρόν άυσβ Αυκάονος άyλaoς υίός • 
" βεβληαι κενεωνα Βυαμπερες, ούδε σ* οίω 

285 hrjpov ετ άνσχησεσθαυ • εμοί δε μεy^ ευχος εδω«:α9." 
τον δ' ου ταρβησας προσεφη κρατερός Αωμη8ης • 
" ημβροτες, ούδ' έτυχες • άταρ ου μεν σφωί y οίω 
πριν y άποπαύσεσθαι, πριν y η έτερον yε πεσόντα 
αίματος άσαι Αρηα ταλαύρινον πολεμιστην.^ 

290 ως φάμενος προεηκε' βέλος δ' ϊθυνεν Άθηνη 
ρίνα παρ* όφθαλμον^ λευκούς δ' επερησεν οδόντας, 
τοΐ) δ' άπο μεν yλωσσav πρυμνην τάμε χαλκός άτειρης^ 
αι^/χτ) δ* εζεσύθη πάρα νείατον άνθερεωνα. 
ηριπε ο ες οχεων, αραρησε οε τευχε επ αυτω 

295 αιολα παμφανόωντα, παρετρεσσαν hi οι Ιπποι 
ώκύπο8ες • του δ' αυ^ί, λύθη φυχη τε μένος τε. 

Αΐί^ειας δ' απορούσε συν άσπβι ^ουρί τε μακρω, 
δεισ-ας, μη πώς οΐ ερυσαίατο νεκρον ^Αχαιοί. 



FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 95 

άμφΐ δ' dp* αντω βαίνε XeW o)s άλκΐ ττεποίθώς^ 

300 πρόσθζ. Se οι δόρυ τ €σχ€ καΐ ασπίδα πάντοσ Ιίσην, 
τον κτάμεναι /χ^/χαώς, θ9 τις τον y avrCos i\0oL, 
afxepSaXea Ιάγων, ό δε χερμάΒυον λάββ χ^ιρί 
Τυδειδτ^ς, μ€γα βργον, ο ου δυο γ* dvSpe φepoL€Vy 
οϊοί νυν βροτοί ela • ό δε μυν pea πάλλε καΐ οΐος • 

305 τω βαΚεν Alveiao κατ Ισγίον^ ένθα re μηρός 
Ισγίω ένστρβφβταυ, κοτνλην δε τε /χιι/ καΧεονσιν • 
θλάσσ€ δε ot κοτνλην, προς δ* άμφω ρηζε τένοντα • 
ωσε ο απο pti^oj/ τρηχνς Κισος. ανταρ ο γ ηρως 
€στη γννξ ίριττων καΐ ερείσατο χειρι τταγ^ίη 

310 γαίης • άμφΐ δε όσ-<τε κελαυνη ννξ έκάλνφεν. 
και νν K€v €νθ* απόλοιτο αζ /af άνΒρών Alveias, 
el μη dp* οζν νόησε Διός θνγάτηρ * Αφροδίτη, 
μητηρ, η μιν νττ * Αγγίση τε/ίε βονκο\4οντι • 
αμφΧ δ' εόι/ φίλον νΐον ίγεύατο πηχεε λευκώ, 

315 πρόσθε δε ot πεπλουο φαευνον πτνγμα κάλνφεν, 
ερ/ίθ9 ερ,ει/ βε\4ων, μη τι? Δαι^αώΐ' ταχυπώλωί/ 
χαλκ-οϊ' εϊ^ι στηθεσσι βαΧων 4κ Θνμον ίλουτο. 
η μεν eov φίλον νΐον νπεζεφερεν ποΧεμοίο • 
ούδ' υιός Καπαι^Ί^^ς εληθετο σννθεσιάων 

320 τάων, ας επετελλε βοην αγαθός Αίομη^ης, 

αλλ ο γε τους /χει/ εους ηρνκακε μώννγας ίττπονς 
νόσφιν απο φλοίσβον, εζ dvTvyo^ ηνία τείνας, 
Αινείαο δ' ετταυζας καΧλίτρυχας Ιππους 
εζεΧασε Ύρώων μετ ενκνημι^ας 'Αχαιούς, 

325 8ωκε δε Δι^ιπυλω ετάρω φίΧω, ον περί πάσης 
τΐεν ομηΧικίης, οτι οΐ φρεσίν άρτια ηΒη, 
νηνσιν επι γΧαφνρησυν εΧαννεμεν. ανταρ ο y' ΐ7ρως 
ών ίππων επυβάς εΧαβ* ηνία σιγαλόεντα, 
αίψα δε Τυδεΐδτ^ϊ' μεθεπε κρατερώννγας ίππους 



96 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔ02 Ε. 

330 έμμεμαώς. 6 δε Κνπριν βπωχ^ετο νηλά ^αλκω^ 
γυγι/ώσκων^ ο τ' άρολκις εηρ θβός, ούδε θ^άων 
τάων, αϊ τ άντρων πόλβμον κάτα κοιραν4ονσιν^ 
οΰτ dp' Άθηναίη οντε πτολιπορθος Έι/υώ. 
αλλ* οτ€ 8η ρ* ίκίγανζ. tto\vv καθ' ομιΧον οπαζωι^, 

335 ενθ* Ιπορεζάμενο^ζ μεγάθυμου Τυδε'ο? υιός 
άκρην ουτασε χ^Γρα μετάλμβρος οζά ΒουρΙ 
άβληχρηρ ' eWap δε 8όρυ χροος άντετόρησεν 
άμβροσίου δια πέπλου, 6ν οΐ χάρυτες κάμον αύται, 
ττρυμνον υπέρ θ4ναρο<;. pee δ' αμβροτον αίμα Oeolo, 

340 ιχώρ, οΓός πε/ο τε peei μaκάpeσσι deolaiv • 

ου γαρ σίτον εδουσ*', ου ττίνουσ αϊθοπα οίνον • 

τoύveκ άναίμονί^ ειοτι καΧ αθάνατοι κα\4ονται. 

η δε /xeya Ιάχουσα άπο εο κάμβαλεν υΐον • 

και τον μεν μετά χερσίν ερύσσατο Φοίβος ^Απόλλων 

345 κυανετ) ι/εφελτ/, μ'ή τις Δαι^αώζ^ ταχυπώΧων 

χαΧκον ivl στ-ηθεσσι βαλων εκ: θυμον eXoLTo • 
Τ17 δ' ε'πΐ μακρόν άιχτε /^οήι^ αγαθός Αίομη^ης • 
" είκ-ε, Διός θύγατερ, πολέμου καΐ ^ηιοτητος • 
-^ ούχ αλις, οττι γυναίκας άνάλκί^ας ηπεροπεύεις ; 

360 ει δε συ γ* ες πόλεμον πωλησεαι, η τε cr' οιω 
ριγιησειν πόλεμόν γε, καΐ ει χ' ετερωθι πύ^τ^αι." 
ως εφαθ*, η δ' άλυουσ* άπεβησετο, τείρετο δ' αΐνώς. 
την μεν άρ '^Ιρις έλουσα ττοΒηνεμος εζαγ' ομίλου 
άγθομενην ο^ύνησυ, μελαίνετο δε χροα καλόν. 

355 ευρεν έπειτα μάχης ε'π' αριστερά θουρον Αρηα 
ημενον, ή4ρι δ' εγχος εκεκλιτο και ταχε ϊππω • 
η δε yz^vf έριπουσα κασιγνητοιο φίλοιο 
πολλά λισσομενη χρυσάμπυκας ητεεν ίππους • 
"ψιλέ κασίγνητε, κόμισαί τε με, δος δε μοι Ιππους- 

360 οψρ' ες "Ολυμπον ϊκωμαι, ϊν αθανάτων εδος εστίν. 



FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 97 

Xirjv άχθομαυ έλκος, ο μ€ βροτος οντασεν ανηρ^ 
• TuSciSt^s, δς ννν ye καΙ αν Δα πατρί μάγοιτο^ 

ως φάτο, τη δ' άρ' ^Αρης 8ώκ€ γ^ρνσάμπνκας Ιπττονς. 
η δ' 4ς ^ίφρορ εβαίνεν άκηγεμενη φίλον ητορ, 

365 παρ δε οί ^Ιρις εβαίρε καΐ ηνία λάζετο γερσίν, 
μάστιζεν δ' ελάαι^, τω δ* ονκ άεκοντε πετεσθην. 
αίψα δ' επειθ^ ΐκοντο θέων εδος, αίπνν '^Ολνμπον • 
ενθ^ ΐττπονς έστησε ττο8ηνεμος ώκεα ^Ιρυς 
λνσασ' εζ οχεων, πάρα δ' άμβρόσιον βάλεν είδαρ • 

370 η δ' εν γοννασί πίπτε Αίώνης' δΓ ^ ΑφροΒίτη^ 
μητρός εης ' η δ' άγκας ελάζετο θυγατέρα ην, 
X^LpL τε μυν κατερεζεν, έπος τ εφατ εκ τ' ονόμαζεν 
"τις νν σε TOLaS* ερεξε, φίλον τεκος, Ονρανιώνων 
μαφί^ίως, ως εϊ τι κακόν ρεζονσαν ενωπη ; " 

375 την δ' ημείβετ έπειτα φιΚομμει^ης ^ Αφροδίτη • 
" οντά με Τυδεος υιός νπερθνμος Αιομη8ης, 
ουνεκ εγω φίλον νΐον υπεζεφερον πολεμοιο 
Αΐνειαν, ος εμοι πάντων πολν φίλτατός εστίν, 
ου γαρ ετι Ύρώων καΐ Ά^αιώι/ φύλοπις αΐνη, 

380 αλλ' 17^''? Δαι^αοι γε καί άθανάτοισι /χά^οι^ται." 
την δ' ημείβετ έπειτα Αίώνη δια θεάων • 
"τετλα^ι, τεκνον εμόν, καΐ άνάσχεο κηΒομενη περ • 
πολλοί γαρ 8η τλημεν Όλύ/ΑΔΟ^ Ζ. 

αΐματί και λνθρω πεπαλαγμ€ΐ/ορ εύχετάασθαί. 
αλλά συ μ€ρ προς νηον Άθηναίης αγελείης 

270 €ρχ€ο σνν θν€€σσίρ^ άολλίσσασα yepaids ' 

π^πΚον δ', ος τις τοι χαρί€στατος ήΒβ μέγιστος 
εστίν iul μβγάρω καί τοι πολν φίλτατος OLvrrj, 
τον θες Άθηναίης έπΙ γοννασυν ηυκόμοίο, 
καί οΐ νποσ\4σθαι ΒνοκαίΒεκα βονς ivl νηω 

275 ηνις ηκεστας Ιερευσεμβν, αϊ κ ελεηστ} 

άστυ τε καΐ Ύρωων αλόχονς καΐ νηπυα τέκνα, 
αϊ κεν Ύν8έος νΐον άπόσχΎ} Ίλιου Ιρης, 
aypiov αίχμητην^ Κρατερον μηστωρα φοβοιο. 
αλλά συ μεν προς νηον ^Αθηναίης άγελείης 

280 έρχεν^ εγω 8ε ΐΐάριν μετεΧενσομαι^ οφρα καλέσσω, 
αϊ κ έθέ\τισ είπόντος ακονέμεν ' ως κέ οΐ αυθυ 
γαία χάνοι • μέγα yap μιν ^Ολύμπιος έτρεφε πημα 
Ύρωσί τε καΐ ΐίριαμω μεγαλητορι τοΤο τε παισίί'. 
ει κείνον ye ΐ8οιμι κατεΧθόντ '^Αιοος εΐσω^ 

285 φαίην κεν φιΚον ητορ οιζνος έκλελαθέσθαι"^ 

ως έφαθ\ η 8ε μολονσα ποτΐ μέγαρα α'μφιπόλοισιν 
κέκλετο. ται δ' dp* άόλλισσαν κατά άστυ γεραιας. 
αύτη δ' ες θάλαμον κατεβησετο κηώεγτα^ 
ένθ* έσαν οι πέπλοι παμποίκιΚοι^ ^PJP^ γυναικών 

290 ^ι8ονίων^ τάς αυτός ^Αλέζαν^ρος θεοειΒης 
ηγαγε 'ϊ^ι8ονίΎ)θεν^ επιπλως ευρέα πόντον, 
την όδοι/, ην Έλένην περ άνηγαγεν εύπατέρειαν. 
των εν άειραμένη Εκάβη φέρε 8ωρον Άθηντ], 
09 κάλλιστος έην ποικίλμασιν η8ε μέγιστος^ 

295 άστηρ δ' ως άπέλαμπεν • εκείτο δε νειαφς άλλων, 
βη δ' teWt, πολλαι δε μετεσσεύοντο γεραιαι. 

at δ' οτε νη}>ν ϊκανον ^Αθηνης εν πόλει ακρη^ 
τησι θύρας ωιζε Θεανώ κάλλιπάρηο^ 




SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 125 

Κίσσηί^, αλοχος 'Αντήνορος InnoSdfxoLO • 
300 Trju γαρ Ύρώες εθηκαν ^Αθηναιης lepeiav. 

αί δ' ολολυγΎ) πάσαι Άθηι^Ύ/ ^^ΐρας άν^σγον 
η δ' άρα πβπλον έλουσα Θεανώ καλλίπαρτ^ος 
θηκ€Ρ Άθηναίηζ επι γοννασιν ηνκόμοιο, 
ευγομ,ενη δ' ηρατο Αιος κονρτ} μεγαλοίο • 
3Q[^' TTOTVL Άθηναίη^ ρνσίπτολί, δια θεάων^ 
^Ι^ξον hy) ^γχοζ Διο/χτ/δεο?, ή^β καΐ αυτόν 

πρηνεα δός πεσεειν Χκαυών ττροττάροίθε πυλαίων^ 
οφρα TOL αύτίκα νυν ΒυοκαίΒεκα /5ου9 ειΊ νηω 
ηνυς ήκεστας Ιερεύσομεν^ αι κ ελέησες 
310 άστυ τε και Ύρώων αλόχους καΐ ι^τ^πια τεκναΓ 
ως εφατ ευχόμενη, άνενευε hi Π αλλά? Άθηνη. 
ως αΐ μεν ρ ευχοντο Διός κούρτ) μεγοίλοιο, 
'^Έικτωρ δβ προς δώ/ιατ' ^ΑλεζανΒροίο βεβηκειν 
κα\α, τα ρ αύτος ετευζε συν άν^ράσιν, οί τ6τ άριστοι 
15 ήσαν ενι Ύροίτ) εριβώλακι τεκτονες άν8ρες • 
06 οι εποίησαν θάλαμον καΐ δώ/χα καΐ αυλην 
εγγύθι τε ΤΙριάμοιο καΐ "Έκτορος εν πόλει άκρη, 
ενθ^ '^Εκτωρ εισήλθε 8ιίφιλος, εν δ' άρα χειρι 
εγχος εχ ενΒεκάπηχυ • πάροιθε δε λάμπετο 8ουρος 
320 αΙχμη χαλκείη, περί δβ χρΰσεος θεε πόρκης. 

τον δ' εΰρ' εν Θαλάμω περικαλλεα τεύχε* εποντα, 
ασπίδα καΐ θώρηκα, καΐ αγκύλα τοζ' αφόωντα • 
^Αργείη δ' '^Ελενη μετ άρα Βμωησι γυι^αι^ιι/ 
ηστο και άμφιπόλοισι περικλυτά έργα κελευεν. 
325 τον δ' '^Έ^κτωρ νείκεσσεν ι^ων αίσχροΐς επεεσσιν • 
" δαι/ιόι/ι', ου μεν καλά χόλον t6vS* ενθεο θυμω. 
λαοί μεν φθινύθουσι περί τττολιι^ αΐπύ τε τείχος 
μαρνάμενοι • σεο δ' εϊνεκ αυτή τε πτόλεμός τε 
άστυ τοδ* αμφι8ε8ηε • συ δ* αν μαχεσαιο και αλλω, 



126 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔ02 Ζ. 

330 6V τινά πον μ€θι4ντα Γδοις στυγερού πολβμοίο. 
αλλ' αι^α, μη τάγα άστυ ττυρος Βηίοίο θερητα^^ 
τον δ' αυτ€ προσέειττεν Αλέξανδρος θεοευ^ης • 
""^E/CTop, επει με κατ αίσαν ενείκεσας ούδ* υττερ αίσαν, 
τούνεκά τοι ερεω • συ 8ε σύνθεο και μευ άκουσον. 

335 ου τοι εγω Ύρωων τόσσον χολω ούδε νεμέσσι 
τ/μην εν θαΧάμω^ εθελον δ' άχεϊ Ίτροτραττεσθ αι. 
νυν δε με τταρευπουσ άλοχος μαλακοΐς επεεσσιν ^^ 
ωρμησ' ες πόΧεμον, δοκεευ 8ε μου ωδε /cat αύτω 
Χώίον εσσεσθαι. νίκιη δ' επαμείβεται άνδρας. 

340 αλλ' aye νυν επίμεινον^ άρηια τεύγεα δυω • 
Ύ) LU , εγω όε μετειμι^ κιχ-ησεσυαι οε σ οιω. 

ως φάτο, τον δ' ου τι προσεφη κορυθαίολος 'Έκτωρ • 
τον δ' ^Ελενη μύθοισι προσηύ8α μειΚιγίοισιν * . 
" δαε/) εμειο^ κυνος κακομηχάνου οκρυοέσσης^ 

345 ως μ* οφελ' ηματι τω, οτε με πρώτον τεκέ μητηρ, 
οίγεσθαι προφερουσα κακή άνεμοιο θύελλα 
εΙς ορός η εις κύμα πολυφλοίσβοιο θαλάσσης, 
ένθα με κυμ άποερσε ττάρος τάδε έργα γενέσθαι, 
αϋτάρ επει τάδε γ' ωδε θεοί κακά τεκμηραντο, 

350 άνΒρυς επειτ ωφελλον άμείνονος εΐζ^αι άκοιτις, 
ος η8η νεμεσίν τε καΐ αισ^εα πόλλ' ανθρώπων, 
τούτω δ' οΰτ^ άρ νυν φρένες εμπε8οι ούτ άρ* οπίσσω 
εσσονται • τω και μιν επαυρησεσθαι οιω. 
αλλ' άγε νυν εϊσελθε καΐ εζεο τωδ' επί Βιφρω, 

355 δαερ, ε'πει σε μάλιστα πόνος φρενας άμφιβεβηκεν 
εϊνεκ εμείο κυνος καΧ ΆλεζάνΒρου ενεκ άτης^ 
οϊσιν επί Ζευς θηκε κακόν μόρον, ως και οπίσσω 
άνθρώποισι πελώμεθ^ άοβιμοι εσσομενοισιν." 

"την δ' ημείβετ έπειτα μέγας κορυθαίολος '^Εκτωρ • 

360 " μη με κάθιζ\ Έλενη, φιλεουσά περ ' ούδε με πείσεις • 



SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 127 

η^η yap μόι θυμός έπέσσνται, οφρ ίπαμννω 
Ύρώ€σσ\ οί μ€γ* έμβιο ττοθην αττβόντος βγονσιν. 
άλλα σν y ορννθι τοντον^ iπ€Lyeσθω Se και αυτός, 
ώς Kev ίμ ίντοσθεν πόλιο9• καταμάρλ^ίΎ} έοντα, 

3j55 καΧ yap iyojv olkovS* έσβλβνσομαυ, οφρα ιδω^ί^αι, 
οίκηας αΚογόν Τ€ φίλην καΙ νηπιον υΐόν 
ου yap τ οΐδ', ί) ert σφιν υπότροπος Ιζομαι αυτις, 
τ) 7^07^ μ υπο γβρσι tfeoi οαμοωσιν Α^αιωϊ^. 
ως άρα φωνησας άπββη κορυθαίολος 'Έκτωρ. 

370 αΓψα δ' ίπειθ^ ΐκαν€ 8όμους έύ ναΐζτάοντας^ 

ούδ' eS/)' ΆνΒρομάχην λευκώλενορ iv μζ.yάpoισιVy 
αλλ' η y€ ζυν τταιδί καΧ άμφυπόλω έυπεπλω 
TTTjpycu έφβστηκει yoόωσά τ€ μυρομίνη re. 
*Έ/cτωp δ' ως ουκ €pSop άμύμονα τ4τμεν ακοιτιν 

375 ίστΎ) €π' ούΒον Ιώρ, μ€τα δε 8μωΎ)σιν ίευπεν • 

" el δ' aye μου, δ/χωαι, νημερτεα μυθησασθε ' <rj»VA>- 
πτ] ίβΐ) Άν8ρομάχΎ) λευκώλενος e/c μεΎαροίο ; 
rje πτ) 4ς ya\όωv η είνατέρων έυπεπλων^ 
η ές ^Κθιηναύης ίζοίχεται, ίνθα περ άλλαι 

380 Τρωαί ευπλόκααοί 8εψην θεον ΐΚάσκονται ; *' ^ 

τον δ' αυτ οτρηρΎΐ ταμίη προς μυθον εβίπεν 
"''Efcro/), έπεί μάλ^ άι/ωγας άληθεα μυθησασθαι^ 
ούτε πΐ[) Ις ya\όωv ουτ είνατέρων ΙυπέπΧων 
ουτ €9 ^Αθηναίης efot^erat, evOa περ άλλαι 

385 ΤρωαΙ ευπΧόκαμοι SeLvrjv Oeov ιΚάσκονται^ 

αλλ Ιπι πύpyov ίβη μeyav Ίλιου, ουνεκ άκουσεν 
Telpeadai Ύρωας, μeya δε κράτος elvai ^Κγαιων, 
η μεν οη προς τείχος επευγομενη αφικανει 
μαινομεντι εικυία- φέρει δ' άαα τταΓδα τιθηνη" 

390 η ρα yυvΎ| ταμίη^ 6 δ' απεσσυτο δώματος "^Εκτωρ jfUW' 
την αυτήν bhov αυτις ευκτιμενας κατ άyυιάς, 



ρ 



128 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔΟ^ Ζ. 

evre ττνλας ΐκανε 8ί€ρχόμ.€νος μέγα άστυ, fei/**' 

' iuO* άλοχ^ος πολνΒωρο'ζ ίναντίη ήλθε θ4ονσα 
395 ^Αν8ρομάχη^ θυγάτηρ 'μ€γαλητορο<; Ήετίωνος^ 
Ήετίωι/, OS eratei/ νπο ΐΐλάκω νληεσστ)^ 
^yjfiyj ύποπλακίττ}, Κυλυκεσσ' αν^ρεσσιν άνάσσων • 
τον π€ρ 8η θυγάτηρ εχβθ* '^Εκτορυ γαΧίΐοκορυσττι. 
τ) οι €π€ΐτ ηρτησ , α/χα ο α/χ<ριπολο9 /ctej/ αυττ; 
400 παιο €πί κοΚπω εχ^ουσ αταΚαφρονα, νηττιον αυτως, 
Έκτορί^ηϊ/ άγαττητόρ, αΚιγκιον άστ4ρι καλώ, 
τον ρ "Έικτωρ καλεεσκε ^καμάνΖριον, αντάρ οΐ άλλοι 



Άστυάρακτ • οΓος 'γάρ ipvero ^Ιλίοι^ '^Εκτωρ. 
η του ο μεν μειοησεν ιοων es παιοα σιωπτ) • 



ιειοησ 

405 *Αν8ρομάχΎ} 8ε οΐ οίγχι παρίστατο 8άκρν ρέουσα, 
r^'W-^wA-i^ evjr^ αραιοί φν^χα,βί^ εττος τ εφατ εκ τ όι^ό/χαζει/ 
*ir^r^w< 1 "δαι/λόηβ, φθίσει/ σε το σον μενος^ ούδ' ελεαίρεις 



Sj^^^^^ παΓδα re νψηαχον /cat c/a αμμορον, η τα;)(α χ')7/3'7 
(Γ€υ εσομαι • τάχα γάρ σε κατακτανεονσιν ΆχαιοΙ 
ΑΙΟ πάντες ^εφορ μη θεντες ' εμοί 8ε κε κερΒίον εϊη 

σευ άφαμαρτούσΎ) γθονα δΰ/χβΐ'αι • ον γάρ ετ άλλη 
^ εσται θαλπωρή^ επεί αν συ γε πότμον επίσπης^ 
> ^ αλλ* άχε ' ούδβ μοί εστί πατήρ καΐ πότνια μητηρ. 
\ Μ^ η τοι γάρ πατέρα άμον άπεκτανε διος 'Ανιλλει;?, 

ΰ 415 εκ οε πολιν περσεν Κυλίκων εν ναιετοωσαν, 

Θηβην νφίπνλον * κατά δ' εκτανεν Ήετίωνα, 
ovSi μιν εξενάριξε^ σεβάσσατο γάρ το γε θνμω^ 
αλλ' αρα μιν κατεκηε σνν εντεσι οαιοαλεοισιν 
-^δ' επΙ σημ^ ^Χ^^^ * '^^Ρ^ ^^ πτελεας εφντενσαν 
420 ννμφαί 6ρεστίά8ες^ κονραι Διός οίγιόχοιο. 

οί δε μοι επτά κασίγνητοι εσαν εν μεγαροισιν^ 
οΐ μεν πάντες Ιω κίον ηματυ ^Αιδος εΐσω • 



SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 129 

ττάντα^ γαρ κατεπβφρβ πο8άρκης δΓος ' Α.χίλλ€νς 
βουσίν ίπ elkLiroheaai καλ αργ€νΡΎ}<; οίεσσιν. 

425 μητ€ρα δ', η βασιλενεν νπο ΤΙλάκω νληεσσΎ)^ 
την iwel αρ Sevp^ ηγαγ* οίμ* αλλοισι κτεάτεσσυν, 
αψ ο γε την απέλυσε Χαβων αττερείσι αποινα^ 
πατρός δ' εν μεγάροισι βαλ^ Αρτεμις Ιογεαιρα. 
^^EKTopy άταρ συ μοί εσσι πατήρ καΧ πότνια μητηρ 

430 ή^ε κασίγνητος^ συ δε μοι θαλερός παρακοίτης/^ 
αλλ' αγε νυν ελεαυρε καΐ αϋτου μιμν επΙ πύργω^ 
μη παιδ' ορφανυκον θνιης χηρην τε γυναίκα* 
[λαον δε στησον παρ* ερυνεόν^ ένθα μάλιστα 
άμβατός εστί πόλις καΐ επίΖρομον επλετο τεΐχος • 

435 τρΙς γαρ τη γ* ελθόντες επειρησανθ^ οι άριστοι 
αμφ* Αϊαντε δυω καΐ άγακλυτον ΊΒομενηα 
rjS* αμφ* ^Ατρει8ας καΐ Τνδεος άλκιμον υιόν 
η πού τις σφιν ενισπε θεοπροπίων ευ ειδώς, 
η νυ καΐ αυτών θυμός εποτρύνει και άνώγει^'\ 

440 την δ' αυτέ προσεειπε μέγας κορυθαίολος '^Εκτωρ' 
" η καΐ εμοί τάδε πάντα μελει^ ywat • άλλα μά}^ αΐνώς 
αιδεο^αι Τρώας καΐ Τρωάδας ελκεσΊπεττλους, 
αί κε κακός ως νόσφιν αλυσκάζω πολεμοιο • 
ούδε με θυμός άνωγεν, επεί μάθον ε/Α/χει^αι εσθλος 

445 αιεί καΐ πρώτοισι μετά Ύρώεσσι μάγεσθαι, 

άρνύμενος πατρός τε μέγα κλέος -ήδ' εμον αυτού, 
ευ γαρ εγω τόδε οΤδα κατά φρένα κα\ κατά θυμόν 
εσσεται ημαρ, οτ αν ποτ ολώλη Ιλιος Ιρη 
και ΙΙρίαμος και λαός ευμμελίω Τίριάμοιο. 

450 αλλ ου μοι Ύρώων τόσσον μέλει άλγος όπισσω, 
ουτ* αύτης Εκάβης οϋτε Τίριάμοιο άνακτος 
ούτε κασιγνητων, οι κεν πολεες τε καΐ εσθλοί 
εν κονίησι πεσοιεν υπ* ανΒράσι 8υσμενεεσσιν, 



130 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔΟ^ Ζ. 

οσσον σ€υ, ore kg/ τΐ9 Ά;γαιώι/ ^οΧκογιτώνων 

455 8ακρυ06σσαρ άγτ^ται, Ikevdepov ημαρ άπονρας. 

και K€v iv Kpyei έονσα π ροζ αλλτ^ς iarw ΰφαοΌΐς, 
και κβϊ' υδω^ φορβους ΜεσσηίΒος η 'Τπερείης 
πόλλ' ά€κaζoμ€l'ηy κρατερή δ' inLKeCaer ανάγκη • 
και TTore τις βΐπησυν IScov κατά 8οίκρν -χ^εουσαν • 

460 ^'^Εκτορος rjSe γννη, ος άριστενεσκε /χά^€<τ^αι 
Ύρώωρ ίπποδά^ϋΐωι/, ore ^Ιλιο^ άμφεμαγοντο.^ 
ως TTore τις eyoeei, crot δ' αν viov ίσσεται άλγος 
χητ€Ϊ τοιοΰδ' άν8ρός^ άμύνειν δουλιοι/ ημαρ. 
άλλα /!€ τεθνηώτα χυτή κατά γαία καλυπτοι, 

465 πρίν γί TL σης Τ€ βοής σον θ* εΚκηθμοίο πνθβσθα^^ 
ως είπωρ ον παιδος ορεξάτο φαίΒιμος '^Εκτωρ • 
άψ δ' 6 ττάις προς κοΚπον ίνζώνοιο τιθηνης 
εκλίνθη Ιάχων, πατρός φίλον oxJjlv άτνχθεις, 
ταρβησας -χ^αλκόν τε 18ε λόφον ίππιοχαίτην^ 

470 ^εινον απ* ακρότατης κόρνθος νενοντα νοησας. 

εκ δ' εγελασσε πατήρ τε φίλος και ττότι^ια μητηρ, 
αντίκ άπο κράτος κόρνθ* βιλετο φαί8υμος "Έκτωρ^ 
και την μεν κατεθηκεν επΙ γθονί πaμφavόωσaVy 
αντάρ ο γ' ον φίλον νΐον επεί κνσε πηλέ τε γερσίν^ 

475 ειπεν επενζάμενος Διι τ άλλοισίν τε θεοΖσιν 
/ " Ζβΰ άλλοι τε θεοί, δότβ δτ7 '^^^ τόι^δβ γενέσθαι. 
τταιδ' εμόν, ώς και εγώ περ, άριπρεπεα Ύρώεσσιν, 
ωδβ βίην τ αγαθόν και Ίλιου Ιφι άνάσσειν • 
και ποτέ τις ειποι ^πατρός γ' οδβ ποΧλον άμείνων^ 

480 εκ πολεμον ανιόντα • φεροί δ' εναρα βροτοεντα 
κτείνας hrjiov αι/δρα, -χαρείη δβ φρένα μητηρ^ 

ως εΙπών αλόνοιο φίλης εν χερσίν εθηκίεν 
παιο^ eoj* • ή ο o-pci /xii^ κηωοευ όεςατο κοΚπφ 
Βακρνόεν γελάσασα • ττοίτις δ' ελέησε νοησας, 



SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 131 

485 χ€ΐρι re μυν Karepe^ev^ ίπος τ εφατ e/c τ ονόμαζβν * 
" ΒαυμοΡίη, μη μοί τι \νην άκαγίζεο θνμω • 
ον γαρ τίς μ νπερ αίσαν άνηρ ^Αιδι προϊάψει • 
μοίραν δ* ον τινά φημυ πεφνγμενον βμμεναι άνΐ>ρων, 
ον κακόν, ονοε μεν εσθλον, επην τα πρώτα γενηται- 

490 αλλ €19 οίκον, tQUcra τα σ αντης έργα κόμιζε^ 
ίστόν τ ήλακατην Τ€, κ α' άμφιττοΚοισι κελενε 
ipyqv εττοίγερ-θαι* πόλεμος δ' άν^ρεσσι μελησευ 
πασιν, εμοί δε μάλιστα, τοί Ίλίω εΎγεγάασι ν.^^ _, 
ως άρα φωνησας κόρνθ* είλετο φαι^ιμος '^Εκτωρ 

495 ϊππονριν • άλοχος 8ε φίλη οΐκόν^ε βεβηκειν 
εντροπαλιζομενη θαλερον κατά ^άκρν χεονσα. 
aixjja ο επειθ^ ΐκφνε 8όμονς ^εν ναιετάοντας "^**^ 

'^Έίκτορος άνΒροφόνοιο, κιχησατο δ' εν8οθι πολλάς 
άμφιπόλονς, τησιν δε γόο^ πάσησιν ενωρμεν. 

500 at μεν ετι ζωον yqQv "Έικτορα ω ενί οίκω \ 
ον yap μιν ετ εφαντο νπότροπον εκ πολεμοιο 
Ιςεσθαι προφνγόντα μένος και χεΐρας Ά^αΐφϊ/. 

ούδε Πάρις Βηθννεν εν νφηλοίσι 86μοισιν, 
αλλ' 6 γ' επει κατεΒν κλντά τενχεα ποικίλα χαλκω, 

505 σενατ επειτ αζ^α άστυ, ποσι κραιπνοισι πεποισωςΤΊ 
ώς δ' ore τις στατος ίππος, άκοστησας επΙ φάτνη., 
Βεσμς^ν άπορρηξας θειη πεΒιοιο κροαίνων, 
εΙωθω% λονεσθαί ενρρεΐος ποταμοΐο, 
κνΒιόων • νφον δε κάρη εχει,άαφί δε χαΐται 

510 ωμοις άίσσονται • ό δ* αγΚαΙη^ πεποιθώς, 

ρίμφα ε yovva φέρει μετά τ ηυεακαΐ νομον Ιππων 
ως νιος ΐίριάμοιο Τΐάρις κατά ΐίεργάμον άκρης, 
τενχεσι παμφαίνων ως τ ήλεκτωρ, εβεβηκειν 
καγχαλόων, ταχεες δε πόδες φερον. αΤψα δ' έπειτα 

515'Έκτορα Siov ετετμεν άΒελφεον, ευτ' άρ* εμελλεν 



132 ΟΜΗΡΟΥ ΙΛΙΑΔΟ^ Ζ. 

στρεφβσθ' έκ χωρτ^ς, οθυ fj οάριζ^ γυναικί. 
τον πρότερος προσέειττεν ΆλεζανΒρος θεοευδης • 
^^ηθεΐ\ η μάλα 8η σε ιςαΙΑσσνμενον κατερνκω 
8ηθννων, ονδ' ηλθον ei^atcrt/ibi/, ώς εκελενες.^^ 

520 τον δ' άπαμειβόμενος ττροσεφη κορνθαίολος'Έκτωρ' 
"δαι/χοϊ/ι*, ουκ αν τις τοι οίνηρ, ος εναίσιμος εϊη^ 
έργον ατιμιησειε μάχης, επεί άλκυμός εσσι ' 
άλλα εκών μευιεις τε και ονκ ευεΚευς • το ο εμον κηρ 
άχνυται εν θνμω^ 6Θ* ύπερ σεθεν αίσγε άκονω 

525 προς TpaxaVy ot εγονσι ποΧνν πόνον εινεκα σειο. 
αλλ' ΐομεν- τα δ' όπισθεν άρεσσόμεθ* , αϊ κε ποθί Ζευς 
δώτ; επονρανίοισι θεοίς αίειγενετησιν 
κρητηρα στησασθαι ελεύθερον εν μεγάροισιν^ 
εκ Ύροίης ελάσαντας ενκνημώας Αχαιούς." 



OF THE 



UNIVERSITY ji 



COMMENTARY. 

FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 

1-7. Prooemium : The wrath of Achilles, from its very beginning, and the 
destructive consequences ivhich followed in accordance with the will of Zeus. 
This is the principal theme of the Iliad. The First Book serves as an 
introduction to the whole poem. It narrates the story of the strife between 
Achilles and Agamemnon, and the decree of Zeus, which is made on the 
intercession of Thetis. — The events narrated in A occupy 21 days. See 
§7 a. 

1. μήνιν: wrath, lasting anger, the memo rem iram of Verg. A en. 
i. 4. Cf. 81, 247, 488. This receives prominence as being most impor- 
tant for the subject of the poem. — The definite article is ^ot needed in 
early Greek. The connection decides, as it does in Latin, whether it 
should be used in translation. See § 42 g. — θίά: i.e. the Muse. Homer 
does not assign special names and offices to different muses. See on Β 
484. Cf. άνδρα μοι ewcTre μονσα αϊ. — For the following caesural pause, 
see § 58 a,f. — Πηληιάδ€ω [ΐΙηλψάΒον or Πι/λειδου] : for the genitive-end- 
ing, see § 34 c. This adjective is called a ' patronymic,' and is often used 
as a proper name. See § 39. — Άχιλήοε [*Α;(ΐλλ€ως] : for the ending, see 
§ 23 c. Homer often drops one of two doubled consonants. See § 59 </^ 

2. ούλομένην : destructive, deadly, cf. Milton Par. Lost i. 2, 'forbidden 
fruit . . . whose mortal taste | Brought death into the world.* This is put 
in a kind of apposition with μηνιν, as if it were an afterthought. The 
idea is amplified in the following relative clause, cf. 10, Β 227 ; see § 12 e. 
— μυρία : countless ; not a numeral in Homer. — For the ' elision ' of a, 
see § 28 a. — For the * hiatus,' allowed when the final vowel has been 
elided, see § 27 e. — 'Αχαιοί? : often used for all the Greeks, see § 5 a. — 
άλγ€α [αλγί/] : i.e. the defeats caused by the absence of Achilles from the 
conflict. — For the uncontracted form, see § 24. — €θηκ€ν : caused (as Γ 
321, see § 17), nearly equiv. to τενχε below, or to the Attic Ιττοίησίν. 

3. ΐΓολλάς : the second clause of the relative sentence is closely con- 
nected witli the first, since ττολλάς repeats the idea of μνρία, while the 
third olause is added in the form of a contrast, αυτούς Sk κτλ. — Ιψθίμου« 
[Attic κρατερά?] : the feminine form Ιφθίμας is used by Homer only of 
persons. See § 38 a. — "Αϊδι ΐΓροΐαψ€ν : sent off to Hades, a vigorous expres- 



2 COMMENTARY. 

sion for a violent death, as Ε 190, Ζ 487. Cf. miiltos Danaum de- 
mit t i ni u s Oreo Verg. A en. ii. 398. For the use of προ, cf. προ ηκ€ 195. 
— "A'iSi ["Αιδϊ/] : a * metaplastic ' form of 'AcSiys, whiccaepye. See § 12 δ. The gods' instruments are of precious metal even 
where the metal is not best adapted to the work, cf. Ε 724, 731, and see 
on 611. — Χρύσην, Κίλλαν: Mysian cities, seats of the worship of Apollo, 
on the gulf of Adramyttium. They disappeared before the classical 
period. Chrysa was the home of the priest, who received his name from 
it. — άμψιβ€βηκας: "dost guard." The figure is taken from a beast 
standing over {hestriding) its young in order to protect it, cf. Ε 299. 
Cf. Gradivumque patrem Geticis qui praesidet arvis Verg. 
Aen. iii. 35. 

38. TevcSoio : cf. est in conspectu Tenedos, notissima 
fama j insula, dives opum, Priami dum regna manebant 
Verg. Aen. ii. 21 f. — The genitive probably depends on the noun am^ 
which is contained in άνάσσ«9• — ίφι : for the old ending -φι, see § 33 a. — 
άνάσσ•€ΐ5 : in its original meaning, art protecting lord, βασιλεύω is not 
used of the gods in Homer. 

39. Σμινθ€ί» : 2/>ttv^cvs is a short, familiar form for "^μινθοφθόρος, 
epithet of Apollo as the averter of the plague of field mice. — €Ϊ ttotc : 
if ever, a form of adjuration. — χαρίίντα: 'proleptic,' to thy pleasure, lit. as 
a pleasing one. — «ττ^ρίψα: roofed over, i.e. completed, built. The early 
temples were of simple construction. The first temple of Apollo at 
Delphi was built of laurel boughs, according to the ancients. — The sup- 
pliant believes that he has made the god his debtor by his services, and 
he claims favors in return ; cf. 503 f . .The gods themselves recognized 
this obligation. — νηόν [νεών] : Homer follows the so-called Attic second 
declension in but a few words. Cf. λαοί 10. 

40. δή : nearly equivalent to η^η. — κατά : construe with €κηα. — 
«ιτίονα : as covered with fat, cf. 460. — μηρία : these and the synonymous 
μηρα are the thigh pieces, with more or less flesh, as cut from the μηροί 
(460) thighs of the victims, and sacrificed to the gods as burnt offerings. 
For the details of a sacrifice, see 458 ff., Β 421 ff. — €κηα [«καυσα] : § 48 h. 

41. τόδ€ μοι κτλ. : a formula, after which ' this desire ' is expressed by 
the opt. as here ; by the iinv., as 456, 505, or by <os with the optatiA^e. 

42. rCo-ciav: the verb is placed first, as containing the sum of his 
desire. — AavaoC: used only of the Greek army in the Trojan war. But 
in the Iliad the poet uses * Αχαιοί (the most frequently recurring designa- 
tion of the Greeks), ^ApyeioL or Δαναοί, to suit the convenience of his 



β COMMENTARY. 

verse•, see on 79, § 22 b. — β^λ€σ•(Γΐν [/SeXeatv] : the stem of the noun is 
βίλΐσ, and the ending σι, so the two sigmas are justified. See § 30/. 

44. βή . . . καρήνων : as Β 167, Δ 74. — βή : set out. The motion is 
continued in 6 δ' rjte 47. — Ούλύμιτοιο : Olympus in Homer is always the 
Thessalian mountain as home of the gods (not heaven itself) as is indi- 
cated by its epithets, άγάννίφος 420 snoiv-capped, νιφόεις, μχικρός 402, ττολυ- 
δ«ράς 499, τΓολντΓτνχος. See on 195. But see άττίβη γλαυκώττι? *Αθηνη \ 
ΟνλνμπόνΒ* δθί φασί θέων cSos ασφαλές alel \ (.μμ.€ναι. οντ ανίμ,οισι τινάσ- 
σεται . . . οϋτε χιών ίπίττίλναται κτλ. ζ 41 ff. Athena departed to Olympus, 
where (men say) is the ever-firm seat of the gods. It is not shaken by windsy 
nor does snow come nigh it. — καρήνων : construe with κατά. For its use 
for the summits of mountains,• r/. Β 167, 869. Cf. κάρα head; see H. 
216 D 8; G. 291, 16. — κήρ: accusative of specification, as ητορ, θνμόν, 
φρίνα, all frequent with verbs of emotion (§ 12 g). — For this description 
of the plague, see Lessing as quoted in § 11 d. 

45. ώμοια-ιν: dative of place, see § 19 a, equiv. to Attic inl των ωμών. 

— άμφηρ€ψ^α: i.e. closed both above and below as it hung on the shoul- 
der, see on Β 389. The explanation of the lengthened ultima is uncer- 
tain. — Apollo as god of the bow always carries bow and quiver, cf. his 
words σννηθ€<ζ άά ταντα βαστάζων €/M,ot Eur. Ale. 40, it is my custom ever 
to bear this bow. So he is often represented in works of art. 

46. c κλαγξαν : seems to represent to the ear the sound of arrows in the 
quiver, cf. Aiy^c βιός Δ 125. Cf. tela sonant humeris Verg. Aen. iv. 149. 

47. αύτοΰ κινηθ^ντοβ : αυτοί) contrasts the god with his arrows (§§ 11 /, 
42 d) . For the genitive absolute, see § 19 c, d. — ήΐ€ : Attic rju. — νυκτΐ : 
a time of dread. Cf Ισθορ€. φαί^ιμος "Εκτωρ | ννκτΐ 9orj ατάλαντος νττώτηα 
Μ 462 f.. Hector rushed in, like in countenance to swift night. ' He on his 
impious foes right onward drove, | Gloomy as night,' Milton Par. Lost vi. 
831 f. Comparisons are a notable characteristic of Homer's style. They 
are less frequent in this First Book of the Iliad than elsewhere in Homer. 
Cf 359, Β 87 fe., 147 ff., 337 fe., 394 ff., 455-483. See § 14. — έοικώς 
[ciK(us] : for the inflection, see H. 492 ; G. 537, 2. 

48. jicra: into the midst oi the camp. — Ιόν: an arrow. — έ'ηκβν: Attic 
^K€v, from ΐημι. See § 43 d. 

49. δ€ΐνή : attrib. with κλα-γγη. Cf. horrendum stridens sa- 
gitta Verg. Aen. ix. 632. — yivtro: arose, was heard. — βιοΐο: from the 
bow, ablatival genitive (§ 19 a). 

50. ούρήα$ καΐ Kvvas : mules and dogs in the baggage train of the army. 

— Ιιτωχίτο: attacked with his deadly missiles. — αργού? : swif, cf. των 
αρχαίων apyov το ταχν ττροσαγορενόντων Diod. iv. 41. — The Attic might 
be ττρωτον μχν τοις ημιόνοις iTre^rjei και τοις ταχίσι κνσίν. 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 9 

51. αύτάρ : stronger than δε, correlative with μίν 50. See on av Β 768, 
§ 21 /. — αύτοίσ-ι : the Greeks themselves, contrasted with their domestic 
animals. More emphatic than ^ροτοισι or the Attic άνθρωποι^• — βί'λο?: 
for the quantity of the ultima, see 59 /. — cxeircuKc's : biting, sharp, cf. 
TTiKpbv οιστόν Δ 118. — €φΐ€(8 : iterative in meaning, like βάλλε fol- 
lowing. 

52. βάλλ€ : shot, with emphatic position at the close of a sentence and 
beginning of a verse; cf. 143 L, 241, 296, 501, 506, 523, 526. —aUC: det. 
— TTvpaC: plural since a new pyre w^as built each day. — νβκύων : so-called 
' genitive of material.' — This is a poetic form of the statement that mul- 
titudes perished from the pestilence. — θαμ€ΐαί : predicate adjective, where 
an adverb might have been used. See § 56 a. 

53-100. Assembly of the Greeks. Speeches of Achilles and Calchas. 

53. Ιννήμαρ : iwia is a round number in Homer. Cf ' Xine times the 
space that measures day and night | To mortal men,' Milton Par. Lost 
i. 50. — ωχ€το : the arrows are personified, cf αλτο δ' oiaros \ 6$νβ€λη<ζ, 
καθ' ομίλον Ιτητττίσθαι μ^νεαίνων Δ 125 f., eager to fly into the throng. 

54. τη 8€κάτη : dative of time. The article calls attention to this as 
the decisive day. — The adjective agrees with ημψΎ) or ηοΐ implied in 
εννημαρ. Cf. the omission of χαρί 501, βονλψ Β 379, Sopav Γ 17, χλαΐ- 
ναν Γ 126, ττνλίων Γ 263 ; and the use of neuter adjectives as substan- 
tives (see on 539). — 84: may stand after the second word in the clause 
since the first two words are so closely connected. — άγορήνδί : for the 
ending -δε, see § 33 d. The agora of the Achaeans was at the centre of 
their camp, a little removed from the sea, by the ships of Odysseus. The 
ayoprj in Homer was not yet degraded to be a market place, see § .e. that κυνό? and ΐΚάφοιο are separated, while όμματα and κραΒίην are 
brought together. See on 255. 

226. €s ΊΓολδμον : for (lit. into) battle. For the lengthened ultima 
before the caesura, as 491, see on 153. — The last three feet of the verse 
are spondees, cf. Β 190. 

227. λοχον8€ : cf. is λόχον ίνθα μάλιστ άρετη SiaeiSeraL ανδρών Ν 277 
to ambush, where especially the valor of men is discerned. The knights of 
the Middle Ages were the first to count ambush dishonorable. — άρισ-τη- 
io-a-iv [aptarcvaLv] : mark the contrast Λvith λαω. 

228. τ€τληκα5 : hast had the courage. Cf. 543. — κηρ : cf. Γ 454, ' 'Tis 
death to me to be at enmity,' Shakspere Rich. III. ii. i. 60. — The accent 
distinguishes κηρ death from κηρ heart. 

229. η : in truth, yes. The speaker pretends to recognize his opponent's 
motives. 

230. άτΓοαιρίίσθαι : present inf. in iterative sense ; the following clause 
supplies its object. For the hiatus between the preposition and the verb, 
see on 333. — c-iQiv: gen. after the adverb. — άντίον εϊ-ιτη : oppose. 

231. 8ημοβορος κτλ.: emphatic exclamation of vexation. — eirel κτλ.: 
this does not give the reason for the exclamation, but shows why Aga- 
memnon's course is possible. See on 112. — ούτιδανοισ-ιν : interpreted by 
Achilles, 293 f. He holds the Greeks in part responsible since they did 
not oppose and restrain the king. 



26 COMMENTARY. 

232. η γαρ κτλ. : for else, surely. With aor. opt. as potential of the past, 
where in Attic we should expect a past tense of the ind. with av. Cf. Β 
81 ; see § 18 d δ; Η. 896 ; G. 1399. 

233. €τγΙ όμοΰμαι: sicear thereto, take an oath upon it. 

234. τοδ€ σ-κήτΓτρον : hy this scepti^e here, which he had just received 
from a herald ; see on 15. For oaths by this symbol of power, see ws 
είττών TO σκητττρον άνεσχεθε ττασι θίοίσιν Η 412 with these words he lifted 
the sceptre to all the gods, 6 δ' iv χερσι σκητττρον λάβε και οΐ ομοσσεν Κ 328. 
So King Richard swears ' Xow, by my sceptre's awe, I make a vow,' 
Shakspere Rich. 11. i. i. 118. — το μ€ ν : demonstrative. — " As surely as 
this staff shall never put forth leaves, so surely shall the Achaeans miss 
me sorely." — This is imitated by \^ergil (A en. xii. 206 if.), ut sceptrum 
hoc . . . nunquam fronde levi fundet virgulta nee umbras, | 
cum semel in silvis, imo de stirpe recisum, | matre caret, 
posuitque comas et bracchia ferro; | . . • patribusque dedit 
ge stare Latinis. 

235. €ΤΓ€1 δή ιτρώτα: see on 6. 

236. γαρ ρα : see on 113. — I': the living shoot, while μίν below is the 
σκητττρον made from it. — χαλκ08 : i.e. the tool of bronze ; cf. the English 
poetic use of steel for sword. See on Β 417. 

237. φύλλα κτλ.: ελεφεν as a 'verb of depriving' is followed by an 
ace. of the thing taken away. — νυν αυτ€ : noiv on the other hand, but now. 
άντε in this use diifers little from αντάρ. Cf. Δ 321 ; see on Β 768. 

238. δικασιτόλοι : appositiA^e, as guardians of justice. — θ€'μιστα8 : for 
the inflection, see II. 216 D 7 ; G. 291, 14, For its position, see § 11 y, 
cf 10. 

239. προς Διός : under the direction of Zeus, in the name of Zeus. Cf ττρος 
αλλψ Ιστον νφαίνοίς Ζ 456. — €ΐρύαται : defend, cf 216. — For the ending, 
see § 44 L — 6 ht : attracted to the gender of ορκοζ, cf. Β 5, 73. See H. 631. 

240. η: repeats the W of 234. See on 86. — Άχιλλήος: instead of 
εμον, with feeling. Cf Β 259, Γ 99, and Hector's challenge to the bravest 
Greek to fight "Εκτορι δί'ω Η 75. Edmund says ' Yet Edmund was be- 
loved,' Shakspere King Lear v. 3. 239 ; Antonio says ' Tell her the pro- 
cess of Antonio's end,' id. Merchant of Venice iv. i. 274. 

241. σ-ύμτταντας : for the prominence of its position, see on 52. 

242. χραισ•μ€ίν: avail, help; without oblique case, as 589. — 'ϋφ"Έκτο- 
ρος θνήσ•κοντ£ς : νττό is used since the verb is passive in sense, and active 
only in form, cf Γ 61, 128. See II. 820. — For the epithet of Hector, cf 
h ο m i c i d a m Η e c t ο r e m Ilor . Epod. xvii. 12. 

243. ΊτίίΓΓωσ-ι: for the subjunctive, c/! Ικωμα,ί 139. — 4' νδοθι : "in thy 
breast." 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 27 

244. χωομ€νο5 : full of rage (sc. at thyself). — ο τ€ : on re, that ; cf. ο 120, 
412. — οΰδί'ν: ace. of specification (strictly, cognate ace.) instead of the 
simple ov. — άριστον : this was strictly true, see 283, Β 769. See on διος 7. 

245. τΓοτΙ . . . γαίη [γτ^ ] : here a sign of anger. — ττοτί : adv. with β(ίΧ€. 
It is followed by the dative because of the state of rest that follows the 
action. See on Β 175. — In this act, Achilles says plainly that he will 
not discuss the matter further. 

246. •π•6•7Γαρμ€νον : studded, as decoration. 

247-284, Speech of Nestor, who endeavors to reconcile the heroes. 

247. €Τ€ρωθ€ν : see on 191. — €μήνΐ€ : was raging, continued his rage. See 
on 1. — τοϊσ-ι : for the dative, see on 68. — Ν€σ•τωρ : the oldest and wisest 
of the Achaeans before Troy. He often gives good advice, as Β 76 ff., 
336 if., Ζ 66 ff. He was the most skilled of the Greeks in marshalling 
the army for battle, cf. Β 555, Δ 297 ff. He is fond of relating his 
exploits, as his defeat of Ereuthalion Δ 318 ff. He tells a long story of 
his first battle against the Eleans, A 670 ff. The Third Book of the 
Odyssey is devoted to the visit of Telemachus, Odysseus's son, to Nestor, 
at his home in Pylus. — For his interposition here, cf Nestor con- 
ponere lites | inter Peliden festinat et inter Atriden:| 
hunc amor, ira quidem communiter urit utrumque. | quid- 
quid delirant reges, plectuntur Achivi, Hor iJpui. i. 2. 11 ff. 

248. Πυλίων : see on Β 591. — άγορητή? : equiv. to Attic ρήτωρ. 
ayoprj in Homer is used only of an assembly and its place of meeting 
(§ 17) ; it is never a ' market.' 

249. του : relative, limiting γλώσσης. — KaC : also, belongs to the 
whole sentence, referring to ηΒνεττη'ζ which is explained by the compari- 
son; c/. 406, Β 827, 866, 872. Cicero translates, e X eius lingua melle 
dulcior fluebat oratio deSen.lO; cf Homeric! senis mella 
tibi profluere Pliny JEja. iv. 3, γ\νκ€ρη ol από στόματος pect αΰδτ; 
lies. Theog. 97. 

250. τω : for the dative of interest with ΐφθιατο, cf. Β 295 ; see § 19 e. 
— -yevcaC : generations, reckoned as of about 30 years each. Since Nestor 
was now in the middle of the third generation, he is to be thought of as 
about * three score and ten ' years old. Cf. ter aevo functus senex, 
Hor. Carm. ii. 9. In γ 245, ten years after this scene, he is said to have 
reigned rpls ycVe' άνΒρων. 

251. Ιφθίατο : e^^tytxcVai ήσαν, § 44 ί. — οι : construction according to 
sense, referring to ανθρώπων rather than to ytvtai — ol: dat. of accom- 
paniment with α/χα. — τράφ€ν \_^τράφησαν'] κτλ.: for the ' hysteron prote- 
ron,' see § 16/. The more important or obvious element is mentioned 
first. For the form, cf ξύν^ν 273 ; see § 44 m. 



28 COMMENTARY. 

252. τριτάτοισ-ιν : i.e. in the third generation. 
253 = 73. 

254. ω ΊτόίΓοι : can this be! — Άχαιίδα γαίαν: i.e. the Achaeans. For 
the ace. of limit of motion, see H. 722 ; G. 1065. This construction is 
freq. with Γκω, ίκάνω, ΙκνΙομα, but rare with βαίνω, εΤμι, ίρχομχχι. Cf. 31, 
322. 

255. The thought of the preceding verse is repeated in difEerent form ; 
hence the lack of connective, see 15 5. — γηθήσ-αι : sing, to agree with 
the nearest subject ; contrasted with ττίνθος Ικάνεί. The aorist is incep- 
tive ; cf. 33 ; see H. 811 ; Good. 1260. For the form, see § 44 c. — For 
the ' chiastic ' arrangement of verbs and their subjects, cf. 225 ; see § 16 a. 

— Πρίαμος . . . iratScs: as Γ 288, Δ 31, ώμον (raw) βίβρώθοις (sc. Hera) 
Ή-ρίαμον ΤΙρίάμοίό re τταιδας Δ 35. 

256. κ€χαροίατο : for the reduplication, see § 43 e ; for the ending, see 
§44Z. 

257. σ-φώιν μαρναμί'νοιιν : de vobis rixantibus, genitive after 
ττνθοίατο. The participle is supplementary. — toSc : direct object of the 
verb. 

258. ΊΓίρΙ μί'ν, irepl Be: construe with earc, stipmor^/o. With the gen., 
as 287. — βουλήν : as to counsel, in council. — μάχ€σ-θαι : in battle, like μάχην. 

— For the thought, cf. Γ 179, Τυδειδτ;, ττερί μ^ν ττολίμω ivi Kaprcpo^ ίσσι, \ 
και βουλτ] . . . βττλευ άριστος Ι 53 f. " First in war and first in peace," 
490 f., b'202, 273. 

259. Se : see on 200. — Cf ' Love and be friends, as two such men 
should be ; | For I have seen more years, I'm sure than ye.' Shakespere 
Jul. Caes. iv. 3. 131 f. 

260. η€ ατίρ ύμίν : i.e. ηί ττερ νμ€Ϊς iare. The pronoun is attracted to 
the case of dpetWti/, cf. olov κτλ. 263 for οίος ΐΐεφίθοος ην. — Nestor here 
reckons himself with the former generations, in praising the past in con- 
trast with the present. 

261. καΐ ου τγ•τ€ : the contrast might have been marked by αλλά, but 
is only implied by the context. — 01 γ€: emphasized with reference to 
apeioaLv. 

262. γαρ: refers to αρύοσιν 260. — ϊδωμαι : for the subjunctive as 
future, cf. Β 488; see § 18 δ; Η. 868; G. 1321. 

263 f. Π€ΐρ(θοον . . . Πολύφημον : Lapithae, a Thessalian mountain- 
folk famed for its conflict with the centaurs. This strife began at the 
wedding-feast of Peirithous (a friend of Theseus) because of the inso- 
lence of the intoxicated centaurs; cf. Β 741 ff. The battle furnished 
subjects for the sculptures in the west pediment of the temple of Zeus at 
Olympia, for the metopes on the south side of the Parthenon at Athens, 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 29 

for the decoration of the shield of Athena Proraachus on the Acropolis, 
and for the ornaments of the shoes of the chryselephantine statue of 
Athena in the Parthenon, for the frieze of the temple of Apollo at 
Phigalia, and for the frieze of the tomb of Mausolus (the ' Mausoleum ') 
at Halicarnassus, as well as for vases and other works of art. 

265. Theseus, king of Athens, was the most famous ally of the Lapi- 
thae. — cirieiKcXov ; the hiatus between the prep, and the adj. is only 
apparent, see ΐκελος § 32 α. 

266. κάρτισ-τοι : pred., " these were the mightiest ever born on earth," 
cf. Β 216, 673. — For the repetition of κάρηστοι, cf. that of ττείθεσθαι, 273 f . ; 
see § 16 h. — δη: doubtless, strengthens the superlative, as it often does. 

267. μί'ν: without corresponding 8e, as 269 and freq. In such cases, 
it is equiv. to μ,-ην. — ecrav [ξσαν] : without an augment. 

268. φηρσ-ίν : cf. φηρας Β 743. φηρ is the Thessalian form of θηρ 
(cf. f era). It is used by Homer only of the centaurs, whose homes were 
in Thessaly. The centaurs are not described by Homer, but their dual 
nature (half man, half horse) seems to have been not yet developed in 
the story. — airoXco-o-av : απώλεσαν. 

269. καί : even. Construe with τοΐσίν. The new thought is introduced 
by Kttt also 271, 273, with increasing emphasis. — The thought returns to 
261. — Toi<rtv: i.e. the Lapithae. The dative is governed by μετά in com- 
position. See on ττολίων 125. 

270. e| άπ-ίη? γαίη? : ^om a distant land, explains τηλόθεν. — καλί'σ-αντο : 
called to their aid. — Nestor is fond of relating achievements of his youth 
and strength. See on 247. 

271. κατ έ'μ' αύτον : by myself alone, i.e. as a single champion. Cf. 
κατά σφεας Β 366. — κ(£νοισιν : i.e. the centaurs. • 

272. 0Ϊ vvv κτλ.: who now live as mortals upon the earth. — «ττιχθονιοι : 
equiv. to C7rt γθονί οντε';. See Η. 588. — μαχεοιτο : pres. opt. from μηγεο- 
fxat, a collateral form of ρΑχομΜ, cf. αίΒεΐσθαί 23 with αΙΒομενω 331. 

273. βουλί'ων [/ίουλών] : for the form, see § 34 d. — ξύνΐ€ν [^wtWav] : 
cf. τράφεν 251 ; see § 44 n. — Note the parallelism of the two halves of 
the verse, cf. 79. 

275. άγαθο8 irep ctov : as 131. — oiroaCpco [άφαιρου] : ' syncopated ' from 
άτΓοαιρέεο. It is followed by two accusatives, as 182. 

276. ^a : sc. κονρην. — ws ιτρώτα : as once, cf. 6. — SoVav [Ιδοσαν] : see 
on 124. 

277. μητ€ θ€λ€ : noli, cf. Β 247. — βασ-ιλήι : used esp. of Agamemnon, 
as 9. 

278. άντιβίην : originally cognate ace, sc. e /οιδα, cf Γ 435. The adv. 
receives emphasis from its position. — oil ττοθ* όμοίη$ : i.e. a greater. The 



30 COMMENTARY. 

Greek idiom leaves to the connection the determination of the exact 
meaning. Cf. post mihi non simili poena commissa luetis 
Verg. Aen. i. 136. — €μμορ€: lias share of, has received. This is followed 
by a * genitive of the whole.' 

279. σ-κηΐΓτοΰχο? : see on 15. — ω τ€ Zcvs κτλ. : see on 176. 

280. cl : not conditional in thought here but refers to a matter of fact. 
Cf. ei τότε κονρος ea, vvv αντί με γήρας οττάζει Δ 321. — Kaprepos : as 178. 

— θίά 8e κτλ. : second clause of the protasis, explaining the first; "being 
son of a goddess." — θ€ά : i.e. Thetis, cf. 351 ff. 

281. άλλα: for its use in the apodosis, see on 82. — ψ€ρτ€ρος : more 
poioerful. — 'ΐΓλ€ον€σ-σιν [ττλειΌσΐν] : see Β 108, 576 ff. 

282. *Ατρ€Ϊδη, σ-ύ Se : the vocative often precedes the pronoun; it has 
no construction in the sentence and thus cannot be followed immediately 
by 8e. Cf. Β 344, "Εκτορ, αταρ σν μοί εσσι ττατηρ καΐ ττότνια μητηρ Ζ 429. 

— iraCc : cf 192, 207. — αύτάρ Ιγώ γ€ : " And Ι also on my part beg thee." 

283. λ(σ-(Γομαι: sc. σε. — Άχιλλήι : dative of opposition. The name 
is used with special emphasis, cf 240, instead of the pronoun (275, 281). 

— μεθ€μ€ν [μεθεΐναί] : cf μεθημων Β 241. — os μέγα κτλ. : gives the motive 
for the request. 

284. I'pKos ΊΓολί μοιο : as Δ 299, cf. ερκος ακόντων Δ 137, ερκος βελεων 
Ε 316. For the ablatival genitive, see § 19 a. With another use of the 
genitive, Ajax is called ερκος Ά;;(αιώι/ Γ 229 bulwark of the Achaeans. 

286. τΓοίντα: is not to be urged in meaning. It refers esp. to 284. 
" All this is true, but — ." Agamemnon admits no fault on his part, but 
throws all the blame on Achilles, cf. άλλα below. 

287. ircpl ττάντων : see on 258. 

288. For the asyndeton, see § 15 h. This verse repeats the thought 
of the foregoing, in a diiferent form. The speaker's passion is shown by 
the accumulation of synonymous expressions, § 12 d. 

289. ά : in which, ace. of specification. — τινά : some one, esp. Agamem- 
non himself. — ircCacaOai : from πείθω. 

290. αίχμητην : pregnant, for κρατερός αίχμητης Γ 179. — έ'θεσαν : 
equiv. to Attic εποίησαν, see on εθηκεν 2. — aUv tovrcs: cf θέων αίειγενε- 
τάων Β 400. 

291. ττροθίΌυσιν: i.e. commission him, allow him. The word seems 
chosen here with reference to έθεσαν. 

292. υτΓοβλη'δην: interrupting. 

293. η γαρ : Achilles gives at once the reason for his course. — καλεοί- 
μην : should be called, i.e. should be. Cf. Β 260, Γ 138. 

294. From Agamemnon's complaint, 287 ff., Achilles infers that he is 
expected to obey in everything (παν έργον). — tl δη: "in case that I 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 31 

actually." — 'υΐΓ€ί|ομαι: the form of the condition is changed, and the fut. 
indicative is used in the protasis instead of the optative. 

295. 8η : construe with the imperative, as 131. — ταΰτα: i.e. παν epyov 
νττύκεσθαί. — μ,η γαρ ίγ.οί : in contrast with άλλοισιν. 

296. οΰ : construe with In, as in prose they are united, ovKeri. — όίω : 
with the fut. inf., as 170. — This verse is parallel with 289. 

297. This verse is used when the speaker changes the subject in the 
middle of his speech. It is followed by the new thought, without a con- 
junction. — Cf. accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite 
dicta Yerg. ^en. iii. 250. 

298. μ€ν : correlative with Be 300. The contrast is changed from that 
between action and heart, to one between κονρης and των άλλων. — κονρη$ : 
would have the article in prose. 

299. άφ€λ€(Γθ€ : the aorist assumes that Agamemnon's threat has been 
executed, and the 2d person holds the Achaeans responsible because of 
their acquiescence (cf. 231). — Sovtcs : ye who gave. Cf. Achilles's words, 
ycpas δ€ μοι os Trcp €Βωκεν \ avTos εφνβρίζων eXero κρύων Αγαμέμνων, I 
367 f. 

300. θοη: for such standing epithets, see § 12 b. — τταρά νηί : i.e. in 
my tent, cf. 329. — For the position of the adjective, see § 11 n. 

301. των : repeats των άλλων. — ουκ αν τι ψΕροις : the opt. with αν and 
a negative often expresses a confident expectation, and sometimes 
approaches a threat, as here. — φ€'ροΐ8 wt\wv : cf. α$ω ελών 139. 

302. el: retains its original force as an interjection. "Up then, 
come." — άγ€: see on 62. — γνωωσ-ι : shall recognize it, perceive it, referring 
to the following verse. Cf 185, 333. — For the form, cf δώωσιν 137. 

303. The preceding ττείρησαι represents a protasis to which this would 
be the apodosis ; cf 583. " If he tries, he and the rest will find out." 

304. μαχησαμί'νω : cf μάχεσθαί 8. — eireWo-iv [€7Γ€σιν] : for the form, 
see § 36 b. 

305. άνστητην: stood up, rose from their seats. — λΰσ-αν: the dual and 
plural are seen to be used in this verse without special distinction. Cf 
321; see H. 634; G. 155. The speeches of 285-303 were uttered infor- 
mally, while sitting, cf. 246. 

306-347. Purification of the camp. Chryseis is returned to her father. 
Briseis is led from the tent of Achilles. 

307. Μβνοιτιάδη : Patroclus was so well known to the hearers of Homer, 
from old stories and songs, that he needed no more exact designation 
here. Cf. the use of ^ΑτρείΒψ 7. See § 39 b. When a boy in Opus, 
Patroclus killed a comrade in a fit of anger and was taken by his father 
to Phthia where Peleus received him kindly (Ψ 84 ff.), and brought him 



32 COMMENTARY. 

up with Achilles. He attended Achilles on this Trojan expedition as his 
warmest and most faithful friend and squire (θίράπων). The narrative 
of his exploits fills a large part of the Sixteenth Book of the Iliad. He 
was slain by Hector (Π 818 ff.). To avenge his death, Achilles ends his 
quarrel with Agamemnon. Most of the Twenty-Third Book is occupied 
with an account of the funeral games in his honor. 

308. *Ατρ€Ϊδη5 κτλ. : sc. as he had planned (apa), 141 ff. — irpocpvaacv: 
caused to he drawn down from its position on shore, cf. 486, Β 152 f . 

309. €s δί : as 142. All four adverbs (e?, h, ανά, kv) refer to νηα, sup- 
plied from 308. — cs hi : into it, adv. with βησε. — €€£κοσιν : ships for other 
purposes than war generally have twenty oarsmen in Homer. 

310. βήσ€ : for the causative use of this tense of βαίνω, cf. βήσομεν 
144. — ανά: adv. with elaev (aor. from Γ^ω). 

311. άγων : see on ιών 138. — άρχος : cf. 144. — O8v<r^€t)s : as ττολυ/χτ/τις, 
τΓολνμηχανος, he was often sent on embassies, cf Γ 205. See § 6 a. 

312. The story which is here broken off, of the voyage to Chrysa, is 
resumed at 430. 

313. άπολυμαίν€σθαι : they were to purify themselves symbolically 
from the sin of Agamenmon which had brought upon them the pesti- 
lence. Cf. the action of the children of Israel, after their idolatry : ' And 
they gathered together to Mizpeh, and drew water, and poured it out 
before the Lord, and fasted on that day, and said there, We have sinned 
against the Lord,' 1 Sam. vii. 6. They trusted that the pollution would 
depart from them into the sea, where they washed themselves. 

314. Ύΐλψσ-σ-α^ : see on 66. 

316. Ίταρά θίνα : as 34. The line of people was stretched out along 
the strand. 

317. ircpl καπνφ : around, in the smoke. See § 55 a. , 

318. Transition to another scene, which fills the blank during the 
journey of the embassy to Chrysa. — κατά στρατον : {down) through the 
camp, cf. άνα στρατόν 10, 53, κατά νηα<ζ Β 47, κατά. βωμονς Β 305. — For 
the transition, at the 'Bucolic diaeresis,' see § 58 h. 

319. epiSos : as 210. — «irpcSrov : once, see on 6. — €'ΐηΐ|•ΐΓ£(λησ€ : see 
181 ff. 

320. Ταλθύβιον : the principal herald of Agamemnon. According to 
Herodotus (vii. 134), he had a sanctuary at Sparta, and his family lived 
there long as heralds. — Εύρυβάτην: only here as herald of Agamemnon. 
He is to be distinguished from Odysseus's herald of the same name, see 
on Β 184. — irpoorc'ciircv : is regularly followed by the direct address in the 
next verse, but occasionally some incidental remark intervenes by way 
of parenthesis. 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 33 

321 θεράίΓοντε : companions, squires, Patroclus is θεράπων of Achilles, 
brave warriors are called θεράποντες "A ρηος (Β 110), and kings are θερά- 
ποντες Αως. 

322. €ρχ€σθον : here followed by the ace. of limit of motion, without 
a prep.; see on 254. — Agamemnon does not go in person (αντός 185) 
since Achilles had declared (298) that he would make no resistance. 

323. xeipos : gen. of the part touched, with ελόντε, cf. κόμης 197, ττοδός 
591. — άγ€μ€ν : inf. for the imv., parallel with ερχεσθον. See on λΰσαι 20. 
— This contains an explanation of the preceding imperative and hence 
is not connected with it by a conjunction (§ 15 b), cf. 363. 

324 = 137, with δώτ^σιν for δώωσιν. 

325. KttC : strengthens ρίγιοϊ/. 

326. Ϊ€ΐ . . . €Τ6λλ€ν : as 25. — μΰθον : i.e. the preceding command. 

327. ά£κοντ€ : because of their dread and reverence for Achilles, cf. 
331. For the form, see § 24. — βάτην [εβητην']: dual forms generally 
have no aug. in Homer. — ιταρά θίνα: cf 347. The quarters of Achilles 
were at the extreme right of the camp, cf επ* Αϊαντος κΧισίας . . . ^δ* επ* 
^ΚχιλΧηος, τοί ρ έσχατα νηας είσας \ εΐρνσαν, ηνορεΎ] πίσννοί καΐ κάρτεΐ 
χειρών Α7 H. to the tents of A J αχ and to tJiose of Achilles, who drew up their 
ships at the extremities of the line, trusting to their bravery and the strength of 
their arms. 

329. τον : refers back to 322, viz. Achilles. 

330. οΰδ' άρα: but naturally not. — γηθησ€ν : " did joy enter his heart." 
Inceptive aorist, cf. 33, 92, 255. 

331. ταρβη(Γαντ€ : seized bij fear (the opposite of θαρσησας 85), while 
the present αΙΒομενω expresses the continued attitude of their minds. 

333. ο 6γνω: for the hiatus, cf. 532, Β 105; see § 27 b. — εyvωι sc. 
their errand. Cf. 302. 

334. χαΙρ6Τ€ : the customary greeting. — Aios άγγ€λοι κτλ. : they are 
inviolable servants of Βίοτρεφεων βασιληων (on 176). Hermes is not yet 
the patron god of heralds in Homer. 

335. cirairioi : sc. εστε, to blame. Cf 153. — Άγαμβμνων : sc. επαίτίός εστί. 

336. ο: 05. — κουρη?: κονρος and κονρη are used esp. of young men 
and women of noble families. But κονροί *Αχαιών (473) does not differ 
materially except in metrical form from νΐες ^Κχαιων (162). 

338. άγ€ΐν: final inf., cf μάχεσθαί 8, άγεμεν 443, Β 477, Γ 117. — τώ δ* 
αυτώ: these two themselves. The very men who executed the unjust ordeT 
are to be witnesses of its injustice and of Achilles's justification in with- 
drawing from active service. 

339. irpos : in the sight of before. For the repetition of the preposition, 
cf. that of εκ 436 if. — θίών, άνθραήτων : for a strong " all persons." 



34 COMMENTARY. 

340. KttC : after re . . . re, gives special prominence to this clause. — 
irpos του βασιλήος ain]v6os : hefore that king^ the cruel king, equiv. to irpos 
rovrov τον βασιλέως τον άττψονς. For the order of words, cf. 11, τον 
λωβητηρα Ιττ^σβόλον Β 275. Since the article is still a dem. in Homer, 
the foregomg are merely apparent exceptions to the rule that the attribu- 
tive adj. stands between the article and its noun. — δη αυτ€ : for the 
*synizesis,' cf. 131. — αυτ*: not again, marking a repetition; but indicat- 
ing a situation opposed to the present, cf. 237. 

341. χρ€ΐώ •γ€νηται: this happens in the Ninth Book, see § 7 i. — The 
object before the speaker's mind is Agamemnon. Hence at the close of 
the sentence, τοΓ? άλλοις is used instead of the general word ^ΚχαιοΧ<ς. 

342. Tots άλλοις: dative of interest with a/Awat, cf. 67. — γαρ: length- 
ened, as Β 39, for an unknown reason. 

343. ovScTi: and not at all. — νοήσαι κτλ.: proverbial expression for 
prudence, cf Γ 109. — The infinitive follows οΓδε knows how. 

344. ΟΪ : ethical dative with σόοί μαχεοίατο. — μαχίοίατο : that they 
should fight. The present of the principal sentence is followed by the 
optative, since the purpose is presented as a mere conception of the 
speaker's mind. For the ending, see § 44 I. 

347. άγβιν : as 338. 

34&-430. Achilles tells his grief to his mother. She promises to secure 
satisfaction for him from Zeus. 

348. clcKovo-a : this indicates that she was more than a mere yipa<s to 
Achilles, and that his anger arose not simply from the insult offered to 
his dignity but also from wounded love. In Τ 287 ff., she mourns bitterly 
for the dead Patroclus on her return to the tent of Achilles. — γυνή : ex- 
planatory appositive with η. — The scene ends at the bucolic diaeresis 
(§ 58 Λ), cf. 318, 430. — αύτάρ Άχιλλίυε κτλ. : a simple description of the 
effect which the loss of Briseis had upon the hero, without depicting his 
feelings in modern fashion. 

349. SaKpva-as : fell to weeping. Burst into tears is perhaps too strong 
a translation, but gives the force of the aorist. — €τάρων : construe with 
νόσφι λιασθείς. — αψαρ : const, with λιασθείς, cf 594. 

350. θίν' €φ* άλο'ε: i.e. επι θΐνα κτλ. Const, with εζετο. — 4'φ' is 
accented, in spite of the elision, in order to prevent us from construing 
it with αλός (55 c β). — άλο'β : αλς and θάλασσα are the general words 
for sea ; πόντος is the high, deep sea (often with reference to a particular 
tract, cf. Β 145) ; 7Γ€λ«,γος, the open sea. 

351. ΐΓολλά : as 35. — <)ρ€γνύ$ : not άνασχών (χείρας άνασχων 450), since 
while invoking the sea-divinity he stretched out his hands toward tlie 
deep. Cf. I 568, where Althaea beats upon the ground as she calls upon 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 35 

the nether gods; palmas ponto tendens utrasque . . . Di, quibus 
imperium est pelagi Verg. Aen. v. 233 ff. 

352. €T€K€'s γε: the prominence given by ye emphasizes the fact as 
responsible for the inference which is drawn from it. " Since you gave 
me birth, you ought to see that I am made happy. Zeus ought to give 
me honor." — μινυνθάδιον : equiv. to ωκνμορος 417. — trip: in its original 
use, very. 

353. τιμήν τκρ : honor at least, placed first with emphasis. ' Chiastic * 
with μίνννθάΒων (§ 16 a). — οψ€λλ€ν : the past tense of verbs of obligation 
is used to imply that the obligation was not complied with. — Όλύμτηοξ : 
is used in the singular only of Zeus, as 589, Β 309 ; in the plural, of all 
the gods, as 399. 

354. τ5ψιβρ€μ€τη5 : cf. Betvov δε βρόντησε ττατηρ άνΒρων re θέων re \ 
vif/oOev {thundered terribly from on high) Υ 56. — νυν Se : but as it is, mark- 
ing a return to the reality from a merely hypothetical case, cf. 417, Β 82. 
— ουδέ τυτθον : not even a little. 

356. ελών έχει : differs from elXe chiefly in giving prominence to the 
possession as still continued. Cf. (of the same act) εΓλετ' έχει δ' αλοχον 
I 336. — άτΓούρα? : partic. of άττηνρων 430 ; explanatory of ελών. For the 
strengthening by αυτός, cf 137, 161, 185, 324. 

357. COS φάτο κτλ. : cf sic f atur lacrimans Verg. Aen. vi. 1. 

358. ΊτατρΙ γε'ροντι : i.e. Nereus, who is not named by Homer but only 
designated as άλως -γίρων (538). His home is in the Aegean sea. With 
him is Thetis, who has deserted her aged husband Peleus. 

359. dXos: ablatival gen., from the sea. See § 19 a. — ηύτ ομίχλη: 
the comparison is esp. fitting for a sea-goddess. Like a mist, which rises 
easily and quietly from the water. Cf * As evening mist | Risen from a 
river o'er the marish glides,' Milton Par. Lost xii. 629 f. — For the 
Homeric comparison, cf. 47; see § 14. 

360. ττάροιθ* αυτοίο : before him(self). The intensive pronoun contrasts 
Achilles himself with his voice which his mother had just heard, cf. 47. 
See § 4:2 d. — δάκρυ \4ovros : the repetition of these words from 357 is 
characteristic of the fulness of Epic style. — The Homeric heroes were 
never ashamed to express emotion. They wept copiously. 

361. κατε'ρεξε: for the single ρ after the augment, see § 30 c. — For 
the Epic fulness, cf 57, 88 ; see § 12 d. 

362. σ-ε', φρε'νας : accusatives of the whole and part, see on 150. 

363. εξαυ'δα κτλ. : the second imv. repeats the thought of the first, 
hence the asyndeton, cf. 323; see § 15 b. — νοω: as in 132. — εΐδομεν 
[είδω/Αεν] : for the short mode-vowel, cf. 141 ff. ; see § 45. 

364. βαρύ' : cf. €vpv 355, and see on μίγα 78. 



36 COMMENT AK Υ. 

365. οΐσ-θα: cf. 35δ f. — η : is not a simple sign of a question in Homer 
(see on 133), and hence can be joined with rt. — Ιδυίη [ειδυία] : for the 
short form of the stem, see § 49 g. Intransitive. — Though his mother 
knows all, Achilles tells the story. A man in suffering finds relief in 
rehearsing his ills, and this recital was followed by the sympathy of the 
poet's hearers. The repetition is more natural because the consequences 
of these events continue through the whole poem. — άγορ€ΰω : 'subjunc- 
tive of deliberation.' — For the verbal repetition, cf. Β 10-15, 23-34, 
60-70. 

366. Observe that this story is introduced without a conjunction. — 
(όχομίθα : sc. on his marauding expeditions in the neighborhood of Troy. 
See on 125. — Θη'βην : a city of the Cilicians, in Mysia, at the foot of 
Mt. Placus, an eastern spur of Mt. Ida. Eetion, father of Hector's wife, 
Andromache, reigned there, Ζ 394 ff. — The connection of Chryseis with 
Theba is not made plain. Was she there on a visit? Or were Theba 
and Chrysa sacked on the same expedition ? — Ιίρη'ν : since the gods were 
worshipped there. — For the simple order of words, see § 11 Λ. 

367. ήγομ6ν evGciSc : Andromache tells of the sack of the city, of her 
father's death and her mother's captivity, in Ζ 414 1ϊ. 

368. €v : properly, so that each received his due share. — δάσ-σ-αντο : cf. 
δεδασται 125, δασ/αός 166. 

369. 6 κ δ' έ'λον: as yipaq (i^aLperov, cf Β 227), besides his share of 
the spoils. See on 124. — The capture of Chrysa (37) on the same expe- 
dition is assumed here. Β 690 ff. shows that Lyrnessus was sacked, and 
Briseis taken captive, on the same voyage. 

371-379 =r 12-16, 22-25. 

380. Ίτάλιν: back; cf τταλιν πλαγχθίντας 59, δό/χ,εναι τταλιν 116. 
* 381. φίλοξ η€ν : SC. δ -γίρων. This was shown by the event. 

382. 6ir' Άργ€ίοισ-ι : ctti with a dative of the person, in Homer often 
implies hostility, like cTrt with the ace. in prose; cf. 51. — κακόν: cf 10. 
— pe'Xos : as 51. 

383. cirao-^vTcpoi : in quick succession, cf. 52. 

384. άμμι [rjpHv^ : for us. 

385. Gcoirpoirias : as 87. — €κάτοιο : of the Far Darter, άκατος is a short, 
' pet ' form of ίκατηβόλος (as Εκάτη was a name of the moon goddess) , 
Cf. '^μινθεν 39. For similar epithets of Apollo, see § 22 c. 

386. αΰτίκα: for the lack of a conjunction, see § 15 d. — κ€λομην: cf 
62 ff., and see on 74. 

387. Άτρεΐωνα κτλ. : equiv. to Άτρείων Ιχολώθη {cf χολωθείς 9). 

388. ■η•π•€ίλη<Γ€ν μυθον : the English idiom reverses the construction, he 
uttered the threat. — ο : ος, as 336. 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 37 

389. την |i€v : contrasted with την δε 391. — <rvv νηί : with a ship, almost 
equiv. to hy ship. This expression seems more instrumental than where 
the comrades also are mentioned, cf. 179, 183. 

390. τΓβμ,ΊΓουσιν : escort (§ 17). The pres. is used since the act is not 
completed. The 'historical present ' is not Homeric. — άγουσι 8e : a sub- 
ordinate member of the sent., with ' chiastic ' relation to ττίμπτουσίν (§ 16) . 

— άνακτι : Apollo, cf. 36, 444. 

391. την δ€ κτλ. : contrasted with 389. — v€Ov : adv. with Ιβαν άγοντες. 

— εβαν \^ξ.βησαν\ άγοντ€5 : cf. ίβαν φίρονσαΐ Β 302, y8^ φενγων Β 60ϋ. 
οίχομαί is more freq. thus used with a partic, cf Β 71, οίχεσθαι ττροφί- 
ρονσα θνελλα Ζ 346. See on Ιών 138, 168. 

392. δο'σ-αν κτλ. : as 162, see on 124. 

393. irai8os ctjos : thy valiant son. It seems part of the poet's naiyeie 
that the heroes apply such epithets to themselves ; but the phrase is part 
of the poet's stock, and he hardly thinks whether he is applying the epi- 
thet himself or is putting it in the hero's mouth. 

394. Δ£ά : for the length of the ultima before λίσαι, see § 59 Λ. — et 
•iroT€ : cf 39, 503 ff. 

395. cirei, έ'ργω : emphatically placed in contrast, at the beginning and 
the close of the verse. — κραδίην Aio's : for the 'periphrasis,' see § 16 c?. — 
ψ καί : or also. 

396. ΊΓολλάκι : for the omission of final s, see § 30 Z. — a-io : gen. of 
source with άκουσα. — iraTpo's : i.e. of Peleus, in Thessaly, where Thetis 
seems to have remained after her marriage until the outbreak of the 
Trojan war ; cf. Π 221 if. (where mention is made of the chest of 
Achilles that Thetis had packed for him as he set out for Troy). See 
on 358. 

397. ευχόμενη? : supplementary participle with σεο, cf. 257. — οτε κτλ. : 
explains ενχομενη'ζ, see § 11 J. 

398. άεικε'α κτλ. : as 341, cf. 67. 

399. οΊΓΊΓοτε: when once upon a time. — Thetis makes no use of this 
suggestion in her interview with Zeus. 

401. ελθοΰσα : see on Ιών 138. — θεά: marks her power to accomplish. 

— ύττελυοταο 8εσ-}λών : didst loose from under the chains, didst free from the 
pressure of the chains. — Transition to direct discourse from the infinitive 
construction of 398, cf. Β 12, 126 ; see § 11 e. 

402. ε'κατογχειρον : cf. centimanus Gyas Hor. Carm. ii. 17. 14, 
belua centiceps ih. ii. 13-34. — καλε'σ-ασα: hy calling, coincident in 
time with ύττελΰσαο. 

403. Βριοίρεων : by transfer of quantity for Έριάρηον, § 23 c. The 
name {Heavy-handed, cf. βρίαρό<ϊ) marks his strength and character. 



38 COMMENTARY. 

He is called Αιγαίων (Stormy, cf. aiyts, Puyai, Αίγινα) in the popular 
speech, as a sea-divinity. He is the personified might and roar of the 
sea. Hesiod makes him aid Zeus against the Titans. — Homer attributes 
to the language of the gods names which are going out of use (but which 
may seem clearer in meaning than the others), cf. Β 813 f. 

404. αυτ€ : on his part. — ου irarpo's: i.e. Poseidon, the mighty god of 
the sea. All of Poseidon's sons are represented as violent and strong. 

— ου : see on ην 72. 

405. OS pa: so he; for the demonstrative use of the relative, see § 42 l. 

— κυ'δίϊ γαίων : delighting in the fulness of his might. 

406. καί: also, marks the effect corresponding to κυδβϊ -γαίων. See on 
249. — ύΐΓίδίκταν : for the length of the antepenult, see on 33. νττό with 
verbs of fearing, fleeing, yielding, marks the superiority on the side of 
the person who is the efficient cause. — re : indicates the close connection 
of the two clauses, cf. 82, 218, Β 179. 

407. των : see on 160. — μίν : const, with /χντ^σασα, — ^-Trapc^co would 
govern the dative. — γου'νων : for the genitive, cf. χ€ίρό<ζ 323. — This was 
the attitude of a suppliant, cf 500 ff. 

408. αϊ Kc'v ττω? : cf. 66. — c-irl άρήξαι : come to the aid of. Cf the force 
of €πί in 345. 

409. κατά -π-ρύμνα? : the ships were drawn up with their sterns toward 
the land. — άμφ' άλα : about the sea, i.e. on the shore between the promon- 
tories Sigeum and Rhoeteum. Until now the battles had been fought on 
the plain, far from the ships and near the city. Cf. Achilles's words, οφρα 
δ' €γώ μ€τ *ΑχαιοΙσίν ττολίμιζον, \ ονκ ΐθίλεσκί μάχην από τείχεος όρννμεν 
"Εκτωρ Ι 352 f . As long as I was fghting among the Achaeans, Hector was 
not willing to rouse the battle away from the wall (of the city). — Άχαιου'β: 
in apposition with τον<ζ. 

410. ίτταυ'ρωνται : may come to enjoy ; ironical. C/. quid quid deli- 
rant reges, plectuntur Achivi Icior. Epist. Ί. 2. \4l. 

411. καί: also, i.e. as well as the other Greeks. 

412. ην άτην : his blind infatuation, his blindness . This is made more 
definite by ο re κτλ. (i.e. on re), as 244. Cf Β 111. 

413-427. The answer of Thetis. 

413. κατά: construe with ;;^€ουσα. 

414. tC νυ : why now, to lohat end. Ace. of specification. — alvoC: cog- 
nate ace. with τεκοΰσα, dreadfully, to sorrow. Cf. κακτ] alar] 418. Thetis 
calls herself δυσα/οιστοτόκ«α 2 54 mother of an unhappy hero. 

415. αϊθ* οφ£λ€5 : for this form of expression for an unattainable wish, 
see H. 871 a; Good. 1512. — άδάκρυτοβ κτλ.: i.e. full of joy and happi- 
ness. This thought receives the emphasis. 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 39 

416. αΐσα: sc. Ιστί. Here like αιών ierm ο/ Z//e. — μίνυνθα: adv. modi- 
fying the eVrt to be suj^plied, Avhich is sometimes modified by an adv. in 
Homer (§ 19 Λ). Cf. άκην iyivovro σιωττ^ Γ 05, ουδ' ap* €tl 8ην \ ην Ζ 139 f . 
**nor did he live long." — ού τι μοίλα δην: the preceding thought is 
repeated in negative form. — For the length of the ultima of μόλα, see 
§ 59 h β. 

417. νίϊν δ€ : as 354. — τ€ : its position is free, cf. Β 281. 

418. έ'ιτλίο : tJiou art, lit. thou becamest by decree of fate ordered at thy 
birth. — Tto: therefore. She infers from the foregoing, not the fact but 
the justification of the expressions aim τεκουσα, κακγ) αιστ;. — Kaicg αϊα -rji ι 
to an evil lot. 

419. τοΰτο cTTos : i.e. 407 ff. — toC : dat. of interest, cf. tol 425 f . — 
epeovo-a : f ut, partic, expressing purpose. — For the two ' hiatus ' in this 
verse, see §§ 27/, 32. 

420. "ΟλυμίΓον άγάννιφον : see on 44, 195, 497. — at Κ6 ττίθηται : see 207. 

421. σ-ύ μ€ν : correlative with 426. The interposed explanation makes 
it natural to change the form of the apodosis from εγώ δε. — vvv : i.e. until 
her visit to Zeus. — τταρημίνοε : as 488. Inactivity is implied, cf Β 688, 
694. — Thetis does not encourage her son to carry out his threat of 169, 
to return to Phthia. 

422. μηνΐ€ : pres. imv., continue to rage, see on 210. See on μψιν 1. 

423. Zevs γαρ κτλ. : gives the reason for the preceding direction, esp. 
for vvv, showing why his request cannot be granted at once. — c's Ώκ€ανον : 
to the abode of Oceanus, near which was the home of the Aethiopians. 
The Aethiopians lived in the southeast and southwest of the Homeric 
world. They are represented as a god-fearing people, enjoying the per- 
sonal intercourse of the divinities. — μ€τά : as 222. — ΑΙΘιοττηα? [Αιθίοπας] : 
for the form, see § 37 a. 

424. χθιζοε : pred. adj. instead of adv., as 472, 497, Β 2, Γ 7. See § 56 a. 
— κατά [/χ€τά] δαΐτα : cf. κατά ττρηζιν for trade, ττΧαζόμίνοι κατά λψΒα wan- 
dering for plunder. — άμα iravrts : cf 495. — «ττοντο : apparent contradiction 
of 195, 221 f., where Athena and Hera are thought of as on Olympus. 

425. δωδ€κάτη : cf. 54. This is reckoned from the day on which 
Thetis is speaking. 12 is sometimes a round number, in Homer as well 
as in the Bible. — IXevVcTai : Attic εΐσι. 

426. χαλκοβατ€5: with bronze threshold, 2in epithet applied four times 
to the home of Zeus, once to that of Hephaestus, and once to the palace 
of Alcinous. The threshold of wood was probably covered with a plate 
of bronze. The floor of the hall of Zeus was covered with gold, Δ 2. 
Cf. ' and the floor of the house he overlaid with gold, within and without,' 
1 Kings vi. 30, of Solomon's temple. 



40 COMMENTARY. 

427. KaC μιν, κα£ μιν : for the animated repetition, cf. κο.ί μιν βάλον 
ωμον . . . και μιν εγώ γ ζφάμην 'AiSajvyji τΓροϊάψαν Ε 188, 100 and Ι hU him 
in the shoulder, and I said that I should send him to Hades. — γουνοίσ-ομαι : 
cf. Χαβ\ yovvdiv 407. 

428. άΐΓ€βη(Γ€το : only in this place in the verse, before the bucolic 
diaeresis (§ 58 Λ) ; elsewhere, άττέβη is used, see § 50 h. — αύτου: inten- 
8ίΛ''θ when adverbial (not very freq.) in Iloiner, as well as when a strict 
pronoun. 

429. YwaiKos : gen. of cause, with χωόμ€νον. See on ενχωλης 65. 

430. βίη κτλ.: hy force, against his will. — ockovtos : sc. Wcv, gen. of 
separation. 

430-487. Chryseis is conducted to her home. The scene in Chrysa 
naturally intervenes between the promise of Thetis and its fulfilment, 
and thus seems to fill up in part the 12 days' delay. See on Γ 121. 

430. αύτάρ Όδυσ-σεύε κτλ. : cf 311 fP. — For the beginning of the narra- 
tive, cf. the transition at ανταρ Άχιλλευς 348. 

431. iKavev άγων : cf. ί,ργομ ίχων 108, ηκε Ύίσσαφψνης €χων την eavTOv 
δυνα/χιν Xen. J.7i. ii. 4• 8. άγων with is used because the hecatomb was 
composed of live animals. 

433. Ιστία (ττείλαντο : they took in their sails. The middle takes the 
place of a possessive pronoun. Cf 480. 

434. Ίτροτόνοισ-ιν: forestays, the ropes leading from the prow to the 
top of the mast ; Ι-πίτονοι, backstays, were stretched from the stern. Both 
together served to hold the mast in place. — υφ6ντ68 : lowering. 

435. •π•ρο€ρ€σ•σ•αν : when near their haven, they furled their sails, and 
rowed the boat to land. 

436. CK Si : for the ' anaphora,' cf. 339 f ., Β 671 ff . — tvvas : these were 
large stones which served as anchors. These were cast from the prow, 
while the ττρνμνησια (470) held the stern. When the boat was to remain 
long, it was drawn up on land. 

437. βαΐνον: for the descriptive imperfect, see on αφια 25. — iiri: for 
the length of the ultima, see § 59 /. 

438. βήσαν : 1st aorist, transitive. Cf 144, 310, έστησαν 448. 

439. The rhythm has been thought to imitate the maiden's measured 
steps, § 13 b. — €k: adv. as above, but more exactly defined by νηός. — 
δ€ : for the short vowel lengthened before two consonants, see § 59/. — 
irovToiropoio : cf Γ 283. 

440. lirl βωμον : the god is thus made a witness of the return. Thus 
in a Boeotian inscription a man emancipates his slave Ιναντίον^ ΚσκΧηπίον 
in the presence of Asclepius. The priest dwelt in the sacred enclosure 
(^τίμενος, άλσος) of the god. 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 41 

441. €v χίρσ-Ι τίθ€ΐ : placed in the arms. For -^ύρ as arm, cf, Ζ 81, 482. 

— τίθ€ΐ : for the form, see on άφια 25. 

442. irpo έ''ΐΓ€μψ€ν : cf. προ ηκ€ 195. 

443. For the chiasmus, see § 16 a. — άγ€μ€ν : for the inf., cf. ayctv 338. 

— €κατομβην pc'^at : cf. Icpa ρίζας 147. 

444. virc ρ Δαναών : in behalf of the DanaX. This figurative use of νττερ, 
freq. in later Greek, liardly appears elsewhere in Homer. 

446. Chryseis here disappears from the story. 

448. €ξ€£η9 : in order, since ίκατόμβην is collective. — 4'σ-τησ-αν : 1st 
aorist, transitive, cf. βησαν 438, άναστησειεν 191. 

449. χερνίψαντο : they could not pray to the gods with unwashen hands. 
Cf. Γ 270, χερσι δ' άνίπτοισίν Ad λύβξ,ιν αίθοττα οΐνον \ αζομχιι (dread) Ζ 
266. — ούλοχυτα? : unground barley corns {ovXaL κριθαί) which, roasted 
and mixed with salt (cf. * with all thine offerings thou shalt offer salt,' 
Levit. ii. 13), were scattered between the horns of the victim (προβάΧοντο 
458) as an initiatory sacrifice, whence they were proleptically called οΰλό- 
γνται poured out barley corns. — avcXovro : took up, sc. from the basket 
standing on the ground. 

450. τοίκτιν: for them, as 68, 247. — μ€γοίλα: loudly, cf. ττολλά 35. — 
Xcipas άνασχών : the palms were extended towards the gods, the usual 
attitude in prayer, as is shown by works of art. Cf. 351, Γ 318. So also 
among the Hebrews. Cf. ' And it came to pass, when Moses held up his 
hand, that Israel prevailed ; and Avhen he let down his hand, Amalek pre- 
vailed,' Exodus xvii. 11. See Vocabulary s.v. χ^ίρ. 

451 f. = 37 f . With the same formula Avith which he began his prayer 
for vengeance, he now prays that the punishment may be averted. 

453. η|ΐ.€ν, ηδ€ : paratactic construction, where the Eng. idiom uses " as 
. . . so," see § 21 d. — δη ttotc : once already, correl. with ert 455 once more. 

454. Explanatory ' appositive asyndeton.' — τίρ,ησ-α? κτλ. : sc. by send- 
ing the pestilence Avhich avenged the slight oifered to the priest. 

455. καΐ νυν : contrasted with ττάρος above. — toSc κτλ. : as 41. 

456. ήδη νυν: now at once. — Δαναοϊσ-ιν κτλ. : cf 97. 
457 = 43. 

458. In the sacrifice described γ 440 ff., the victim's forelock is cut 
olf and thrown into the fire, before the barley corns are scattered. — 
αντάρ eirei : this is repeated in this narrative 464, 467, 469, 484. 

459. avtpv<rav: they dreiv up (back) the head of the Anctim, in order 
to tighten the muscles of the neck. For the form, see § 29 c. — έ'σ-φαξαν ; 
i.e. opened the large artery of the neck, to let the blood. 

460. ρ,ηρούβ €ξ€ταμον : instead of the more definite Ik μηρία τάμνον, see 
on 40. — κνίσ-η: dative of means. Two layers of fat were placed over the 



42 COMMENTARY. 

thigh pieces ; and upon the fat, bits of raw meat from all parts of the 
body (πάντων μέλλων), symbolizing a sacrifice of the whole animal. 
These were burned, and thus the gods, according to the Homeric belief, 
took part in the sacrificial feast. Cf. 317. 

461. ΒίΐΓτυχα: sc. κνίσην, equiv. to δίττλακι Βημ,ω. 

462. καί€ : sc. the /xT^pta with the fat and bits of flesh. — σ-χίζτ]? : cf. 
Β 425. 

463. vc'oi: i.e. the companions of Odysseus, in contrast with ό γέρων, 
the old priest. Cf. Β 789. — irap* αΰτον : by the priest himself who is 
thus marked as the principal, directing person at the sacrifice. — ττίμιτώ- 
βολα: these bronze forks prob. had bent tines, like some antique Etrus- 
can bronzes that have been found, not unlike a hand with fingers bent in 
readiness to grasp some object. See the Vocabulary s.v. 

464. κατά κάη : these pieces were intended for the gods and therefore 
were entirely (κατά) consumed by tlie fire, cf 6 δ' iv irvpl βάλλ€ θνηλάς 
I 220 he threw the sacrificial pieces into the fire. — ττάσ-αντο : sc. in order to 
have a share in the sacrifice. This was no part of, but only an introduc- 
tion to, the meal which followed. 

465. μίστυλλον κτλ. : cf pars in frusta secant, verubusque 
trementia figunt A^erg. Aen. i. 212. 

466. τΓ€ριφραδ€ω5 : sc. to keep it from burning. — €pv<ravTo : drew it off 
from the spits, after it was roasted. 

467. ΊΓατίοταντο : the aorist ind. is often used in relative clauses (with 
cTTct) where the English uses the pluperfect. See II. 837. 

468. €ί(Γη5: equal, i.e. of which each had a fair share. The feast was 
common to all, but the leaders had the better portions. 

469. A set verse to mark the end of a feast, see § 12 h. Vergil imi- 
tates in postquam exempta fames et amor compress us 
edendi Aen. viii. 184. — €ξ: const, with Ιντο. — epov [Ιρωτα] : for the 
form, see § 37 δ. — The previous pouring out of the wine is not mentioned, 
as might be expected. 

470. κούροι μ€ν κτΧ. : sc. for a solemn libation of the whole company, 
since only Chryseis poured a libation before, 462. — ιτοτοϊο : genitive after 
the idea of 'fuhiess ' in the verb. — This verse seems to have been misun- 
derstood by Vergil (or did he think to improve the description?), cf. cra- 
teras magnos statuunt et vina coronant Aen. i. 724, mag- 
num cratera corona | induit, implevitque mero Aen. iii. 525f. 

471. νώμ,ησ-αν : (sc. ττοτόν), a frequentative of ve /χω. The οινοχόος 
dipped (άφνσσων 598) the wine from tlie large bowl (κρητηρ) into a 
pitcher (ττρόχοοζ). The KovpoL proceeded from left to right (ivht^ux 597) 
through the company, distributing to the guests (ττασιν to all), i.e. filling 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 43 

tjheir cups for the libation and the banquet. — Ιτταρξάμίνοι : thus heginning 
the religious ceremony, equiv. to άρ^ά /xevot €7ηνίμοντ€ς. Const, with 
δεττάεσσιν. 

472. •π•ανημ.€ριοι : through the whole dag which remained, uninterruptedly 
till sunset. For the predicate adj. used where the English idiom uses an 
adv., see on 424. — μολ-π-η : song. 

473. καλόν : cognate ace. with detSovre?, instead of καλώς, cf. 35, 78. 

— Ίταιήονα [τταΐανα] : here a song of praise to Apollo as thek preserver. — 
The verse explains μολττΎ) above. 

474. ^eXirovres κτλ. : cf. 'Hymning th' eternal Father' Milton Par. 
Lost ύΊ. 96, 'singing their great Creator' ib. iv. 684. — For the quantity 
of the ultima of /Α€λ7Γοντ€9, see §§ 32 a, 59 J. — φρί'να : see on κηρ 44. — 
τ^ρΐΓ€τ άκούων : delighted in hearing. The god hears the song (as he had 
heard the prayer), although he was far away, among the Ethiopians. 

475. Iirl ηλθ€ν : came on. 

476. κοιμήσ-αντο : observe the force of the aorist, laid themselves to rest. 

— ιταρά Ίτρυμνήσια: along by the stern hawsers (see on 436), i.e. on the sea- 
shore. Their boat was not drawn up on land. 

477. poSoSaKTuXos : a notable epithet. The ancients had observed 
the diverging rays of rosy light before sunrise. Cf. 'Ηώς κροκόττεπλος 
(saffron-robed^ Θ 1. 

478. καΐ τότ6 : τημος is expected after ημος, but the relative is not 
always followed by the corresponding demonstrative. For και in the 
apodosis, see § 21 b. — άνάγοντο : (were putting out), put out upon the high 
sea, cf. κατάγοντο came to land. 

479. ϊκμενον ουρον κτλ. : Aeolus was master of the winds, but each 
god could send a favorable breeze. 

480. σ-τήσ-αντο : for the middle, see on 433. — Ισ-τία: strictly an adj. 
which has become a substantive, what pertains to the Ιστός. The Homeric 
boat seems to have had but one sail. 

481. άμφί : adv. 

482. trop^tvpiov : foaming. — μεγάλα: const, with ΐαχε. — νηό? : in the 
transitional stage from limiting gen. with στύρΎΐ to the gen. absolute; 
see § 19 6? yS. 

484. ρά : refers to the preceding verse. — κατά στρατόν : opposite {off) 
the camp, i.e. to the landing-place. — The verse closes like 478. 

485. νήα μ€ν : correl. with αντοί Se. — lir' ηιτίίροιο : up on land. 

486. νψοΰ κτΧ. : i.e. so as to rest high on the sands, where it was 
before, cf. 308. — υττό hi: adv., beneath, i.e. under the ship. — έρματα: as 
Β 154, props (sometimes stones), which were put along the keel on either 
side in order to hold the boat steady. 



44 COMMENTARY. 

488-530. Zeus grants to Thetis the fulfilment of her desire. 

488. αύτάρ 6 μη vie : sc. as his mother had directed, 421 f . ; cf 428 f. — 
Achilles withdraws from the action for the present. In the Mnth Book, 
an embassy is sent to him, begging him to give up his wrath and take 
part in the war (I 119 ff.). In the Eleventh Book, he is roused from his 
apathy on seeing the rout of the Achaeans (A 599 ff.). In the Sixteenth 
Book, when Hector reaches the Greek ships and throws fire into one 
of them, Achilles sends Patroclus and the Myrmidons into the conflict 
(Π 1 ff.). He receives the news of the death of Patroclus in the Eigh- 
teenth Book (5 1 ff.), and is reconciled to Agamemnon in the Nineteenth 
Book and arms himself for battle (T 40 ff., 364 ff'.). He takes part in 
the fourth (and last) great battle of the Iliad, on the 27th day of the 
action of the Iliad. See, further, § 9. 

489. vios : for the short penult, where ι has been virtually lost between 
two vowels, see § 23/. — iroSas cokvs κτλ. : cf 58, see § 12 b. 

490. For the 'asyndeton,' cf 117, 255, 288, 363. — ττωλί'σκίτο : for the 
' iterative * formation, see § 54. — κυδιάνίΐραν : elsewhere epithet of μάχην. 

— The poet does not say whether assemblies were held, and battles fought 
during these days, but perhaps he implies it. 

491. iroXc^ov : for the long final syllable, see on 153. — κήρ: object 
of φθίννθζσκε. 

492. αυθι : 7'ight there, in the same place, i.e. in his tent. — iroQUa-Kt hi: 
the partic. ποθίων might have been used in the same sense. See § 21 h. 

— αυτήν: battle cry. Always a trisyllable, and thus never to be con- 
founded with αντην herself. 

493. Ik Toio: the hearer easily recalled the words of Thetis (which 
form the starting-point of the μηνις), 421 f., and the definite statement of 
time, 425, and referred Ik toIo to that interview between mother and son. 

494. ϊσ-αν [τ^σαν or ^εσαν] : the stem of ct/xt is here preserved, Avithout 
augment. 

495. ηρχ€ : led the way, as the highest in rank. Cf Γ 420. 

496. η γ€ : resumes the subject, see on 97. — άν€δύσ•€το κΰμα : i.e. as 
she sprang up she left the wave. Cf. 359. 

497. ή€ρίη : cf 557, Γ 7. With emphasis in this position in the verse. 
*' While it was yet early morning." — ούρανον Ονλυμιτόν τ€ : see on 44, 
195. 

498. cvpvoira: far sounding, far thundering. For the form, j)erhaps a 
stereotyped nominatiA'^e, see § 34 b. 

499. ακρότατη κορυφή : from which he looks out upon the world again, 
after his long absence. Cf summo sedet alt us Olympo Verg. 
Aen. xi. 726. — τΓολυ8€ΐράδο8 : epithets appropriate to men are often 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 45 

applied to natural objects. Cf. κα/οτ^νων 44, 'foothills,' 'shoulder of the 
mountain,' ' arm of the sea,' * mouth of the river.' 

500. -irapoiOe καθδ'ζετο : cf. Γ 162. — γουνών : see on 407. 

501. (Γκαι-η, 8e|iT€pT) : for the adjectives used as substantives, see on 54. 
— i5ir' av0€peWos: under the chin, as Γ 372. 

502. Δία Κρονίωνα : closely connected, cf. Β 375. 

503. Zcv iraTcp : tliis address, put into the mouths of gods and men , 
marks his patriarchal, royal dignity; cf. 534, 544, hominum sator 
atque deorum Verg. Aen. xi. 725, divum pater atque homi- 
num rex ih.i.Qo. — ct ttotc : c/. 394. 

505. τίμησ-ον: by its position is strongly contrasted with ήτίμησεν, 
507, cf. 353, 356. — ώκυμορώτατο? : into this is condensed the thought of 
415 ff. — άλλων : of all, lit. in comparison with the rest. Ablatival gen., as 
with the comparative (where it marks the starting-point of the compari- 
son). — This construction with άλλων is specifically Homeric. Cf Β 
674, Ζ 295, hi ceterorum Britannorum fugacissimi Ύάο. Agric. 
34, solusque omnium ante se principum [Vespasianus] in 
melius mutatus est Tac. Hist. i. 50, 'Adam the goodliest man of 
men since born | His sons, the fairest of her daughters, Eve,' Milton 
Par. Lost iv. 323 f . — Cf this construction with μετά ττασίν ατιμότατη 
516. 

506. έ'ιτλίτο : see on 418. — άτάρ κτλ. : for the transition from the 
relative to the demonstrative construction, see on 79. 

507 = 356. 

508. σ-ύ ircp : in contrast with Agamemnon. Cf. the force of ττερ in 
353. — ΌλύμΐΓ^ κτλ. : as she renews her request, she renews impressively 
her appeal to the might and wisdom of Zeus. 

509. Iirl τίθ€ΐ: put upon, grant to; cf Β 39. 

510. όφί'λλωσ-ιν κτλ. : only here construed with a person. — Thetis as 
a suppliant presents her request in general terms, while Achilles had 
spoken more definitely, 409-412. Cf. "Έ,κτορι γάρ ol (Zeus) θνμος εβον- 
λετο κνΒος ορεζαι \ ΐΙρίαμί^Ύ], ίνα νηνσΐ κορωνίσι θεστηΒαες ττνρ \ εμβάλοι 
άκάματον, ®ετί8ος δ' ε^αίσων άρην \ ττασαν ετηκρηνειε Ο 596 ff., the heart of 
Zeus wished to give glory to Hector, son of Priam, that he might throw fre 
into the ships, and accomplish all the dreadful prayer of Thetis. 

511. την δε κτλ: the reason of this silence appears from 518ff. 

513. cSs: dem. corresponding to the rel. ως above. — Ιμιτεφυυία : lit. 
grown into, closely clinging to, cf. the formula εν τ αρα 61 φν χειρί Ζ 253. 
Construe with εχετο, as τω προσφνς εχόμην ως ννκτερίς μ 433, clinging to 
this, I held on like a hat. Cf. et genua amplexus, ge nib usque 
volutans | haerebat Verg. A en. iii. 607 f . For the form of εμπεφννΐα. 



46 COMMENTARY. 

see § 49 a. — eupcro: asked, as she demanded a 'yes' or 'no.' — Scvrepov 
avTis : again, a second time. Cf. πάλιν ανης Β 276. 

514. νημ€ρτ€ς : adv. — viroor^co και κατάν€υ<Γον : set expression, only at 
the end of the verse, cf. Β 112, νπίστψ και κατίνενσα Δ 267. Karavcvw is 
the contrary of άνανενω nod up (Z 311). Thus even now in Greece, nega- 
tion is indicated by an upward motion of the head, and affirmation by a 
downward nod (with an inclination toward the left). 

515. airoeiire : speak out plainly; refuse is implied in the context. — 
€iri: i.e. £7Γ€ση, § 55 c. — "Thou hast nothing to fear." — οφρ* kv είδώ: 
cf 185. 

517. όχθήσ -as : inceptive,, see on 33 ; but not so violent as " falling into 
a passion," or "bursting into a rage." Cf δάκρυσα? 349. 

518. λοίγια €ργα : sc. Ισται, as 573. There will he dreadful trouble. — 
oT€ : when, not ci, if since Zeus sees the inevitable consequences and 
already has the situation before his mind's eye. 

519. "Ηρη : emphatic, since Hera desires the most speedy destruction 
of Troy (Δ 31 ff.). 

520. καΐ αΰτω8: even as it is, without special occasion. See § 42 e. — 
aUC : exaggerated, cf 541, 561. 

521. KaC ri \ιί φησ-ι : and says too that J. και marks the agreement of 
this specification with the preceding general remark, cf Γ 235. — μάχη : 
in battle. 

522. νοήσ-τ) : sc. that Thetis had been with him. 

523. "Ηρη: emphatic as 519; here so placed in contrast with Ιμ,οί. 

— ΙμοΙ μ€λήσ•€ται: shall be my care. For the subjv. with kc, cf 139; see 
§ 18Z». — ίίφρα: cf. 82. 

524. cl 8 άγ€ : see on 302. — καταν€υ(Γομαι : shall nod with my head. 
Only here in the middle, see on 433. 

525. τοΰτο κτΧ. : this answers νημ€ρτ€ς κτλ. 514. 

526. τ^κμωρ : surety, pledge. — Ιμόν : neuter adj. as subst. (see on 539), 
lit. anything from me, i.e. a promise or purpose. This is explained by on 
κτλ. — iraXivaYpcTov : revocable, from άγρεω [αίρεω] take. 

527. κατανδύσ-ω : aorist subjunctive. 

.528. η: he spoke, see on 219. — lirl νεΰσε : nodded thereto, ΐΐηη nit. — 
όφρύσ-ι : with his brows. Zeus was represented in works of sculpture with 
heavy, projecting brows. — For the dative, cf κεφαλτ) 524. 

529 . άμβρόσ-ιαι χαίται : c/. ambrosiaeque comae Λ^erg.^e^^. i. 403. 

— ΙΐΓ€ρρώσαντο : rolled down at the nod, fell down on both sides of his 
head. These locks are conceived as long and flowing. See on Β 11. 

530. κρατός: distinguished from κράτος 509 by the accent and the 
length of the first syllable. — Cf. adnuit et totum nutu tremefecit 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 47 

Olympum Verg. Aen. ix. 100, x. 115. — Phidias embodied in his colossal 
chryselephantine statue of Zeus at Olympia, the expression of exalted 
peace and power which lies in 528-530. — Zeus's dread of Hera's re- 
proaches is in marked (and almost ludicrous) contrast to this majestic 
demeanor. 

531-611. Scene on Olympus. Quarrel between Zeus and Hera. 

531. δΐ€τμ,αγ€ν [βίετμάγησαν^ : for the form, cf. ηγερθεν 57, άνεσταν 533. 

532. αλα αλτο : for the hiatus, see on 333. — άλτο : 2d aorist without 
variable vowel, from αλλο/χαι, § 53. For a, see § 23 a. 

533. irpos 8ώμα: sc. εβη, a general word of motion, implied in αλτο. 
Cf. Γ 327; see § 16 e. — The home of Zeus on the summit of Olympus 
was not far from the peak on which he had been visited by Thetis. — 
άν^σ-ταν : άνεστησαν. 

534. €| €δ4ων : from their seats. Each god had his separate dwelling 
on Olympus, see 607 f ., and his special seat in the hall in which they 
gathered. Ιδος is strictly not 'seat' (Ιδρ•»;), but place where the seat 
stands. — σφου κτλ. : proleptic, with ανεσταν, they rose and went to meet 
their father. Motion is implied in the connection, as below. — This mark 
of respect is noted both negatively and affirmatively. 

535. άντίοι : predicate nom. after εσταν, cf. Β 185. 

536. €irl θρόνου : makes ένθα more definite. Cf. νψον επΙ ψαμάθοίς 486, 
in apposition with έττ ήττείροιο. — ούδε κτλ. : i.e. nor did she fail to see. — 
μ.ίν: 'proleptic' object, cf Β 409. See H. 878. — The poet has to inform 
his hearers whether the gods were acquainted with the βονλη of Zeus, 
and what their feelings were concerning it. 

537. Ιδουσ-α : on seeing him, ichen she saio him. See on Ιων 138, 

538. apYvpoireta : standing epithet of Thetis. The compound adjec- 
tive contains a comparison, " with feet white as silver." — άλίοιο γφοντο? : 
see on 358. 

539. αντίκα : straightway. Without δε, as 386 ; see § 15 d. — κ€ρτομίοΐ(Γΐ : 
neuter adj. as subst., cf. εμόν 526, /χαλιχιΌισι Δ 256. See on 54. 

540. tCs δή αυ θίών : what one of the gods now, this time. This is uttered 
in a vexed tone ; cf 202. 

541. aUC : contrasted with ον8ε τι ττω, cf 106 f. — Ιόντα: naturally 
would agree with tol preceding, but is attracted to the usual case of the 
subject of the inf., the poet having the inf. construction already in mind. 

542. κρυτΓτάδια . . . δικαζε'μίν : consider and decide upon secret plans. 
Cf. the words of Hera, κεΓνο? (Zeus) δέ τά α φρονέων ενί θνμω \ Ύρωσίτε 
καΐ Δαναοισι Βίκαζετω, ως επιεικές Θ 130 f. let him, considering these his oivn 
avoirs in his mind, decide between the Trojans and the Danai, as is seemly. 

543. ιτρόψρων : see on 77. — τ€τληκα5 : hast had the heart. 



48 COMMENTARY. 

544. Ίτατηρ κτλ. : see on 503. 

545. μη δή : see on 131. — μύθου? : i.e. thoughts, plans, as the content 
of speech. 

546. €ΐ8ή<Γ€ΐν: parallel form of εΐσεσθαι. — χαλίττοί κτλ.: sc. etSeVai. 
The personal const, is used as 589, ρψτεροι πολεμ,ίζαν ήσαν Άχαωί 5 258 
the Achaeans were easier to fight with. See H. 944. 

547. ο V : sc. μ,νθον. — eirieiKCs : sc. y. — άκου6μ€ν : with indefinite sub- 
ject, TLva. — Ι'τΓίΐτα: then, since the relative protasis is hypothetical. 

550. Zeus, in his excitement, passes at once to apply his principle to 
the present situation, instead of giving to the apodosis a general form 
corresponding to the protasis. — ταΰτα: refers to Hera's question, 540. — 
Ι'καστα : i.e. the details, exaggerated in his anger. — SuCpco κτλ. : for the 
use of two verbs, see § 12 i/. 

551. βοώΐΓΐδ : ox-eyed ; i.e. with deep, dark, majestically quiet eyes. This 
epithet, like λευκώλενος 55, is almost peculiar to Hera. 

552. ποίον : predicate. Equiv. to ttoios ο μνθός Ιστιν ov ccittcs. 
See H. 618, 1012 a. — This is a mere exclamation, and expects no 
answer. 

553. irapos : else, at other times ; with the present tense. " I have not 
been wont." — ουτ€ κτλ. : emphatic repetition. The idea is negatived in 
every form, cf. 550. 

554. άο-(Γ* έθελησ-θα : for the conditional rel. sent., cf. 218, 230, 543.— 
άσ-σα : α TLva. — έθέλησθα : for the ending, see § 44 a. 

555 ff. After the rather harsh reply of Zeus, Hera shows that she 
knew not only the person concerning whom she had asked (540) but also 
what Thetis had requested, and what Zeus had promised. 

555. irapeiirr) : should persuade, i.e. lest it prove true that she has per- 
suaded. Anxiety about a fact of the past, for which the aor. ind. might 
be used. 

556 = 538. — This is not spoken out of special animosity to Thetis, 
for whom in fact Hera had special affection. Hera claims Thetis as a 
sort of foster-child, rjv εγώ αντη \ θρεφα re και άτίτηλα και avSpl πόροι/ 
παράκοίτιν Ω 59 f. whom I myself bred and cherished and gave as wife etc. 
According to a myth found in Pindar and Aeschylus, both Zeus and 
Poseidon strove together as rivals for the love of Thetis, but bestowed 
her upon Peleus on learning from Themis that this goddess of the sea was 
destined to bear a son mightier than the father. 

557. ηερίη : as 497. — σ-οί ye : emphasized in reference to ai 555. 

558. ' Asyndeton,' since the following is only a more distinct state- 
ment of the preceding, 555 f . — Ιτήτυμον : cf. 514, 526. — <os τιμήσ-€ΐ8 : that 
thou wilt honor. 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 49 

559. τιμήσίΐδ, <)λέσ€ΐ$ : coincident actions, in chiastic position. For the 
* chiasmus,' see § 16 a; for the 'parataxis,' see § 21 h. Achilles was to 
be honored by the suffering of the Achaeans, M^ho were to see how neces- 
sary he was to their success. — iroX^as [ττολλοΰς] : see § 38 c. — 'Αχαιών: 
construe with νηνσίν (not πολεας), as is indicated by the order of words, 
and by the freq. repetition of the phrase Ι-πί νηαζ ^Κ-χαι^ν, 12, Β 8, 17, 168. 

561. aUl κτ\. : ahoays art thou thinHng. An echo of the οίω of 558, 
showing vexation ; cf. aiei 107. — ούδ^ <rt λήθω : "thou art always watch- 
ing me." 

562. έ'μτΓηξ : in spite of all, nevertheless ; like ο/χως, which is found but 
once in Homer. — άττο θυμοΰ : far from my heart, affection. For this use of 
άττό, cf Β 162, 292, φίλων αττο ττηματα ττάσχει α 49 suffers woes away from 
his friends. 

563. TO . . . 4'σ-ται : as 325. — καΐ pC-yiov : sc. than what now causes her 
ill humor. 

564. cl 8' ούτω κτλ. : the reply to -555 f. Sic volo, sic jubeo. — 
μ^λλ€ΐ: impersonal, cf. Β 116. 

565. άλλα κτλ. : the English idiom, " sit quiet and obey," instead of 
the more usual Greek idiom κάθησο ττίίθομ.ίνη, see § 21 Λ. — άκ€ουσα : 
ttKcW is generally indeclinable. 

566. μή : threatening, as 28. — ού : closely connected with the verb. 
— χραίσ-μωσ-ιν : ward off. 

567. άσ-σον Ιόντα: him who comes near, implying injury or attack. The 
ace. follows χραίσμωσιν on the analogy of ^(ραίσμέω τινί τι. — οτ« . . . k^tiat 
[ίφώ, cf. ζρύομίν 62] : this explains ασσον Ιόντα. — For the thought, cf. 
588 ff . — xiipas ίφίίω : cf. χεΐρας Ιττοίσα 89. 

568. Cf 33. 

569. έΐΓίγνάμψασ-α : cf Β 14. For the hiatus before it, justified by the 
caesural pause, see § 27 h. 

570. ανά δώμα : cf. ava. στρατόν 10, 53. — Ούραν(ων€$ : like i-rrovpavLOi, 
inhahitants of heaven. See on Β 491 ; § 39 a. 

571-600. Hephaestus reconciles his parents. 

571. τοίσ-ιν : as 68. — The amusing figure of Hephaestus as butler is 
introduced in order to give a more cheerful character to the assembly of 
the gods, after the quarrel. 

572. Iirl φίρων : generally with a notion of hostility, as 89; but here 
with ηρα. 

573. τάδί : here. See H. 695 a. — άν€κτά : predicate ; from άνίχω, cf 
άνάσχεο 586. 

574. €t δή : if in truth now, as 61. — I' vcKa θνητών : contemptuously 
spoken. 



50 COMMENTARY. 

575. κολωον €λαύν€τον: carry on a brawl, by wrangling. Cf. Β 212. 
— SaiTOs : here first do we learn that the gods were feasting at this 
time. 

576. τα xepeCova κτλ. : in such contrasts, the demonstrative and ad- 
jective have the force of a relative clause, cf. 106. The article strengthens 
the contrast. 

577. καΐ αύτη ircp : with Homeric refinement, the speaker intimates 
that his counsel is not needed. 

578. αυτ€ : i.e. as often before. 

579. (τύν : const, with ταράζτ} . — ημΐν : dative of disadvantage. 

580. 6Ϊ ΊΓβρ: if only. — Ιθ^λησ-ιν : the verb for emphasis here precedes 
its subject, see § 11 ^:; or Όλΰ/χπιος κτλ. can be taken as in apposition 
with the subject of ΙθίΧτισίν. — Όλΰμ•7Γΐο5 κτλ. : this indicates his exalted 
power, although in 609 this expression is used without special reference 
to the circumstances of the case. — άστ€ροΐΓητή5 : for Zeus as god of the 
lightning and storm, see on Β 146. 

581. Ιξ έΖίων : see on 534. — The conclusion of the sentence is omitted 
(άτΓοσίώττησίς) . " It will be the worse for us," or " he can, /or," etc. See 
on 136. 

582. KaQairrta-Qai : always metaphorical, as here. Infinitive for the 
imperative, as 323. 

583. The preceding infinitive represents a condition, hence no con- 
junction is needed to connect the verses. Cf. 303. — iXaos : cf. ίλασσάμενοί 
100, 147. 

585. Iv χίΐρΐ tC0ci : placed in her hand ; generally used of presenting a 
cup of wine. Iv χ^ρσί τίθημι is used of gifts or prizes, cf 441. 

586. άνά(Γχ€ο : lit. hold thyself up, endure, be patient. 

587. μή : see on 28. — φ(λην τηρ Ιουσαν : very dear as thou art. ττψ 
strengthens, as 352 and freq. — Iv όφθαλμοίσιν : before my eyes, as Γ 306. 
Cy. Γ 169; see § 12^. 

589. χραισ-μίΐν : as 242. — apyakios κτλ. : personal const, as 546, άργα- 
λ€ος yap τ €στΙ θεός βροτω άνδρι δα/χ^ναι δ 397 " it is hard for a god to be 
overcome by a mortal man." 

591. iroSos : for the genitive, see on 323. — τίταγών : reduplicated 2d 
aor., see § 43 e. — αϊτό βηλοΰ κτλ. : from the mighty threshold of Olympus. 

592. Ίτάν δ* ημαρ : cf. ττανημίρίοί 472, 601. — ψ€ρόμην, κά'ΤΓ'ΐΓ€σον [κατ€- 
ττεσον] : the impf. is used of the continuance of the motion, the aor. marks 
the conclusion of it, cf Β 94. — φ€ρόμην: is freq. used of shijDS driven by 
the wind, and marks the motion as. involuntary. — καταδύντι : the aor. 
partic. is here used (without reference to time as past, present, or future) 
of an act coincident with κάτητεσον. 



FIRST BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 51 

593. cv Λήμνω : for the dative of rest after a verb of motion, cf. Γ 89 ; 
see H. 788; G. 1225, 2, — Hephaestus had his workshop on Olympus, 
but Lemnos was considered his island — a belief to which the volcanic 
mountain Mosychlus gave rise. — θυμόβ : anima. — At another time, 
apparently when an infant, Hephaestus was cast out of heaven by his 
mother, and saved by Thetis (IS 395 ff.). — Cf. ' Nor was his name 
unheard or unador'd | In ancient Greece ; and in Ausonian land | Men 
call'd him Mulciber ; and how he fell | From heaven they fabled, thrown 
by angry Jove | Sheer o'er the crystal battlements ; from morn | To noon 
he fell, from noon to dewy eve, | A summer's day ; and with the setting 
sun I Dropt from the zenith like a falling star | On Lemnos, the Aegean 
isle.' Milton Par. Lost i. 738 ff . 

594. 2£vTi€s avSpcs : the earliest population of the island. To judge 
from their name they were marauding {σίνομαυ) Pelasgians who had 
emigrated from Thrace. — αψαρ : construe with -πεσόντα, cf. 349. — κομί- 
σαντο : took me up and cared for me. Cf Β 183, Γ 378. 

596. μ€ΐδήσα(Γα : inceptive, smiling, repeats the preceding μύ^σεν. — 
παι8ός: ablatival gen.,/rom her son, depending on εδε^ατο. Cf. κνπελλον 
ihe^aTo η^ άλοχοω Ω 305 received the cup from his ivife. — χ€ΐρί : dat. of 
instrument with eSeiaro, cf. λάζετο χερσίν Ε 365 took in his hands. 

597. Ινδεξια : from left to right, through the company, according to 
established custom. To pass to the left would be an act of ill omen. 
See on 471. 

598. οίνοχόει νέκταρ : cf ("ϋβη) νέκταρ εωνοχόει Δ 3. The meaning 
of the first part of the compound w'as overlooked ; cf. Γττττοι βονκολίοντο 
Υ 221, οΐκοΒομείν τείχος, aedificare naves, Hin box,' 'weekly journal.' 
— κρητηρος : the red nectar of the gods, like the wine of men, was mixed 
with water before it was drunk. — άφΰσ-σ-ων : see on 471. 

599. άσ•β€0Γτο5 : hence the proverbial * Homeric laughter.' 

600. δώματα : palace, hall. — The laughter arose because of the 
striking contrast between the puffing, hobbling Hephaestus as cup- 
bearer, and the graceful Hebe or Ganymed who usually performed the 
duties of that office. 

601. ημαρ: acc. of duration of time. 
602 = 468. 

603. ού μ^ν [/xiyv] : as 154, 163. — ψόρμι-γγος : cf μολττη τ όρχηστνς τ€ • 
τα γαρ τ αναθήματα δαιτός α 152, song and dance, for these are the acconu 
paniments of the feast. 

604. άμειβόμεναι : The Muses sing alternately, one relieving the other, 
as the rhapsodes at the festivals. Cf. incipe, Damoeta, tu deinde 
sequere, Menalca, | alternis dicetis; amant alterna Ca- 



52 COMMENTARY. 

menae Verg. Ed. iii. 59, 'Divinely warbled voice | Answering the 
stringed noise,' Milton Christmas Hymn 9G f. 

605, αύτάρ : correlative with μ,ίν 601. 

606. κακκ6ίοντ£5 : for the form as fut. of κατάκίΐμΜ, see § 48 g. — 
βκαστος: in partitive apposition with ol, giving prominence to the indi- 
vidual, after the collective expression. Cf. Β 775 and Γ 1 (where the 
plural is used). 

610. κοιματο : was wont to lie. — ore κτ\.'. whenever etc. The cond. 
rel. sentence expresses indefinite frequency of past action. This iterative 
oi3t. is more freq. after the rel. pron. than with the conjunction. 

611. καθ6ΰδ6 : slept. — άναβά$ : of ascending a couch, only here and 
ομον λέχος είσαναβαίνοι Θ 291. No special height of couch is to be 
inferred. — τταράδέ: adv., beside him. — χρυοτόθρονο? : in Homer, Apollo 
has a golden sword, Hera has golden sandals, Iris has golden wings, 
Hermes has a golden wand. See on 37. The throne was covered with 
thin plates of gold. 

' No book of Homer is so full of dramatic groups and situations as 
this : Apollo striding with his bow and ringing quiver ; Thetis caressing 
the grieving and angry Achilles ; Thetis before Zeus, clasping his knees 
and extending her right hand toward his chin ; Zeus with his dark brows 
and ambrosial locks nodding a confirmation to his promise ; Chryses with 
his filleted sceptre and his gifts, before the two sons of Atreus ; Odysseus 
at the altar of Apollo with the maiden whom he is restoring to her aged 
father, — with his companions and the hecatomb ; Achilles in his rage 
drawing his sword from its sheath, calmed by Athena, who takes him by 
his long locks, — with Agamemnon before him and the other chiefs 
around him ; the heralds of Agamemnon at the tent of Achilles, as 
Patroclus leads forth the fair Briseis ; Zeus and Hera on Olympus, with 
Hephaestus playing the part of Hebe ; the assembly of the gods, Apollo 
playing the lyre, and the singing Muses.' 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 

Zeus prepares to fulfil his promise to Thetis (A 509 f., 523) by sending 
a dream to Agamemnon. The intended battle, which is to be disastrous 
to the Achaeans, is delayed by a test of the disposition of the army ; the 
Greek and Trojan forces do not advance to meet each other until the close 
of the book (780, 809 f.). — The events narrated in Β occupy the first 
part of the 22d day of the action of the Iliad. See §§ 7 δ, 8. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 53 

1-86. The dream of Agamemnon (1-41) and the council of the chiefs. 

1. ρά: so, refers to A 606-611. — 0€ol κτλ. : appositive with άλλοι. 

2. Ίταννύχιοι : see on A 424. — ούχ €χ€ [είχε] κτλ. : i.e. he did not sleep ; 
cf ουδέ Ποσαδάωτ/α γελως Ιχε θ 344 " but Poseidon did not laugh." 

3. φρένα los : hiatus allowed at the ' bucolic diaeresis,' see § 27 l•. — ces : 
how, sc. in accordance with his promise to Thetis. 

4. τιμήση κτλ.', see on A 559. 'Deliberative subjunctive' after a 
secondary tense in the principal clause. The direct question would be 
ττώ? τιμήσω. — For the 'chiasmus,' see § 16 a. 

5. ηδ6: this. The subject is attracted to the gender of βονλη, the 
predicate, cf 73, A 239. 

6 χέμψαι κτλ. '. in apposition with η^ε, cf το /xev ουlthough hovpa σ^σηττε has preceded. 

136. at δ^: but those others, explained byaXo;(ot κτΧ. — ri: correlative 
with και, in free position, since ήμ^τεραί αλοχοι are closely connected in 
thought with νητηα τέκνα. 

137. €Ϊαται [ηνταί] ττοτιδίγμίναι : see on A 134. For the form eiarai, 
see § 44 I. — 7Γοτιδ€γμ€ναι : fem. to agree with αλοχοι, who were more 
prominent before their minds than τίκνα. 

138. αυτω5 : Attic ωσαύτως, in the same loay as before, i.e. simply, wholly 
(with άκράαντον). See § 42 e. — άκράαντον : verbal adjective. Cf. κρηηνον 
A 41, €7Γ€κραίαίν€ 419. 



62 COMMENTARY. 

139. €ΐ•τΓω ; for the subjunctive, see A 137. 

140. φίύγωμβν : cf. 74. 

141. ου €Ti : belongs to the idea of expectation implied in the future, 
" We can no longer hope," " to capture Troy is no longer a possibility." — 
ίύρυάγυιαν : nine times an epithet of Troy. 

142. τοισι: dative of interest, see § 19 e. — This undesired impulse 
was called forth by the longing for home awakened by 134 ff. ' 

143. ττάσ-ι μ6τά ττληθύν : in apposition with τοΓσι, in contrast with the 
γέροντες who had been present at the council. The dative with μετά 
would be regular. — ιτληθύν: "the rank and file of the army," cf. 278, 
488. 

144. κινήθτι : cf. 95. — φή : as, an obsolescent particle, distinguished 
by its accent from φη [«φι;]- — κύματα μακρά : long-stretching billows, cf. 
longi fluctus Verg. Georg. iii. 200. 

145. Ίτόντου Ίκαρίοιο : in apposition with θαλάσσης, as the part with 
the whole, cf. σκοττέλω 396 ; see § 12/. The πόντος is a particular tract 
of the θάλασσα (see on A 350). The Icarian high sea received its name 
from Icaria, a small island off Samos ; it was notorious for its frequent 
storms. — τά μ€ν: cf 101, A 234. — Ευρό? τ€ Notos t€ : thought of as 
united, as is shown by ετταί^ας. "A southeast wind." A single wind 
never raises a storm in Homer. Cf. ώς δ' άνεμοι Svo ττόντον ορίνετον 
Ιχθνόεντα | Έορρης καΐ Ζέφυρος, τω τε ®ρ^κηθεν αητον Ι 4 f . as two winds 
rouse the fiihy sea, Boreas and Zephyrus, which blow from Thrace. 

146. ώρορ€ : gnomic aorist, freq. in comparisons, § 14 f . For the form, 
see § 43/; distinguished from ορωρεν 797 (§ 49/). — lirat^as: rushing 
uponit. Cf. (venti) incubuere mari . . . una Eurusque IS^otus- 
que ruunt Verg. Aen. i. 84. — Aios : he is νεφεληγερέτα A 511. Zeus 
sends rain, thunder and lightning, Λvind and storm, snow, hail, meteors, 
and the rainbow. Cf Atos ενιαντοί 134. 

147. Ζ€ψυρο$ : this was a cold and stormy wind to the people of Aeolis 
and Ionia, for it came over the mountains of Thrace. It is called Βυσαης 
fierce-blowing, and κελαΒεινός loud-roaring. It is never a gentle * zephyr ' 
in Homer, unless perhaps in the fairy-land Phaeacia and in Elysium. — 
βαθύ : lit. deep, i.e. high. — Ιλθών: see on Ιων A 138. 

148. λάβρο$ Ιτταιγίζων : violently dashing upon it. λάβρος is pred., see 
§ 56 a. — lirC T6 : ajid thereupon, i.e. as Zephyrus descends. — ήμύίΐ: sc. 
λψον, an independent addition to the picture, without direct relation to 
the comparison, cf. 210; see § 14 a. The construction of the dependent 
sentence is abandoned. — Cf. * With ported spears, as thick as when a 
field I Of Ceres ripe for harvest waving bends | Her bearded grove of 
ears, which way the wind | Sways them.' Milton Par. Lost iv. 980 ff. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 63 

149. irour' άγορη κινήθη : a return to 144. — Both comparisons are 
meant to depict the whole scene. The first (144-146) describes the sud- 
den confusion witli which the assembly dispersed; the second (147-149), 
the uninterrupted rush in one direction, toward the ships. — άλαλητω : 
dative of manner, in which sense a participle is often used. 

150. νήα5 €ir : i.e . €πι v^ag, § δδ c β. — €or<r€tiovTo, ϊσ-τατο, kcXcvov κτλ. : 
descriptive imperfects, much like the historical present (which is not 
Homeric) . — ιτοδών δ* liirc'vcpec : from under their feet. 

151. ϊσ-τατ ά£ΐρομ€νη : lit. was placing itself as it arose. 

152. €λκ€μ€ν KtX. : cf Ιρνσσομ,εν κτλ. A 141. 

153. ovpotis : the trenches, the later ολκοί, by which the ships -w^ere 
drawn from the sea upon the land, and from the land into the sea, cf. A 
308. — φκάθαιρον: some had not been used for a long time and had 
become filled with sand. 

154. ίβμ^νων : subjective genitive with άντή, not genitive absolute. See 
§ 19 d. — viro δ' ηρίον : they took out from under. This is the opposite of 
A 486. 

155-210. Interference of Athena. Odysseus brings the people back to the 
agora. 

155. The leaders were so dazed by the sudden and disorderly break- 
ing up of the assembly and by the rush to the boats of the shouting mass 
of men, that they were unable to follow the plan of Agamemnon. The 
intervention of a friendly god became necessary in order to cut the knot 
of difficulty. 

156 f . Cf. A 19δ. 

158. ού'τω δη κτλ. : thus as it seems, etc. An expression of vexation or 
surprise, in interrogative form. 

159. *Αργ€ϊοι: emphatic. — kir evpc'a νώτα κτλ.: over the broad back of 
the sea. AVhen the waves are at rest the monstrous mass seems to be the 
top of an arch. — tipia: evpvv. 

160. κάδ δ€ κτλ. : virtually a conclusion to the cond. implied in 1δ8 f . 
" If they should thus flee, then they would " etc. — κάδ : for the ' apocope,' 
see § 29 a, b. — €ύ;^ωλήν : predicate with Έλίνην, as a triumph, a boast. 
For the construction, cf Γ δΟ. 

161. Άργίίην : standing epithet of Helen. The word here has consid- 
erable emphasis, placed at the head of the verse like 'Apyeiot above. 

162. Τροίη (sc. γβ) : the Troad, as 237, Γ 74. — άττο: far from, cf A 
δ62. 

164. <rots άγανοίβ κτλ. : with thy ivinning words. For the short form of 
the dative, see § 3δ d. — For the asyndeton, cf 10. — €ρήτυ€ : cf Ίο. 

165. ea : sc. 'Αχαιούς, from the preceding verses. 



64 COMMENTARY. 

166. ού8' άιτίθησ-ε : cf. A 220. 

167. Cf. A 44. — άίξασ-α: starting up, "with a rush." 
168 .= 17. 

169. έ'ΐΓίΐτα: thereupon. — Όδυσήα : Odysseus was the special favorite 
of Athena whose care alone secured his return to his home after his long 
wanderings. 

170. €(ΓΤ€ώτα [έστώτα] : Odysseus was not carried along by the rout, 
and the agora was nearest his own ships (see on A 54). — μ€λαίνη5 : cf. A 
300. The ships of Odysseus are called /Αίλτοττά/οϊ^οι {vermilion-cheeked) 
G37. 

171. Odysseus with this feeling was the right man for Athena's work. 
— μ£ν : * limit of motion,' with Ικανεν. — κραδίην : accusative of the part, 
in apposition with μ,ίν, cf. A 362. 

172. προσ-^ψη : sc. μιν. 

173. This verse is found 7 times in the Iliad, 15 times in the Odyssey. 
It is the only conventional verse in which no caesura occurs in the 3d 
foot (§ 58 c). — 8io7€V€s: Arceisias, father of Laertes and grandfather of 
Odysseus, was son of Zeus, ace. to a later myth. But this epithet is 
applied in a general way to princes. See on A 176. 

174-181. Cf. 158-165. 

175. Iv νή€<Γσ•ι ireo-ovTcs : marking the disorderly flight. This is a 
standing combination of expressions for motion and rest, cf. (μβάΧλω, 
Ιντίθημι. Cf 244, A 245, 593, Γ 89. 

179. μη84 τ €ρώ6ΐ : and draw not hack, do not rest. 

181. νηαδ : for the length of the last syllable, see § 59 i. 

182. oira: object of ζννίηκε, while 6ea<s is a limiting genitive. 

183. βη 8c 0€€iv : he set out to run, cf. A 34. — άιτο κτλ.: sc. in his 
haste, since it hindered him in running. 

184. Εύρυβάτηδ : described (τ 244-248) as slightly older than Odys- 
seus himself, with round shoulders, dark complexion, and curly hair. 
Agamemnon has a herald of the same name, A 320. — The herald here, as 
usual, serves as the prince's personal attendant. 

185. άντίοδ : for the construction, cf. A 535. 

186 f. Cf. 45 f. — 8€'ξατό ot: lit. took for him, received from him, as a 
sign that he acted in the name and with the authority of Agamemnon. — • 
ττατρώιον : see 103 ff. 

188. ov τίνα μ€ν : correlative with ov δ' αυ 198. — βασ-ιλήα κτλ. : prince 
or noble who had not been present at the council of the ' Gerontes.' — 
κιχ€ίη : iterative optative, with ov rtva, see on 215. 

189. τον δε κτλ. : apodosis to the hypothetical ov τίνα. For Be in apod- 
osis, cf. 322 ; see § 21 a. — άγανοίε : cf 164, 180. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 65 

190. $αιμόνΐ€ : the connection decides whether this is used in a respect- 
ful, a pitying, or a reproving tone, cf. 200. — κακόν ώ? : for the length of 
the ultima of κακοί/, cf. όρνιθας ως 764, Γ 2, 60, 230. See § 14 e. When 
this ως follows the Avord to which it belongs, it is accented. Cf. 209, 
289,326. — κακόν: coivard. κακός and αγαθός have no moral quality in 
Homer. They are useless and useful, according to the circumstances of 
the case ; here, κακόν is useless in war. 

191. άλλου? λαού? : λαούς is virtually in appos. with άλλους, see § 12/. 
The others, namely the soldiers. 

192. For the ' sigmatism,' cf. A 179 f . — σ-άψα : Attic σαφώς which is 
not found in Homer. Similarly the adv. of ώκνς is always ωκα, τάχα is 
freq., ταχίως only Ψ 365. See § 56 δ, c. — voos : mind, purpose. 

193. ΊΓίΐράται : cf 73. — ϊψεται : cf A 454. 

194. €v βουλή : construe with olov «iTrei/. — ού ττάντί? άκούσ-αμίν : the 
speaker politely includes himself with the persons addressed, as 342. 
The 1st person is used in a different tone in 203. 

195. μή τι: beware lest perchance, cf. A 26. — χολω<Γάμ€νο5 : see on 
A 387, Γ 413. — κακόν υΐα? : for the two accusatives after piiy, cf. Γ 351, 
354. 

196. θυμό? δ€ μίγαδ : terrible is the anger. 

197. τιμή κτλ. : " he is king dei gratia ; the rest must obey." Cf. 205 ; 
see on A 176. 

198. 8ήμου άν8ρα•: the common people are contrasted with the nobles 
of 188. The ultima of ^μον remains long, see § 59 k. 

199. σ-κήτΓτρω: Odysseus uses the staff in a similar way 265 f. — 
€λάσασ•κ€ : iterative aor. from ΐλαννω, ελάω. 

200. άκου€ : give ear. Present as a general injunction, "be obedient." 

201. (reo: not enclitic since there is a contrast in the comparison. — 
ψ4ρτ€ροι: cf. A 281. — σ-ύ δ€ : closely connected with the rel. clause since 
συ repeats σεο. The English idiom prefers the subordinate construction, 
"while thou art." €σσι is to be supplied. 

202. έναρίθμιοδ : counted, not a mere cipher. Cf in numero nullo 
Cic. de Or. iii. 56. 213. — βουλή : as A 258 ; not in its technical meaning 
of council. Here again appears the freq. contrast of strength of body and 
of mind. See on A 258. 

203. ού μ^ν Ίτωβ κτλ. : a drastic form of expression, suited to the com- 
mon soldiery. " Agamemnon alone commands here, the rest of us must 
obey." 

204. For the asyndeton, cf. A 117. — ουκ αγαθόν: as a predicate sub- 
stantive (not a good thing). Cf. triste lupus stabulis Verg. Eel. iii. 
80. — «is κτλ. : asyndeton of contrast. See § 15 c. 



66 COMMENTARY. 

205. (δωκ€ : granted, sc. βασίλεν€ίν, implied in βασιλεύς (unless 206 is 
read). 

206. (Γψ((Γΐ : for them. Άχαωί from 203 is before the mind. 

207. SCcirc : strode through. 

208. Cf. 86, 91. 

209. ηχη cos : for the hiatus justified by the caesura, cf. 211 ; see § 27 δ; 
for the hiatus allowed after the first foot, see on A 333. Cf. θάλασσα 
ηχψσσα A 157. — The second ' hemistich ' as A 34. 

210. αΐ-γιαλω βρ4μ.€ται : roars on the shore. — σ-μ.αρα-γ6Ϊ κτλ. : ' chiastic ' 
with the previous clause (§ 16 a) ; ' paratactically ' (§ 21 a) expressing 
result. *' So that the high sea resounds from the noise of the breakers." 

211-277. The insolent Thersites and his chastisement. 

211. e'tovTo €ρήτυθ€ν: for the hiatus, cf. 216, 315; see § 27 δ. — καθ* 
cSpas : as 99. 

212. Θ€ρσ(τη5: from θίρσο<ζ, the Aeolic form of θάρσος daring, rash- 
ness. Observe that the poet does not say from what country of Greece 
Thersites came, and thus offends no one by the episode. — Thersites 
makes his cause odious by his advocacy of it. The vulgar demagogue 
was intended by the poet to awaken antipathy, and thus is represented to 
be just as disagreeable and deformed in body as in character. The Greeks 
always associated a beautiful soul with a beautiful person. — μοΰνο$ : 
made emphatic by its position before the caesura. For the form, see § 23 J. 
— άμ.£τρο»Γή$ : predicate. — έκολωα: equiv. to κολωον ηλαννε, cf A 575. 

213. OS pa κτλ. : a more explicit statement of αμετροεπής. — άκοσμα 
η8η : lit. knew disorderly things, had a disorderly mind. 

214. Ιριζ^μ€ναι : the result of άκοσμχι κτλ., cf μΛχεσθαι A 8. 

215. άλλ' ΟΤΙ κτλ. : contrasted with κατά κόσμον, while εριζεμεναι sup- 
plies the idea of saying. He was an insolent clown. — «ϊσ-αιτο : equiv. to 
So^eic. For the opt. in a cond. relative sentence, cf. 188, 198, A 610. 
See H. 914 Β ; G. 1431. 

216. αίσ-χισ-το? : predicate. " He was the ugliest man who came " etc., 
cf 673, A 266. — ύιτο "Ιλιον: up under llios, i.e. under the ivalls of llios. 
cf. 249, 492, 673. 

217. ψολκό$ : handy-legged, c/. f a 1 x, f a 1 c ο η e s. — τώ δ€ ol ώμω : " those 
two shoulders of his." 

218. κυρτώ, συνοχωκότ£ : in contrast with a broad-shouldered, heroic 
form. — σ•υνοχωκότ€ • αύτάρ : the hiatus is justified by the bucolic diaeresis, 
§§ 27 h, 58 h. — t»ir€pe€v : as contrasted with φολκος κτλ. 

219. ψ€8νη κτλ. : i.e. his misshapen, sugarloaf head was not concealed 
by the thick locks of the κάρη κομόωντες * Αχαιοί, but was covered only 
by sparse hair. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 67 

220. €χθΜΓΤ05: cf. A 176. — Άχιλήι Όδυσ-ήι : Achilles and Odysseus 
represented the two cardinal virtues of the heroes, bravery and prudence, 
in which qualities Thersites was lacking. — μάλιο-τα : potissimuni. 
Const, with €χθίστος, cf. 57. 

221. vciKctca-Kc : was wont to upbraid, contrasted with τότ αυτέ. For 
the form (from νακΐίω the old form of νεικεω), cf. v€lkclwv 243, πνείοντες 
536, ireXeLCTo A 5, veiKCLrjaL A 579 ; see § 47 i/. — *Αγαμ€'μνονι : against 
Agamemnon. Dative of interest. 

222. o|ea κ€κληγώ5 : with discordant cry. — \iy' oveiSca: rehearsed (enu- 
merated) reproaches. Xiyuv in Homer is never strictly equiv. to άπείν. 
Thersites accused the king of covetousness, sensuality, cowardice, injus- 
tice. — τ<λ: i.e. Agamemnon, at whom the Achaeans were then angry, 
so that Thersites felt sure of the applause of his audience. 

223. KOTCovTo: imperfect to express a continued state of feeling, 
while νεμίσσηθεν refers to the occasion which caused their anger. Cf. 
A 331. 

225-242. Speech of Thersites. This assumes a knowledge of Aga- 
memnon's real intention to continue the war. Such knowledge might 
have been gained from the words of Odysseus. 

225. *Ατρ€Ϊδη : Thersites gives him no title of honor, but this was not 
necessary,, see 284, A 17. — τίο [rtVos] : for what. For the genitive, see on 
A 65. — 8η αυτ6: cf. A 340. — Instead of inquiring the purpose of Aga- 
memnon, Thersites attributes to the king the most selfish motives (iinply- 
ing that he continues the war only for his own private advantage), and 
alludes maliciously to the quarrel with Achilles. — " What dost thou lack ? 
Hast thou not enough ? " 

227. Ivl κλισ-ίη?: in your quarters. — εξαίρετοι: explained by the fol- 
lowing relative clause. Cf. ονλομένψ A 2, κακήν A 10. 

228. Ίτρωτίσ-τω : superlative formed regularly from ττρωτος, which is 
already superlative in meaning. Cf. Eng. chiefest. — $ίδομ£ν : are wont to 
give, with a cond. rel. sentence, cf. A 554. For the thought, see on A 124, 
163. — Thersites reckons himself among the brave warriors. — τττολίίθρον: 
as A 164. 

229. η €Ti κτΧ. : surely etc. He answers ironically the question whicli 
he himself had put. Cf. A 203. — en καΐ χρυσ-οΰ : gold also as well ΐί8 
copper and slaves. Gold was rare in Greece before the Persian wars, but 
was abundant in Asia Minor. Schliemann, however, has found treasures 
of gold ornaments not only at Hissarlik (which many think to be the site 
of the ancient Ilios) but also at Mycenae. — kc oto-ci : for κί with the fut. 
ind., cf A 139, 175. 

230. αίΓοινα : as ransom, in apposition with ov. 



68 COMMENTARY. 

231. ο ν κτλ. : whom I shall take captive and lead etc. Empty boasting, 
as 238. 

232. γυναίκα ν^ην : i.e. such as Chryseis or Briseis. The accusative 
seems to be caused by attraction to the construction of the preceding rel- 
ative clause ; or ττο^ε^ς may be in the speaker's mind, a thought carried 
on from επιδευεαι. 

233. ην τ€ κατίσ-χδαι: relative clause with the subjunctive in final 
sense, cf. Γ 287. — avros άιτόνοσ-φι : for thyself alone. 

234. άρχον «όντα κτλ. : that one who is a leader etc., i.e. that thou loho 
art their leader. — κακών €ΐΓΐβασ•κέμ€ν : bring into misfortune. Thersites here 
refers to the pestilence and the alienation of Achilles. 

235. ir^irovis : " my good fellows." This word is generally used by an 
elder or superior, either in an affectionate tone, or (seldom) in a tone of 
contemptuous superiority as here. — κάκ Ιλ^γχ^α : in concrete personal 
sense, coward caitiffs . — * Αχαιίδ€8 κτλ. : cf. ο vere Phrygiae, neque 
enim Phryges Verg. Aen. ix. 617. For the 'patronymic,' see § 39 g. 

236. οΐκαδέ ircp : homeward, at all events. — συν νηυσ•( : as A 179. — 
τόνδ€ : cf οδ' ανηρ A 287. 

237. αύτοΰ : right here, explained as usual by the following words. It 
often stands as here at the beginning of a verse, cf. 332. — γ€ρα •π•€(Γ<Γ€μ€ν : 
digest {enjoy) his gifts of honor, i.e. learn and suffer the consequences of 
his greed. 

23δ. η καΐ ημ€Ϊ5 κτλ. : whether loe too (the rank and file of the Achae- 
ans) are of use to him or not. As if Agamemnon in his pride trusted to 
his own might and to that of the other leaders, despising the rest, bereft 
of whose help he can do nothing. — For the ' crasis,' see § 26. — η6 καΐ 
ovkC : cf. 300, 349. The speaker presents the alternatives as open, but 
still implies a choice between them. 

239. os: exclamatory, he who. — καΐ νυν: see on A 109. This intro- 
duces an example of Agamemnon's failure to recognize others' services. 
— €0 [ου] : cf. aeo for σου, 248. For the length of the last syllable before 
μ, see § 59 h. 

240 = A 356, 507. — Thersites who was wont to speak injuriously of 
Achilles (221), now plays the part of his advocate (and uses his very 
words) in order to attack Agamemnon in a sensitive spot ; but he intro- 
duces a fling at Achilles into the next verse. 

241. μάλ* ούχ χόλο?: sc. Ιστί, no anger at all. — μ€θήμων: predicate 
with Achilles as subject. Cf. μεθέμεν χόλον A 283. 

242 = A 232. 

244. Θίρα-ίτΊ\ς : strongly contrasted with 'Οδυσσεύς by its position. — 
τφ : for the dative of rest with παρίστατο, see on 175. 



SECOND BOOK OF THP: ILIAD. 69 

245. υττόδρα : as A 148. — xaXciry μ,ύθω : the opposite of άγανοις cttc- 
εσσιι/ 164. — ηνΙΐΓαΐΓ€ : for the form, see § 43/, 

246-264. Odysseus rebukes Thersites. 

246. άκριτόμυθί : tliou endless babbler, cf. 212, 796. For the opposite, 
cf. Γ 214. — λιγύδ uep Ιών : cf. A 248. Recognition of his ability, but sar- 
castic. 

247. Ϊσ-χ60 : as A 214. — μηδ' cOcXe : cf. A 277. 

248. ου : construe with φημί. — xcpciorepov : for another form of this 
comparative, cf. A 114. 

249. οσ-σ-οι: i.e. of all who. The relative clause represents a genitive. 

250. τω ουκ αν κτλ. : therefore'XuncQ thou art the basest of all) shall 
(shouldst) thou not. See on A 301. The speaker returns to the admoni- 
tion of 247. — βαοΓΐλήα$ : for the plural, cf Γ 49. — άνά σ-τόμα : i.e. on your 
lips. 

251. καί: see on 74. — σ-φίν: for the dative, cf. Άγαμ^μνοη 221. — 
νόσ-τον φυλάσ-σοΐ8 : guard the return, which now threatened (as it were) to 
escape them. 

252. ούδί τί Ίτω κτλ. : but not at all clearly yet. — οττωβ κτλ. : how these 
matters here (of which they are speaking) shall end. This verse is ex- 
plained by the following. — «ργα: cf. A 518. 

253. νοαΓτήσ•ομ€ν : ive shall return. A brief expression for " shall enter 
upon our return, \vith good or evil fortune." 

254. τψ: as 250. 

255. ησ-αι : ησθαι with a participle often has no thought of contrast 
of position (as sitting to standing), but denotes self-satisfied continuance 
in the action of the participle, cf. A 134. The verb is the more note- 
worthy here since Thersites is not sitting {cf 268). — διδοΰιτιν : as if from 
διδόω, cf. άφία A 25, τίθα A 441. 

256. ηρω€5 : observe the contrast with συ. — κίρτομ^ων : cf. A 539. 

257. Cf. A 204, 212. Formula to introduce a sharp threat. 

258. €Ti : again. — cos νύ ircp ί5δ€ : as I did just now. — - Construe ττίρ 
with ως. 

259. μηκδ'τι κτλ.: apodosis in the form of an imprecation. "May 
destruction come upon me and my house." — Όδυσήι: more impressive 
than the personal pronoun €μοί. Cf. A 240. 

260. Τηλ6μάχοιο : the only child of Odysseus and Penelope. He was 
an infant when his father embarked for Troy. In the Iliad he is men- 
tioned only here and Δ 354. — κίκλημ^νοβ €Ϊην: being is^ included in being 
called, see on A 293. Thus this prayer includes the^ruin of Telemachus. 

261. €l μή κτλ. : this sentence contains two clauses, connected by μεν 
. . . δε, preceded by ae λαβών, which is common to both clauses and which 



70 COMMENTARY. 

gives to αυτόν 263 its personal reference. — λαβών : see on Ιών A 138.— 
άττό 8ύ<Γω : strip off, followed by two accasatives. 

262. τά T€ : combines the objects. Whatsoever covers thy nakedness. — 
This would be the most bitter disgrace. 

263. αυτόν : thyself; the man in contrast with his clothing, cf. A 47. 
See§liy. 

264. ΊΓίίΓληγώδ κτλ. : flogging thee away from the place of assembly. 
π€πληγώς like κεκλτ^γώς 222, τ€τριγώτα9 314, does not imply past time. 
See II. 849. — aciKiVo-i : a standing epithet of blows. 

265. σκήτΓτρω . . . 'π•λή|6ν : i.e. he gave him a heavy blow over the 
back from one shoulder to the other, as a foretaste of the harder beating 
which would follow if he continued his insolence. 

266. €κτΓ€<Γ6 : escaped him, against his will. 

267. σ-μώ8ιξ κτλ. : a weal rose (άνίστη) out of the back (e^), under (ύττό) 
the blow of the staff. 

268. σ-κήΐΓτρου tiiro :es, the men were killed. 
See § 6 δ. — τινά, : in a collective sense, referring to each individual, as is 
also Τρωών άλοχω. 



76 COMMENTARY. 

356. τίσ-ασθαι : * chiastic ' with κατακοίμηθηναι, with which it is coin- 
cident. The Trojans shall be repaid, like for like. — *Ελ€νη8 όρμήμ'ατο 
κτλ. : the longings and sighs of Helen, i.e. those which she felt and uttered. 
The poet attributes to Nestor a knowledge of Helen's repentance (see on 
Γ 173) and earnest longing to return to Greece (see Γ 139 f.). Paris is 
everywhere in Homer held chiefly responsible for Helen's fault, although 
she followed him willingly. She is always attractive in Homer. Vergi] 
(Aen. vi. 511 ff.) represents her in a much more unpleasant light. 

357. έκΊτάγλωδ: as 223. 

358. άΐΓτεσθω tjs νηόβ : cf. 171. In a threatening tone. " Only let him 
prepare to depart ! Instead of returning as he wishes, before the rest, 
he will find death here, before the rest." For the imperative, cf. A 302. 

— €υσ•σ•6'λμοιο κτλ. : as 170. 

359. οψρα: in order that. This was the natural consequence to be 
expected. — θάνατον: i.e. the punishment of death. — ιτότμον: cf. μεθ" 
"Έικτορα TTOT/xos ίτοΐμος ^S 96 after thou hast killed Hector, death is read?/ 
for thee. 

360. άναξ: Xestor turns to Agamemnon. — tniQio r αλλφ: this is the 
leading thought, as is shown by what follows, while ev μη^^ο recapitulates 
344 f . " As thou must plan wisely thyself, so also follow another's advice." 

361. άιτόβλητον: for the final syllable, long by position before a lost 
consonant, see § 59/. 

362. Kptvc : separate, i.e. place in position separately, as 440. — κατά 
φΰλα : distributive, by tribes, the principal division of each Greek people, 
cf. 668. — κατά φρήτρα? : by clans, to which the separate families belonged. 

— Cf. 'According to your tribes, . . . according to the families thereof; 
and the family which the Lord shall take shall come by households,' 
Joshua vii. 14. — This verse suggests such a catalogue as follows, 484 if. — 
This separation of the army into divisions might have been expected 
early in the war. But this time is the beginning of the war, so far as 
the hearer is concerned. 

363. ώδ φρήτρη κτλ. : equiv. to άλληλοις. 

365. OS T€ λαών: sc. trjai. The clause is relative, not interrogative. 

366. κατά σφ^α? : by themselves separately. Cf. A 271. 

367. η καΐ Qta-TTta-LiQ : whether thou hast failed not simply because of 
the inefficiency of the army, but also by decree of the gods. This refers to 
111 if. — aXairalcis : future since the success of this measure will not 
appear until in the future. 

368. η: or only, as the English idiom requires, to correspond to καί 
above. 

369-393. Agamemnon's speech. He calls them to battle. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 77 

370. η μάν: strong asseveration, in very truth. — αυτ€ : again, "as 
often before." Agamemnon's praise is bestowed upon Nestor's whole 
speech. 

371. This appeal to the three chief divinities is made in the case of 
ardent wishes. Generally, as here, fulfilment of the wish is not expected. 

372. σ-υμφράΒμονίδ : equivalent to σύμβουλοι. Cf. φράσαι A 83. 

'^ 374. x€pcrlv υίΓο : for vrro with the dative, in its transition from local 
to instrumental sense, see § 19 /. — άλοΰσ-α : aorist, to mark the cap- 
ture of the city as the decisive moment, while ττερθομίνη refers to the 
duration of the work of destruction, cf. A 331. 

375. ΚρονίΒηε Zeis: closely connected, cf. A 502. — The verses which 
immediately follow seem inconsistent with the confident expectation ex- 
pressed 412 ff. — For the complaint, cf 111. 

376. OS : as 275. — μ€τά : into the midst of cf. A 222, 423. — άιτρήκτουε : 
cf. 121. — βάλλει : casts, is wont to entangle in. 

377. μαχησάμ€θα : cf. epiSi $νν€ηκε μάχεσθαί A 8, — e'ivcKa κονρη$ : here 
marks the insignificant occasion of the quarrel. 

378. ηρχον : construe with the participle. — χαλίτταίνων : i.e. the 
quarrel. 

379. €s yi μίαν κτλ. : sc. βονλην, cf. 8€^iat'341. Agree in coimsel, the 
opposite of άμφίς φράζεσθαι, cf. 14. 

380. ούδ* ηβαιόν : not in the least. 

381. 8€iirvov : the principal meal of the day, no matter when it is 
taken. See § 17. The warriors would have no more food until night. 
A considerable part of the day had passed during the events narrated 
since 48. — ξυνάγωμ€ν "Αρηα : i.e. begin the sharp contest, see on 426. Cf. 
440, A 8, Γ 70, c ο m m i 1 1 e r e ρ r ο e 1 i u ni . 

382. tCs : collective. — tv : the repetition is rhetorical, cf cac A 436 ff. 
— Cf ' Arm, warriors, arm for fight ! ... let each | His adamantine coat 
gird icell, and each | Fit well his helm, gripe fast his orbed shield,' Milton 
Par. Lost vi. 537 ff . 

384. άρματο8 άμφίβ : construe with ιδών, looking cai-efully about his 
chariot, to see that all was in good condition. The principal idea is in 
the participle, not in the finite verb. See § 21 i. 

385. ιίανημφιοι : as A 472. — cos κρινώμ€θα : that we may measure our 
strength. — (ττυγερω "Αρηι : dative of interest, i.e. in dread battle. 

386. μ€Τ€ΌΓ<Γ€ται : shall be between, sc. the conflicts. 

387. μ,ένοζ ανδρών : for the periphrasis, cf 851, Γ 105. See § 16 i/. 

388. nv [τινός] : many a one's. The strap of the shield ran over the 
left shoulder and under the right arm. The shield was so heavy that it 
needed support from the body as well as from the arm. 



78 COMMENTARY. 

389. άμψιβρότης : man-protecting, άμφί is connected with άμφω on both 
sides. — χίϊρα : arm. Ace. of specification. — καμ€ΐται : sc. tU from rev. 

391. Cf. A 549. — tQiXovra: inclined, ready. — νο-ί\<Γω: perceive. See 
§ 17. 

392. μιμνάζίΐν: object of ^θέλοντα. A collateral form of μένω, μίμνω, 
see § 37 α. — οΰ : by no means, emphatic at the head of the clause, to con- 
trast the following thought with the coward's expectation. — ol : personal 
pronoun instead of a demonstrative after the cond. rel. sentence, cf. A 
218. 

393. άρκιον : appointed, fated. — ia-a-tirai [€σται] : for the form, see H. 
426 ; G. 777, 6. — κύνα? κτλ. : see on A 4. — " Nothing shall save him 
from death." 

394-440. Breaking up of the assembly. The sacrifice. 

394. «s oT€ : introduces a comparison, see § 14 e. Sc. Ιάχγ]. — Cf. 
'He scarce had finished when such murmur filled | Th' assembly, as 
when hollow rocks retain | The sound of blust'ring winds, which all night 
long I Had roused the sea,' etc. Milton Par. Lost ii. 284 ff. ' He ended, 
and the heavenly audience loud | Sung Hallelujah as the sound of seas,' 
ib. X. 641 f., ' He said, and as the sound of waters deep, ] Hoarse murmur 
echoed to his words applause,' ib. v. 872 f. 

395. κινήση : for the subjunctive, cf. A 80. Sc. κνμα as object. 

396. σ-κοΊΓί'λω : locative, in partitive apposition wdth άκτΎ). See on 145. 
— κύματα άνί\ιων : i.e. waves roused by the winds. Cf. βλκά' vSpov 723, 
φόβον'Άρηος 767, νονσον Διός t 411 disease sent by Zeus. 

397. OT αν γ€'νωνται : sc. άνεμοι. This explains τταντοίων, but the w^hole 
sentence is a picturesque decoration of the comparison. See § 14 a. — 
e νθ' η € νθα : in this direction or in that, cf 90, 462, 476, 812. 

398. opcovTo : they hastened away. — κατά νήα? : cf 47. 

400. €ρ€ζ€ : for the imperfect, see on άφία A 25. — θίών κτλ. : cf. A 290. 
Each of the tribes offered sacrifices to its national god. 

402. Up€v(r6v: sc. as he prepared a feast for the 'Gerontes.' Kings 
generally sacrificed to Zeus, as their patron. See on A 176. — 'Αγαμέμ- 
νων : in appos. with 6, see § 42 h. 

403. ΐΓ€ντα€τηρον : i.e. full grown. This age was thought to be the 
best for beef and pork. — KpovCwvt: dative of interest, in Jiis honor, with 
Upevaev. 

404. γί'ροντας: see on γερόντων 21. The following seem to be the 
members of the βονλη of 53. 

405. ΊτρώτκΓτα : Nestor has the first place in the regard of Agamem- 
non. See 20, 371 ff. Idomeneus has a high place, cf. A 145. Idomeneus 
is also a great friend of Menelaus, cf. Γ 232. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 79 

406. AtavT€ : see on A 138. — TvSc'os υΐόν: i.e. Diomed, king of Argos. 
See on 567. 

408. αυτόματος : of his own accord. He needed no invitation. He 
holds a sjiecial relation. — βοήν αγαθός: an important element of influ- 
ence in battle when trumpets were not used. This epithet is applied to 
Menelaus 25 times. See § 12 δ. 

409. άδ6λψ£0ν: the subject of the subordinate clause is taken by 
anticipation (II. 878) as the object of the principal clause, cf. 348, Ί 
know thee who thou art,' St. Luke iv. 34. — The form αδελφός is not 
Homeric ; κασί-γνητος is found in Homer about twice as freq. as άδελφεός. 
— ώς lirovciTo : hotv busy he was in preparing for the feast and the battle. 

410. •π•€ρίστη<Γαν : 2d aorist, cf. A 448. — ούλοχύτας κτλ. : as A 449. 

412. Ziv κτλ.: equiv. to Jupiter Optimus Maximus. — The 
different attributes are given without conjunctions, see 15 a. — The elated 
tone of the prayer results from the king's infatuation by the dream, cf. 
37 ff. — κ€λαιν€ψ€ς: since the god appears in the dark thunder-cloud. — 
αίθδ'ρι : cf. A 44, 195. 

413. eiri : const, with Swat, sc. upon the battle. — cirl κνί'φας tkQtiv : cf. 
A 475. — The infinitives depend on δός implied in the invocation. The 
optative follows in 418. — The wish reminds of Joshua's words: 'Sun, 
stand thou still upon Gibeon ; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Ajalon. 
And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed, until the people had 
avenged themselves upon their enemies,' Joshua x. 12 f . 

414. Ίτρην^ς : proleptic predicate after κατά βαλίαν, cf. ρωγαλεον 417, 
άλίαστον 420. 

415. αίθαλόεν : the ceiling-timbers were blackened by the smoke from 
the fires and torches for which no adequate outlet was provided. — 
Ίτρήσ-αι: const, with the genitive. — θύρετρα: i.e. the double door which 
witli its decorations formed a principal ornament of the palace. 

416. Έκτόρεον : equivalent to "Έκτορος. See on 20. 

417. χαλκφ : bronze, i.e. sword ; see on A 236. So χαλκός is sometimes 
used for armor, as 578. — ττολ^ες: ττολλοί, see § 38 c. — άμφ' αυτόν: about 
himself, as the chief personage. 

418. όεάξ κτλ. : bite the dust, in the last convulsive agony of death, cf 
humum semel ore momordit Verg. yl^n. xi. 418. — οΒάξ: equiv. to 
τοις oSovaLv, cf. ττν^ Γ 237 with thefst, λα| Ζ 65 toith the foot. 

419. Ιττεκραίαινε : cf. A 455. Coincident in time with Ιφατο. 

420. δεκτό : 2d aor., cf. Βίχθαΐ A 23. Zeus gave no sign of displeasure, 
hence it was inferred that he accepted the sacrifice. — οφελλεν: i.e. he 
gave them greater labor of war instead of giving them peace, cf, 39 f. 

421-424 = A 458-461. 425. Cf. A 462, 



80 COMMENTARY. 

426. ΉφαCσ■τoto : i.e. blazing fire. The god is put for his element. 
Cf. "Αρψ for 7ΓΟλ€/Λ09 381 ; * Αμφιτρίτη for θάλασσα μ 97 ; *Αφρο8ίτη for 
€ρως χ 444; Vulcanuni spargere tectis Verg. Aen. vii. 77. 

427-432 =r A 464-469. 433. rots : see on A 58. 

435. μηκ^τι κτλ. : no longer ηοΐϋ let us talk here for a long time. Nestor 
wished to prevent the conversation that generally followed a feast. He 
agrees with Agamemnon, 381 ff., in calling for action. 

436. άμβαλλώμίθα : cf. άνάβλησις 380. — 8ή : now. — Btos : i.e. Zeus. — 
6γγυαλΙζ€ΐ : gives into our hands, sc. in so far as the Dream directed the 
immediate preparation for battle. 

437. αψ: here only in Homer with 3d pers. imperative, but this is 
equiv. to "bid the heralds " etc. — κήρυκας : i.e. Agamemnon's, as 50, 442. 
— 'Αχαιών: construe with λαόν, as 163. 

439. ημ6ί8 : i.e. the princes who are named 405 ft'. — αθρόοι c38c : assem- 
bled as we are. 

440. θάσ-σον: the quicker. — €'γ€(ρομ€ν κτλ. : cf. 381. 
441-483. The army goes forth to fight. 
442-444. Cf 50-52. 

442. αντίκα: 'asyndetic,' see § 15 c. 

445. ol δ* άμφ* *Ατρ6Ϊωνα: " The son of Atreus and the other princes." 
See H. 791, 3 ; G. 1202, 3. 

446. Kp£vovT€s : following Nestor's advice, 362. — μ€τά 8^ : hut among 
them, as 477. — She is unseen. So Apollo leads the Trojans forward, 
et/Aevos ωμοιιν νεφζλην Ο 308 with a cloud wrapped about his shoulders. 
See on A 198. — *Αθήνη : sc. θννε, which is taken up by διεσσυτο 450. 

447. αΙγίδα : as goddess of war (on A 206), Athena wears the Aegis 
of Zeus to inspire terror. The Aegis was a symbol of the thunder cloud, 
just as the Gorgon's head upon it represented the thunder storm. This 
is worn by Athena regularly in works of art. — άγήραον κτλ: explanatory 
of Ιρίτιμον. ά-γηραος is always associated by Homer with αθάνατος, and 
elsewhere in the poems is used only of persons, excepting the gold and 
silver dogs that guard the palace of the king of the Phaeacians. 

448. τή5 : f-ojn which. Construe with -ηερίθονται. — The present is 
used of a divine and unchanging quality. 

449. IvirXiKc'is: evidently the art of drawing gold into thin threads 
was known in the Homeric period. — Ικατόμβοιος: loorth a hundred oxen. 
Cf. 649 for the round number. Cattle formed the standard of value in 
those times. Coined money was unknown. See § 5 c. 

451. Iv : const, with ωρσει/. 

452. καρδίη : in partitive apposition with ζκάστω. See § 12 g. καρ8ιη 
is found in Homei- only in tliis verse, elsewhere κραΒίη, as 171 ; see § 31. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 81 

455-483. Six splendid comparisons, each of which progressively gives 
yrominence to a new point; (1) the gleam of their armor, 455-458; (2) their 
noisy tumult, 459-466 ; (o) their multitude, 467 f. ; (4) their eagerness for 
thefray,4:Q9-473', (5) their mai'shalling leaders, 4:74^79 ; (6) Agamemnon 
as commander-in-chief, 480-483. See § 14 c. 

455. ηύτ€ : as 87. — άίδηλον : destructive. — άσιτετον : sc. in extent. 
This is essential for the comparison since the extent of the fire is a condi- 
tion of its brightness as seen at a distance. 

456. έ'καθίν : from afar, where the poet chooses his station with the 
men who are looking on. 

457. των : of these, limits χαλκοί). — Ιρχομίνων : as they were going forth 

— eco-irc^ioio : sc. because of the throng. 

458. δι' αΙθέρο$ : i.e. reaches through the aether to the home of the 
gods. See on A 195. 

459. των : prepares the way for the leading clause. It is taken up by 
TOiv 464, as τον<ζ 474 is taken up by rovs 476. — €0v€a : cf. 87. 

460. χηνών : the specializing of ορνίθων forms a concrete picture, of 
which the definite local designation forms a part. — κύκνων: cf. ceu 
quondam nivei liquida inter nubila cycni Verg. ^en. vii. 699. 

461. *A<rC<u : for the use of the adjective, cf. iv λει/χώη 2κα/>ιανδριω 
467, Asia prata Yerg. Geor^. i. 383, quale s sub nubibus atris| 
Strymoniae dant signa grues id. Aen. :s..264:i. — From this plain 
of Lydia south of Mt. Tmolus, the name of Asia spread to the Persian 
Empire and finally over the whole continent ; just as ' Europe ' at first was 
only the Boeotian plain. 

462. €v0a κτλ. : to this side or to that, cf. 397. — άγαλλόμβνα κτλ. : lit. 
delighting with their wings, i.e. with joyous play of their wings. 

463. κλα-γ-γηδον ιτροκαθιζόντων : settling (forward) ivith loud cries, refer- 
ring to ορνίθων 459. The flocks with incessant noise fly on again and 
again to settle in another spot, and the last birds to reach the ground take 
their places in front of the rest. — σ-μαρα-γεΐ Zi : for the * parataxis,' see on 
210. 464 = 91. 

465. ireSCov : i.e. the plain between the camp and the city. — ιτροχεοντο : 
cf. 'Saw what numbers numberless | The city gates outpour'd, light- 
arm'd troops ' etc. Milton Par. Regained iii. 310 f. — viro : adv., explained 
by the following ablatival genitive ποδών. 

466. αυτών κτλ. : of both themselves and their horses, cf. 762. This 
limits ποδών. 

467 f. The third comparison is closely connected with the preceding. 

— €σταν: halted, stopped, as they came to the field of battle. For the 
aorist, see on 94. 



82 COMMENTARY. 

468. ωρη : in the season, i.e. in spring. 

469. ηντ6 κτλ. : protasis to τοσσοι κτλ. 472. The verb is here omitted 
in the first member of a comparison. — μυιάων : the fly has elsewhere also 
the character of an impudent, eager insect. — άΒινάων €θν€α : cf. 87. 

470. ηλάσκουσ-ιν: always hover ahout. 

471. oT€ κτλ.: explains ωρτ) iv dapLvrj. — τ^: marks the close connec- 
tion of the clauses. See § 21 6. 

472. ktrX Τρώ€σ-(Γΐ : to battle against the Trojans. Ιττί is here used with 
the dative, implying hostility, see on A 382. 

473. ϊ<Γταντο : were taking their positions. — 8ιαρραισαι : so. Τρώας. 

474. •ΐΓλατ€α : standing epithet, broad, wide-feeding, i.e. scattered as 
they feed; in contrast with 'huddling' sheep. — αΐιτόλοι avSpcs : c/. ySa- 
σίληι avSpL Γ 170, avSpes στρατηγοί, avSpes στρατιώται, άνδρες αδελφοί 
Acts xxiii. 1. 

475. διακρίνωσ-ιν : separate. Subjunctive of a general supposition, cf. 
A 554. — νομω : dative of place. — μιγί'ωσ-ιν : sc. αιπόλια αιγών as subject. 

476. δΐ€κό(Γμ£ον : cf. Βίακοσμηθεΐμεν 126, δια τρίχα κοσμηθΊντα 655. 

477. U'vai : for the infinitive, cf μάχεσθαι A 8. — μ€τά : adverb, as 446. 

478. ΔιΙ κτλ. : Agamemnon combines the majesty of Zeus with the 
grace of Ares. These characteristics of the gods seem known to the 
hearers from works of art. Cf. Γ 167 ff. Homeric comparisons of men 
with gods are generally indefinite, not specifying a particular feature. — 
Cf. ' See what a grace was seated on this brow ; | Hyperion's curls ; the 
front of Jove himself ; | An eye like Mars, to threaten and command ; | 
A station like the herald Mercury | . . . A combination and a form in- 
deed, I Where every god did seem to set his seal,' Shakspere Hamlet iii. 
4. 55 if. 

479. For the ' chiasmus,' cf. A 443, 558 f . See § 16 a. — ζώνην : waist. 

480. βοΰβ : made more definite by its appositive ταύρος. See § 12/. — 
ά-γέληψι : in the herd. For the ending, see § 33 a. — μί'γα : far^ see on 
A 78. — eirXcTO : gnomic aorist, freq. in comparisons ; cf. A 418. 

481. "γάρ T€ : always connected, like η am que. 

482. Totov : such a one, sums up the characteristics which have been 
mentioned. In spite of 419, Zeus sustains the royal honor which he him- 
self had granted (on A 176). 

483. €κπρ€ΐΓέα: in appos. with τοΓον. — έ'ξοχον: elsewhere followed by 
the genitive. 

The Catalogue of the Ships. 

484-785. The forces of the Achaeans. 
484-493. Prooemium: Invocation of the Muses. 



#^ SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 83 

484. Solemn invocation of the muses where a faithful memory is 
needed for telling the story, or where the theme taxes the poet's powers. 
Cf. aeiSe ^eci A 1, άνδρα μοι tweirf. μονσα, α 1, pan dite nunc Hel icon a, 
deae, cantusque movete, | . . . et meministis enim, divae, 
et memorare potestis ; | ad nos vix tenuis famae perlabi- 
tur aura, Verg. Aen. vii. 641, 645 f. — For the repetition of the invo- 
cation, cf. 'Descend from Heaven, Urania,' Milton Par. Lost vii. 1. 

νΰν : now, closely connecting what follows with the advance of the 
Achaeans that has been described, 455-483. — μ,οΰσ-αι: pi. as 594. Homer 
does not know the name of any muse, and has their number as nine only 
ω 60. The earlier number seems to have been three, — the same as of 
the Fates, Graces, Hours, etc. The muses could not be assigned to differ- 
ent arts and sciences before the arts and sciences existed. — For the 
rhyme between the words before the caesura and the close of the verse, 
see § 13 a. — For this Catalogue of forces, cf. Joshua xv.-xix., Numbers 
xxvi., Hesiod's Theogony, Vergil's Aeneid vii. 641-817, and Milton's list 
of fallen angels {Paradise Lost i. 392-521). 

485. Trap€<rT€ : sc. ττασιν from πάντα. — This verse and the next fol- 
lowing are parenthetical. — Cf. ' Say first, for Heav'n hides nothing from 
thy view, | Nor the deep tract of Hell * etc. Milton Par. Lost i. 27. 

486. ημ€ί8 : we singers. — kXcos : report, " what people say," in contrast 
with ΙΒμεν. — άκοΰομ€ν : we hear. Equiv. to we have heard, as in the 
English idiom. 

487. Cf. 760. 

488. Ίτληθύν: as 143. — άν μυθήσ-ομαι: for the subjunctive with av, 
cf A 137, 139 ; see § 18 b. 

489. ού8* el: not even if. — Cf. non ego cuncta meis amplecti 
versibus opto, j non, milii si linguae centum sint, oraque 
centum, | ferrea vox Verg. Georg. ii. 42 f., Aen. vi. 625, si vox in- 
fragilis, pectus mihi firmius aere, | pluraque cum Unguis 
pluribus ora forent Ovid Trist. i. 5. 53 f. . 

490. χάλκ€ον: epithet of strength and firmness. — ητορ: i.e. lungs. 
491 f. This thought is hard to reconcile with the preceding, which 

notes the physical impossibility of rehearsing the names of so great a 
multitude. — ΌλυμιτιάΒίε: not a patronymic here, but a mere adjective of 
connection, cf. Ούραηωι/ες A 570. The muses are Όλΰ/χπια Βωμχιτ ^χον- 
σαι 484. See § 39 a. — Aios κτλ. : cf. 598, θ^α [μονσά] θνγατ€ρ Αίός α 10. 
The mother, according to the later myth, was Mnemosyne (Memory). 

492. ύτΓο "Ιλιον : see on 216. 

493. This verse promises something different from 487. — &ρχον« αν: 
in contrast with ηληθυν 488. — προττάσαβ: all together; as the poet adds 



84 COMMENTARY. 

a statement of the number of the ships to the names of the leaders of 
each people. 

494 ίϊ. 'J'iie Catalogue seems to have been prepared for an account of 
the mustering of the Greeks at Aulis and the embarkation thence (c/ 
509 f.), and to have been inserted liere with divers alterations. We 
expect here an account of the forces, not of the ships. 

The nations, their leaders, and the number of their ships are enu- 
merated in a definite geographical order, in three principal divisions: 
I. (a) The main land of (xreece south of Thermopylae ; (b) middle and 
southern Greece with the islands immediately adjoining. 16 contingents. 
(494-644.) II. Insular Greece, from Crete to Calydnae. 4 contingents. 
(645-680.) III. Thessalian Greece, from Mts. Oeta and Othrys on 
the south, to Olympus on the north. 9 contingents. (681-759.) See 
p. vii. of the Vocabulary. 

The Achaean ships number in all 1186. The number of men on each 
ship is stated for only two contingents : each Boeotian ship carried 120 
men (510) ; each of the ships of Philoctetes brought 50 men (719) . The 
ships of Achilles also brought each 50 men (Π 170) . From the average 
of the two numbers given for the Boeotians and the ships of Philoctetes, 
the ancients reckoned the whole number of Achaeans before Troy as about 
100,000. Others reckoned the ships roundly as 1200, assigned 100 men 
to each ship, and thus estimated the whole number of Achaeans as 
120,000. 

The Greeks valued this list highly, because of its geographical and 
statistical information. They looked upon it as a part of history, a 
versified geography and gazetteer. They appealed to it to settle disputed 
questions, and the charge of interpolating verses in it w^as like a charge 
of falsifying public records. 

The poet evidently desires to represent this expedition as a great 
national undertaking. He enumerates even those nations which from 
their inland position were not likely to have had anything to do with 
such a war, e.g. the Arcadians (603-614), who are not mentioned in the 
rest of the Iliad as taking part in the battles on the plain of Troy. The 
poet does not seem to exalt one nation at the expense of another, either 
here or in the other parts of the Iliad. A bard wandering from country 
to country would acquire a wealth of geographical information, but would 
form no strong local attachments. 

Ελλάς and the "Ελλι/νε? in this Catalogue are restricted to a part of 
Thessaly, 683 f. The Dorians and lonians are not mentioned. No Greek 
colonies are known, whether in Asia Minor, in Sicily and the West, or 
elsewhere. The names Peloponnesus, Attica, Eleusis, Megara, Delphi, 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 85 

Olympia, and Pisa, do not appear. Thus this Catalogue seems to have 
been composed before the Dorian migration into Peloponnesus, and the 
sending forth of colonies to Asia Minor and the West. 

494-644. I. Greece south of Thermopylae, with the adjoining islands. 

494-558. Boeotia, Phocis, Locris, Euboea, Athens, Salamis. The enu- 
meration proceeds from Boeotia in a northerly direction, then to the east, 
then southward, and so to the west, around Boeotia. Seven contingents ; 
262 ships. See p. viii. of the Vocabulary. 

The poet begins with Boeotia, prob. because the fleet collected at Aulis 
(303). Because of this beginning, the ancients gave the name Βοιωτία 
or BoLoiTua to the Catalogue of the ships. 

494-510. Boeotia. This document presents a distribution of the 
Greeks such as existed after the Trojan war. Ace. to Thuc. i. 12, the 
Boeotians lived in Thessaly until sixty years after the fall of Troy. See 
on 507. More towns are mentioned in Boeotia than elsewhere. This 
last fact may indicate not a Boeotian poet, but the extent of the culture 
and history of the country. The Thebans are not prominent in the 
action of the Iliad. Thebes is not mentioned ; see on 505. 

494 f. μ^ν: correl. with Se 511. — The five leaders are all mentioned 
elsewhere. 

496. o'i T€ : refers to Βοιωτών, resumed in των 509. — Ύρίην: not far 
from Tanagra and Aulis.^ — Αυλίδα : where the Achaean forces gathered 
before setting sail for Troy; see on 339. 

498. ©conrciav [Θεσττιάς] : without a conjunction to connect it with the 
preceding, in order to mark the beginning of a new series, as 501 f., 
560 f., 647, 739. — For the sing., see § 37 of. — Thespiae and Platea were 
the only Boeotian cities to refuse * earth and water ' to Xerxes. — €ύρύ- 
χορον: generally of cities (^with hroad squares for the choral dance), as here. 
Even now in Greece the villagers assemble on the public square for their 
dances. — Freq. in Homer are three substantives so placed in averse that 
but one has an adjective, and this adjective with its noun fills the second 
half of the verse. Cf. 497, 502, 532, 551, 582, 606, 647, 739, etc. — Μνκα- 
λη<Γ<ΓΟν: on the road from Thebes to Chalcis. 

499. άμ,φΐ €V€>ovTo : dwelt about, inhabited. Cf. 521, 574, 585, 634, etc. 
— "Αρμα: here Amphiaraus (the chief hero of the expedition against 
Seven-gated Thebes) and his chariot sank into the earth. 

502. ΚώΐΓα8: this town gave its name to the lake on which it 
lay. — Θίσ-βην: Shakspere's 'Thisbe' was named for the nymph of this 
place. 

503. «ΐΓοιήβντα: here femhiine, an adjective of two endings. Cf. 
ημηθόεντος 77 and note, άμπ€λΟ€ντα 561. 



86 COMMENTARY. 

504. Γλίσ-αντα: at the foot of Mt. Hypatus. The decisive battle 
between the Epigoni and Thebans was said to have been fought 
there. 

505. ΎτΓοθήβα? : Lower Thebes, which lay on the plain ; in distinction 
from Seven-gated Thebes with the Cadinean citadel which was destroyed 
in the second Argive invasion by Dionied and his associates, and does 
not seein to have been rebuilt in the Homeric time. 

506. oXo-osi sacred grove. In appos. with Όγχ?;στόι/, cj. 592, 696. 
The name was often applied to a sacred precinct even when no grove of 
trees existed. 

507. "Αρνην: to be distinguished from the Thessalian town of the 
same name, which was the old home of the Boeotians and gave to this 
town its name. 

508. «σ-χατόωσ-αν : at the extremity of the land, cf. 616. 

509. v^€s kCov : cf. νη6<; Ιονσης A 482. — Iv Sc €κά<Γτη βαΐνον : in each 
were sailing, sc. from Aulis. See on 494 ff., p. 84. 

510. βαΐνον: cf 351, 611, 619. — «κατον κτλ. : prob. an unusually 
large number. 

511-516. Orchomenus. 

511. Όρχομ€νόν : the rich capital of the famous empire of the Minyae ; 
called Mlvvclov in distinction from the Arcadian city (605). It was 
renowned for its worship of the Graces, who were said to have been first 
worshipped there. Both Orchomenus and Aspledon (a small town) lay 
near Lake Copa'is, on the left bank of the Boeotian Cephisus (see on 522), 
on the fertile plain of Boeotia. The realm of the Minyae did not become 
Boeotian until later. 

512. ηρχ6 : singular, although two personal subjects follow. Cf 563, 
650, 830, 842, 844, 858, 862, 876. See H. 607. The second subject in 
many cases seems to be added as an afterthought. 

513. δόμω: local, in the house. — "AKTopos : i.e. Astyoche's father. 

514. ΰττερώιον : this served as the sleeping-chamber for the women. 

515. "Αρηι: she bore to Ares. For the dative, cf. 658. Ares was the 
national god of the warlike Minyae. For the long first syllable of "Αρψ, 
cf 767, 'Απόλλωνος A 14. 

516. Tois : const, with the verb, των might have been used with vees, 
see § 19 e. 

517-526. The Phocians. These also may be supposed to have fitted 
out their fleet on the Euripus. 

518. Ίφίτου: for this traditional form, the metre indicates the truer 
form to be Ίφίτοο, with the last syllable lengthened before the μ (§ 59 h). 
Cf 6ov (6o) 325, Άσκληττιοΐ) (^Άσκλψηόο) 731. See § 35 b. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 87 

519. Πύθωνα : ' metaplastic ' ace. of Πυ^ώ. — This was the later Delphi 
(Δελφοί), seat of the Pythian oracle. The epithet π^τρψσσαν is well 
deserved. 

520. Κρϊσ-αν : on the plain, near the gulf of the same name. It seems 
in early times to have controlled the Pythian sanctuary. — Δαυλίδα: east 
of Delphi, on a hill; cf. Daulis quia in tumulo excel so sita est, 
nee sealis nee operibus capi poterat {sc. by the Romans) Livy 
xxxii. i8. — ΠανοΊτήα: burnt by the Persians under Xerxes, as was also 
Daulis. 

522. άρα: further; uniting the following to form a series with the 
preceding. — Κηψισόν : the Cephisus takes its rise near Lilaea, on the 
north slope of Mt. Parnassus. It flows with many windings through 
Phocis into Boeotia, and empties into Lake Copais. 

524. άμα eirovTO : accompanied. 

525. οίτμ^ν: the two leaders mentioned 517. — άμφι^'τοντ65: busily. 
For the use of the participle, see on Ιων A 138. 

526. Βοιωτών δ' 'ΐγ.ΊτΚ'ψ'' next the Boeotians. — kir dpio-rcpd: to the left 
of the Boeotians, in the line of the ships and in the line of battle. Cf 
CTTiSe^ta 353. 

527-535. TheLocrians. 

527. Όιλήοδ: gen. of connection, with Atas. See H. 729 a, 730 a; 
G. 1085, 1. Cf Ύελαμωνίοζ Atas, where the adj. is equiv. to a genitive. — 
ταχύδ : cf. celerem sequi Aiacem Hor. Carm. i. 15. 18. In the 
funeral games in honor of Patroclus, this Ajax runs a race with Odysseus 
and would have won the prize, but Athena caused him to slip. — He was 
shipwrecked and drowned on the voyage home from Troy. See § 9 c. 

528. Τ€λαμώνιο5 Al'as : cf. 557, 768, A 138. Throughout the battles 
of the Iliad the two Atavre stand near each other and are often men- 
tioned together. 

529. ολίγος: small, WkQ Kitic /Αίκρός which is rare in Homer. — λινο- 
θώρηξ : with linen doublet, i.e. in a closely woven, thick linen jacket which 
came down only to the hips; while the ^ιτων in the common epithet 
χα\κο\ίτων€'; was cuirass and apron in one piece. The linen armor 
became more common in later times (see Xen. An. iv. 7. 16 of the 
Chalybes, τον \lvovv θώρακα ος €τηχώριος ην αΰτοις id. Cyr. vi. 4• 2). Such 
a cuirass of cocoanut fibre was the usual armor of some of the South Sea 
Islanders, and would repel a ball from a revolver or a cut from a sabre. 

530. Πανί'λληνα?: the Pan-Hellenes {cf Παναχαιών 404), only here. 
This unites under one name the peoples of Northern Greece, as *Λ;)(αιους 
is used of the peoples of Peloponnesus and the adjacent islands. Cf. κα& 
'Ελλάδα καΧ μΙσον "Apyo^ a 344 through Hellas and the midst of Argos, as 



88 COMMENTARY. 

including all Greece. Cf. 'from Dan to Beersheba ' Judges xx. 1, 'from 
John O'Groat's to Land's End.' 
531. 01 : refers to Αοκρων 527. 

535. Δοκρών: for its position at the beginning of the verse, see on 
ονλομίνην A 2. — ιτ^ρην : opposite. — Upfjs : as A 366. The cult of Apollo 
and Artemis was especially prominent there. 

536-545. The Euhoeans. 

536. μ€ν€α irv€iovT€s: breathing courage, i.e. inspired with courage and 
fury. — μ€ν€α : pi. because of the number of men ; cf. Shakspeie's 
'Wherein hath Caesar thus deserved your loves,' Caesar iii. 2. 241. — 
irvcCovTcs [TTveovTCs] : cf. ereXeieTo A 5. — "Αβαντ65 : pre-Hellenic Thracians 
who from the Phocian town Abae migrated to Euboea, and gave to the 
island its earlier name. 

537. Χαλκ£8α : the chief town of Euboea, on the strait of Euripus at 
its very narrowest part. It is separated from Boeotia by a channel so 
narrow that plans are making to blast aw^ay the rocks, in order to open 
the way for steamers of ordinary size. In the early times of Greek 
history, Chalcis exhausted its own strength by sending out colonies, — 
founding the first Greek settlement in the West (Cumae in Campania), 
and the first in Sicily (Naxos, about 735 B.C.), and sending so many 
colonies to the southern shore of Thrace as to give its name to the great 
promontory of Chalcidice. — ΕΙρίτρίαν : the later Eretria. The short 
quantity of e before τρ is unusual in Homer; see § 59 g. — Ίσ-τίαιαν: 
trisyllabic by synizesis ; see § 25 a. 

540. otos "Αρηο?: only metaphorical in Homer. Scion of Ares, 
denoting bravery. Cf. θεράποντες "Αρηος llCh 

542. oTTiQtv κομόωντίβ: see on 11. — Mark the new thoughts added in 
this sentence by the adjectives without conjunctions. 

544. This verse is composed apparently of six spondees. — δη ίων : 
const, with στηθεσσιν. l is here pronounced as y. See on 566. 

546-558. The Athenians and Salaminians. 

546. *Αθήνα5 : the city here represents Attica. The promontory of 
Sunium and Marathon are mentioned in the Odyssey. — In the line of 
battle, the Athenians had the Pylians on their left and the Cephallenians 
on their right. They were not prominent in the conflicts. — €υκτ£μ€νον : 
cf ' Where on the Aegean shore a city stands | Built nobly, pure the air, 
and light the soil; I Athens, the eye of Greece, mother of arts and elo- 
quence,' Milton Par. Regained iv. 238 ff. 

547. δήμον : the country.^ — *Ερ£χθήο8 : originally identical with Erich- 
thonius. An old hero of Athens, of whose cult Athena herself is here 
made to be the founder. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 89 

548. T^K€ Be κτλ. : parenthetical clause. Erechtheus is called -γηγ^νψ 
by Herodotus and others. The Athenians boasted that they were chil- 
dren of the soil {αυτόχθονες). 

549. κάδ [κατά]: const, with είσεν, cf. άνα claev A 310 f. — iriovi : 
fat, i.e. rich; with reference to the votive offerings and other treasures 
stored there. — νηω: recent excavations indicate that before the Persian 
invasion, the temple of Athena on the Acropolis stood to the north of 
the Parthenon (dedicated at the great Panathenaic festival 438 B.C.), 
with foundations extending under the Hall of the Caryatides of the 
Erechtheuni (completed about 407 B.C.). Colunnis and other architec- 
tural fragments of the pre-Persian Parthenon are found built into the 
wall of the Acropolis. 

550. μ,ίν: I.e. Erechtheus, who was worshipped with Athena, since the 
two were considered the founders of the civilization of the country. 

551. 'π•€ριτ€λλομ€νων : see on 295. — This then was an annual festival. 

552. Π€Τ€ώο : for Hereaoo, see § 35 b. The family of Peteos claimed 
descent from Erechtheus. 

553 f. τω 8' ου Ίτω κτλ. : acc. to Herodotus, an ambassador of the Athe- 
nians in the time of the second Persian war referred to these verses with 
pride before Gelo, tyrant of Syracuse. But the Iliad does not elsewhere 
mention or show this skill of Menestheus. 

554. κοσμήσ-αι : equiv. to the Attic τά^αι ; see § 17. Cf. κοσμήτορα 
λαών A 16, as an epithet of the generals. The inf. is used here as an acc. 
of specification. — iinrovs: i.e. men on chariots, horses and all that went 
with them. 

555. Ν^<Γτωρ: see on A 247. 

557. Αϊα?: son of Telamon. See on A 138. — Σαλαμίνος: Salamis 
forms a sort of stepping-stone in the enumeration, as the poet passes from 
Central Greece to Peloponnesus. Telamon had removed to Salamis from 
Aegina (the home of his father Aeacus), because of the murder of his 
brother. 

558. άγων : for the use of the participle, cf. άμφύποντες 525. Ajax 
here is brought into such close connection with Athens that he appears 
as a national hero of Attica. This was in accord with the later Athenian 
tradition. One of the ten tribes (φνλαι) of Attica was named ΑΙαντίς, 
after him. 

559-644.' Peloponnesus, Westei-n Islands, Aetolia. 
559-624. Peloponnesus. 559-568. Argos. 

559. "Αργός : the city, not the country. See on A 30. — τ€ΐχι06<Γσαν : 
well walled, lit. rich in walls, since Tiryns was famous for its walls, — the 
best known and oldest example of the so-called Cyclopean architecture. 



90 COMMENTARY. 

These walls are thought to have been 50 or 60 feet in height, and in 
places are 20 or 25 feet thick. In the time of Antoninus Pius, they were 
declared to be as great a wonder as the Aegyptian pyramids. Excava- 
tions were conducted there by Dr. Schliemann in 1884-85, laying bare 
the plan of an extensive and elaborate structure. 

560. κατά ίχούσ -as : which occupy. 

561. Τροιζήνα : famous for the worship of Poseidon, and as the early 
home of Theseus. — άμΐΓ€λΟ€ντα: for the form, see on -ποί-ηεντα 503. — 
Έιτίδαυρον : famed for its temple of Asclepius. The theatre (built under 
the direction of the famous sculptor Polycletus, with seats and orchestra 
still well preserved), and other ruins there, were excavated during 1881 
and the following years. 

562. Αϊγιναν : this island in very early times was conquered by 
Epidaurus.— In the eighth century B.C., it was ruled by Pheidon of 
Argos. — Kovpoi 'Αχαιών : does not differ materially from vies *Α;^αιώι/ 
281. 

563. βοην d'yaOos : see on 408. — Διομιή8η« : son of Tydeus. Tydeus 
was son of Oeneus of Calydon, and brother of Meleager (642) ; having 
slain some relative, he fled to Argos, where he married a daughter of King 
Adrastus (see on 572). He fell in the first Argive expedition against 
Thebes. Diomed took part in the second expedition (that of the Έττι- 
γονοι) against Thebes. He was one of the bravest and mightiest of the 
Achaeans before Troy. The Fifth Book is devoted to his exploits, in the 
course of which he wounds Aphrodite and (aided by Athena) even Ares. 
He has a famous meeting with Glaucus (Z 119 ff.). He visits the Trojan 
camp in company with Odysseus, and slays the Thracian Rhesus (K 
219 ff.). He reached Argos in safety at the close of the war. Diomed 
belonged to the old race of rulers in Peloponnesus (the race of Danaus 
and Perseus) who preceded Pelops and his line. 

564. SOcvcXos : often mentioned in Homer as θ€ράπων and charioteer 
of Diomed. The name is a short form of ^θ€νίλαος, and tlius corresponds 
to Αημοσθίνης. — Καιτανήοε : the most insolent of the 'Seven against 
Thebes.' He boasted that he would capture the city of Thebes, even 
though opposed by the thunderbolt of Zeus. 

566. Μηκισ-τηο5 : brother of Adrastus, and thus great-uncle of Diomed. 

— vios : the first syllable is here short, the ι being pronounced much like 
a y, rather than forming part of a diphthong. Cf. 544, A 489 and note. 

— Ταλαϊονΐδαο : this seems to be formed by a cumulation of suffixes from 

τάλαο?. cy:§39y. 

568. ο-γδώκοντα : Ionic for oySorJKovTa. 
569-580. The realm of Agamemnon. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 91 

569. Μυκήνα?: the residence of Agamemnon, whose realm lay in 
Northern Peloponnesus (tlie latter Achaea), extending to Elis. Above 
the gate of the citadel remains the. sculptured representation of two lions, 
probably the earliest extant specimen of Greek sculpture on Greek soil. 
Near the citadel are great subterranean structures, of which the finest 
and largest is the so-called ' treasure house of Atreus.' Mycenae (the sing, 
form also is used, see § 37 d) is called by Homer cvpvdyvia and ττολυχρυ- 
σος. The latter epithet was shown to be justified by the discoveries in 
the excavations by Dr. Schliemann in 1876-77. See § 4 δ. 

570. άφν€ΐόν Κόρινθον : Corinth was made wealthy in early times by 
its trade, lying as it did between two seas. The old name was Ephyra, 
and the poet does not put the name Corinth into the mouth of his charac- 
ters. 

572. "Αδρηστοβ: king of Argos, grandfather of Diomed (see on 563). 
He was driven out of Argos by Amphiaraus, and fled to Sicyon, to his 
mother's father, whom he succeeded on the throne. He was the leader of 
the ' Seven against Thebes,' and the only one of the seven who returned 
home alive. — -ιτρώτα : at first, with reference to his return to Argos. 

574. Π€λλήνην : in Achaea, about six miles from the sea. — At-yiov : 
later the capital of the 12 Achaean cities. Near it was a sanctuary of 
Zeus *Ομαγνρίος where Agamemnon was said to have planned the expedi- 
tion against Troy, with the most honored of the Greeks. 

575. άνά: cf. am δώ/χα A 570, ανά στρατόν A 10. — evpciav: a freq. 
epithet of a country (as of Crete and the Troad) ; rarely applied as here 
to a city. 

576. των [τοντωι']: i.e. the inhabitants of the cities mentioned just 
before. The gen. depends upon νηων, the ships of these, their ships. Cf. 
509, 685, while in 587, 610, 713, 719, veutv is in apposition with των. 

577. ΊΓολύ irXcio-Toi : since his kingdom was most extensive. Thus he 
had the largest force of ships himself, and could beside these lend 60 
ships to the Arcadians 610-614). The rule of Agamemnon ♦ over many 
islands,' implying naval power, is mentioned 108. 

578. ev δ^: but among them, cf. 588. See on A 142. — χαλκόν: see on 
417. 

580. ουν€κα : because, referring to κνΒωων. — apwrros : sc. in kingly 
dignity and power, as is shown by the next verse. See A 91 and note. 

581-590. The realm of Menelaus. 

581. κητώίσ-σαν: the sharply cut ravines of the mountains are one of 
the most striking characteristics of the Spartan landscape. 

584. Άμύκλαβ : this was one of the most important Laconian cities 
before the Dorian conquest, and long maintained its independence, by 



92 ' COMMENTARY. 

the side of Sparta. — "EXos: a city on the coast from which the name 
helot was said to be derived, since its inhabitants were enslaved by the 
Spartans. 

585. Δάαν : for the name, cf. ' *Stoneham,' * Stonington.' 

586. ol : for Jiim, his. 

587. ν€ών : in appos. with των, see on 576. — airaTcpGc : sc. from the 
troops of Agamenmon. This marks the political independence of Mene- 
laus. 

588. Iv 8^: as 578. — ιτροθυμίησι 'π•€'ΐΓοιθώ$ : for the long penult of 
προθνμίησί, see § 59 b. The pi. is used because of the many occasions 
on which his zeal had prompted him to act. 

589. 'ΐΓολ€μόν8€ : to the battle, ττόλεμ,ος is often used in Homer as 
synonymous with μάχη- — θυμω : local, as A 24. 

590 = 356. 

591-602. The forces of Nestor. 

591. Πύλον : Messenian Pylus, on a harbor that is well protected by 
the island Sphacteria. During the Peloponnesian war (425 B.C.) the 
Athenians established themselves here and held the position for 15 years. 
In this harbor (then called Navarino), Oct. 20, 1827, the Turkish fleet 
was nearly annihilated, and the Greek war for independence was virtually 
decided. — The realm of Nestor was founded by his father Neleus (son 
of Poseidon), who had been driven from lolcos in Thessaly by his brother 
Pelias (cf 715). 

592. iropov : ford. In apposition with Θρυον, cf άλσος 506. 

594. μοΰσαι : for the plural, see on 484. 

595. τον Θρήικα: that Thracian. For the use of the article, cf. A 11. 
The Thracian bards, Orpheus, Musaeus, Euraolpus, etc., who were called 
the fathers of Greek poetry, did not live in historic Thrace but in Pieria, 
in Southern Macedonia, on the east slope of Olympus. Thence the wor- 
ship of the Muses was brought to Helicon and Parnassus. — Thamyris is 
here thought of as wandering after the manner of the later bards (άοί8οί) 
and visiting the courts of the princes. 

597. (TTcvTo κτλ. : he asserted boastfully that he tvould be the victor. — 
6ύχόμ€νο8 : for the partic. of manner, see on ίων A 138. — el' irep αν : even 
granted that, supposing that. Here alone is αν found, instead of kcv, with 
el and the opt., cf. A 60; see ^ IS d β. The form in direct discourse 
would be νικησαιμι αν, et irep αν αυταΙ μχΛσαι aetSotev. 

598. κοΰραι κτλ. : cf. 491 f . 

599. Ίτηρόν: maimed, here prob. mute (cf. 595), though a later tradi- 
tion represented him as blind. — αύτάρ κτλ. : this states the result of tlieir 
action, although elsewhere αντάρ is used to introduce something new. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 93 

600. (κλέλαθον : sc. μίν. Reduplicated aorist, used transitively. Only 
here construed like a verb of depriving, with two accusatives. 

603-614. The Arcadians. The Arcadians are not mentioned as taking 
part in any of the conflicts before Troy. They may be thought of as 
closely connected with (or included among) the forces of Agamemnon. 

603. €χον : cf. Όλνμτηα δώ/χατ' €χοντ€ς A 18. — ύττό opos : up under 
the mountain. 

604. ΑΙιτύτιον : of Aepytus. For the use of the adj., see on ^ηληίω 20. 
Aepytus, son of Elatus, was an old Arcadian hero whose descendants 
reigned long in Arcadia. His mound, which in the time of the early 
Roman emperors still rested on its circle of stones, reminds scholars of 
the German graves of the Huns. — ϊνα : sc. είσίν. For the omission of 
the copula in a rel. clause, cf. A 547. 

605. *Ορχομ,6νόν : to be distinguished from Minyan Orchomenus 511. 

608. Στύμφηλον : famous for its lake (which has a subterranean chan- 
nel that comes to the surface and empties into the sea near Argos), and 
for the labor of Heracles in killing the birds here. 

610 f . ^v νηΐ κτλ. : cf. 509. 

614. θαλάσ-σ-ια έ'ργα : cf. ττοΧεμηυα. €ργα 338. — Arcadia, alone of the 
countries of Peloponnesus, touched the sea at no point. Cf. praetor 
Achaeorum [Philopoemen] . . , rudis in re navali erat, Areas, 
mediterraneus homo, Livy xxxv. 26. 

615-624. The Eleans. 

615. Βουιτράσ-ιον : the 'whole and part' are often thus united, cf. 632, 
* Peter and the Apostles,' Acts v. 29. 

616. ό'σ-σον Ιφ* : i.e. εφ' οσσον. Const, with εντός eepyei encloses, 
bounds. Lit. to as far, i.e. as far as. Cf. Γ 12. 

620. ηγησ-άσ-θην : took the lead. Aor. as 678, 864, 867, 870. Cf. ηρχε 
was leader. 

621. 6 \kiv : i.e. Amphimachus. — Εύρύτου : not to be confounded with 
Eurytus of 596. — Άκτορίων€ : here of the grandsons of Actor. See § 39 m. 

624. ΑΰγηιάΒαο : Augeas was the king of Elis whose stables have 
become proverbial. See on 660. 

625-644. The Western Islands and Aetolia. 625-630. Dulichium. 

625. ot 84 : sc. ήσαν. — The poet places Dulichium and the other Echi- 
nades (which lie off the mouth of the Acheloiis) far to the south of their 
real position, off the coast of Elis. — '«ράων : the position of the adj. indi- 
cates that it is to be construed with Έ;^ινάων, with which νήσων is in 
apposition. 

626. ναίουσ-ι: lie,\\i. dicell. — ττερην ciXos : i.e. separated froni Elis by 
the sea. 



94 COMMENTARY. 

629. os: i.e. Phyleus. — Ίτατρί : i.e. King Augeas. 
631-637. The forces of Odysseus. 

631. Κ€φαλλήνα8 : the common name for the subjects of Odysseus. 

632. ρά : namely, to wit. The relative sentences are virtually in appos. 
with Κεφαλλ^νας. — Ίθάκην καΐ Νήριτον : see on Βουττράσιοι/ 615. — clvoo-C^ 
φυλλον : lit. leaf-shaking, as if the mountain caused what it suffered. 

635. Tjircipov : refers to Leucadia and Acarnania, which were conquered 
by Laertes. — άντητέραια: neut. adj. as substantive. The opposite coast in 
Elis where the Ithacans had herds. Odysseus himself had on the main- 
land twelve herds of cattle, as many flocks of sheep and of goats, and as 
many droves of swine. 

636. Όδυσ•σ':ν5 : see on A 138. — ΔιΙ κτλ. : Odysseus is freq. called 
ΊΓολνμητίς and 7Γθλυ/>ΐ'>/;)(ανο5. 

637. δυώδ6κα: a small number in comparison with the 40 ships of 
Dulichium, 630, or the 80 ships of Diomed, 568. The same number of 
Odysseus's ships is mentioned in the Odyssey. See § 9 c?. — μιλτοττάρηοι : 
red-cheeked. Their bows {cheeks) were painted with vermilion. On the 
other hand, cf. 170 and ι 482, where the ship of Odysseus is called 
κυανοττρωρος dark-prowed. — The forces of Odysseus are the fifteenth in 
the enumeration of the 29 contingents. Corresponding to this position, 
these ships are said to be at the middle of the line. 

638-644. The Aetolians. 

640. Καλυδώνα: on a shoulder of Mt. Aracynthus. It was famed for 
the Calydonian Hunt of the boar that was killed at last by Meleager. 

641. γάρ: introduces the explanation why Thoas was in command, 
and not Oeneus or one of his distinguished sons, Tydeus (see on 563) or 
Meleager. — ησ-αν : were living. 

642. αυτό? : i.e. Oeneus. — ξανθ05 : see on Γ 284. — MeXe'a^pos : the most 
distinguished of the sons of Oeneus. 

643. Tip : i.e. Thoas. — lirC : construe with «τεταλτο. — ττάντα : everything, 
explained by άνασσε/χεν in apposition with it ; i.e. the whole command. — 
ΑΙτωλοί<Γΐν : dative of interest, cf. A 180, 231. 

645-680. II. The islands in the southern part of the Aegean sea. 
645-652. The Cretans. 

645. Κρητών : this includes all the mixed population of the extensive 
island. — The cities here mentioned all lay in the interior of the island, 
at the foot of Mt. Ida.— *Ko|i€V€is: see on 405. 

646. Κνωσ-όν : the principal city of the island. — Γόρτυνα : the Cretan 
city next to Cnosus in importance. Here in 1884 was discovered a long 
inscription (probably of the fifth century B.C.) containing a code of laws. 
— Τ€ΐχιΟ£σσ-αν : cf. 559. 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 95 

647. Μίλητον : this city gave colonists and name to the Ionian Mile- 
tus. — άργινό6ντα : cretosum, chalky, as 656. The town was situated on 
chalk cliffs. 

648. Φαιστόν: southwest of Gortyna; birthplace of the poet and 
prophet Epimenides. There half of the ships of Menelaus were wrecked. 

649. άλλοι : made prominent before the rel. clause. — €κατόμΐΓολιν : a 
round number, cf. 449. Cf. centum urbes habitant magnas, 
uberrima regna Verg. Aen. iii. 106. 

650. άρα : recurs to 645. 
653-670. The Rhodians, 

653. ηύδ Tc μ€γα$ τ€ : two essential qualities of a hero ; see on /xcyas 
816. 

655. 8ιά : const, with κοσμηθίντες, divided in three parts. The Rho- 
dians dwelt ace. to tribes (καταφυλαδόι/, 668), in their three cities. Pin- 
dar tells in greater detail the story of the settlement of the island, and 
calls it τριτΓολι? νασος. 

656. AivSov : famed for its worship of Athena and Heracles. From 
this name came that of Lincoln (Lindum colonia). 

658. This episode is intended for the glorification of the Rhodians. — 
βίη Ήρακληίίχι : periphrasis for all cases of *Ή.ρακλ€ης, which was not 
suited to the verse. For the periphrasis, cf. 851, Γ 105 ; see § 16 d. 

659. 'Έφνρη$ : the seat of King Augeas (see on 624). 

660. ircporas : sc. when he made his expedition against Augeas to 
avenge the wrong done him in withholding the reward for cleansing the 
stables. 

661. τράψ€ : intransitive, grew up. Construe with irret, when he had 
grown up. — €vl μβ-γάρφ : i.e. in his father's house at Tiryns. — lv( : for the 
length of the final ι before the following μ, see § 59 A. 

662. αντίκα : refers to the preceding i-rrel κτλ. — ψ(λον : evidently only 
as a standing epithet here. — μήτρωα: brother of Alcmena, son of Alec- 
try on. — KarcKTa: *in a burst of anger,' says Pindar; by accident, ace. 
to another tradition. 

663. οξον'Άρηο$: see on 540. 

664. ο γ€ : for its position in the second member of the sentence, see 
on Γ 409. 

665. βη φ€υγων : set out inflight, cf. 71 ; see on A 391. The participle 
indicates the manner of his going ; — as a fugitive, since he feared the 
vengeance of the relatives. * A life for a life,' was the old Greek law ; 
but sometimes a fine was paid. Flight from the country was fre- 
quent, as in the case of Tydeus (see on 563), and of Patroclus (see on 
A 307). 



96 COMMENTARY. 

667. €s PoSov ΐξ6ν: this is an anacl iron ism. Even the Dorian migra- 
tion into Peloponnesus followed the fall of Troy by 80 years.— αλγ€α 
ττάσ-χων: with sorrow. Const, with άλώ/Αενος. 

668. τριχθά : cf. τρίχα 665 ; see § 30 i. — καταφυλαδόν : equiy. to κατά 
φνλα. 362. See on 655. 

669. €K Aios: see on 33. 

670. καί σ-φιν κτλ. : an independent sentence illustrating φίληθεν. — 
κατ€χ€υ€: poured down upon them. This indicates the abundance of 
their wealth. This expression seems to have given rise to the later myth 
that Zeus literally rained gold upon the island. 

671-675. The forces of Nireus. The smallest contingent of all. 

671. Nipcis : mentioned only here in Homer. He is celebrated as a 
pattern of beauty. Lucian invents a dialogue between him and Thersites. 
— For the repetition of his name ('epanalepsis'), cf 838, 850, 871 ; see 
§ 16 h. Such repetitions served to chain the attention of the hearer. — 
Σύμηθ€ν : a small island, off the Carian coast, north of Rhodes. A Dorian 
colony like the islands of 676 ff. 

672. The names of Nireus's parents are significant. 

673. κάλλιστο8 : predicate. See on 216. 

674. άλλων : see on A 505. 

675. aXairaSvos : the opposite of κρατερό?. 
676-680. The Sporades. 

676. Κράιταθον : Κάρτταθον, cf καρΒίη and κρα8ίη. See § 31. Carpathus 
is an island between Rhodes and Crete which gave its name to the Carpa- 
thian sea. 

677. Κών: elsewhere Κόως in Homer. An island off Cnidus and 
Halicarnassus. — Εΰρυιτνλοιο : king of Cos. He was slain by Heracles on 
the latter 's return from Troy. His daughter Chalciope bore to Heracles 
a son Thessalus, 079. — Καλύδνα$ : small islands near Cos. 

678. Φ€ίδηΓΐΓ08, ''Αντιφο9 : not mentioned elsewhere in the Iliad. 
680 = 516. 

681-759. III. Northern Greece. See on 494 ff., p. 84. 

681-694. The forces of Achilles. 

681. νυν αΰ: but now; a transition to the forces of Northern (Thessa- 
lian) Greece. This verse forms a general prelude and announcement 
for what follows. — rovs : ipiw hovers before the mind, cf 493. — τό : 
dem., that. — Πίλασγικον "Αργο5 : i.e. Thessaly. See on A 30. Thes- 
saly is represented as being more important in Homeric than it was 
in historical times. 

683. Φθίην : home of Peleus and Achilles, cf. A 169. In the valley of 
the Spercheiis. — καλλιγυναικα : this epithet appears only in the accusa- 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 97 

tive. The inflection of the adjective seems to be attracted to that of the 
noun yvvrj. 

684. Μυρμιδόν65 : cf. A 180, 328. 

685. των: see on 576. — •π•€ντή κοντά : Achilles arranged his men in 
five divisions with five commanders. Each of his ships was manned 
by 50 men, who (like all the rest) on their arrival at Troy served as 
soldiers. 

686. iroXcVoio δυ<Γηχ€Ό5 : cf. fremituque sequuntur | horri- 
s ο η ο Verg. Aen. ix. 54 f. 

687. οΰ γαρ κτλ. : /or there ivas no one, etc. — lirl σ-τίχα? : into ranks, so 
as to form ranks. — ηγησαιτο : potential opt. without αν, after ου yap κτλ. 

688. €v νήδσσι : i.e. in the camp. See on A 12. 

689. κούρη?: causal genitive, c/. 694; see on A 65. — Βριση(δο$: see 
on A 184, 348. 

690. €ξ€ίλ6το : i.e. received as his yepa? c^atpcrov. See on A 124. 

691. Λυρνησ-σ-όν : Briseis tells of its capture and destruction, Τ 290 ff. 
See on A 125. — Θήβη? : see on A 366. 

692. κάδ δ' 4'βαλ6ν : a change to the finite const., after the participle 
δ«χ7Γορ^ϊ;σα5. Cf Γ 80; see § 11/. — Μύνητα: king of Lyrnessus, and 
(ace. to the later story) husband of Briseis. 

694. τάχα : Achilles is reconciled with Agamemnon, goes forth to 
battle, and kills Hector, on the 27th day of the action of the Iliad, five 
days after the events narrated in this Second Book. See § 7 ^. 

695-710. The forces of Protesilaus. 

695. Πύρασ-ον: named from the wheat (ττνρός) which abounded in 
the region. — άνθ€μΟ€ντα : see on 503. 

696. Δήμητρος τ^μ6νο5 : consecrated field of Demeter. In apposition 
with Πυρασον, cf 506, 592. This afterw^ards gave to Pyrasus the name 
Αημητρων. — μητέρα μήλων : Mt. Ida is called μητηρ θηρών, Θ 47. 

697. άγχίαλον : this epithet would fit the other cities also. — λίχίΐτοίην : 
grass-bedded, r/rassT/. 

698. Πρα)τ€<Γ(λαος : he was the first to fall in the war. The name is 
significant, cf. 702. High honors were paid to him at Elaeus in the 
Thracian Chersonese, down to the time of the Persian wars. His ship 
was the centre of the fiercest conflict when Hector forced his way to the 
ships of the Greeks, and it was half consumed by fire before Patroclus 
appeared with the Myrmidons, and repulsed the Trojans. See § 7 m, n. 

699. €X€v κάτα κτλ. : held down, covered. He was in the realm and 
power of the dark earth. 

700. άμψιδρυψή$: women tore their faces in mourning. — Φυλάκη: dat. 
of place. 

V^ OF THE "" 



i UNIVERSITY 



98 COMMENTARY. 

701. ημιτ€λή5 : half -finished. He left home for the war before he could 
complete his house. He had hardly begun life for himself when he was 
killed. — Δάρ8ανο$ άνήρ : a Dai'danian warrior. Ace. to the later ampli- 
fied form of the story, this was Hector ; but Homer does not call any 
Trojan Δάρδανο?, though the Dardanians were included among the 
Tp(ue?. 

703. ούδ€ μ6ν ούδβ κτλ. : as 726. The repetition of the negative gives 
it great weight. The first negative belongs to the whole sentence, the 
second is to be construed closely with ot, — neque vero ne hi quidem. 
— ιτόθίόν γ€ μδ'ν \_μην'] : lit. they missed him indeed, equiv. to καΧ ττοθονντίς 
περ άρχόν. The word before ye μίν is made prominent and always forms 
an 'adversative asyndeton' (see § 15 c). The English idiom introduces 
such a clause by yet, hut. — άρχόν : i.e. their former leader. 

704. (Γψ4α$ : monosyllabic, see § 25. — Ποδάρκη? : leader of the Phthi- 
ans. 

705. Φϋλακίδαο: with v, but Φίλάκι; 700; cf. τίρίαμί^ς 817 with 
τίριαμον Γ 146 ; see § 59 e. 

707. irpOTcpos : cf. ττρο-γενέστερος 555. 

708 f . Only another form of 703. — ούδ4 τι : but in nothing. 

711-715. The kingdom of Eumelus. 

711 f . φ£ρά$, Βο(βην κτλ. : cities on the peninsula of Magnesia and in 
the southeastern part of Pelasgiotis. — ιταραί : for the locative ending, cf. 
ντταί 824. 

712. Ίαωλκόν : famed as the chief seat of the Thessalian Minyae (see 
on 511), the capital of King Pelias, and the native city of Jason, the 
leader of the Argonautic expedition. 

714. -ύιτ* Άδμήτω : const, with τίκε, cf 728, 742, 820. — For the repe- 
tition of the name, cf 636, 655, 691. 

715. "Αλκησ-τι?: her devotion to her husband, which led her to die 
for him, became proverbial. This death is the theme of the Alcestis of 
Euripides. 

716-728. The forces of Philoctetes. 

718. των U: antecedent of ot δβ 716. When the relative clause pre- 
cedes, the apodosis often has Se, as here. — τόξων iv €ΐδώ5 : as 720 and 
freq., οΓδα am skilled in is followed by the genitive. 

719. IpcTai : the warriors were the oarsmen. 

720. €μβ€βααΓαν : had embarked; see on 351, .509. The preposition is re- 
peated in Iv ίκάστΎ). — ΐφι μάχ€σθαι: infinitive of result, so as to (so that 
they could) fight, etc. See on A 8. 

722. Αήμνφ : the Achaeanii^ landed at Lemnos on their voyage to Troy 
and received hospitality from King Euneiis. They sent slaves thither 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 99 

for sale, and received wine thence. — The repetition of the preposition 
gives to iv Αημνω some independence from iv νήσω. 

723. (>λοόψρονο$ ύ'δρου: construe with Ιλκεϊ, ablatival genitive, /rom 
the cruel water-S7iake. See on 396. The wound not only disabled Philoc- 
tetes but rendered his presence odious to his comrades. 

724. τάχα 8c κτλ. : the Catalogue contains several such references to 
events which do not fall within the time of the action of the Iliad, cf. 
690 ff., 699 fE. — A prophet declared that Troy could be taken only with 
the help of the arrows of Heracles that Philoctetes had in his possession. 
Ace. to Sophocles in his tragedy Philoctetes, the hero was brought from 
Lemnos to Troy by Odysseus and Neoptolemus (son of Achilles). No 
other allusion to this story is found in the Homeric poems. Philoctetes 
reached home in safety at the close of the war. See § 9 a. 

725. Άργ€ΐοι Ίταρά νηυσί : parenthetical, in a kind of apposition with 
the subject of c/tAcAAov. — Φιλοκτήταο : construe with μνήσεσθαι. 

726 = 703. 

727. Όιληο? : father of the lesser Ajax, 527. 

728. pd : points back to the preceding verse, cf. 650, 742. 
729-733. Forces of the Asclepiads. 

729. Τρίκκην κτλ. : cities in Western Thessaly, in Hestiaeotis. At 
Tricca was one of the oldest sanctuaries of Asclepius, and the home of 
the king. — κλωμακόίσσ-αν : it lay on the steep slopes of Mt. Pindus. 

731. Άσ-κληΐΓϊοΰ : better written as Άσκλί/ar thus 
bibet, aut Germania Tigrim Verg. Eel. i. 62 f. — μΑ,αν: this 
epithet is applied to springs and rivers, as well as to the sea, when the 
surface is disturbed by breezes in such a way as to prevent a clear reflec- 
tion of the sun's light. 

826. TptScs : in the broader sense, — the inhabitants of the country. 

827. Πάνδαρο9 : he broke the truce of the Third Book, by shooting an 
arrow at Menelaus, Δ 89 fE. ; he was slain by Diomed, Ε 290 ίϊ. — καί : 
see on A 249. — τόξον κτλ. : i.e. Apollo gave him skill with the bow; cf. 
laetus Apollo | augurium citharamque dabat, celeresque 
sagittas Verg. Aen. xii. 393 f. The ancients believed that the bow of 
an excellent archer must be the gift of the god of the bow. The making 
of the bow of Pandarus, from the horns of a wild goat shot by himself, 
is described Δ 105-111. 

828. *Αδρήστ€ΐαν: received its name from Adrestus, 830. Like the 
following cities, it lay in what was Mysia in later times. — δήμον: the 
country, as 547. 

829. IltTvciav : received its name from the neighboring pine forests ; 
as the neighboring Lampsacus was called Τίιτνονσα. — Τηρ€£η$ : a moun- 
tainous region near Cyzicus. 

830. λινοθώρηΙ : perhaps as an archer. See on 529, 



106 COMMENTARY. 

831. me 8ύω : see on A 16. — Πίρκωσ-ίου: he seems to have lived for- 
merly in Percote (835) ; or Adrastea may have been a colony from Per- 
cote. — ircpl Ίτάντων : see on A 258. 

832. ηδ£€ κτλ. : Homer knows of no professional soothsayers. Calchas 
(A 69), Helenus (Z 76), Ennomus (858), Melampus, Halitherses, — all 
are introduced as busy in different ways, in war and in peace. — ούδ€ : for 
the lengthened ultima before the possessive pron., see § 32 c, h. — ovhi 
eao-Kcv: 'resistance to pressure' is implied in the imperfect. He con- 
tinually refused his consent. 

833. ψθισήνορα: a standing epithet of the battle. 

835. άρα: as 522. — Π€ρκώτην: Percote, Abydus, and Arisbe were 
cities on the south side of the Hellespont. 

836. Σηστόν: on the Thracian Chersonese, opposite Abydus. Here 
Xerxes bridged the Hellespont. 

838, "Ao-ios : for the repetition of the name, see on 671. 

840-877. The Allies of the Trojans. 

840. Π€λα<Γγών: a part settled in Greece proper, a part must have 
remained in Asia Minor. They gave to many of their towns the name 
Larisa (rock-citadel). Ten towns of this name are enumerated, beside 
the citadel Larissa of Argos. 

844 ff . The following enumeration of allies has a radial arrangement, 
proceeding from Troy as the centre and starting-point. Each radius ends 
with a τηλόθεν (849, 857, 877) or rrjXe (863) for the most distant point 
from Troy. I. European line (844-850). II. Northeast of Troy, on 
the southern shore of the Euxine sea (851-857). III. Southeast of Troy 
(858-863). IV. South of Troy (864-877). 

844. Θρήικαε: European Thracians, dwelling between the Hebrus 
and the Hellespont. — ηγ€ : for the sing., see on 512. 

845. Έλλήσ-τΓοντο? : the Hellespont in Homer includes also the neigh- 
boring waters. — άγάρροος: with strong stream. It is called a ττοταμός. 
No current of the Mediterranean compares with that of the Hellespont. 
— kvTosiipyn: as 617. 

846. Κικόνων: Odysseus destroyed their city, after leaving Troy. 
They are mentioned among the Thracian nations through whose country 
Xerxes passed. 

850. *Αξιοΰ: for the repetition, see on 671. The Axius is one of the 
chief rivers of Macedonia, west of the Strymon. Homer applies to it 
the epithets ^νρνρεεθρος,βαθνΒίνηζ. — κάλλισ-τον: pred. "Whose water is 
the most beautiful that " etc. The water of the Axius is now muddy. 

851. Here the poet returns to Asia. See on 816-877. — Πυλαιμίν£θ$ 
κτλ. : equiv. to " the shaggy-breasted Pylaemenes." For the periphrasis, 



SECOND BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 107 

cf. 387, Γ 105. — λάσ-ιον κήρ : see on A 189. Here the epithet is trans- 
ferred to the heart itself. 

852. \% *Εν6τών : out of the midst of the Enetians, where he dwelt. 
Equiv. to 'Ever>}ios. In later times these Έι/ετοι were called Veneti; 
they were said to have wandered to the coast of the Adriatic sea. — 
άγροτ€ράων : the comparative ending is sometimes used in Homer with 
no thought of greater or less degree, but simply of contrast. 

854. κλυτά : magnifcent ; a standing epithet. 

856. 0/517. 

858. Μυσ-ών : south of the Propontis, east of the Aesepus, towards 
Bithynia. 

859. ουκ : placed emphatically before οίωνοίσιν, with reference to the 
preceding οιωνιστ?;?. C/*. gratissimus augur; | sed non augurio 
potuit depellere pestem Verg. A en. ix. 327 f . — οίωνοϊσ-ιν : hy 
omens, from the flight of birds. See on A 69. 

860. υτΓο χ€ρβ-ί : νττό with the dat. is freq. used by Homer where the 
Attic used νττό with the genitive. See § 19 /. — ΑΙακίδαο : for the use of 
the patronymic, see on 621. 

861. €v ΊΓοταμφ : as 875. The story of the general slaughter by 
Achilles in the bed of the Scamander is told in Φ 17 ff. — οθι ircp : just 
where. 

862. Φρύγα8 : sc. on the river Sangarius. They were famed for their 
chariots and their vineyards, Γ 184 ff. They had commercial relations 
with the Trojans. Vergil calls the Trojans Phrygians, but this is not 
Homeric, c/. alma Venus Phrygii Simoentis ad undam Verg. 
Aen. i. 618. — Ά<Γκάνιο5 : Homer knows of no son of Aeneas. The boy 
Ascanius was invented later as a companion-piece to Hector's son Asty- 
anax. 

863. *Α<Γκαν(η5 : in Bithynia, on a lake of the same name on which 
lay also the later Nicaea. — μ^μασαν hi : instead of a partic. or rel. clause, 
see 21 (i. — ύσ-μίνι : local dative. Synonymous with μάχη, rroAe/Aos, 8ηιοτής. 

864. Μηοσ-ιν: later called Lydians. They inhabited an attractive 
land, and were equipped with chariots ; they traded with the Trojans ; 
and their women were skilled in purple dyeing. — ηγησ-άσθην : see on 620. 

865. Γυγαίη λίμνη : i.e. the nymph of that lake, cf. ννμφη νηί<ζ Ζ 21. 
All of these nymphs belong to Western Asia Minor, which was thought 
to be their favorite abode. 

866. κα£ : also, marks the agreement with 864. See on 74. 

867. βαρβαροψώνων : rough-voiced, refers to the harshness of their dia- 
lect. The word βάρβαροι for non-Greek, foreigner, is not found in Homer, 
just as the poet has no one word for ' all Greece.' — No one in Homer 



108 COMMENTARY. 

has any difficulty in conversing with another of a different country. 
Greeks, Trojans, and Lycians all seem to speak the same language. 

868. Μ(λητον : this old Carian city became the largest Ionian city and 
the mother of 80 colonies, but lost much of its importance in the insur- 
rection against the Persians, 494 b.c. 

869. Μυκάληβ : at the foot of this mountain the Persians were de- 
feated, 479 B.C. 

870. αρα : so, as I said, refers back to 867. 

871. Νάσ-τη8 κτλ. : repeated from the preceding verse, in the reverse 
order. See on 671. 

872. OS : refers to the principal person, Νάστ?;? 867. — κα£ : marks the 
agreement with άγλαά. τίκνα 871, «f. 866. — χρυσ-όν 4'χων : with gold orna- 
ments, prob. the gold spirals used in fastening his long hair, χρνσόν here 
cannot refer to gold armor such as that of Glaucus, Nestor, or Achilles, 
since that was an honor and no reproach. Nastes was the Trojan Nireus 
(671 ff.). — ηύτ€ κοΰρη : like a vain girl. 

873. νήτΓίοβ : see on 38. 
874 = 860. 

876. Σαριτηδών: second only to Hector; the bravest leader of the 
allies, regarded by the Trojans as e/a/m ττόληος Π 549 prop of the city. 
He was son of Zeus and Laodamia, Bellerophon's daughter, Ζ 198 f. See 
p. X. of the Vocabulary. He led in the attack on the Achaean camp, Μ 
101, 292 ff., 397 ff. He was slain by Patroclus, Π 480 ff. At the com- 
mand of Zeus, Apollo bathed his corpse, anointed it with ambrosia, and 
gave it to the twin brothers. Sleep and Death, to convey to Lycia, Π 
667 ff. — rXaiJKos : Glaucus tells of his race, Ζ 145 ff. He was first 
cousin of Sarpedon and grandson of Bellerophon, descended from Sisy- 
phus of Corinth. He is associated with Sarpedon in the battles. He has 
a famous meeting with Diomed, Ζ 119 ff. He was wounded by Teucer, 
Μ 387 ff. The honors received by the two Lycian heroes at home, are 
enumerated by Sarpedon, Μ 310. — The name 'Lycia 'is given by the 
poet also to the district from which Pandarus (827) comes, cf. Ε 105. 
From those Trojan Lycians, the Southern Lycians of Sarpedon are to be 
distinguished. 

877. βάνθου : mentioned also Ε 479, Μ 313 ; to be distinguished from 
the Trojan river oV αάνθον καλίουσυ θεοί, ανδ /oes δέ '^κάμχιν^ρον Υ 74. 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 109 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 

Instead of the general battle which was to be expected from the prepa- 
rations of the Second Book, a duel is fought between Menelaus and Paris. 
This duel is intended by the combatants to put an end to the entire war. 

In the Third Book, the poet gives to his hearers a view of the state of 
affairs in Troy, as the preceding Books had taught of the relations exist- 
ing between the Achaeans, both leaders and men. 

1-75. The advance of both armies . Paris and Menelaus meet. Hector's 
rebuke and the answer of Paris. 

1-14. A transition to the scene of the approaching confict. 

1. This verse refers to Β 476, 815. — e kcwtoi : i.e. the separate divis- 
ions of each army. The singular would have been used of individuals. 
See on A 606. 

2. Tp<5€s: i.e. Trojans and their allies. — As Β 826, not as Β 816.— 
κλαγγή κτ\. : with clamor and outcry. One idea, expressed for emphasis 
by two synonymous nouns. Cf A 492, Β 339. See § 12 d. — opvidcs «s: 
cf Β 764, and see on Β 190. This comparison is made definite by a 
special illustration. — The Achaeans silent in the consciousness of their 
power are contrasted with the noisy Trojans. Elsewhere also the Tro- 
jans are represented as exercising less self-restraint, as less disciplined 
than the Greeks. When the strife is renewed, Δ 429 ff., the Achaeans 
advance in solemn silence, while the Trojans come to meet them with the 
noise of a flock of sheep. 

3. ηύτ6 : see on Β 87. — ούρανόθι ιτρό : the adv. -προ makes ονρανόθι 
more definite. To the observer, the sky seems to be behind the cranes in 
their lofty flight. See on Β 456. — C/! quale s sub nubibus atris | 
Strymoniae dant signa grues, atque aethera tranant | cum 
sonitu, fugiuntque notos clamore secundo Verg, Aen. x. 
264 ff ., ' As multitudinous on the ocean line ] As cranes upon the cloud- 
less Thracian wind,' Shelley Hellas. 

4. eircl ουν : as A 57. — χ€ΐμώνα : cf γερανοί δέ φevyovσca γίίμ,ωνα τον 
iv τύ} '^κνθίκ'β χ(ί)ρΎ) "γίνόμενον, φοιτίονσι £ς χαμασίψ (lointer quarters) ες 
τους τόπους τοντονς (i.e. of the Nile) Hdt. ii. 22, quam multae glome- 
rantur aves, ubi frigidus annus | trans portum fugat, et 
terris immittit apricis Verg. Aen. vi. 311 f. — φύγον: for the 
gnomic aor. in comparisons, cf 10, 23, 33; see § 14/. 

5. κλα-γγη : contains the real point of the comparison ; 6 f . are added 
simply to complete the picture. See § 14 a. — ταί γε : repeats the subject, 



no COMMENTARY. 

at Tc 4. See on A 97. — cirl κτλ. : toward the currents etc., i.e. toward the 
South. See on A 423. 

6. άνδρά(Γΐ: made prominent in contrast with the cranes. άνι;ρ often 
stands in attributive connection with nouns, cf. ανΒρες στρατιώται, avSpcs 
αδελφοί', κτλ. See on Β 474. — Πυγμαίοκτι : these Liliputians (lit. Fist- 
lings) on the southern shore of the Mediterranean, were attacked yearly 
by the cranes, ace. to the common story. — Cf. * that small inf antiy | 
Warr'd on by cranes,' Milton Par. Lost i. 575. — ψόνον κτλ. : cf. Β 352. 

7. η^ριαι : see on A 497. I.e. on the day after their arrival in the land. 
— κακήν : destructive, as A 10. — Sc. to the Pygmies. — cpiSa κτλ. : offer 
(lit. bring forward) strife. 

8. ol δ' άρα: correlative with Τρώες μίν 2. — IVav <Γΐγη : cf. ov γαρ 
κρανγβ αλλά οΊγβ . . . και ηο'νχβ . . . τΓροσΎ)σαν Χβη. An. i. 8. 11. — μένία 
irveCovTcs : see on Β 536. — Cf. ' Thus they | Breathing united force with 
fixed thought ] Moved on in silence,' Milton Par. Lost i. 559 if. 

9. cv θυμψ: emphatic. In heart, though they did not shout. Cf Β 
223. 

10. (vTt : generally a temporal particle ; here a comparative conj., as, 
like ηντε 3. — " As the South wind veils the mountain tops with mist." 

11. ου τι ψίλην κτλ. : sc. since the shepherd on the mountains in a 
thick mist cannot easily watch and guard his flock. — vvktos άμ€(νω : 
perhaps because the sheep were usually shut up in their fold at night. 

12. τό<Γ<Γθν, όσον: ace. of extent, with ini, cf. Β 616. — tc, t^: these 
mark the correlation of the clauses ; see on A 82. — Distances are thus 
measured in Homer : as the cast of a spear, or of a discus, or of a shep- 
herd's crook, or a bow-shot, or a furrow's length, or the reach of the voice. 

13. cSs άρα κτλ. : as Β 784. 
14 = Β 785. 

15. A formula which, in close connection with what has preceded, 
introduces the single combat of two warriors. — σ-χ6δον ησ-αν : tvere near 
each other. For the use of the adverb, see on A 416. — lu άλλήλοισ-ιν: 
const, with Ιόντες. For cTrt in. hostile sense, cf. 132 ; see on A 382. 

16. Τρωσ-ίν: for the Trojans. — 'Αλέξανδρος: the Greek name of Paris, 
and used four times as f req. as the other. — θεοειδή? : this epithet is given 
him because of his personal beauty. Cf 39, 44 ff., 55, 64. 

17. παρδαλε'ην: adj. as substantive. See on A 54. As a light-armed 
warrior (he was eminently a bowman), he wore no armor, and thus has a 
panther's skin on his shoulders. See on Β 43. 

18. αύτάρ : on the other hand. This gives prominence to Bovpe, since 
the spears do not belong properly to the archer's equipment, which has 
just been described. — δοΰρε δύω: i.e. one in either hand. Cf 338. For 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. Ill 

δυο) with the dual, see on A 16. — κ€κορυθμ4να κτλ. : helmeted with bronze, 
i.e. bronze pointed. For the pi. in agreement with the dual, cf. A 200. — Cf. 
bina manu lato crispans hastilia ferro Verg. ylen. i. 313, laeva 
duo forte gerebat | praefixa hastilia ferro ib. xii. 488 f. 

19 ff. For the single combat, cf. * And there went out a champion out 
of the camp of the Philistines, named Goliath, of Gath, whose height was 
six cubits and a span. And he had an helmet of brass upon his head, 
and he was armed with a coat of mail j and the weight of the coat was 
five thousand shekels of brass. And he had greaves of brass upon his 
legs, and a target of brass between his shoulders. And the staff of his 
spear was like a weaver's beam, and his spear's head weighed six hundred 
shekels of iron ; and one bearing a shield went before him. And he 
stood and cried unto the armies of Israel, and said unto them, " Why 
are ye come out to set your battle in array ? Am not I a Philistine, and 
ye servants to Saul ? Choose you a man for you, and let him come down 
to me. If he be able to fight with me, and to kill me, then will we be 
your servants : but if I prevail against him and kill him, then shall ye 
be our servants, and serve us." And the Philistine said, " I defy the 
armies of Israel this day ; give me a man, that we may fight together," ' 
1 Sam. xvii. 4-10; cum trigeminis (sc. Horatii and Curiatii) agunt 
reges, ut pro sua quisque patria dimicent ferro : ibi 
imperium fore, unde victoria f uerit, Livy i. 24; 'Then said the 
doughty Douglas | Unto the Lord Percy: | " To kill all these guiltless 
men, | Alas ! it were great pitie. | But, Percy, thou art a lord of land, | I 
am an earl called within my country ; | Let all our men upon a parti 
stand, I And do the battle of thee and me," ' Chevy Chase. 

19. Ίτάλλων: parallel with ^χων 17. — Ίτροκίχλίζίτο : challenged; by 
his mien rather than by words, cf. 21. προκαλιζόμενος would make a 
smoother const, here, but the finite verb is used in order to give the 
thought more prominence ; cf. ^βαΧλον 80. Thus €χων and πάλλων seem 
to be related to both imperfects. — iravras apCo-rovs: in marked contrast 
with the yielding of Paris before Menelaus, who was not distinguished in 
battle. — Here the period returns to IG, since this verse explains προμά- 
χίζεν. — Paris and Menelaus are introduced first in the action, since the 
two are the prime cause of the war. Their feud is private as well as pub- 
lic. The description of the two foes is made specially effective by the 
contrast of their characters. 

20. άvτCβιov : cf. αντιβίψ A 278 ; used only of the hand to hand con- 
flict. — μαχ€<Γα(Γθάι : inceptive aorist. 

21. U: correl. with /xcV IG. — «9: for its position, see on A 32.— 
άρηίψιλος : this epithet is generally applied as here to Menelaus. The 



112 COMMENTARY. 

epithet and the name form a convenient close to the verse. See on A 7, 
§ 58 d. 

22. irpoirdpoi6ev ομίλου: sc. as ττρόμαχο'ς. — μακρά βιβάντα: ivith long 
strides. This gives the manner of €ρχόμ€νον. It is here a sign of cour- 
age, for Paris was no coward. Cf. 1 ο η g e g r a d i e η t e m Verg. A en. x. 
572, ' Satan with vast and haughty strides advanced,' Milton Paj\ Lost, 
vi. 109. ' 

23. c5s T€ λ€'ων κτλ. : a comparison instead of the apod., which (with 
όφθαλμοΐσίν ιδών as a repetition of ως €νόησ€ν) follows at 27. The gnomic 
aor. ^χάρη contains the point of comparison ; but ττεινάων also receives 
emphasis from its position and corresponds to φάτο yap τίσασθαι 28, i.e. 
joy at the promised satisfaction of a passionate desire. — eirl σ-ώματι κύρ- 
σ -as : as he happened upon the carcass of a beast just slain in the chase 
(cf. 26). σώ/χα is used in Homer only of a dead body, see § 17. — Cf. 
impastus stabula alta leo ceu saepe peragrans, | suadet 
enim vesana fames; si forte fugacem | conspexit capream 
aut surgentem in cornua cervum | gaudet Verg. Aen. x. 723 ff. 
The aor. is gnomic, like evptav below. 

24. €υρών : as he found. This explains κνρσαζ, and is in appos. with it. 

25. μάλα KarttrQUi : eagerly devours. — γάρ tc ktX. : explains ττανάων. — 
€Ϊ •π•€ρ αν: see on Β 597. — αυτόν: himself, in contrast with the goat or 
deer. 

26. κύν€5 κτλ. : "hounds and hunters." 

27. OeoeiSca : with synizesis of the last two vowels of the verse, as 237, 
450; see §25. 

28. τίσ-ασ-θαι : for the aor. inf. after a verb of expecting, cf 112, 366 ; 
see G. 203 n. 2. 

29. Paris was on foot, see 22. — 1| όχί'ων : equiv. to i$ ΐτητων 265. 

31. κατίΊτλήγη : " was filled with dismay " ; not from natural coward- 
ice, but his guilty conscience robbed him of courage, at sight of Menelaus. 
' Conscience does make cowards of us all.' — ητορ : see on A 44. 

33. COS δ* oT€ : introduces a comparison, with the gnomic aorist. See 
§ 14 e. — TC, τί: as 12. For the e remaining short before 8p, see § 59 g. 
— iraXCvopaos άΐΓ€'σ•τη : stepped back again, sc. in terror ; in this lies the 
point of the comparison. For the pred. adj. used as an adverb, cf. yepLoL 
7, avrtot A 535. — Cf. improvisum aspris veluti qui sentibus 
anguem pressit | humi nitens, trepidusque repente refugit 
|...haud secus Androgens visu tremef actus abibat Verg. 
Aen. ii. 379 ff., ' False Sextus saw and trembled, | And turned and fled 
away ; | As turns, as flies the woodman | In the Calabrian brake | When 
thro' the reeds gleams the round eye | Of that fell speckled snake, | So 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 113 

turned, so fled false Sextus | And hid him in the rear,' Macaulay Lays, 
Battle of Regillus xv. 

34. viro : helow, referring to the weakness of his knees. Const, with 
Ιλλαβε. 

35. irapeias : in appos. with μ,ίν, as a * part ' with the ' whole ' ; cf. 438, 
442. 

36. καθ' ό'μιλον : into the throng. — ά-γ^ρώχων : also Β 654. 

37. Άλ€ξανδρο5 : in apposition with the subject of Ιδυ, expressed here 
for the sake of the contrast with Άτ/Ο€ος νΐόν. 

38. altrxpots : i.e. reproachful, cf ovetSetW Β 277. 

39. Δύσιταρι : ' a determinative compound ' (H. 590; G. 886), stronger 
than " Unhappy Paris." — etSos άρκττί : as 124 ; in contrast with Δνσπαρι, 
cf 45. Thus the excellence that is granted is made a reproach. — liircpo- 
ΐΓ€υτά: cf. 399. 

40. αϊθ' οφ€λ£9 κτλ. : closely connected with the reproaches of the pre- 
ceding verse. — άγονο9, άγαμο? : childless, unmarried ; two ideas that are 
proverbially connected in this passionate wish, although Paris is not 
known to have had children. Elsewhere, also, Hector uses strong lan- 
guage to Paris and about him. See on 454. 

41. καΐ TO : even this, referring to the preceding verse. — kc βουλοίμην : 
potential. 1 should prefer, cf. A 112. — k€v tfev: as contrary to fact in 
present time. — ττολύ : cf. A 91, 112, and notes. 

42. η: follows the comparative idea in βονλοίμψ, as A 117, kul k€v 
τΓολν κτλ. being parenthetical. 

43. κάρη κομόωντίδ : see on Β 11. 

44. φάντ€5: imperfect participle, they who believed. Of an incorrect 
view, as Β 37 and frequently. — καλόν : seldom is an adj. at the close o^ 
one verse in close connection with a noun at the beginning of the next, 
§ 11 y. Many apparent exceptions to this rule can be explained, as A 78, 
156, 283. This arrangement of words may have been chosen here in 
order to give increased prominence to είδος. Perhaps καλόν and είδος should 
change places, having been transposed to avoid an ' apparent hiatus.' 

45. eiri : for «πεστι, as A 515; attends thee. — άλλ* ονκ κτλ.: the con- 
trast with φάντες calls strictly for a participle denoting the Acliaeans' 
recognition of the truth. Instead of this, Hector states the fact from his 
own standpoint. — β(η : might, for attack. — ψρ€σ(ν : local, see on A 24. — 
αλκή : strength, for defence. 

46. " Can such a coward have dared to meet the dangers involved in 
the rape of Helen ?" — τοιόσ-8€ : with deictic -δε, cf. 157, Β 120. 

47. έρΟηρας: for the (metaplastic) form, see § 37 b. — dYcCpas: subor- 
dinate to ετΓίτΓλώσα? [Attic επιπλενσας]. 



114 COMMENTARY. 

48. aXXoSairot^i : masc. adj. as substantive, cf. Δαρδανιων Β 819. See 
on A 54, 539. — άνήγ€8 : didst lead {bring) home to Troy. 

49. άττίη?: cf. A 270. — νυόν: sister-in-law of Agamemnon, who is 
implied in the more general άι/δρών κτλ. — αίχμητάων : cf. A 290. Impor- 
tant for the thought here. For the plural, cf 106, Β 250. 

50. πήμα: as a bane. This ace. and the two following are in apposi- 
tion with the whole of the preceding sentence, marking the result of the 
action. Cf Β 160; see H. 626; Good. 915. — 8ήμω: country, as Β 547. 
— For the (prob. accidental) alliteration of ττ, see § 13 a. 

51. 8υσμ€ν^σιν κτλ.: for the *chiastic* order of words, cf 103 f., 179, 
A 443, 558 f . ; see § 16 a. — κατηφ€ίην : humiliation, shame. Cf 6 Κικέρων 
ίφη . . . γέλωτα μ€ν τοις Ιχθροϊς, αΓσχο? δέ τοΐς οικείοι? τταρ^χοντα ΌΊο 
Cass, xxxviii. 23. 1• 

52. ουκ αν δη κτλ. : a question in the sense of an energetic but sar- 
castic exhortation. Couldst thou not then withstand etc. ? Stand to meet 
etc. The way for this question has been prepared by 50 f. "If thou 
hadst the courage to bring Helen to Troy, if thou didst bring war upon 
thy native land, then have the courage " etc. 

53. γνοίης κ€ : then ivouldst thou be made aware. The cond. el /xeiveias, 
is easily supplied, cf A 232, Β 242. — «xcis: hast to wife, as 123. 

54. ουκ αν τοι χραίσ-μη ; "will not help thee (A 28)." This is more 
definite than the opt. with αν, to be expected after -γνοίης κε. See § 18 b. 
oTe μιγαης is stated as a mere conception of the mind. — κίθαρι? : without 
the article, although the other nouns here have it. Achilles, also, had a 
cithara. He sang, however, not love-songs but κλεα ανδρών. — τά : these, 
thy; deictic like the following η and to. 

55. η T€ κτλ. : among the gifts of the goddess of love, two are made 
prominent. Observe the explanatory apposition. — μιγείη? εν: cf 209; 
generally the simple dative is used with μίγννμι. 

56. μάλα: altogether, cf. Β 241. — δ6ΐδήμον€8: sc. since Paris belonged 
to the royal family. — η τε' κεν εσσο: the cond. idea (English else) is 
implied as in 53. 

57. λάινον κτλ.: put on a stone tunic. A grim expression of popular 
speech for death by stoning, the customary method of capital punish- 
ment in heroic times (as in the laws of Moses). — εσσ-ο : from εννυ/χι 
(εσνυ/Αΐ) . 

59. "Εκτορ : construe with 64, where the principal thought begins 

Ιττεί : follows the voc. as A 352. This clause has no grammatical con- 
clusion. The virtual conclusion is 67 f. 

60. aiil Toi : this thought is resumed in 63 with an accented σο^ 
because of the contrast. — άτειρής : unwearied. Predicate of κραΒίη. 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 115 

61 €ίσιν : goes. It is always used as pres. in Homeric comparisons, 
cf. Β 87. — 8ιά Sovpds : through the trunk of a tree. — vir* άνέρος : driven hy 
a man. For the passive sense in εΓσιν, see H. 820. — os ρά tc κτλ. : hypo- 
thetical, " when he hews out " of the felled tree etc. — τίχνχ^ : with skill. 
For the dative, cf. κλαγγβ 2, σιγιβ 8. 

62. <>ψΑ.λ€ΐ κτλ. ι the axe by its weight increases the force of the man's 
blow. οφίΧλει has the same subject as εισιν, which shows the intervening 
clause to be parenthetical. 

63. άτάρβητος : attributive adjective with voos. 

64. μ,ή μοι: 'adversative asyndeton,* see § 15 c. — ΐΓρ6ψ6ρ€ : cf. Β 251. 
— χρυσ-^η?: equiv. to χρυσοφόρου, adorned loith gold. Cf. Β 872, Venus 
aurea Verg. Aen. x. 16. Similarly, Ares is χάλκ€ος, because of his 
bronze armor. — "I acknowledge my lack of thine unyielding courage, 
but do not cast in my teeth the gifts of Aphrodite." 

65. ' Causal asyndeton,* i.e. if a particle were used here, it would be 
causal. — άττόβλητα: abiecta, to be cast off, as Β 361. Cf. παν κτίσμα 
{creature) θεον καλόν, και ovSkv άττόβλητον 1 Tim. iv. 4. 

66. οσσ-α . . . 8ώ<Γΐν : for the cond. rel. sentence, see on A 554. 
Explanatory of δώρα, adding the essential mark of the gods* gifts, i.e. 
that they are of free choice. — αυτοί: i.e. without act and thus without 
responsibility of the receiiv^er. — 6κών έ'λοιτο : this forms an independent 
contrast to the preceding relative clause. — €κών : at pleasure, hy his own 
powers. 

67. v€v αΰτ€ : transition from the preceding general considerations to 
the work before them. 

68. oiXXovs : the others. — κάθκτον : hid to sit down. 

69. αύτάρ : see on Β 768. — Iv μί'σ-σ-φ : between the two armies, cf. 77, 
in medium inter duas acies procedunt Livy i. 25. 1, lycipe καχ 
στήθι eU TO μΙσον St. Luke vi. 8. For the neuter adj. as a substantive 
(not very freq. in Homer), see on A 539. 

70. <Γυμβάλ6Τ6: bring together, cf. ^vvi-qKC A 8. The plural is used, 
since the consent of the Achaeans also was necessary for the single 
combat. — κτημασ-ι ττοσ-ι : i.e. those which Paris carried away with Helen 
from the house of Menelaus; cf. 282. 'Helen and her treasures* are 
often united in thought. — μάχ6<Γθαι : as A 8. 

71. νικήση : shall gain the victory. As future perfect, shall be victorious. 

72. €v: seems to strengthen πάντα. — άγ^σθω: middle, take as his own. 

73. ol δ* άλλοι : but you, the rest. Elsewhere, when at the beginning 
of the verse, but they, the others; as 94, 256. ot 8' άλλοι includes both 
Trojans and Achaeans, and a division into ol μίν, oi Sc might be expected ; 
but instead of this, the 2d person (mtoiTc) appears in the first member, 



116 COMMENTARY. 

and Tol 8e νείσθων in the second. Cf. 256 ff. — φιλότητα : 'zeugmati- 
cally ' {cf. Zeus A 533, § 16 e) connected with ταμόντε^ which is construed 
strictly only with ορκαχ. — ταμόντί8 : see on Β 124. 

74. να£οιτ€ : may ye continue to dwell. Note the optative between two 
imperatives. This is a mere incident to the proposition. — έριβώλακα: 
epithet of Phthia, A 155, and of Larisa, Β 841. — τοί U: hut those, the 
Achaeans. 

75. "Αργοδ, ΆχαιΙδα : i.e. Peloponnesus (as A 30) and Northern 
Greece, i.e. all Hellas. See on Β 530. — καλλιγύναικα : see on Β 683. 

76-120. Hector and Menelaus. Preparations for the truce and single 
combat. 

76. άκούσ-α? : gives the cause of ^χάρη. 

78. μέσ-σ-ον δουρός : partitive genitive. I.e. holding the spear horizon- 
tally with both hands, crowding the Trojans back. — Ιδρύνθησ-αν : were 
brought to a halt. This gives the result of aveepye, see on Β 94. 

79. €•ΐΓ€το|άζοντο : imperfect of attempted action. They were bending 
their bows at him. 

80. έ'βαλλον : transition from the participial to the finite construction, 
in order not to subordinate this idea to έττετο^άζοντο, although the re . . . 
T€ would make βάλλοντες natural here. See §§ 11 ^r, 21 Λ. 

82. ϊ<Γχ€σθ€, μή βάλλ€Τ€ : note the 'asyndeton' (§ 15) where the sec- 
ond imv. explains the first; and the double address, 'ApyeioL, κονροι 
Άχαιων. 

83. στ€υται: cf. Β 597. — €iros : for the length of the ultima, see §§ 
32 a, 59 j. — κορυθαίολο3 : see on Β 816. 

84. μάχη9: for the genitive, cf. 112, άντηςΒ 97. — άν€ω tc κτλ.: cf 
Β 323. Sc. in order to hear Hector's speech. 

85. Ισ-σ-υμίνωδ : made emphatic by its position. Adv. formed from 
the adjectival εσσνμενος. — μίτ άμφοτ^ροισ-ιν : between both armies. 

86. κ€κλυτ€ μεΰ : hear from me. The genitive is ablatival. 

87. μνθον : proposition, plan. 

89. κάλ' : for the accent of the ultima (καλά) thrown back upon the 
preceding syllable, cf. 192, A 105; see § 28 d. — airo0€'<r0ai : i.e. they were 
to be mere spectators. — lirl χθονί : for the dative of rest, cf. A 593. 

90-94=69-73, with necessary changes. — αυτόν: intensive, himself 
αυτός βονλεταί would be natural here, but the ace. is used, correlative 
with άλλους /xeV above. 

92 = 71. — Transition to direct discourse, see § 11 e. C/ 89. 

95. άκήν : equiv. to άκεων A 34. Originally a cognate ace. with 
iyivovTO, cf § 56 Z>. — σ-ιωττη : dat. of manner, equiv. to σιωπωντες. — Cf 
dixerat Aeneas, illi obstupuere silentes Verg. Aen. xi. 120. 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 117 

98. θυμόν: ace. of 'limit of motion.' — «μόν: made emphatic by its 
position before the caesural pause. — ψρονεω κτλ. : "My mind is that we 
now (η8η) are to separate in peace." φρονέω is nearly equiv. to Bokcl μοι. 
For the aorist infinitive, cf. 28. 

99. 'ApytLovs καΐ Τρώα? : has more feeling than νμας καΙ ημα^. See on 
A 240. — ir^iroo-ec [ττεπόν^ατε] : the speaker returns to the address begun 
with κ€κλντ€. 

100. €μή8 €pi8os : my strife with Paris. — άρχήβ : the beginning, cf. 87, 
β 377 f. Λ mild expression for the guilt of the first breach of the peace. 

101. οττίΓοτέρω : the anteced. is the subject of τίθναίη. — θάνατος καΐ 
μοίρα: cf φόνον και κηρα 6, θάνατον και ττότμον Β 359. — τίτυκται : is pre- 
pared, appointed. 

102. τ6θνα(η : let him be dead, let Mm lie among the dead. — SiaKpivOctrc : 
repeats Βιακρίνθημεναι. 

103. ο1ίσ6Τ€ : aor. imperative, as a^ere 105, opaeo 250 ; but οίσομ^ν 104 
is future. See § 48 i. — apve : cf apvas 117. — λίυκόν, μέλαιναν : the white 
male lamb was to be sacrificed to the gleaming Helios, while the dark 
ewe lamb was for ΓαΓα μίλαινα (Β 699). The sex of the victim was gen- 
erally that of the divinity ; thus a cow is sacrificed to Athena, but a bull 
to Poseidon. — The order of words is *■ chiastic ' with the following verse. 
For the divinities to whom this sacrifice is to be oifered, see on 276. 

105. Πριάμοιο βίην : for the periphrasis, cf Β 387, 658, 851 ; see § 16 d. 
' — ορκια τάμνη : may conclude the treaty, as 73, 94. The victims are slain 
by Agamemnon, not by Priam. 

106. aUTOs : in person ; the old king being contrasted with his sons. 
The poet forgets the periphrasis and proceeds as if he had said Ιίρίαμον. 
— lircC : this introduces the first reason ; the second follows with αΐά 8e 
108. — 0Ϊ : for him, his. See § 19 e. — iratSes : this refers primarily to 
Paris. For the pi. cf. 49. 

107. μή Tis κτλ. : let no one etc. Expression of anxiety connected 
immediately with his opinion of the sons of Priam. — Aios ορκια : Zeus 
watches over solemn treaties and punishes whoever breaks them ; cf. 280, 
288, Δ 160, 166, οι θίων όρκοι Xen. An. ii. 5. 7. 

108. η€ρ€θονται : are flighty, unsteady, untrustworthy. For the literal use 
of this verb, see Β 448. 

109. ois : personal. It has no corresponding τοις in the apodosis. — 
d γέρων : the old man (generic article), in contrast with όττλοτερων 108. — 
μ6τ€•ησ•ι [/Λ€τ^, from /AiVct/xt] : for the subjunctive, cf A 554. — irpo<ro-« 
κτλ. : cf A 343. 

110. οΊτωδ: how. Indirect question. — οχ* άρισ-τα: cf A 69. — μ6τ 
άμφοτέροισι : " for both sides." 



118 COMMENTARY. 

111. * Αχαιοί κτλ. : in apposition with ol. 

112. τταύσ-ασ-θαι : for the aorist infinitive after ίλπόμενοι, see on 28 
To free themselves from, to be freed from, with ablatival genitive. 

113. κα£ pa: and so. — cirl στίχαβ : cf Β 687. — €κ 8' 4'βαν [ίβησανί'. 
sc. from their war chariots. 

114. κατ^θ€ντο: sc. * Αχαιοί re Ύρωές re. Cf άποθεσθαΐ 89. 

115. Ίτλησίον αλλήλων : refers to τα μίν. This thought is stated in 
different form by the rest of the verse : little ground was round about each 
suit of armor. 

116. δύω : this numeral is construed with the plural where the two 
persons are not necessarily and closely connected. — κήρυκα? : the heralds 
were the only official members of the king's household ; cf. A 320 if., Β 
183 f. Thus the service of the heralds, 268 ff., is because of their rela- 
tions to the king's person. 

118. Ταλθύβιον : see on A 320. 

120. οίσ-^μίναι: aor. inf., cf. 103. — άρα: then, so; the immediate 
result of the commission. — ουκ ά'7Γ£θησ€ : followed by a dative of the 
person. 

121-244. The view from the walls. Helen, questioned by Priam, tells 
him about some of the Achaean heroes. This episode has been criticised as 
interrupting the progress of the action, but it has been much admired 
also. Cf. the scene in Tvanhoe where Rebecca describes the leaders of 
the assailing party. 

121. Iris, elsewhere the messenger of the gods, here of her own accord 
brings into the action Helen, the cause of the war and the prize of the 
expected single combat. The following scene (Ύζίχοσκοπία) which occu- 
pies the time necessary for the preparations for the principal action (see 
on A 318), introduces the hearer to the Trojans and their relations to 
each other. — λίυκωλ^νφ : see on A 55. 

122. γαλόω : husband's sister. The Greeks were not restricted to such 
a clumsy and indefinite expression as sister-in-law. Cf. Βαηρ 180, cKvpe 
172. 

124. Ααο8ίκην ; attracted to the case of the relative την, see on Β 764. 
— €Ϊδο5 άρίσ-την: lit. most excellent in appearance, most beautiful. Cf. 39. 

125. €v μ€γάρω : in her chamber, cf. 142. — Ιστόν : web. AVeaving was 
the most honorable employment of Homeric women ; it occupied queens 
and goddesses. So Hector, on parting from Andromache, says αλλ' εις 
οίκον Ιονσα τα. σ αντης ^pya. κόμιζε {care for), | ιστόν τ {loom) ηλακάτην 
τ€ (spindle) Ζ 490 f. 

126. δίιτλακα: fern. adj. as substantive, see on A 54. Sc. ;!(λαΓϊ/αν, cf 
Ρ(λαινα»' Βητλψ. A double cloak (cf. * doublet ') ; so large that it could be 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 119 

thrown twice (or double) about the body. — ιτορφυρ^ην : of purple^ while 
the interwoven scenes were of some other color. This art was prob. still 
dependent on oriental patterns, but evidently had advanced to the repre 
sentation of persons. — iroXeas : as A 559. — Iv^ira<r<r6v : tvove in. — ά^θλους : 
battles, fought on the plain of Troy, before the action of the Iliad. Other 
allusions to these conflicts are found, cf. 132 f., A 520 f., Β 29 f. But 
most of the earlier fighting seems to have been done at a distance. 

128. 4'06v : not enclitic, since it is reflexive, referring to the subject of 
the principal sentence. — ΰΐΓ"Άρηο8 κτλ. : by the hands of Ares. 

129. See on Β 790. 

130. δίΰρ* ϊθι : cf. βάσκ Wl Β 8. — θέ(ΓΚ6λα 4'ργα : an indefinite expres- 
sion, exciting Helen's curiosity. 

131 = 127. • 

132. ot irpiv : who before^ i.e. until now. The antec. of the rel. follows, 
ot hi] vvv 134. — «irl κτ\.: see on 15. — ττολύΒακρυν : i.e. causing many 
tears. Cf. 165, lacriraabile bellum Verg. Aen. vii. 604. 

133. For the rhyme between the two halves of the verse, cf. Β 484. 

134. 8η νυν : already now. — Ι'αται [ι^νται] σ-ιγη : with the collateral 
notion of inactivity. See on Β 255. — iroXc^os κτλ.', parenthetical; see 
on Β 333. 

135. άσ-ττίσ-ι κεκλιμένοι: leaning on their shields, as they stood; cf. 231, 
326. — Ίταρά : adv., by their side. — ΐΓ^ττηγεν ; i.e. with the σανρωτηρ (bronze 
point of the butt) fixed in the gTound. Cf. defigunt telluri hastas 
et scuta reclinant Verg. Aen. xii. 130, stant terra defixae 
h a s t a e ib. vi. 652. 

138. T(p Kc νικήσαντι : him who gains the victory. — κ^ : const, with 
νίκησαντι, as is shown by its position and by οππότερος Si κ€ νικηστ] 71. 
So 255. No other example of this construction is found in Homer. — 
φίλη : standing epithet. See § 12 a. — κίκλήσ-η : thou shall be called. See 
on A 293, Β 260. 

139. clirovora : coincides in time with εμβαλε. — γλυκύν t^cpov : cf. 446. 

140. irpoWpoio : Helen was no longer wife of Menelaus ; so she says 
of Agamemnon, 8αηρ (husband's brother) avr ipx><i ίσκε 180. — oo-tcos : 
used of the native city, as ττόλις, 50. — τοκήων : Tyndareiis and Leda were 
thought of as alive. Tyndareus is called Helen's father, just as Heracles 
is called son of Amphitryo. This is not inconsistent with 199, 418. 

141. ap-ycvvfjo-i κτλ. : cf. 419. In accordance with oriental custom, 
women and maidens were veiled when they went on the streets or canie 
into the presence of men who were not immediate relations. 

142. θαλάμοιο : the apartments of the women in the rear part of the 
bouse, There Helen sits and spins with her maids, Ζ 321 fE. 



120 COMMENTARY. 

143. άμα Tfi γ6 κτλ. : in apposition with ουκ οίη, cf. Β 822. — Princely 
ladies in Homer are generally attended by two maids. 

144. Αϊθρη: Pittheus, king of Troezene, was son of Pelops. His 
daughter Aethra bore Theseus to Aegeus, king of Athens. She, living 
in Athens, had under her care Helen whom Theseus had carried off from 
Sparta, until Castor and Polydeuces freed their sister Helen and captured 
Aethra at or near Athens. So Aethra was made Helen's slave, first in 
Sparta and afterwards in Ilios. But this seems to be a post-Homeric 
story. — Κλυμένη : likewise a slave brought with Helen from Sparta, cf. 
386 ff. — βοώΐΓΐδ : see on A 551. 

145. οθι : thither where. — ΣκαιαΙ ττύλαι : see on Β 809. 

146. ot δ' άμφΐ κτλ. : see on 148, Β 445. — Θυμοίτην : only here in 
Homer. Vergil uses the nanft : primusque Thymoetes | duci {sc. 
wooden horse) intra muros hortatur Aen. ii. 32 f. 

147 = Υ 238, where it is said that these three heroes were sons of 
Laomedon, and brothers of Priam. — οζον'Άρηο? : see on Β 540. 

148. Ούκαλ^γων κτλ. : these two receive prominence from the use of 
the nom. The change from the construction of 146 f . is not bold since 
ot άμφΐ ΐΐρίαμον is essentially equiv. to ΐΐρίαμος καΐ,οί αμφί μ-ΐν. — Ucale- 
gon (ουκ άλεγων) is mentioned only here in Homer. Cf. jam proxi- 
mus (sc. to Deiphobus) ardet | Ucalegon Verg. Aen. ii. 311 f. — 
Άντήνωρ : he is esp. prominent in the following scene, 203-224, 262. 

149. €Ϊατο : ηντο, see § 44 I. — δημογ^ροντίβ : in apposition, as elders 
of the people. Title of the nobles as leaders and counsellors. See on Β 21. 
This epithet is applied also to Ilus, son of Dardanus. — lirl Σκαιήσ-ι ττύλτι- 
σ-ιν: i.e. on the tower above the Scaean Gate, from which the Trojan 
elders and women were wont to watch the battles on the plain ; cf 153, 
384, spectaverant enim e moenibus Pergami non viri modo 
sed feminae etiam Livy xxxvii. 20. 

150. γήραϊ: equiv. to δια το γηρα<ζ. — δή : already. — 7Γ€'ΐΓαυμ€νοι : the 
perfect indicates the continuance of the state brought about by the action 
of the verb. — άγορηταί : cf A 248. 

151. τ€ττίγ€σ•σ-ιν : cicadae. The males sit on sunny bushes and during 
the longest days make, by rubbing their wings, a clear chirping noise 
which the Greeks of all times admired greatly. They are not mentioned 
elsewhere in Homer. — The comparison refers only to the tone of voice. 

152. δ€νδρ€'ω: a 'trochee.' For the 'synizesis,' cf A 15, Β 651; see 
§ 25. — \€ipiO€o-<rav : from λύριον, lily-like, i.e. tender and delicate like the 
color of the lily. — Uitriv: from ΙηρΛ, see § 52 a. 

153. Toioi : such, predicate with ηντο. " Such were they who sat " etc. 
See on A 266. — άρα: recapitulates the comparison, cf 161. 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 121 

155. ηκα : for the short ultima, not lengthened before πρ, see § 59 ^ a. 

156. ού ν€'μ€<Γΐ5 κτλ. : " we cannot blame " etc. — The beauty of Helen 
could not be praised more delicately or effectively than by this exclama- 
tion that she drew from the aged counsellors of Troy. Cf. η on put ant 
indignum Troiani principes, Graios Troianosque propter 
Helenae speciem tot mala tanto temporis spatio sustinere : 
quaenam igitur ilia forma credenda est ? non enim hoc 
dicit Paris, qui rapuit, non aliquis iuvenis aut unus e 
vulgo, sed senes et prudentissimi et Priam ο adsidentes 
Quintilian viii. 4. 21, * Homer himself who so persistently refrains from 
all descriptions of physical beauty that we barely learn from a passing 
mention that Helen had white arms and beautiful hair, even he manages 
nevertheless to give us an idea of her beauty which far surpasses any- 
thing that art could do. Kecall the passage w^here Helen enters the 
assembly of the Trojan elders. The venerable men see her coming, and 
one says to the others : ov νε/χεσι? κτλ. What can give a more vivid idea 
of her beauty than that cold-blooded age should deem it well worth 
the Avar which had cost so much blood and so many tears?* Lessing, 
Laocodn xxi. 

157. τοιηδε : such a one as that, as she stood before their eyes, with 
deictic -δε, cf. 46. This is explained by the following verse. — άμψ£ : for 
the sake of, as 70, 91. 

158. α1νώ$: marvellously, mightily. — els tSira : lit. into the face, when 
one looks in the face, in countenance. 

159. This is a general remark, and assumes no knowledge of the 
proposition of Paris. 

160. οττίσ-ατω : for t he f titure. — ττήμα : see on 50. — λίττοιτο : as passive, 
see § 50 d. 

• 161. Ικαλ^σσ-ατο : called to him. — φωνή : is used much like φωνησας. 
It is contrasted with ηκα 155. — The three following speeches are of nine 
verses each. Cf. the symmetry in the prayers (on 301). 

162. Sevpo: cf. 130. — Ιμδίο : construe with πάροιθε, cf A 360. 

164. ου τί μοι κτλ. : Priam, as well as the poet, recognized the war as 
appointed and caused by the gods. He desired to remove the feeling of 
dread with which Helen, conscious of guilt, approached him. She appre- 
ciated his kindness, saying that Priam 'was always kind as a father,' 
Ω 770. — μο( : in my eyes. This is expressed in both clauses. — θ€οί vv 
μοι : for the asyndeton, cf. A 107. — vv : I think: — Cf. the words of 
Venus: non tibi Tyndaridis facies invisa Lacaenae I culpa- 
tusve Paris ; divum inclementia, divum, | has evertit opes, 
sternitque a culmine Troiam Verg. Aen. ii. 601 ff. 



122 COMMENTARY. 

165. ol: demonstrative. — ττολύΒακρυν: c/. 132. 

166. cos κτλ. : a second final clause depending on 162. — καΐ : belongs 
to the whole clause, and indicates that another final sentence preceded. 

167. OS Tis: predicate. — oSc: observe the regular interchange of the 
prons. οδε and ovtos in question and answer, here and 178, 192 and 200, 
226 and 229 ; both pronouns are deictic, but oSc indicates simply what 
is before the eyes, while οντος has reference to the question. — ην5 τ€ : cf. 
Β 653. 

168. η τοι μεν: correl. with δε 169. It is true indeed. — κΐψαλη: in 
stature ; cf. 193. — κα( : still. 

169. ϊδον όψθαλμοΐσιν : cf. Launcelot's * running with thy heels,' Shak- 
spere Merchant of Venice ii. 2. 10. See on A 587. 

170. γεραρόν: stately, cf. 211. See Β 478, and note.-- βαοτιληι avSpC: 
cf βονληφόρον άνδρα Β 24, and see on 6, Β 474. 

171. γυναικών : the gen. is partitive with the superlative idea in δια. 
172-176. Reply to 162-165. — α18οΐό$ re δεινό? τε : revered and dreaded. 

— φίλε, ε'κυρ^: for the two 'ultimas' lengthened by position, see § 32 c. 

173. ws : introduces a wish. Cf αϊθ' οφελες κτλ. A 415. — οψελεν : 
see on A 353. — κακός : the standing epithet of death. It is contrasted 
with άδειν. " Would that I had chosen death rather." Helen rarely 
misses an opportunity to express penitent consciousness of her guilt, cf. 
404, 412. See on Β 356. Her penitence always wins indulgence and 
sympathy. 

174. θάλαμον : marriage-chamber ; hence no special mention of her hus- 
band is needed. — γνωτού5 : brothers. See 236 ff. 

175. τταίδα : i.e. ilermione, who afterward married Neoptolemus, son 
of Achilles. — ομηλικίην : abstract expression for ομηλικας, companions. 

176. TO : therefore. Adverbial ace. with τίτηκα. — καί : also, marks 
κλαίουσα τίτηκα (melt away in tears') as the expected effect. 

177. άνείρίαι : followed by two accusatives, cf A 550. 

178. Άτρίίδηβ : see on A 7. 

179. The favorite verse of Alexander the Great, according to Plutarch, 
de fortuna Alex. 331 c. — For the thought, see A 258 and note. — άμφότε- 
pov : both ; with the two parts added in apposition. — Observe the ' chi- 
asmus.' 

180. αυτέ : on the other hand. — κυνώττιδοβ : see on A 159, cf 404. The 
gen. is in apposition with ε/χου implied in ε'/χός. See on Β 20. — εϊ ττοτ 
εην γε : if ever he was, "if it was not all a dream." Helen speaks with 
mournful recollection of the happier past. 

182. μάκαρ : blessed. — μοιρηγενε'ς : child of fortune, blest by Μοίρα at 
his birth. The opposite is found in A 418. 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 123 

183. η ρά νυ κτλ. : in truth then were subject to thee. The plpf. (= impf.) 
is used with reference to the previous perception of the numerous 
throng. 

184. κα£ : also, i.e. as well as to other countries. Cf. 205. — Φρνγίην: 
on Β 862. 

185. €νθα : there. — Φρνγα? άνέρα? : closely connected, cf. βασιλψ avSpl 
170. IVhenever avBpes is added to an ethnic name, the words are not 
separated. For the ' diaeresis ' after the third foot, see § 58 A:. — αίολο- 
ιτώλους : with swift steeds. 

186. Otreus and Mygdon were Phrygian kings. Ace. to the later 
story, Otreus was brother of Hecaba. Aphrodite in visiting Anchises 
introduces herself as the daughter of Otreus. Mygdon was father of 
Coroebus (Cassandra's bridegroom), ace. to Verg. Aen. ii. 341 ff. 

188. καί : const, with €γών. — «λ^χθην : / was numbered. 

189. Άμαζόν€5 : these were thought to live on the east of Phrygia. 
They carried on a war for booty against the Phrygians to whose assist- 
ance Priam went. Cy. Β 814. — dvTidvcipai: cf. bellatrix audetque 
viris concurrere virgo Verg. ^en. i. 493. 

190. άλλ' ούδ* ol : but not even these ; i.e. the Phrygians of 185. 

191. δ€ύτ€ρον: neuter accusative as adverb with cpeetve, cf. 225. 

192. etir* : for άττί, with the accent thrown back after elision, cf. 89. — 
τόνδί : anticipated from the rel. clause, see on Β 409. 

193. μ.€ίων μεν κτλ. : more exactly describing o8c. — Κ6φαλη : as 168. 

194. IScVOai : to look upon. 

196. KTiXos ois : cf. Β 480. The syllable preceding cSs is not length- 
ened as is usual. See on Β 190. — €ΐΓΐτΓωλ€ίται <Γτ£χα8 : comes up to the 
ranks, in order to review them. Ace. to another figure, Agamemnon was 
ΤΓΟίμ,ην λαών. 

197. άρνίΐφ κτλ. t a detailed explanation of κτίλος ως. 

199. έκγεγαυία : for €κγ€γοννΐα. See on lSvly) A 365. 

200. ovTos δ'αυ: contrasted with οντός ye 178; c/. 229. — Όδυσσ -evs: 
see on A 138. 

201. 6v δήμ,φ : cf Β 547. — κραναή$ : cf. (^Ιθάκη) τρηχαΐ άλλ* άγα^ 
κουροτρόφος (nwrse ο/ wen) ι 27, scopulos Ithacae, Laertia regna 
Verg. Aen. iii. 272, Ithacam illam in asperrimis saxulis tan• 
q'uam nidulum affixam Cic. de Orat. i. 44. — ir^p: as A 352. 

204. η μάλα : yes, in truth. 

205. KttC : as 184. — δ€υρό ιτοτ ήλυθί : sc. before the beginnmg of open 
hostilities, in order to demand the restitution of Helen and the treasure. 
See § 6 a* Odysseus as the most ready in speech and counsel was sent 
with Menelaus who had the greatest interest in the decision. 



124 COMMENTARY. 

207. 4ξ6Ϊνΐ(Γσα: received hospitably. — φίλησα: received at my home, 
entertained. This shows the beginning of a law of nations by which 
embassies enjoy the rights of guests. 

208. φυήν : as A 115. Cf. 210 f. — Ιδάην : 1 learned to know. — μήδεα : 
cf. 212 ff. 

209. άλλ' oT€ δή : the same beginning of the verse as 212, 216, 221. — 
kv άγρομ^νοισιν : among the assembled, cf. 55. This was on the occasion 
when the Trojans discussed the demand made by the embassy. The 
poet does not raise the question why Priam did not then make the 
acquaintance of Odysseus. 

210. σ-τάντων : sc. to address the people, cf. A 58, 68, etc. The geni- 
tive is partitive, of Menelaus and Odysseus, but is not unlike a genitive 
absolute, see § 19 c, d. — vircipexcv [ύττερ-] : " towered above " Odysseus, 
cf 168. Cf umeris extantem Verg. Aen. vi. 668. — ωμου$: ace. of 
specification, cf 227. 

211. άμφω δ' «ζομ^νω : i.e. as listeners. * Nominative of the whole,' 
almost a nominative absolute, since only one of the two persons com- 
prised is mentioned in what follows. The sentence begins as if Όδυσ- 
σευς μ,ίν, Μενίλαος δε were to follow. — γ€ραρώτ€ρο$ : cf 170. Menelaus 
had a short trunk but long legs, and appeared shorter only when they 
were seated. 

212. Ίτάσιν ύ'φαινον : ivove for all, set forth before all. 

213. ετΓίτροχάδην : in contrast with the cautious, slow beginning of 
Odysseus. 

214. παΰρα μέν : correlative with οΰδ' άψαμαρτοεττης. άλλα μόλα λιγεως 
is shown to be parenthetical by επεί ov πολνμνθος which explains πανρα. 
" Few words but to the point." " Saying little indeed (although very 
clear, Β 246), for he was not a man of many words ; but saying nothing 
which failed to hit the mark." A Spartan king ought to be laconic ! — 
Cf. et Homerus brevem quidem cum iucunditate et pro- 
priam (id enim est non deerrare verbis) et carentem super- 
vacuis eloquentiam Menelao dedit, quae sunt virtutes ge- 
neris illius primi, et ex ore Nestoris dixit dulciorem melle 
profluere sermonem [A 249], qua certe delectatione nihil 
fingi maius potest: sed summam expressurus in Ulixe 
facundiam, et magnitudinem illi vocis et vim orationis 
nivibus hibernis copia verborum atque impetu parem tri- 
buit. cum hoc igitur nemo mortalium contendet, hunc 
ut deum homines intuebuntur Quintilian xii. lo. 64 f. 

215. cl καί : even if although he was younger than Odysseus. — yivti : 
in birth, in age. 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 125 

216. άναΐξ€ΐ6ν : for the optative expressing indefinite frequency of past 
action, cf. 233. See H. 914 β ; G. 1431. 

217. -υιταΐ ΐδ€σκ€ : he always looked down ; with the more definite state- 
ment κατά x^ovos κτλ., — a sign of meditation. Cf. non protinus est 
erumpendum, sed danda brevis cogitationi mora: mire 
enim auditurum dictnri cura delectat et index se ipse 
componit. hoc praecipit Homerus Ulixis exempio, quem 
stetisse oculis in terram defixis immotoque sceptre, prius- 
quam illam eloquentiae procellam effunderet, dicit Quin- 
tilian xi. 3. 157 f . 

218. σκήτΓτρον : see on A 58, 234. 

219. άστίμφ^δ : cf. Β 344. — Odysseus made no gesture. 

220. φαίη5 K€: potential of the past, crederes, as 223; Attic «φ?;? 
αν. Cf. 392. — Observe the asyndeton. — ζάκοτον κτλ.: a sullen, ill- 
natured kind of a fellow. — άφρονα κτλ. : a mere simpleton. For αυτως, see 
on A 133. 

221. δη οττα: the hiatus is merely apparent, since 6\p is from the same 
root as the Lat. vox. Cf. €πο?, and see § 32 a. 

222. See Quintilian quoted on 214. — eirca: for the length of the 
ultima, see § 59 Ίι. — νιφάδ^σσ-ιν κτλ. : in contrast with 214. 

223. ούκ αν κτλ.: "no other mortal could have vied." — circira: lit. 
after that. — Όδυσ-ήι: for the use of the name instead of a pronoun, see 
on A 240. Observe the repetition of the name in the same position in 
the following verse, cf 430, 432, 434. 

224. TOT6: refers to δτε 221, made more definite by ciSos ίδόντες.— 
ώδ€ : so much as before. They were so moved by his eloquence that they 
forgot his unusual manner. — Όδυσ-ήοβ: const, with etSos. 

225. Αϊαντα: Telamonian Ajax. See on A 138. 

226. ris τ άρα : as A 8, Β 761. 

227. e|oxos: cf. Β 480. — Άργβίων: differs mainly in metrical form 
from 'Αχαιό? above. See on A 79. 

229. ovTos: see on 167. — cpKos 'Αχαιών: see on A 284. Cf. ονρος 
Αχαιών Θ 80, of Nestor ; ep /χα πόληος Π 549 prop of the city, of Sarpedon ; 

' pillar of state,' Milton Par. Lost ii. 302. 

230. Ίδομ€ν€ύ5 : see on Β 645. Idomeneus is named by Helen with- 
out any question of Priam. At sight of him she cannot suppress the 
memory of a happy past, and hence the longing for her brothers. A 
more mechanical reason for the change in the form of question and 
answer, is that the repetition of Priam's inquiry would become monoto- 
Bfous. — Ocos <Ss : equiv. to θ€0€ί8ης 16, θ€0€ίκ€λ€ A 131. 

231. η7€ρ4θονται : cf Β 304. The present serves to paint a picture. 



126 COMMENTAKY. 

232. ΊΓολλάκι: generally appears in Homer without the final ?, see 

233. ΐκοιτο : for the optative, cf. 216 where the iterative aorist στάσκεν 
in the principal clause corresponds to the aorist with ττολλάκι in 232. 

235. K€v γνοίην: potential optative. Sc. if you should ask me. — Ιύ: 
well, clearly. — καί re: cf. A 521. — ουνομα: sc. the gen. of the pronoun 
from ους. 

236. 8οιώ : for this form of the numeral, see § 41 δ. — κο(Γμήτορ€ : cf. 
1, A 16. 

237. Castor and Polydeuces are mentioned only in this verse in 
Homer. — ττύξ: with the^st, i.e. in boxing. See on Β 418. 

238. αύτοκασιγνήτω : cf. Β 706. — τώ μοι κτλ.: develops the thought 
of the first word of the verse, cf A 2. — μοί : ' dative of likeness ' with 
μια, " the same who bore me." — μήτηρ : i.e. Leda. Ace. to the later story, 
Clytaemnestra also was Leda's daughter. See on A 113. 

239. λπΓδ'σ-θην : cf A 158, Β 524. 

241. αυτ€ : correl. with /xeV, see on Β 768, § 21/. 

242. αϊ<Γχ6α: insults. — SciSiorcs : sc. that they must hear them. — 
ovcCSea: reproaches. For the use of two nearly synonymous words, see 
on 2. — ά μοι €σ-τιν: which are mine, heaped upon me. 

243. κάτ€χ€ν: see on Β 699. A euphemism for death. " They were 
dead and buried." — φυσ-ίζοοβ : life-giving. The epithet seems out of place 
here, but is used only in this connection. — Ace. to this story, both Dios- 
curi (Διός Kovpoi) were dead. The later form of the story made Castor 
mortal, but Polydeuces immortal; but after the death of Castor, Zeus 
granted the prayer of Polydeuces that both brothers should be together 
alternately in heaven and in Hades. In post-Homeric times, they became 
the patron saints of sailors. 

244. Αακ€8αίμονι: for the following hiatus, see §§ 27 a, 36 a. — αυθι: 
here follows the word that explains it. — The grave of the Dioscuri was 
shown at Therapnae, near Sparta. — Iv irarpCSi : observe the repetition of 
the preposition in this appositive clause. Cf. Β 722. 

245-313. Priam drives to the field, concludes the treaty with Agamemnon, 
and returns to the city. — This continues the story interrupted at 121. 

245. κήρυκ€5: see 116 f. — άνά ασ-τυ: up through llios, cf. A 10. — 
θίών : i.e. those named 103 f . — φίρον : sc. in order to take them to the 
plain. — ό'ρκια ττισ-τά: cf. 269, Β 124. Faithful, trustworthy pledges of the 
oath. 

246. apv€ ktX. : in apposition with ορκυα. — οΐνον κτλ. : equiv. to ενφραί- 
νοντα κτλ. Cf *wine that maketh glad the heart of man,' Psalms 
civ. 15. 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 127 

247. άσ-κω κτλ. : the usual means of carrying wine on journeys. 
Wine was stored at home in great jars. — καρπον άρούρης : elsewhere only 
of grain. 

248. 'ISaios: the most honored of Priam's heralds and his personal 
attendant. For the quantity of the ultima, see § 59 /. 

249. -γέροντα : i.e. Priam, whom they were sent to summon. — ιταρισ-τά- 
μ£νο$: sc. after ascending the tower by the Scaean gate (149). 

250. ορσ-6ο: see on 103 ; arise. Observe the following 'asyndeton.' — 
Ααομ€δοντιάδη : for the formation of the patronymic, see § 39 J. — άριστοι : 
the princes, as 274. 

252. τάμητ€ : sc. thou and the Achaean princes. — See on 105. 
253-255 = 136-138, mutatis mutandis. 

254. μα\•(\σ•ονται : will ^ght. This marks simply the future fact. 

255. έ'τΓοιτο : the optative here, as 74, expresses a wish. The impera- 
tive is used in the corresponding passages, 72, 93, 282, because this 
thought is presented there as a demand or condition. 

256-258 = 73-75, with slight changes. 

257. νέονται: future, cf. 137. The future is better suited than the 
imperative to the lips of the herald. 

259. ρίγησ-€ν : i.e. he feared for his son's life, cf. 306 E. — craCpois: his 
attendants. The king was never unattended. 

260. lirCOovTo : i.e. they hastened to the palace, harnessed the horses, 
^nd brought them to the Gate. Priam descended from the tower to 
•nount the chariot. We miss here the usual epic fulness of detail. 

261. άν [ανά] : const, with €βη. — κατά κτλ. : as 311. The reins were 
tied to the front rim of the chariot. The king now untied them and 
drew them back toward himself. 

262. irdp 84 oi: lit. at his side for him, ττάρ being adv. I.e. so as to 
stand heside him. — δίψρον : ace. of ' limit of motion,' cf 407, see on A 254. 

263. Σκαιών : only here as substantive, without ττυλαι. See on A 54. 

— «χον: held, guided. 

264. μ€τά : see on A 222. 

265. I| ϊτητων : from their chariot ; equiv. to t^ 6χ€ων 29. 

266. Is μέσ-σ-ον: see on 69. — 4<Γτιχόωντο : went, as Β 92. 

267. ώρνυτο : arose, hastened to greet the Trojan princes, cf. opaeo 250. 

— αύτίκ 6ΐΓ€ΐτα : follows the verb. 

268. άν [ανά] : sc. ωρνντο. — κήρυκ65 : sc. of both armies, cf 274. 

269. opKitt : see on 245. 

270. μίσ-γον : not like κερόωντο, but mingled the wine of both parties 
to the libation. In solemn sacrifices, the wine was not mixed with water, 
hence (τττονδαΐ αίκρψοι Β 341. — βα<Γΐλ€ν<Γΐν : /or the princes of Trojans and 



128 COMMENTARY. 

Achaeans. Observe that no priests are mentioned in this connection. — 
lirl x€ipas : see on A 449. 

271. χ6£ρ€(Γ<Γΐ : χείρί would be more exact. 

272. irdp κουλεόν : along by the sheath. — aUv : as commander and high- 
priest of the army, Agamemnon used this knife often at sacrifices. — 
αωρτο : from άίίρω, cf. aop sword, άορτηρ sword-strap. 

273. άρνών : as the principal idea, it is placed before κεφαλβ'ων which 
it limits. See 103 f . 

274. νίΐμαν: sc. τρίχας. They distributed the wool cut from the 
victims' heads as a symbol that all the chiefs present took part in the 
treaty, swearing by the victim. This sacrifice was without fire, as was 
most freq. in the case of treaties and reconciliations. 

275. Cf. A 450. 

276. Agamemnon invokes the divinities of the heavens, the earth, and 
the regions beneath the earth. Cf. esto nunc Sol testis, et haec 
mihi Terra precanti, | . . . et pater omnipotens, et tu Satur- 
nia coniux, . . . tuque inclute Mavors, | . • . fontesque 
fluviosque, voco, quaeque aetheris alti | religio, et quae 
caeruleo sunt numina ponto Verg. Ae7i. xii. 176 ίί. — "Ιδηβίν: 
Zeus had a sacred grove and an altar on Mt. Ida, and ruled thence as 
god of the country. The pious soul sought and found the divinity near 
at hand, esp. on mountain summits. — kvSkttc κτλ.: cf. lupiter opti- 
mus maximus. See on Β 412. 

277. η«λιο$: nominative as vocative. This construction is rare. — 
Ίτάντ Ιφορ^;? κτλ. : Helios, accomplishing daily his course in the heavens, 
is fitted to be a witness to solemn compacts. 

278. ΊΓοταμοί : the Trojan river-gods (Scamander and Simois), as near 
at hand, are invoked as witnesses. A priest (άρητηρ) of the Scamander 
is mentioned (E 7-7 f.). — καΐ οϊ: const, with τίννσθον. "the dual is used 
with reference to Hades and Persephone. 

279. ο Tis: observe the distributive singular, after the plural. For 
the form, see § 42 o. — όμόοτσ-χι : for the aorist subjunctive, cf. A 554. 

280. μάρτυροι : as A 338, Β 302. 

282. αύτο8€χ€τω: let him keep. — κτήματα: see on 70. 

283. ν€ώμ€θα: the subjunctive expresses the speaker's resolve, not 
unlike the ordinary ' hortatory ' subjunctive. 

284. ξανθό? : from the color of his hair. See on A 197. 

285. Τρώα§ κτλ. : then shall the Trojans restore etc. άποΒονναι is par- 
allel to εχετω, cf Β 413. 

286. τιμήν: equiv. to ττοινην recompense. Cf. A 159. — ή'ν τίνα: sc. 
aTTOTivipLtv. 

\ 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 129 

287. καί: also. Const, with εσσο/χενοισιν. — ττ^ηται: shall he. This 
is strictly a final clause. — This exemplary penalty was to serve as a 
precedent in later times and warn men against committing such deeds. 

288. ΠρΙαμοδ κτλ. : as A 255. 

289. ουκ «θίλωσιν : ουκ is used, not μη, though in a conditional clause, 
since the negative and verb form but one idea, are unwilling, refuse. Cf. 
ov χραίσμ,Ύ] A 28. — Άλ€ξάνδροιο : prob. gen. abs. ; although it could be 
construed with τιμήν. See ^ 19 d β. 

290. αντάρ : on the other hand, introduces the adversative apodosis, cf. 
A 133, si tua re subita consilia torpent, at tu mea sequere 
Livy i. 41. See § 21 a. 

291. Tc'Xos ΐΓολ^μ.010 : i.e. the victory. See on Β 122. — κιχ€(ω: see on 
A 26. Or it may be pres. subjv. of κίχημι. 

292. η: see on A 219. — σ-τομάχου?: obj. of άττό τά /xc. — χαλκφ : equiv. 
to μάχαιραν 271. 

294. θυμοΰ : life, as A 593. — 8€υομένου$ : gives the reason for άσπαίρον 
Ta<s. — μ^νο5 : force, cf . /xevea 8. 

295. άψυσ-(ΓΟμ€νοι : drawing (dipping) for themselves. The act of dip- 
ping and pouring continued until each had poured his libation. Else- 
where drawing wine was part of the herald's gifice. See on A 471. 

296. 4'κχ€ον : sc. out of their cups, upon the ground. — aUiyivinina-iv : 
cf θίοΧ αΐϊν €0ντ€9 A 290. 

297. C/. B271. 

299. irpoTcpoi: comp., since only two parties are in question, cf. 351. 
— vtrcp ορκια: "contrary to the compacts." Cf. Δ 67, 236, 271. — ττημή- 
V€iav : intransitive. " Commit an act of hostility." The optative is used 
in the subordinate clause, with the optative of wishing in the principal 
clause, to express a mere conception of the mind. 

300. ώδ4 σφι κτλ. : thus may for them etc. The personal pronoun is 
used instead of the deraonstratiA'-e, since the protasis has hypothetical 
force. Cf. Β 393. — «s oSe otvos : symbolical actions were customary in 
curses and conjurations. Cf (fetialis) 'si prior defexit publico 
consilio dolo malo, tum illo die, luppiter, populum Roma- 
num sic ferito ut ego hunc porcum hie hodie feriam.' . . . 
id ubi dixit, porcum saxo silice percussit, Livy i. 24; (Han- 
nibal) eaque ut rata scirent fore agnum laeva manu dextera 
silice.m retinens, si falleret, lovem ceterosque precatus 
deos, ita se mactarent, quem ad modum ipse agnum mac- 
tasset, secundum precationem caput pecudis saxo elisit, 
ih. xxi. 45 ; 'As sinks that blood stream in the earth, | So may his heart's 
blood drench his hearth,* Scott Lady of the Lake iii. 1. 



130 COMMENTARY. 



301. αυτών καΐ τ€Κ€ων : the genitive depends on εγκέφαλος, although 
σφί (not σφζων) has preceded. This clause forms an extension of the 
original thought. — άλλοισι δαμείεν: "may they be made the slaves of 
others." — This prayer contains four verses, like the prayers of 320 ff., 
351 ff., 36o ff. See on 161. 

302. Cf. Β 419. 

303. τοί<Γΐ : const, with μετά Ulttcv, cf. 96. — Δαρδαν(8ης : Priam was 
in the fifth generation from Dardanus, Υ 215 ff. See p. x. of the Vocab- 
ulary. — For the use of the patronymic, see § 39 m. 

304 = 86. 

305. ηνεμό^σσαν : the epithet is well deserved ace. to Dr. Schliemann, 
who in his excavations at Hissarlik was much disturbed by the constant 
winds which drove the dust into the eyes of the workmen. He thinks 
that such continual wind-storms are known nowhere else on earth. ' The 
winds blew about us with such force that we often felt as if our whole 
settlement might be hurled down the precipice.' 

306. άψ: const, with εΐμι. — ου ττω : in no way. For πώ as ττώς, see 
§ 30 Z. — τλήσ-ομαι : cf. τίτληκας A 228. — Iv όφθαλμοίσ-ιν : see on A 587. 
— Priam fears the death of his son, as 259. — \^ergil imitates: η on 
pugnam aspicere hanc oculis, non foedera, possum Aen. 
xii. 151. 

308. ZeOs κτλ. : " Zeus doubtless knows, but I do not." 

309. θανάτοιο t4Xos: a 'periphrasis' for θάνατος. — ττεπρωμενον €<Γτίν : 
equiv. to ττεττρωται, cf. τετελεσμένος εστίν A 388. 

310. apvas θετό : sc. in order to take back with him the two slaugh- 
tered lambs which he had brought. The flesh of the victim sacrificed to 
confirm an oath was not eaten, since a curse rested upon it, but was 
buried. Prob. the Achaeans cast their victim into the sea, being unable 
to bury it in their own land. 

311 f . = 261 f . — έβαινε : for the imperfect, see on άφίει A 25. 
313. αψορροι : cf. τταλίνορσος 33. — άττονεΌντο : see on Β 113. 
314-382. The duel. Pans is rescued from death by Aphrodite, and 
earned to his home. 

315. 8ιεμετρεον : they measured off the ground for the combat, and the 
distance at which they were to hurl their spears, cf 344. Cf. campum 
ad certamen magnae sub moenibus urbis | dimensi Rutu- 
lique viri Teucrique parabant Verg. ^en. xii. 116 f. 

316. κλήρου$ πάλλον: •* they arranged the casting of lots." This is 
expressed more definitely in 324. The κλήροι were bits of wood or stone, 
marked with some sign so as to be recognized. The prayer was oifered 
while the lots were shaken. 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 131 

317. ΐΓρό<Γθ€ν: hef ore, first. Cf. 346, Β 359, Trporcpos 351. — άφ€ίη: 
optative in indirect discourse, representing the subjunctive of deliberation 
in direct discourse. Cf. A 191. 

318. xitpas άν^σ-χον : equiv. to χείρας άνασχόντες, see § 21 Λ. For the 
attitude, cf. A 450. See Vocabulary s. v. χύρ. 

319 = 297. 320 = 276. 

321. τάδδ έ'ργα: these troubles here, i.e. this war. — €θηκ(ν: caused, sls 
A 2. — Both armies seem to unite in wishing the death of Paris. 

322. SOS : for δός with the inf. in prayers, cf. 351. — άΐΓοφθίμ6νον 8ΰναι : 
equiv. to αττοφθίσθαι και δυναι. For the epic fulness of expression, see 
on A 88. — "A'iSos : see on A 3. 

324. κορυθαίολοδ : see on Β 816. 

325. άψ όρόων : with averted face, in order to escape the suspicion of 
favoring his brother. — Ilapios : see on 16. — ck ορουσεν : the lot was not 
drawn, but cast, thrown out. 

326. ot μ4ν : i.e. Trojans and Achaeans, who had stood during the sacri- 
fice. Perhaps they had not been seated before {cf 78, 84, 1131, 231, 
250, 267), although they long ago had dismounted from their chariots 
and laid their armor upon the ground. — κατά στίχαβ : according to ranks, 
in ranks. 

327. 6KCIT0 : grammatically and in sense, construed only with τενχεα, 
although Kctpxit often is the passive of τίθημι. For the ' zeugma,' see on 
7rpo9 δω/Αα A 533. 

328. άμφ* ώμοισ-ιν : standing expression in tlie case of the principal 
parts of the warrior's equipment : breastplate, sword (as 334), and shield. — 
ίδύσ -cTo : Paris had entered the conflict as a light-armed warrior, see on 17. 

330. The poet presents a picture of the preparations for battle. The 
complete armament of the Homeric warrior consisted in the six pieces 
here enumerated, which are always mentioned in the same order before 
an important conflict. — κνημϊδαδ : see on A 17. 

331. KoXas: for the order of words, see § 11 j". 

333. olo κασ-ιγνήτοιο : sc. since he himself had appeared without a 
cuirass. — Αυκάονοβ : Lycaon had been captured by Achilles and sold as 
a slave to the king of Lemnos. Being ransomed thence, he returned to 
Troy a week before the events narrated in this book ; but twelve days 
after his return, he met Achilles again and was slain by him, Φ 34 ff. — 
ηρμοσ-€ 8* αύτφ : hut he fitted it to himself; he changed the length of the 
straps, buckling it to suit his own form. 

334 = Β 45. 

335. χάλκ€ον : prominence is given to an epithet of the whole sword, 
after the decoration of the hilt has been mentioned in άργνρσηλον. — 



132 COMMENTARY. 

σάκος : the strap which aided the arm in supporting the heavy shield was 
thrown over the shoulder, see on Β 388. Thus the shield was taken up 
before the plumed helmet was donned. 

336. κυν^ην : originally a head-covering of dogskin, then helmet. 

337. iirirovpiv: cf. Ιττπο^ασείης 369, aere caput fulgens, crista- 
que hirsutus equina Yerg. ^en. x. 869. — Scivov: cognate ace, adv. 
with €vev€v, cf, 342. 

338. Ίταλάμηφιν : here dative ; it is in the genitive 368. See § 33 a. — 
άρήρ€ΐν: for the v-movable, cf ησκαν 388. See § 30 L• 

339. COS 8* αυτωδ : and thus in like manner. See § 4:2 g. — Mcv^Xaos : 
Menelaus came forth to battle equipped with armor (29), but put it off 
as the rest did, 114. — άρήιος : a short form of άρψφίλος. See on 21. — 
6VT€a : equiv. to τενχεα, chiefly of defensive armor, 

340. cKaTcpOev ομίλου : on either side of the throng. 
341 = 266. 344. διαμ€τρητφ : see on 315. 

345. KoWovTc : subord. to σείοντε. 346. trpoa-Qt : as 317. 

347. Cf. 356. — τΓάντοσ-' Ιίσ-ην : a standing formula, at the close of the 
verse. Strictly used of the smaller circular shields (ασπίδας ενκνκλονς Ε 
453), in distinction from the large oval σάκος. But the shield of Paris is 
called σάκος 335, and άσπις 356. 

348. ούδ€: hut not. — € ρρηξ€ν : broke through the shield. — χαλκόβ : the 
bronze point of the lance, cf χαλκω below. — ol ; refers to χαλκός. 

349. ώρνυτο χαλκω : arose with his lance, " raised himself to hurl his 
lance." Cf. άνασχό/χενος 362, altior exurgens Verg. Aen. xi. 697, 
corpore toto | alte sublatum consurgit Turnus in ensem. 
. . . at perfidus ensis \ frangitur ίδ. xii. 728 ff. 

350. €•π•€υ|άμ€νο5 : " uttering a prayer as he did so." 

351. Zcv άνα : the vocative form ανα is found in Homer only in this 
phrase ; elsewhere, ανα^, as Β 284, 434. — Sos τ£σασ-θαι ο κτλ. : equiv. to 
δός μοι τίσασθαι τοντον ος κτΧ. The rel. clause ο μ,ε κτλ. represents a 
noun as the object of τίσασθαι. — irporepos : cf 299. 

352. διον : a standing epithet, denoting nobility of descent and beauty. 
It is here used without any special reference to the circumstances of the 
case. See on A 7. These * ornamental epithets * are sometimes put into 
the mouth of a foe. — Άλεξανδρον : is the object of τισασ^αι. This makes 
the preceding rel. clause more parenthetical than if this proper name had 
been attracted to the construction of the rel. clause, as ΑαοΒίκψ 124. — 
καΐ . . . δαμήναι : a more definite expression of the thought of τίσασθαι. 

353. tIs : many a one, cf. Β 271. — καί : as 287. 

354. ο K€v κτλ. : explanatory of ξεινοΒόκον. — φιλότητα : hospitality, cf. 
207. 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 133 

355. (χμΐΓ6')Γαλών : reduplicated aor. (§43e) from άναπαλλω. Swinging 
back, i.e. drawing back for the throw. Cf. adducto contortum 
hastile lacerto | immittit Verg. Aen. xi. 561 f. 

356. Cf. 347. 

357. δια: with long t at the beginning of the verse. — ψαχνής: 
the outer layer of the shield was a plate of bronze. — οβριμον : weighty, 
mighty. 

358. ηρήρίΐστο : was thrust, by the force of the throw. Plpf. from 
€ρεί8ω, used almost like an aorist. 

359. avTiKpvs : construe closely with what follows. 

360. €κλ£νθη • he bent aside. — ηλ€ύατο : for the 1st aorist without 
tense-sign, see § 48 h. 

362. άνα(Γχόμ€νο8 : drawing up his arm, in order to give a heavier blow; 
cf. 349. — ψάλον: the metal ridge in which the horsehair was arranged 
like a mane. — άμφ\ αύτ<ρ: const, with Βιατρνφέν, about itself, i.e. about 
the φάλος. 

363. τριχθά τ€ καΐ κτλ. : a descriptive expression, see § 13 b. — η κα£: 
cf. A 128, Β 346 and notes. — Βιατρυφίν: cf Verg. Aen. xii. 730, quoted 
on 349. 

365. σ€ίο όλοώτ6ρο5: Zeus ^eiVtos, the guardian of hospitality, had not 
avenged the privileges that Paris had abused. — Such reproaches of the 
divinity are uttered only in outbreaks of momentary vexation. Cf 
Bill. 

366. Ιφάμην κτλ.: see on Β 37. — κακότητοδ : causal genitive. For the 
wrong which he did me. 

367. νυν δ€: see on A 354. — άγη: from αγνυμι. — €κ : const, with 
ήίχθη. 

368. €τώσ•ιον : predicate nominative. — ovSe δάμασ-σα : marks the result 
of both preceding clauses. 

369. κόρυθοβ : for the genitive, cf. iavov 385, γοννων A 500. 

370. €λκ6 κτλ. : " he seized Paris by the helmet, turned him about, 
and strove to draw him into the midst of the Achaeans." Of course the 
helmet-strap (Ιμάς) under the chin of Paris, choked the wearer. 

371. aroXvKcaros : richly embroidered. 

372. This verse explains xmo Βείρψ. — vir άνθ€ρ€ώνο$ : as A 501. — 
oxcvs : as holder. Predicate with os. 

375. η: in the rapid narration, the rel. const, is used here, where a 
new sentence would be expected. Or this η may be called demonstrative, 
with no conjunction to connect it with the preceding verse. — Ιφ* κταμ^- 
voio : such leather would be stronger than that from a diseased animal. 
For the aorist middle used as passive, see § 50 d. 



134 COMMENTARY. 

376. τρυψάλεια: the following hiatus is justified, as falling at the 
fem. caesura of the third foot, see § 27 h. — άμ «^itcto κτλ. : i.e. it re- 
mained in his hand. — ττο,χαί•^ : thick. 

378. ρίψ* ΙτΓίδινήσαε : i.e. he swung the helmet before he threw it. — 
κόμισαν : c/. Β 875. 

379. ο άψ: for the hiatus, see on A 333. 

380. €γχ€ΐ κτλ. : emphatic at the beginning of the verse, and the close 
of the sentence, cf. βάλλε A 52. Const, with «ττόρουσε. — Ι|ήρΐΓα|6 : the 
poet recognizes no chance rescue ; see on A 8. 

381. p€ia κτλ. : "easily, as only a god can." — έκάλυψ€ δε : "and made 
him invisible." 

382. κάδ d(r€ : cf. κάθισαν 68. — €v θαλάμω : in his chamber, cf. 391. 
383-420. Aphrodite conducts Helen from the Scaean Gate to her home. 

383. καλ€Όυσ-α: future participle, expressing purpose. 

384. Τρωα(: i.e. women who had come to view the combat, as 420; 
see on 149. 

385. vcKxapeou : used like άμβρόσιος as divine, heavenly, of charming 
grace and beauty. — Ιτίνοξί : plucked. 

386. μίν : const, with προσ^ίττεν, cf. 389. For the quantity, before 
a lost consonant, see § 59 J . — irakaiytvii : the adj. strengthens the noun. 
— irpoai'enriv : always used of words that follow immediately, or sepa- 
rated only by a parenthetical clause. 

387. ίΐροκόμω : explained by the following clause. 

388. ησκ€ΐν : contracted from ^σ /ceev. — μάλισ-τα κτλ. : the rel. const, 
is abandoned, cf. A 79, 162. — This shows why Aphrodite took the form 
of this old woman. — ψιλ€€σκ€ν : sc. 'EXeny. 

389. τη μιν κτλ. : cf Β 22, 795. 

390. δ£υρ ϊθι : see on 130. 

391. κ€Ϊνο5 : used much like a dem. adv., there. — ο ye : is he. 

392. οΰδ€ K€ φαΟη5 : potential^ 7ior loould you think. Not as 220. 

393. άνδρΐ μαχησ-άμίνον : equiv. to €κ μάχης. — χορόνδδ : at the close 
of the verse in contrast with μαχησάμενον. 

394. Ι'ρχίσθαι: "ready to go to the dance," so beautiful and vigorous 
is he. — viov κτλ. : i.e. he is in as merry a humor as if he had just enjoyed 
a dance. The participle has the principal thought. 

395. Cf. Β 142. — θυμόν opivcv : aroused her anger, by the unworthy 
suggestion. 

396 f . KaC pa : and so. This pa is resumed by the άρα of the 
apodosis, 398. — δ€ΐρην στήθία κτλ. : these parts were unchanged by the 
transformation (386-389) ; the divinities retained their characteristics 
even under a disguise, except when they desired to make themselves 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 135 

entirely unrecognizable by mortals. — All but Helen saw only the old 
woman. 

398. θάμβη(Γ€ν: cf. A 199. Wonder mingled with dread came over 
her, fearing some new device of Aphrodite who had already led her far 
from her Spartan home. — eiros κτ\. : as A 361. 

399. δαιμονίη : cruel dwimty. See on Β 190. — ταΰτα: cognate ace. 
with ^TrepoTrevetv which takes />i€ as direct object. " To trick me with 
these deceits." Cf. τοντο υ/χας ε^αττατ^σαι Xen. An. v. η. 6. 

400. η: surely ; with mocking irony. — π(ίΌτ£ρω - still farther from Lace- 
daemon. — ΊΓολίων: const, with τπ/, "into any one of these cities." See 
•H. 757; G. 168, n. 3. 

401. Φρυγίη? : construe with πολιών. 

402. καΐ κ€ΐθι : there also. Just as Alexander in Ilios. — μ,^ρόττων: as 
A 250. 

403. ουν€κα 8ή νυν : this introduces sarcastically the reason for the 
conjecture of 400 f. " Since now, as it seems, I cannot remain longer 
with your favorite Paris." 

404. οΓτυγ€ρήν : see on 173. 

405. τούν€κα δή κτλ. : again a sarcastic tone. This is closely connected 
with the causal rel. sentence, as is shown by the repetition of the particles 
6η νυν. Thus the thought returns to 399. — δολοψρον^ουσα : i.e. in pre- 
tending that Paris summons her, 390. 

406. Trap' αυτόν : by himself; contrasted with Bevpo 405. " Leave me 
alone." The 'asyndeton' marks her excitement. — 0cwv κτλ.: abandon 
the path of the gods, "give up thine immortality." The expression is 
suggested doubtless by the following verse which was already before her 
Inind. 

407. "ΟλυμίΓον : the * limit of motion.' 

408. TTipl κίϊνον : about him, at his side. — όίζυί : endure woe, "bear all 
the troubles of human life." — c ψυλασ-σ^ : watch him, sc. that he does not 
escape thee or prove unfaithful to thee. 

409. 'ΠΌΐήσ•€ται : aor. subjv. with els 6 κ€, cf. Β 332. — ο γ« : see on A 
97. For its position in the second member of the sentence, as Β 664, cf. 
τΓολλα δ' ο Ϋ iv πόντω πάθεν αλγεα α 4, nunc dextra ingeminans 
ictus, nunc ille sinistra Verg. Jen. v. 457. 

410. ν€μ€σσητον κτλ. : parenthetical. — ν6μ€σ<Γητόν : c/. 156, Β 223. 

411. κίίνου : indicates contempt or abhorrence. — ιτορσ-υν^ουσα : to pre- 
pare, to share. — 84 : the clause is causal in effect. — ό'IΓCσσω : hereafter. 

412. μωμήσονται : sc. if I give myself to this frivolous coward after 
the decision by the duel. The fut. is used (more definite than the poten- 
tial opt.) although the supposition at the basis of this expectation is 



136 COMMENTARY. 

negatived (ονκ εΐμι 410). — €χω κτλ.: "and yet I have already" etc. — 
άκριτα: c/ Β 246, 796. 

413. χολωσαμ^νη : falling into a rage, cf. οχθησας A 517. The middle 
does not differ greatly from the passive. Cf. χολωθείς A 9 ; see § 50 d. 

414. σχ€τλίη : disyllabic, with synizesis of υη. See on Ίστίαίαν Β 537. 

— μ€θ€£ω [μ,εθω] : for the subjv., cf. A 28. For the form, cf. κίχείω A 20. 

415. rSt<i•. see on Β 330. — ά•τΓ€χθήρω: aor. subjv. Conceive violent 
hatred. — νΰν: opposed to the future, till now. — cKiraYXa: furiously; cf 
αινώ? 158. — φίλησα: came to love you, "bestowed my love upon you." 

416. αμφοτέρων: explained by Ύρώων και Δαναών. — μητίσ-ομαι : aor. 
subjv., still dependent on μη. — €χθ€α λυγρά : grievous hates, Λvhich would' 
be destructive to Helen. — Cf. ilia (i.e. Helen) sibi infestos eversa 
ob Pergama Teucros | et poenas Danaum, et deserti coniu-• 
gis Iras, | praemetuens Verg. Aen. ii. 571 ff. 

417. συ 8e . . . οληαι : an independent addition, as is shown by κεν, 
in order to explain the effect of Ιγθεα λνγρά. For the subjunctive with 
K€v, see on A 137. — οϊτον : cognate accusative. 

418. eSci^cv : see on A 33. Helen does not yield until after the stern- 
est threat. 

419. κατασχομ«νη : wrapping herself, cf. καΧνψαμενη 141. 

420. Τρωάβ: see on 384. — λάθεν: sc. ^ασα, as she departed with her 
two maids (cf 143, 422). — Helen, in her shame, veiled herself silently, 
and followed the goddess without attracting attention. — ηρχ* : as A 495. 

— 8αίμων : nowhere else in Homer of a definite divinity. 
421-447. Helen and Paris. 

421. Βόμον : on the citadel of Ilios, near the dwellings of Priam and 
Hector. 

422. άμφίίΓολοι: i.e. the two who had accompanied her, 143, 

423. k£€ : i.e. following Aphrodite, cf 420. 

424. TTJ : for her. — 8£φρον : a low seat without a back. — «λούσα : prior 
in time to κατίθηκε φέρουσα. Observe the distinction between the aor. 
and present participles. 

425. cLvrC Άλ£ξοίν8ροιο : ace. to 391, Alexander was on the bed, but 
this is disregarded in the following narration, cf. άρχε λεχοσΒε klwv 447. 

— θεοί: this is added to give prominence to her condescension in perform- 
ing a maid's duties. — φφουσα: for the use of the participle, see on ίων 
A 138. 

426. κούρη Διό? : generally of Athena. Cf. κονρψ Βρισηος A 392. 

427. «ιτάλιν : back, away from Paris, here as a sign of her displeasure, 
Cf. talia dicentem iamdudum aversa tuetur Verg. Aen, iv. 
362. — ηνίτταττε : for the form, cf Β 245. 



THIRD BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 137 

428. ηλνθ€5: an exclamation. She reproaches him for his return, c/. Β 23. 

429. δαμίίδ : with dat. of the agent, as 301. — irporcpos: see on 140. 

430. η μ€ν 8η κτλ. I with disdainful mockery. Trulij thou wast wont to 
boast. 

431. crfi : added with emphasis, as Β 164. 

432. άλλ* ϊθι νυν: an ironical exhortation. The following 'asynde- 
ton' is usual. — ΐΓροκάλ€σ-(Γαι : challenge, call forth to meet thee. Middle, af 
19. — MiviKaov : observe the emphatic repetition of the name with the 
same epithet, in the same position in the verse as 430. See on 223. 

433. άλλα κτλ. : Helen now speaks in earnest. — Ιγώ ψ : cf. A 173. — 
" But / advise you." 

434. Ίταύίσ-θαι: cease for ever. Present infinitives are used also to 
explain this injunction. — ξανθω : cf. 284. 

435. άντίβιον: for the construction, cf. Β 121, 452. — ττόλεμον : for the 
cognate accusative, see on Β 788. 

436. μή TTws τάχα : lest in some way, soon. — ύττ αΰτοΰ SovpC : by the spear 
of this very man. For the dative with υπό, cf. Β 860 and note. 

437. μύθοισ-ιν : construe with ττροσεειπεν. 

438. θυμόν: in partitive appos. with με. Cf. 35, 442; see on A 362. 

439. μεν γαρ : always in this order ; never γαρ μεν. — συν Άθήνχι : by 
the aid of Athena. This diminishes the personal credit of Menelaus for 
his success. 

440. αΰτΐδ: another time, as A 140. — Ιγώ : sc. νικήσω. — τταρά €l<rt: 
more freq. in this sense is τταρίστασθαι. — ημίν: i.e. with Paris and his 
countrymen. 

441. τραττείομίν : aor. pass, subjv. from τερττω, see §§ 31, 51c?. — 
€ΰνηθ€'ντ€ : in the English idiom, this would be in the same const, as rpa- 
ττείομεν. Cf. Β 113 ; see § 21 i. 

442. tiSSc: so completely, sc. as now (446). Cf. Β 802: — tpos φρ^νας 
άμφεκάλνψεν : see on A 103. 

443. ούδ* OT6 : not even then lohen. 

444. €•ΐΓλ€ον Iv νή€(Γσι : "was on the voyage." 

445. Κρανάη : perhaps this name was invented for the situation, cf. 
201 ; at least the ancients were completely at a loss concerning it. In the 
second century of our era, with reference to this passage, the name 
Κρανάη was given to a small island in the Laconian gulf. 

446. ώζ : refers to ώδε 442. 

447. άρχ€ : made the beginning, began ; with a supplementary partic, 
κιών, as Β 378. — €Ϊ'ιγ€το: the fear of Aphrodite's anger had its effect, in 
spite of 428 ff. — The whole scene, from 382, characterizes the sensual 
frivolity of Paris. 



138 COMMENTARY. 

448-461. Menelaus seeks Paris in vain. Agamemnon claims the victory 
and demands the restitution of Helen. 

448. τώ μέν άρα : so these two. 

449. The story returns to the point where Aphrodite interposed, 380. 

— άν* ομιλον: sc. Ύρώων. — θηρΐ «οικώβ : like to a wild beast in fury and 
power. 

450. ctirov Ισ-αθρήσ6ΐ€ν : for the opt., see H. 907; Good. 1420. If he 
but might catch sight of him somewhere. — θίοίΐδί'α : for the ' synizesis,' cf. 27. 

451. ού Tis Βύνατο δ€ί|αι : the logical proof of tliis statement is given 
below. " They would have pointed him out, if they could." 

452. τότ€ : i.e. when he sought him. 

453. " They did not conceal him through love (cf. 321 ff.), nor would 
they have concealed him if any one had seen him." 

454. κηρί : dat. of likeness with ίσον. For the comparison, cf. A 228. 

— μελαίνχι : cf. morti atrae Hor. Carm. i. 28. 13, post equitem 
sedet atra cura ib. iii. i.40. 

455. KaC : also. A standing expression, generally referring to previous 
speakers. 

456. Cf. 86. — Δάρδανοι : see on Β 819. 

457. δή : as you see, surely. — ψα(ν€ται : belongs evidently. 

458. 'Apydi\v: as Β 161. Cf. ornatus Argivae Helenas Verg. 
Aen. i. 650. 

459. τιμήν κτλ. : cf. 286. 
460 = 287. 

461. Iirl ην€ον : cf. Ιττευφημησαν Κ22. — The poet does not tell how 
Hector and the other Trojans received this demand, but implies that they 
allowed it to be just. — For the conclusion of the episode, see § 7 t?. 

The Fourth Book opens with a Council of the Gods in the great hall 
of Zeus on Olympus. They have watched what has been done on the 
Trojan plain, and recognize the fact that Menelaus has won the victory. 
Zeus proposes that the provisions of the treaty be carried into effect, — 
that the Achaeans withdraw to their homes, taking with them Helen and 
her treasures. But Hera and Athena cannot consent to any peace which 
would leave unsacked the hated city of Troy, and they instigate a Lycian 
archer, a Trojan ally, to break the truce by wounding Menelaus. Then 
the strife begins anew- 



FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 139 



FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 

1-219. The wounds ofMenelaus. 1-84. Assembly of the gods. Prep- 
arations for a breach of the truce. 

1. θίοί : in appos. with ot. — ηγορόωντο : sCy, during the events narrated 
in Γ. 2. χρυσ-€'ω : see on A 426. 3, €ωνοχ06ΐ : see on A 598. 

5. αντίκα: sc. after Γ 456-460. — Ιρίθιζέμεν : sc. by the proposal of 18 f. 

6 f . Zeus teasingly compares Aphrodite's constant care of Paris with 
the neglect of Menelaus by Hera and Athena. — μ^ν : correl. with avre 10. 

9= νόσ-ψι : sc. Μενελάου. 11. αύτοΰ : ablatival, § 19 α. 

12. καΐ νΰν: see on A 109. 

14. 6tra>% κτλ. : cf. Β 252. — Zeus knows what answer to expect. 

15 f. η ... η? § 206. — 'π•όλ€μον κτλ. : §12rf. — ορσ-ομεν: aorist subjv. 

18 ff. οίκ^οιτο: cf Γ 74. — άγοιτο: cf. Γ 72, 404. — «ττέμυξαν : sc. at his 
words. 21 f. Ίτλησίαι : sc. each other. — η τοι : correlative with δε 24. 

23 f. χόλοδ κτλ. : parenthetical, § 21 d. — χόλο? : see on A 81. — Ήρη : 
§ 19 e. 25 = A 552. 26. ττόνον : explained by the following verses. 

27. 18ρώ (ISpoa) : ίδρωτα. — ο ν : § 59 J. — καμε'την κτλ. : parenthetical. 

28 f . λαόν : soldiery. — κακά : on ττημα Γ 50. — «ρδε : on βάλλε Α 52. 

30 = Α 517. 

31. σε, κακά ρ^ζουσιν : Η. 725; G. 1073.- Πρίαμο? κτλ.: Α 255. 

32. 6 τ6 : on Α 244. 33. Cf Α 129, Β 133. 

35. ώμόν : " alive." Cf Psalms xxvii. 2, Job xxxi. 31, Xen. An. iv. 8. 14. 

37 f . ' Asyndeton,' § 15. — σοΙ καΐ εμοί : emphatic ημΐν. 39 = A 297. 

41 f. τήν : in apposition with ττόλιν. See § 11 y. — τόν: see on A 185. 

43 f. 8ώκα: of an act just preceding. — αϊ: its antecedent is τάων 46. 

49. λοιβής κτλ. : explains δαιτός. — τό : attracted to the number of y€pas. 

50 = A 551. 51. τρεΐδ : explained by 52. — μ^ν : correl. with αλλά 57. 

52 f. Μυκήνη : see on Β 569. — διαπ^ρσαι.: inf. as imperative. 

54 ff. Ίτρόσθ* ϊσ-ταμαι: cf. A 37. — εϊ ττερ: with subjv., cf A 81. — 
ουκ: on Γ 289. — άνύω : prob. future. — ψ^ρτερο? : cf A 281, 545 ff. 

57. Ιμόν: made emphatic by the following pause, § 11 Λ. — irovov: cf 
26 ff. 58. C/, et mi gen us ab lo ve summo Verg. ^en. vi. 123. 

60 f. άμφότερον : cf. Γ 179. — Cf Verg. A en. i. 46 f. — κ^κλημαι : cf 
Γ 138. 62. μίν : correl. with δε' 64. — ύττοείξομεν : aor. subjunctive. 

63 f. σ-οΐ μεν κτλ. : * chiasmus,' § 16 a. — ^Αθηναίη : see on ττρό ηκ€ A 195. 

66 f. νιτερκύδαντα? : exultiiu/. — ιτρότεροι κτλ. : see on Γ 299. 

68 f. ούδ' άττίθησ-ε: on Β M)7. — ιτατηρ κτλ.: on A 503. — αντίκα: on 
A 539. 70. μετά κτλ. : cf A 222. This explains ε? στρατόν. 

73, «s είττών : " by these words," saying this. 



140 COMMENTARY. 

74 =B 167. This was Athena's thh'd descent during the action of the 
Iliad. 

75. οίον : pred with άστβρα. " Like the star which Zeus sends." — 
αστέρα: i.e. a meteorite. — ηκ€ : gnomic aorist, § 14/. 

76. T^pas: pred., as a portent. 77. λαμιτρόν: see on ονΧομ,ίνην A 2. 
78 f. τφ: i.e. αστέρι, cf. 75. — Is μεσσον : c/. Γ 69. — θάμβοδ κτλ.: cf. 

Γ 342 f . 81 =Γ Β 271. 

82 f. Cf. 15 f. — τίθησιν : cf. έ'θηκεν A 2. 

85-147. Athena persuades the Lycian archer Pandarus to shoot an arrow 
at Me7ielaus, hut she herself keeps the son of Atreus from serious hurt. 

87. Λαο$όκω : in appos. with άνδ /ot 86. — αίχμητή : in appos. with 
Λαοδοκω. 

88. €Ϊ ΊΓου : on Γ 450. — Athena searches like any mortal for the man. 
— Cy. Pandare, iussus confundere foedus Verg. ^en. v. 496. 

89 ff. Cf. Β 169 f. — άμφί : sc. Ιστασαν. — λαών : in appos. with 
αστηστάων. 

93. An independent introduction. Verse 94 repeats the thought clearly. 

95. Τρώ^ατσι : for the dative, see on Β 285. Or, it may be the agent. 

97 fE. του: const, with ττάρα, § 55 c ^. — at κτλ.', equiv. to lav Meve- 
λαο9 βίλει Βμηθτ}. A picturesque paraphrase for death. — σ-ω β^λ€ΐ κτλ. 
is parenthetical ; Βμηθέντα precedes the action of Ιτηβάντα. 

100 ff. Μίνελάου: for the gen., see li. 739; G. 1099. — * Αττόλλωνι : 
patron god of Lycia, and god of the bow. — άρνών «κατόμβην : see on A 65. 

103. οϊκα8€: explained by the second 'hemistich.' — όίοττυ : on Β 824. 

104 f . τω : § 19 e. — αύτίκα : cf. 5. — Ισύλα : sc. from its o*se. 

106. αγρίου : on λαών 91. — ο ν : obj. of βφληκίί. 107 is parenthetical. 

108 f. i'lTTios : predicate. — π6ψύκ€ΐν: had grown, were. 

110 f. ηραρ6 : sc. άΧληλοαν. — ιτάν : i.e. τόζον, cf το μ^ν below. 

112 f. ΊΓοτΙ γα(τ| : see on ttotl A 245. — •π•ρόσ-θ€ν κτλ.: sc. in order that 
the act of Pandarus might be unnoticed. — 8e : " while." See § 21 d. 

114 f . irplv . . ο irpiv : see on A 98. — βλήσθαι : as passive. See § 50 d. 

116. Cf. dixit et aurata volucrem sagittam | deprompsit 
pharetra cornuque tetendit Verg. Aen. xi. 858 f. 

123 f. Mark the 'chiasmus,' § 16 a. — When the bow-string is drawn 
back to the breast, the iron arrow-point is brought near to the bow. 
Cf. et duxit longe, donee curvata coirent j inter se capita 
et manibus iam tangeret aequis, | laeva aciem ferre, dextra 
nervoque papillam. | extemplo teli stridorem Verg. Aen. xi. 
860 ff. — κυκλοτ€ρ^5 : predicate. 

125. Double 'chiasmus.* βώς and vevprj, ta^ev and αλτο, receive 
prominence from the order. — λίγξ€ : c/. A 49. — άλτο : on A 53. 



FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 141 

127. Apostrophe to Menelaus. — <r€06v : const, with λελάθοντο. 

129. Ίτρόσ-θβ : cf. 54. — σ-τάσ-α : taking her stand. — βί'λο? : on A 51. 

130 ff. τόβ-ον: explained by 132f. — ώ? ore: on Γ 33. With subjv., 
as 141, Β 147. See H. 914 β b; G. 1438. — iraiSos : from her child.— 
λφται : aor. subjv., cf. A 80. Sc. τταΓς. — οθι : cf. Γ 145. 

135 f. Cf Γ 357 f. 137. Ι'ρκο? ακόντων : on A 284. 

139. φωτός: αντον. 

140 f. Cf. Indum sanguineo veluti violaverit ostro Verg. 
Λ en. xii. 67. — Ιλ^φαντα : iaorij. The ' elephant ' is not mentioned in Homer. 

142. τταρήϊον: Attic φάλαρα. — ϊτητων : equiv. to tTTTrctov. 

144 f . φορ€£ΐν : § 47 Λ. — άμφότβρον : cf. Γ 179. — ' Chiasmus ' here again. 

146. μιάνθην : €μίάνθησαν. Cf. ηγζρθεν A 57. 

147. vir€v€p0€v : contrasting σφνρά with κνημαι. 

148-219. Agamemnon's distress at the hurt of Menelaus. The surgeon 
Machaon is summoned. 148. ρίγη(Γ€ν : cf Γ 259. 

151 f . vevpov : i.e. the thong which bound the arrow-point to the shaft. 

— Iktos : sc. ωτείλης. — άψορρον : cf. Γ 313, but this is adverbial. — θυμός : 
courage. 

153. Tois : i.e. Menelaus and those about him. — βαρύ : on /Acya A 78. 

154 if. χ€ΐρ09 : on A 323. — κασ-ίγνητ€ : for the length of the * ultima,' 
see § 59 /. — θάνατον : pred., cf κακά 28. " The truce was death to thee." 
4'ταμνον : see on Β 124. — οίον : agrees with σ€, obj. of προστησας. 

157 f. κατά Sc ττάτησαν : Attic καταττατησαντες, § 21 Λ. — ττισ-τά- a 
standing epithet of opKui, even when broken. — αλιον : predicate. 

159 = Β 341. 

160 f. ουκ : cf. ovK εΐω 55. — Ικ : const, with reXet. — 8^ : see on A 58. 

— σ-υν μ€γάλω : explained by the following. — άπέτισ-αν : gnomic. " The 
breach of faith will surely be punished." 

163 f. τόδ€ : refers to the following sentence. — όλώλη : § 18 δ. 

165 = 47. 166. σφί : for the dative after iiri, cf MeveAao) 94. 

167. €ΐΓΐσ«•€ίησιν : for the mode, cf ΙΒωμω. A 262. — αίγίδα: on Β 447. 

168 f . άιτάτης : see on ενχωλης A 65. — αχός o-iBiv : grief for thee. 

170. For the fulness of expression, see on A 88. 

173 f. Cf. Β 160. — λ(ΐΓοιμ€ν Έλ^νην: this really gives the cause for 
ελίγχίστος Ικοίμην 171. 

177 f. ΙτΓίθρώσ-κων : sc. in mockery. — χόλον κτλ.: see on A 81. 

179 f. όίλιον : cf. 158. — καΐ 8ή : cf A 161. — οΙκόνδ€ : see on 103. 

181 f . συν κ€ΐνήσ•ιν κτλ. : i.e. without Helen and the spoils of war, and 
with heavy loss. See on Β 298. — ώς : cf. «Sc 176. — χάνοι: i.e. swallow 
me. Cf.mihi tellus prius ima dehiscat Verg. ^en. iv. 24. 

184 f. Ίτώ : at all, as Γ 306. — ττάροιθίν : local. 



142 COMMENTARY. 

189. Note the spondees. 

191. ΐΓαύσησ-ι : sc. σε. — <>8υνάων : cf. Β 07, 595. 

192. η : he spoke. See on A 219. — θ€ίον : see on A 334. 

196. oio-Tcvcras : nearly equiv. to οιστώ. — τόξων : see on Β 718. 

197. Λυκίων : i.e. the principal Trojan allies. — τω : sc. βαλόντι. 

199. βή κτλ. : cf. Β 47. — κατά λαόν : cf. 126, 209, κατά στρατόν Α 318. 

201-203. Cf 90-92. 204. Cf Γ 250. — opcro : 2d aorist, § 53. 

205-207 = 195-197. 208. Cf. Β 142, Γ 395. 

209. άνά κτλ. : cf Α 484. 

210 f. ϊκανον κτλ. : cf Γ 145. — " Where was the wounded Menelaus." 

212. 6: i.e. Machaon. — δ€: on 161. — ιταρίσ-τατο : cf παρέστη. 

215 f . Cf 186 f. 

217 ff. 4'μΐΓ€σ€ : cf 134.— lirC : adv. with ττάσσε. — ύΒώ^ : "skilfully." — 
ol: ethical. — φίλα κτλ.: see on A 73. 

220-250. Agamemnon orders the advance of the armrj. 

221 ff. ktri : const, with ηλνθον, cf A 475. — ol : sc. 'Αχαιοί'. — κατά : 
const, with Ιδυν [Ιδνσαν]. — μνήσαντο : i.e. they were eager. — tSois: on 
Γ 220. 

226 f. iirirovs μ4ν : correl. with ανταρ 6 231. — rovs μίν: repeats the 
μ€ν from 226. — φυσιόωνταβ : snorting in their impatience. 

229. ΊΓολλά : see on A 35. — τταρισ-γέμ^ν : sc. ΐτητονς καΐ άρματα. 

231 f. €•π•€'ΐΓωλ6ίτο κτλ. : cf. Γ 196. — μ^ν : correl. with αυ 240. — σίΓίύ- 
δονταδ : made emphatic by the verse pause. — ϊδοι : cf Β 188. 

234. ττώ: as 184. — αλκής: ablatival genitive of separation. 

236. Cf 67. 237. " Their bodies will lie unburied." Cf A 4. 

238. ημ€ί8 : contrasted with ywcs 237, as άΧόχονς is with αυτών. 

240. Cf. 232. 242. έλεγχα? : cf Β 235. 

243. τίφθ': τίτΓοτε. — έ'<Γτητ6 : as this stands, it is perfect. (.στ-ητ^Ί 

244. αϊ τ€ κτλ. : cf. Γ 4. — ττολ^ος : broad. — ircSCoio : see on Β 785. 
247. Sarcastic. — 4'νθα κτλ. : the clause is here equiv. to νηων. 
251-421. Agamemnon visits the different divisions of his army. Five 

divisions are enumerated. 256-271. I. Idomeneus. 

252. ol δ' άμφί: on Β 445. — θωρήσσοντο : sc. when he reached them. 

253. Ίδομ€ν€ύ9 : sc. was busy. — σ-υΐ : for the comparison, see Β 480. 
255 f. γήθη(Γ€ν : see on A 330. — μίίλιχίοκτιν : see on A 539. 

257. Δαναών : for the genitive after Trepi τιω, see on A 258. 
258 f. " Both in action and in council." — δαιτί: see § 28 c. 
260 f. κ^ρωνται : for the mode, see on A 80. — €Ϊ -ircp : see on A 81. — 
'Αχαιοί : equiv. in meaning to ΑργεΓων 260 or Δαναών 257. See § 22 h. 
262 f. δέ: as 161. — ιτλεΐον: ττλε'ων. — irie'civ : for inf., cf μΑχεσθαι A 8. 
264. Trdpos: with present. See on A 553. — cv'xcai etvai: see on A 91. 



FOURTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 143 

266 f . €ρίηρο$ : cf. Γ 47. — το ιτρώτον : on A 6. — ύττίσ-την κτ\. : on 
A 514. 269. σ-ύν : const, with €;^evav. — γί : emphasizes the whole clause. 

270. Τρώ€5: see on IpSe 28. 271. Cf. 236. 

272-291. II. The Ajaxes. 272. κήρ:οηΑ44. 273. C/. 251. 

274 f . ν^φος : this suggests the following comparison. Cf. ' cloud of 
witnesses.' — <os ore: cf. 130, Γ 33, Β 209. — aliroXos: the goatherd is not 
needed for the comparison, but he and his flocks enliven the scene. § 14 a. 

211 f . μ€λάντ€ρον κτ\. : this seems a combination of two expressions, 

— μελάντερον η and μίλαν ήύτ€. — φα£ν€τ : φαίνεται, § 28 α. 

280. τοίαι : refers to ως 275. Predicate. " So dark and threatening." 

282. ΊΓίφρικυίαι : cf 'Bristled with upright beams innumerable | Of 
rigid spears, and helmets thronged, and shields,' Milton Par. Lost, vi. 
82 f. ; 'horrent arms,' ib. ii. 513. 

284. σφί'α? : monosyllable, § 25. 287. αντά : of yourselves . 

288-291. Cf. Β 371-374. 289. ird<riv : masc. not neuter, cf τω 104. 

292-325. III. Nestor. 293. €v0a : particle of transition . 

297. Nestor was a skilled tactician, see Β 362 ff., 553 ff. He brought 
to Troy a larger force than any other prince but Agamemnon. 

299 f . epKos : cf. A 284. — άνα-γκαίη : of necessity. 

301 f. itriTivtriv μ€ν : has no correl. ττε^οι? Si. — l\i\Ltv: check. 

303. Transition to 'direct discourse,' without the usual introduction. 
See on A 17. — ΙτηΓοσ-ύνη : "skill in fighting on chariots." 

305. " Remain together." — aXairaSvorcpoi : sc. if you fail to obey. 

306. άίΓο όχ^ων : nearly equiv. to οίς οχέεσσιν. Contrasted with πρόσθ* 
άλλων. 310. τΓολψων: gen. as τόξων 196. 311. Cf 255, 283. 312 = Β 7. 

314. γούνατα : the seat of bodily vigor. These weaken in time of fear. 

315. οφ€λ£ν : cf A 415. 316. 6χ6ΐν : sc. γήρας. 

319. (OS : modifies c/xcv [ctmtj ; equiv. to τοΓος. See on μίνυνθα A 416. 

— Έρευθαλίωνα : the story is told at full length in Η 132 if. 

320 f . Ίτάντα : sc. αγαθά. — el : on A 280. — νΰν αντ€ : on A 237. 

322. καΐ «is: "although old." 323. τό : c/. 49. 

324 f . ΟΪ ircp : nearly equiv. to since they. — γβγάασι : are. 

326-363. IV. Menestheus and Odysseus. 

327 f. Cf 89 f . 329. O8v<r<r€vs : in appos. with o. 

330 f. ιτάρ: const, with Ιστασαι/. ^ σ-φίν : for the dative, see § 19 e. 

332. v^ov: as A 391. 334. oinrOTc: c/. Β 794. — ιτνργοί : column. 

335. Τρώων : for gen., cf Μενελάου 100. — άρξειαν : for plur., cf. Β 278. 

336. Cf 241, 255. 337 = 284. 338. vU : for the ultima, cf 155. 
339. 'Alliteration' of κ, § 13 a. — κερδαλεόφρον : cf. A 149. 

340 f . άφ4(Γτατ€ : sc. μάχης. — |Uv τ cit^oikc : contrasted with νυν 347. — 
lovras : for the ace, in spite of σφωιν, see on A 541. 



144 COMMENTARY. 

343. " You are always ready to listen to an invitation to a feast." 

345. φίλα: predicate. See on A 107. — όττταΚία: cf. A 465 f. 

347. νυν Be: opposed to 341 f. — φίλωβ : § 56 c. — ct κτλ.: obj. of 
o/ooWe. 349. Cf. A 148. 

350-355. Speech of Odysseus, in six lines like that of Agamemnon, 
358-363. 350. Rhetorical question. Cf. A 552. 

351 f . πολ€μοιο μ€θΐ6μ6ν : sc. ημ,αζ. Cf. 234. — liri : against, upon. — 
Ιγίίρομεν κτλ. : cf. Β 440. — Ιγ€ίρομ€ν : for subjv., cf A 164. 

353 fe. " I shall fight bravely." — Τηλίμάχοιο κτλ. : cf. Β 260. — μιγίντα : 
* inceptive ' aorist. — άνεμώλια : predicate. 

357. χωομ€νοιο : supplementary^ participle. For the gen., cf Β 348. 

358 = Β 173. 362. " We will make all this right hereafter." 

363. τα Se: sc. harsh words. 364-418. V. Diomed and Sthenelus. 

364 = 292. 365 f . Cf 89 f ., 327 f. 

366. ϊτπΓοισι κτλ. : form one thought. 

367. Trap: sc. as charioteer. 368. C/. 336 — τόν : i.e. Diomed. 
370. Cf Β 23. 

372. φίλον η€ν: equiv.to τ^νδανεν. * 7Γτωσ/<α^6/χ€ν is subject. 

374. ϊ8οντο : for the voice, see § 50 a. — ττονίύμίνον : i.e. in battle. 

375. irtpi : const, with γενίσθαι. 

377. litvos : as a friend. — άγ€ίρων : c/. 28. 

378. ΟΪ: i.e. Tydeus and Polynices. — έσ-τρατόωντο : cf. Γ 187. 

379. μόλα : for length of ultima, see on A 394. 

380. ol : i.e. Mycenaeans. 

381. έ'τρίψδ : i.e. dissuaded. — τταραίσια κτλ. : cf. Β 353. 

382. οί : a return to ot of 378. — ττρό : adv. — <>8οΰ : local genitive. 
383 f . The invaders halted at the river and sent an embassy to the 

town. — άγγ€λίην: pred., as ainhassador , cf. Γ 206. — liri: const, with 
στάλαν, i.e. to Thebes. — Τυ8ή : Τυδεα. 

387. |civos κτλ.: stranger though he loas. — Καδμβίοισ-ιν : equiv. to 
Καδ/Λειωνας 385. Cf AapSavLOL and ΑαρΒανίωνες. See on Β 819. 

389. ο -ye: resumes δ 385. — -π-ροκαλίζίτο : cf. Γ 19. — ττάντα : neuter, 
"in all contests." Cf Β 643. — Ινίκα: ivas victor. 

391. χολω(Γάμ€νοι : sc. because of his success. 

393. Kovpovs: in appos. with λόχον. — The leaders have bloody names. 

396. καΐ τοισιν : i.e. he overcame these too. — €φήκ€ν : cf Ιφηττται Β 32. 

397. 6va : sc. to bear the tidings. 

398. άρα : resumes Iva δε κτλ. 

399. ΑΙτώλιο9: Tydeus was grandson of Oeneus, Β 641. — τόν: this. 

400. μάχη: local, cf A 521. — άγορ-η κτλ.: "although better," eic. 

401. Cf. A 511. — ένιττήν : ace. after αιδεσ^ει?, see H. 712; G. 1049. 



FOURTH* BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 145 

404 f. ψ€ύδ€*: ij/evBeo. — σάφα : i.e. true. — Note the following 'asyn- 
deton ' and the repetition of ημεΐς. — μ^γα : on A 78. 

406 f. Θήβηβ: see ou Β 505. — ΐΓαυρότ€ρον : sc. than the fathers. — 
άγαγόντ€ : dual, for Dionied and Sthenelus. — viro rci^os : cf. Β 216. 

409. K€ivoi : i.e. the first assailants. See on Β 564. 

410. τω : therefore. — ομοίη : sc. ήμϊν. " We deserve higher honor." 
412 ff. Seven verses in reply to seven. See on 350. 412. Cf. A 565. 
415. τούτω μδ'ν : correl, with τούτω δε 417 ; and κΰδος is contrasted 

with ττίνθοζ, in the same place in the verse, before the pause. 

417. 'Αχαιών: gen. of cause ; or, possibly, genitive absolute, § 19 d. 

419. Cf. Γ 29. 420. δ€ΐνόν : see on Γ 337. 421. ύιτό : see on Γ 34. 

422-456. Both armies advance and the battle begins. This scene could 
follow^ immediately on Β 483 or Β 785. 

423. €Tra<rcrvT€pov : the point of comparison, cf εττασσΰτεραι 427. 

425. χ€ρ<Γφ : local. 427. Δαναών : const, with φαλαγγ€$. 

428 f . κ€λ€υ€ κτλ. : cf. Β 805. — ήγ€μόνων : at the head of the verse in 
contrast with ot δ' άλλοι. — οι Sc κτλ. : see on Γ 2, 8. — φαίη? : on Γ 220. 

430. έχοντα κτλ.: co'ntains the principal idea. 431. SciSiotcs: causal. 

433. Τρώίδ : the comparison is continued until the subject is forgotten 
and resumed in Ύρωων άλαλητός 436. Cf Β 459. 

434. λευκόν: for the epithet, see § 12 a. 435. Two 'apparent hiatus.' 

436. Τρώων : see on 432. — άνά στρατό ν : cf. A 10. 

437. ϊα : cf. μία Γ 238. — γήρυ? : cf. Β 804. 
439. του? μεν: i.e. Trojans. 

442 f. Vergil imitates in his description of Fama, parva metu 
primo, mox sese attollit in auras | ingrediturque solo et 
caput inter nubila condit Aen. iv. 176 f. Cf. 'Satan alarmed | 
Collecting all his might dilated stood : | . . . His stature reached the 
sky, and on his crest | Sat horror plumed,' Milton Par. Lost. iv. 985 f . 

442. Cf 424. 

443. ovpavtp : for the dative, see on Ζ 136. — Ισ-τήρφ : gnomic aorist, 
parallel to βαίνα. — καΐ lirl κτλ.', "while still it walks " etc. 

446-456. Beginning of the general conflict. 

447. συν : together. Const, with Ιβαλον. — μενεα : cf. Β 387, 536. 

449. ΊΓολύ? κτλ. : cf. Β 810. — Cf. ' Of shout and scream the mingled 
din I And weapon-clash and maddening cry | Of those who kill and those 
who die,' Scott Rokeby v. 31. 

450 f. Note the 'chiasmus,' — ενχωλ-η belonging to ολΧύντων, and 
οΙμωγη to ολλνμίνων. 452. ορεσψι : genitive. 

455. δοΰπον: the point of comparison. — ττοιμήν: cf. 275. Cf. 
rapidus montano flumine torrens . . . stupet inscius alto | 



146 COMMENTARY. * 

accipiens sonitum saxi de vertice pastor Verg. ^en. ii. 305 ff., 
and also ih. xii. 523 f. 

456. των : const, with Ιαχη. Cf. A 49. — γ6ν€το : see § 32 Ji. 

457-544. Single combats. The Achaeans prevail until the Trojans are 
roused hy Apollo. 457. Τρώων : const, with άνδρα. 

459. ρά: marks the clause as a repetition of 457. Cf. Ε 79. 

460. ΐΓήξ€ : sc. δόρυ or εγχος as object. — otrriov €Ϊσω : cf. A 71. 

461 f. ο<Γσ€ : in appos. with τόν, cf 350. — ττύργο?: sc. ηρητε. Cf Β 394. 
463. ΊΓοδών : cf χειρός 154. 464 = Β 541. 

465, 6λκ€ : mark the change to the imperfect. — οψρα κτΧ. : = συλ^σαι. 

466. μίνυνθα: see on A 416. 470. τόν ^c'v: i.e. Elephenor. 
472 f. άνηρ άνΒρα: equiv. to aXkrj\ov<i. C/. legit virum vir Verg. 

Aen. xi. 632. — υΐόν : for the short penult, see § 23/. 

477. κάλεον : sc. τοκ-ηε^ζ. 

478. θρ^ΐΓτρα : τροφεία. " He did not repay his parents' care." 

479. iJiro : const, with 8ovpt. Cf Γ 436. 

481 f. avTiKpvs : cf Γ 359. — χαμαί : for χα/χα^ε. Cf vij/ov A 486. 
483 f . ΐΓ€φύκχι : for the subjv., cf Γ 61 f. — άτάρ τ€ : cf. άλλα re A 82. 
485. άνήρ: see on Β 474. 486. €ξ4ταμ€: gnomic, hence subjv. κάρ,ι/^ι;. 

488. Totov: refers to αίγειρος ως 482. Cf Γ 153. — *Ανθίμί8ην: § 39 'e. 

489. τον : i.e. Ajax. Cf. Μενελάου 100. 490. καθ' ό'μιλον : on 199. 
491. ό he: for the repetition of the subj., see on A 191. 

493. αΰτω : i.e. his booty, the dead Simoisius. — οι: dat. of interest. 

494. του: causal. Cf. 168 f. — άιτοκταμίνοιο : passive. See § 50 d. 
498. άνδρόδ : ablatival gen., see § 19 d β. — άλιον : cf. 26, 179. 

500. irap* ΐΊτιτων : clearly Priam had a stock farm at Abydus. 

501. eVapoio : for the gen., cf. τον 494. 

502. η : refers to δουρι, but αΙχμη (which is added in apposition) is 
already in the poet's mind. 504. A frequently recurring formula. 

505. υπό : const, with χωρησαν. — re : for its position, cf. A 417. 

506, μ€'γα : for the length of the ultima, see on 456. 

508. Π€ρ-γάμου : i.e. from his temple. See Ε 446. — άύσα5 : cf. φωνι/σας. 
509 f . χάρμηδ : ablatival. — XCGos : " of stone." — xp«s : subject. 
512, ου μαν ούδ^ : cf Β 703, 513. χόλον irta-a-ei: cf A 81. 

514. ΊΓτόλιοδ : i.e. άί<ροπόλεως. 516. μεθι^ντα? κτλ. : ς/! 240. 

519. κνήμην : one of the two aces, in the active const, (ε/^αλε Διώρεα 
κνημην) is retained in the passive construction. 

521. αναιδής : pitiless. 523. ε'τάροισι : sc. appealing to them for aid. 

526. For the 'alliteration' of χ, cf. 339. — τόν: i.e. Diores. 

527. τόν: i.e. Piroiis. 

531. T(f : demonstrative, with this. — ο γ6. See on A 97. 



FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 147 

532. άΐΓ^$υσ-€: c/. Β 261. — ΐΓ€ρ((Γτησαν : 2d aorist, intransitive. 

533. άκρόκομοι: possibly like American Indians. See on Β 11. 

537. ο μίν: i.e. Pirous, 519 f. — ο U: i.e. Diores, 517, Β 622. 

538. ircpi : cf. Β 417. 539. όνόσ-αιτο : for the opt., cf. 18οίς 223. 

541. άγοι Βέ : see on και oi A 79. — No one would dare as an observer 
to enter such a field, unless under the special protection of the mighty 
goddess of war. 

542. xeipos: hy the hand. — «λοΰσ-α : hiatus justified by pause, § 27 b. 

543. γάρ : refers to ονόσαιτο. 544. ΐΓρην€€$ : cf. 522, Β 418. 
The last verses of the Fourth Book form a fitting conclusion to the 

story of the battle up to this point, and a preparation for the more 
important contest which follows. 



FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 

The subject of the Fifth Book is at once announced : The Bravery of 
Diomed, who had already been somewhat prominent, before the battle, 

Δ 419 fe. 

1-453. The A chaeans press fonvard victoriously. 1-94. Diomed comes 
forward. 

I. €v0a: as Δ 293. — Άθήνη : not only the goddess of war, but also 
the special patroness of Diomed, as she had been of his father, Δ 390. 

4. Cf Verg. Aen. x. 270 ff. 

6 f. Ώκίανοίο: for gen., cf Β 415; see § 19 g. — κρατό? : corresponds 
to κόρνθος 4, and ωμών to άσπιΒος. 

9 f . ην 8^ Tis: see on Β 811. — lp€vs : there were no priests in the 
Greek camp. See on A 62. — Ήφαίσ-τοιο : the Trojans honored the same 
divinities as the Greeks. 

II. μάχηδ κτλ.: cf Β 823. 12. ol: i.e. Diomed. — evαvτCω : pred. 
13. ΊΓίξό? : cf Δ 419, where Diomed dismounts. 14 = Γ 15. 

15. irpOTcpos : cf νστερος 17. 17. ώρνυτο κτλ. : cf Γ 349. 

18. άλιον : as Δ 498. 

19. μ€ταμάζιον : cf Δ 480. See on Β 56. — c5<r€ : sc. by the cast of his 
spear. — ϊ-π-ιτων: "chariot." 

21. ΊΓίριβήναι: cf 299, άμ.φίβ€βηκας A 37. — ά8ίλφ€ΐοΰ κτλ.: "his 
slain brother." Cf. Δ 211. 22. oiU κτλ.: cf Β 703. 

24. ώβ: final. — ol: ethical. 28. τον \Uv: i.e. Idaeus. 

29. όρίνθη : sc. to fear and flight. 

31. 'Ap€s "Apts : § 59 f/ β. —^FoY the epithets without conjunction, see 
§ 15 a. 32. ουκ αν : cf. Γ 52. — μ^ν : correlative with νωι Bi 34. 



148 COMMENTARY. 

34. Aios κτλ. : this is only a pretext. 

35. Ares is not long inactive, see 461. Athena departs (to Olympus?) 
at 133. 

37-83. Six Greek leaders slay each a man. 

37. €κλιναν : sc. after Ares's withdrawal. 

38. ηγ£μόνων : const. with έκαστος. 

40. ιτρώτω : dat. of interest with ττηζεν. § 19 e. — στρίφθί'ντι : const, 
with ττρώτω. Note the verse pause. — μ£ταφρ€'νω : local, with iv Trrj^ev. 

41. 6λασσ€ν: sc. δόρυ as object. 42 = Δ 504. 
43. άρα: on Β 522. 44. os: i.e. Φαιστός. 

46. ΐττ-πων : const, with ίπφησόμενον. Phaestus had been fighting on 
foot. Now he started to mount his chariot in order to flee. 

47. o-KOTos d\tv : cf. 68, 82, 310, 659, 696, Δ 461. 

50. Menelaus is able to fight, in spite of his wound, Δ 139 f . 

51. δί8αξ€ : c/. A 72, Β 827. 52. οΰρ^σ-ιν : local. 
53. χραΐσ-μί : cf. A 28. — (κηβολίαι : for plur., see on A 205. 

57 f . = 41 f. 60. OS : i.e. Φερεκλος. Cf. 5s 44; see on Β 872. 

62. ο s : i.e. Phereclus, again. — άρχ€κάκου8 : see on ονλομένψ A 2. 

64. Phereclus pays the penalty for his work. — Ik: const, with θ€ων. 
— θέσ-ψατα : sc. that misfortune would befall Troy, if Paris should bring 
home a Greek wife. 65. ore κτλ.: parenthetical. 

66. βίβλήκίΐ : as Δ 492. —η : see on Δ 502. 

67. άκωκή : in apposition with η. 

70. μέν, Si : contrasted. Nearly equiv. to ο ν νόθον rrep Ιόντα κτλ. 

73 f . κ€φαλή$ : partitive gen., with Ινίον. — avriKpis : cf. V 359. 

75. ψυχρον χαλκόν : "cold steel." 77. ο s : i.e. Dolopion. 

78. άρητήρ: cf A 11. 79. άρα: marks this as a repetition of 76. 

81. χείρα : arm, cf. ωμον 80. 82. ircSCip : to the plain. 

84-94. Introduction to the strict άριστΐΜ of Diomed. 

85. γνοίηδ: c/. ιδοις Δ 223. 86. Explanatory of ττοτίροισι κτλ. 

88 ft•. Cf Δ 452 ft. — 4κ€δασ•σ•6 : ' gnomic' 

91. Ιλθόντα: const, with τον 89. — Aios ομβρο8 : on Β 146, 396. 

93. ωδ : refers to €οίκώς 87. 

95-165. Diomed is wounded, but is strengthened hy Athena. 

95. AvKaovos κτλ. : i.e. Pandarus. See Δ 88 f . 97. lirC : cf. Δ 94. 

98. τυχών: cf. τυχησας A 106 . 101. ciri : const, with τω. 

102. ορνυσ-θ€: c/. Δ 509. 104. άνσ-χήσ-ίο-θαι : c/. Δ 511. 

105. Αυκίηθίν: see on Β 876. 106. 6ύχόμ€νο5 : exulting. 

108. ΚατΓανήιον : see on Β 20. 

109. ορσ-ο : cf. Δ 204. — Sthenelus was waiting and watching for him, 
with his chariot. See Δ 229. 



FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 149 

111. καθ* ϊιτπων: cf, καταβήσεο 109. Opposed to άι/α)8αίΊ/ω Γ 261, as 
e^ όχίων Δ 419 to €σβαίν(ά 837, and αφ* ίππων 19 to επιβαίνω 255. 

115. κλΰθι : cf. A 37. 

116. €Ϊ iroTc: cf. A 453. — μοί κτλ.: cf. οΓ κτλ. Δ 219. — ιταρ^στη? : 
see Δ 390. 117. νυν : opposed to ποτί, as c/xe to πατρί. 

118. καΐ Is κτλ. : parenthetical. In time, this action would precede 
that of eXeii/. — IXGctv : sc. aivSpa as subject. 

120. See on A 88. 122. iroSas κτλ. : in apposition with γνΐα. 

123 = Δ 92. 124. Ιπί : cf. Γ 15. 

126. Explains πατρώων 125. 

127-132. These verses prepare the way for 330 ff. 

127. άχλύν: cf Verg. Aen. ii. 604 ff. ; 'but to nobler sights [ Michael 
from Adam's eyes the film removed,' Milton Par. Lost ii. 411 f. 

129. θ€05 : of course in human form. 

131. Athena makes a limitation of her command, as a new thought 
occurs to her. 134. Igavris : see άναχωρησας 107. 

135. καΐ |λ6μαώβ: the form of the sent, is changed, and this is left in 
the air. See on Δ 433, Ζ 510. 136. rpCs : on A 213. 

140. δύ€ται : sc. ποιμην. — τα δ^ : sc. μήλα. — φοβ6ίται : are driven. 

141. αΐ μί'ν : sc. οίες. — άγχιστίναι : c/. εττασσΰτεραΐ Δ 427. 

142. αύτάρ ο : cf Α 333. 143. μ(γη : resumes ^μίχθη 134. 
145 f. " Diomed hit one and struck the other." 

149. όν€ΐροΐΓΟλοιο : cf A 63. 

150. " These never returned ; their father never again interpreted 
their dreams." C/ Β 859. 154. έιτί : ot'er, " as heir to." 

155 f. θυμόν, άμφοτφω : two accs. after a ' verb of depriving.' H. 724 ; 
G. 1069. 157. Here, as in 150, the participle bears the important thought. 

160. elv €vl κτλ. : sc. as spearman and as charioteer., 

161. €ξ: const, with α^τ;. The hiatus before a|j^ is ' apparent.' 

162. βοσκομίνάων : attracted from the case of βονσί to that of πόντιος 
κτλ. 163. Tovs κτλ. : both these. — Ιξ : on 111. 

166-273. Aeneas and Pandarus against Diomed and Sthenelus. 
168 f . = Δ 88 f . 

170. άντίον ηυδα : is equiv. to προσην8α^ and hence is followed by two 
accs., €πο? (cognate) and μίν (direct object). Cf. Β 7. 

171. τΓοΰ : cf. Β 339. 172. iJ : in which. 

174. 6φ€8: cf Δ 94. — άνασχών: on A 450. 

175. οδ€: here; cf. κεΐνοζ Γ 391. 

176. Τρώαβ : for ace, see on Δ 30. — γούνατα : on Δ 314. 
178. Ιρών: causal. On A 65. — cm: see on A 515. 

181. Ίτάντα: neuter. Cf Δ 389. 184. vlos : in appos. with άνηρ. 



150 COMMENTARY. 

185. av€v0€ θ€οΰ: cf. η on sine numine Verg. ^en. ii. 777. — τάδ€ : 
cognate ace. with /xatverat, cf. Γ 399. Nearly equiv. to ovriu. 

187. τούτου: ablatival gen. of separation. Cf. Δ 131. 

188. ηδη : see 97 ff. 

190. Άιδωνήι κτ\.\ see on A 3. 191. Oeos κτ\.'. an inference. 

193. Λυκάονοδ: i.e. πατρός. See on A 240, Γ 223. 
195. ΊΓίΊΓτανται : see on Β 777. — «κάσ-τφ: in apposition with σφίν. 
Cf. A 606. 196. For the fodder of horses, see on Β 776. 

197. ΊΓολλά : const, with eTreVcAAe 198. Cf. Δ 229, A 35. 

198. έρχομ^νω : " as I left home for Troy." 199. Cf Δ 366. 

200. άρχίύδΐν κτλ. : cf Β 345. For the dative of interest, cf 
Ύρώίσσι 211. — Τρώ€(Γσ•ι : used here in a wide sense. On Β 816, 826. — 
Pandarus, vexed at his ill success, wishes that he had come as a spearman. 

201. η Toi κτλ. : sc. if 1 had been persuaded. 

204. λίτΓον : sc. ΐτητονζ καΐ αρμχχτα. 205. όίρα : " as I see now." 

207. *Ατρ€ίδη : see Δ 94 ff. 

209. τω pa: so, you see. — κακτ) αϊσ-η : cf. A 418. 

214. Cf Β 259 f . " I hope I may die, if I don't." 

215. 6v Ίτυρί: cf. Β 340. 216. άν€μώλια: cf Δ 355. 

217. Cf. A 265. 

218. μη κτλ. : see on A 131. — irapos, irpiv : on πρίν A 98. 

219. kirL: const, with άνδρι. — σ-ύν : on A 389. 

222. οίοι: explained by the 2d 'hemistich.' — Τρώιοι : see on Ντ/λϊ^ιω 
Β 20. — 'π•€δίοιο : for the gen., cf μάχης 11. Or, is it local? 

223. Explanatory of ίτηστάμενου. 

226 f. "You may drive, or wield the spear; just as you please." 
— Aeneas came on foot (167), but his charioteer drove up later. 

231 f. μόίλλον : better. — 6Ϊ ircp κτλ.: if we must fee from. 

234. €κφ€ρ€μ€ν: sc. η μ^ς SiS object. 235. νώι : object of KTeiV)^. 

^36. αύτώ : repeats ι/ώι. — Ιλάσση : sc. away. Cf. A 154. 

239. For the rhyme, φωνησαντες βάντες, see § 13 α. 

241-273. Sthenelus advises retreat to the line, hut Diomed advances upon 
Aeneas. 244. Iirl o-ol μάχίο-θαι : cf 124. 

246. ParentheLical. 247. AlveCas : correl. with ό /acV 245. 

248. μήτηρ Si : the form of the sentence is changed. A genitive is 
expected, correl. with *Αγχίσαο. 251 = Δ 411. 

255. αυτωβ: i.e. on foot. § 42 e. 256. Iij : monosyllable. See § 25. 

257. Ίτάλιν : cf. A 59. 259 ^ Δ 39. 

260 f . " If I slay the men, do you look out for the horses." 

261. τούσ-δε : i.e. those of Diomed. 262. «ξ άντυγοβ κτλ.: on Γ 261. 

263. A(v€(cu> : limits Γππων. 265. -qs : ablatival, of lohich breed. 



FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 151 

266. vlos : see on κουρη<; A 111. — ττοινήν : recompense. — ουν€κα : Zeus 
gave these because they were the best. 268. γ€ν€ή8 : sc. ΐτητονς. 

270 ff. των: gen. of source. — γ£ν€θλη : in appos. with the subject of 
iyivovTO. — Tovs μεν κτλ. : four of these. — τω Bt κτλ. : but the other two. 

273. Evidently the horses could not be captured without overcoming 
the masters. This victory would bring glory. — €Ϊ κ€ κτλ.: of. A 60, 
Β 123, 597. 

274-333. Death of Pandarus. Aeneas is wounded, but is saved by 
Aphrodite. The horses are captured by Sthenelus. 

276. τόν: i.e. Diomed. 278. ού pc'Xos κτλ.: cf. 106. 

279. αϊ K6 κτλ. : on the chance that, etc. 280 = Γ 355. 

284 f . κίνίώνα : for ace, see on Δ 519. — άν<Γχή(Γ£σθαι : cf. 104. 

287. "You missed me, but I will not let you try again." 

288 f. irpiv, irpiv : cf. ττάροζ 218. — αϊματοβ : with 'verb of fulness.' 

291. ρίνα: 'limit of motion.' — Ιττίρησίν : «c. ββ'λο?, as subject. 

292. του : i.e. Pandarus. Construe with γλώσσαν. 

294. Cf. 57, 58. 297. άττόρονσ-^ : " leaped down from his chariot." 

299. άμφΐ paivc: cf. 21, A 37. 301. του: i.e. ν€κρον. 

302. σμ€ρδαλ^ά: cf Δ 456, 506. 

304. οίοι κτλ.: cf qualia nunc hominum producit corpora 
tellus Verg. Aen. xii. 900. The men of the former generation were far 
mightier! C/. A 272. 

306 f . κοτύλην κτλ. : parenthetical. — irpos : besides. — Wvovtc : Δ 521. 

309. Ίταχίίη : cf. Γ 376. 

310. γαίη?: local. — άμφΐ κτλ.: see on 47. Here not of death but of 
a swoon. 311. άττόλοιτο : see on A 232. 

312 = Γ 374. 313. υ'ττό : on Β 714. — Cf. Β 820 f. 

316 f. epKos β£λ^ων: on A 284. — βαλών : 'means.' — Ik: with Ιλοιτο. 

318. νττίξ : cf. Δ 465. 320. Parenthetical. — τάων : cf τψ Δ 46. 

321-324. Cf. 261-264. 326. ομηλικίηβ : cf Γ 175. 

328. ων: his own. 329. Τυδ€ί8ην : after /actoi. — I'irirovs: dir. obj. 

331 f . ο T6 : see on A 244. — ανδρών : const, with ττόλ^μΌν. 

334-453. Aphrodite is wounded by Diomed, and taken to Olympus by 
Ares. Aeneas is carried to the Pergamus by Apollo. 

334. €κίχαν6 : .sc. Κιίττρίι/. — καθ' ομιλον : see on Δ 199. 

338. άμβροσ-ίου : cf Γ 385. 

340. p€€i : sc. in the veins. — Cf. ' From the gash | A stream of nec- 
tarous humour issuing flowed | Sanguine, such as celestial spirits may 
bleed,' Milton Par. Lost vi. 331 ff., of Satan. 

342, καλέονται : on A 293. 

343. μίγά, άίΓο ; on Δ 456 ; § 32 Λ. — κάββαλ€ν : see § 29 h. 



152 COMMENTARY. 

344 f . μ€τά χίρσίν : in his arms. — tis Δαναών : cf. 316. 346 = 317. 

347. Cf. 101. 348. Cf. Γ 406, Δ 509. 

349. η ουκ: as one syllable, § 25. — ηΐΓ€ροιτ€ύ€ΐ8 : cf. Γ 39, 399. 

351. ττύθηαι : ττνθτ), § 44 h. 352. τ€ίρ€το 84 : for she was distressed. 

353. iXova-a : sc. χειρό?. Cf Δ 542. — Iris acts on her own account, 
as Γ 121. 

354. μ6λα£ν€το : sc. ΆφροΒίτη, μίλανί αΓ/χατι. Cf. Δ 140. — χρόα : 
sc. of her hand. 355. άριστίρά : sc. of the Greek line. Cf. 36. 

356. ϊ-ΐΓίτω : see on Γ 327. 357. κασ-ιγνήτοιο : const. Avith Γππου?. 

358. ΐΓολλά: cf 197. For the long ultima, cf Δια A 394. 

359. φίλ€: cf. Δ 155. — κόμισ-αι : cf. A 594. 361. o: cognate ace. 
365. -π-άρ κτλ.: cf Γ 262. 366. A formula. — Ιλάαν : βλαν, § 47 c. 
371. λάζ€το : clasped. — θυγατφά: on μίγα 343. 372 = A 361. 
373. Ούρανιώνων : § 39 α. 374. κακόν κτλ. : an open offender. 
377. Answer to 373. 379. γάρ : refers to Τυδεο? νΙός 376. 
382. Cf. A 586. — Dione comforts her daughter by recounting the 

examples of three gods who had suffered worse than she. 

384. Ιξ ανδρών: const, with τλημΕν. — eirC : const, with τιθέντες. 

387. κ€ράμω : i.e. such a large jar as those found by Schliemann at 
Hissarlik, and assumed in the story of ' Ali Baba and the Forty Thieves.' 

— δ^δ€το : lay bound. — τρισκα(δ€κα κτλ.: i.e. a full year. 

388. άττόλοιτο: c/. 311. 390. €ξ^κλ€ψ6ν: brought out by stealth. 

391. Zi: as in 352. See ξ 21 d. 

392. Nothing is known of this story, unless Hera came to the defence 
oi Neleus at Pylus, against Heracles. — irais Άμφιτρ{)ωνο5 : cf. vlos Διό? 
396. See on τοκηων Γ 140. 

395. €v τοί(Γΐ : i.e. among the gods who were harmed by mortals. 

396. ωυτ09 : 6 αυτός, § 26. — όδύνησ-ιν : const, with Ιδωκεν. 
399. αύτάρ : § 21 e. 

401 f. Parenthetical. — τω : i.e. ωμω. — ττάσσ-ων: cf Δ 218. — Itc'tvkto : 
sc. Άιδϊ/ς. 403. σ-χ^τλιο? : sc. Heracles. See on Β 38 ; cf νητηος 406. 

405 f. lirC : const, with σοι. Cf Γ 15. — τό : this, introduces 407 if. 

407. Cf Ζ 130 f. 

408 f. " His children do not rejoice in his return from the war," i.e. he 
does not return. Cf 150. 410. τφ : therefore . 

411 f. tIs : sc. θ€Ος. — Άδρηοττίνη : § 39 i. She seems to have been the 
maternal aunt of Diomed as well as his wife. 

413. Ιξ υττνου: const, with iyeipr}. — οΐκήα? : household. 

415. In appos. with Αιγιαλεία 412. 

416. άμψοτ€ρτ)σιν : see on τ-ρ Βεκάτγ} A 54. — άττό: const, with δμόργνυ, 

— χίΐρό?: ablatival. 



FIFTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 153 

419 f . κ€ρτομ(οις κτλ. : c/. Δ 6 f . The joke is on the side of the 
goddesses now. They return the jest. — τοίσ-ι : see on A 58. 

421. Athena does not ask for information. "Don't be vexed with me." 

422 f. The reference to Aphrodite's relation to Helen is obvious. — 
δΚΊταγλα κτλ.: c/. Γ 415. 424. Άχαιιάδων : added to explain των. 

425. άραιήν: cf. άβληχρψ 337. 427. χρυ<Γ€ην : see on Γ 64. 

428. ΐΓολεμήια: equiv. to πολέμου, and opposed to γάμοίο 429. 

430. ταΰτα: i.e. the former. — Note how constantly Ares and Athena 
are presented as the two divinities of war. 431 = 274. 

433. ο : see on A 120. — vircipexc : cf. Δ 249. 

435. άττό : const, with Βνσαυ. 

436. Tp£s : cf. 136. — 'dirura : refers to 432. 

438. TO τέταρτον: see on Β 329. — δαίμονι κτλ.: sc. in might. 

439. όμοκλήσ -as : cf. άνσας Δ 508. 440. φράζ€ο : cf. φράσαι A 83. 
441 f. ΐσ-α φρονέίΐν : cf. A 187. — €0€X6: cf. A 277, Β 247. — ου ttotc 

ο'μοιον: cf A 278. — χαμαΐ κτλ.: equiv. to ΐτηχθονίων. 

446 f. Πίργάμω : cf. Δ 508. — Leto and her children are often united. 

449 f. €Ϊδωλον: such a 'wraith' is not mentioned elsewhere in Homer 
and has no importance in the story here. Cf Yerg. Aen. x. 636. — αΰτ<ρ : 
" the real Aeneas." 

454-710. The Trojans press forward, aided by Ares. Aeneas returns. 

455=31. 456. ουκ αν κτλ.: c/. 32. 457=^362. 459. C/. 438. 

461 f . Tptp'as : adj., often printed Τρώας. — Ares himself was a Thracian, 
ace. to Ν 301. 

465 f. €s τί : hotv long. — 'Αχαιοί? : dat. of agent with κτανεσθαι. — η : 
as Δ 247. It unites with the following diphthong in pronunciation, § 25. 

468. Cf. 248. 469. σαώσομ€ν : ' hortatory.' 470. Cf A 73. 

472 f. irfj κτλ.: cf. Β 339. — 6ξ€μ6ν: a play on Hector's name? § 13 c. 

475. νυν ; " but." — Sarpedon had noticed Paris's absence. 

476 f. κύν68 «3s : see on Β 190. — " We, who are only allies." — €ν€ΐμ€ν: 
cf Β 131. 479. Cf Β 877. — τηλοΰ : on μίνννθα A 416. 

481. κάδ : as if κατίλιττον had preceded. Cf. av Γ 268. — τά τ€ κτλ. : 
nearly equiv. to χαρύντα. — Ιιτιδίυή? : sc. rj. Equiv. to ΙπίΒεύηται. 

482. καΐ ωs: even thus. I.e. though I should enjoy life at home; and 
though I have no wrongs to avenge on the Trojans, nor any fear of them. 

484. ψ^ροκν κτλ. : cf the familiar φίραν καΐ ayeiv. 
485 f . τύνη [σι5] κτλ. : contrasted with 475 ίϊ. — ώρ€σσιν : dat. of interest. 
487. μή κτλ.: cf A 566. — <ίλόντ6 : dual referring to Hector and his 
people. 488. ^ωρ : c/. A 4. 490. τάδ€ : i.e. 487-489. 

492, νωλ€μ^ω5 κτλ. : stand firm. — άποθ^σ-θαι : const, with χρη 490. 
494 = Γ 29. 495. ττάλλων κτλ. : ς/". Γ 18 f. — σ-τρατόν : sc. Ύρώων. 



154 COMMENTARY. 

497. οι: I.e. Trojans, contained in στρατοί/ 494. — IvavrCoi : predicate, 
cf. A 335, Β 185. — 'Αχαιών: gen. after the adjective of place. See H. 
754 f; G. 1146. 

500 f. ξανθή : very likely with reference to the color of the ripened 
grain, cf. flava Ceres Verg. Georg. i. 96, rubicunda Ceres ih. i. 
297. — The winnowing and threshing were done in the open air. 

504. Ιττί-ιτληγον : 2d aor. of πλι^σσω, § 43 e. 

505. ύίΓο «στρίφον : sc. ΓτΓττους. — ηνιοχήίβ : 8C. Ύρώων. 

506. μ€'νο5 χ€ΐρών: cf. Δ 447. — άμφί: const, with Ικάλυφ^. 

507. μάχη κτλ. : cf. Α 521. 

508. έφ£τμά8 : cf 455 if. 510. Ϊδ6 [είδε] : sc. Apollo. 
511 f . οίχομί'νην : when ? — avros : i.e. Apollo. — iriovos : on Β 549. 
514 f. μίθίστατο : cf. παρίστατο Δ 212. — ξωον κτλ. : 'safe and sound.' 

516. μ€τάλλησαν : sc. how he was rescued. — μέν : on Β 703. 

517. aXkos : in appos. with πόνος. — άργυρότοξο$ : see on A 37. 

518. Cf. Δ 439 f. 519. rovs : made definite by Δαναούς 520. 
520. αυτοί : i.e. without special exhortation. 522. Κρονίων : on Β 146. 

523. νην€μίη8 : temporal. 

524. Cf ' As when from mountain-tops the dusty clouds | Ascending 
while the north wind Tip: therefore, so. — έχοντα: supplementary participle. 
896. "yevos: cf. yivos 544. 

898. Οΰρανιώνων: here alone in Homer of the Titans, children of 
Uranus. These were hurled by Zeus into Tartarus, a gloomy cavern 
beneath the earth; as far beneath the earth (says Hesiod) as heaven 
is high above the earth. 

899. Παιήονα: cf. 401. — άνώγ€ΐν: § 44 b. 901 f. = 401 f. 
902. <os oT€ : cf. Γ 33. — oiros : used instead of rennet. 

904. καριταλίμωδ : the point of the comparison, cf ωκα 903. 

905. "Ηβη: Hebe prepares the bath, just as she had served the gods as 
cup-bearer, Δ 2, and had aided Hera in preparing the chariot, 722. — 
k'a-a-iv: sc. μίν. 906. C/. A 405. 908^ Δ 8. 

909. "Αρην: this is the reading of most Mss., but probably "Αρη or 
"Αρη is better. 

SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 

The connection between this Book and the preceding is close. The 
first four verses of Ζ cannot be separated easily from the last three of 
E. In fact, though Ε is the longest of the forty-eight books of the 
Homeric poems, it is not long enough to contain all of the ΑωμηΒονς 
αριστεία, which certainly extended over the first half of Z. JSTo one 
should forget that the division into 'books ' was not original. See § 10. 

1-71. After the departure of the goddesses, the A chaeans prevail. 

1 f . οΐώθη : έμονώθη. Sc. by the gods. — ττολλά : adverbial. — «ircSCoio : 
cf Β 785. 

3. αλλήλων : gen. after a verb of aiming, 'cf Μενελάου Δ 100. — Ιθυνο- 
μ,ίνων : limits μάχη 2. 

4. Σιμ.Ο€ντο5: const, with /χεσσι^γυς. Note the caesura. 

5. Ίτρώτοδ: sc. after the gods' departure. — έ'ρκο? κτλ. : -on Γ 229. 

7 f. βαλών : % hitting. — ηύν κτλ. : cf. Β 653. 9-11 = Δ 459-461. 
14. άφν€ΐ09 κτλ.: cf Ε 544. Attracted to the const, of the rel. 
sentence. 15. φιλ€€(ΓΚ€ν: see on Γ 207. — όδω κτλ.: explains φιλε'εσκεν. 



SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 161 

16. Cf. Ε 53. — των γ6 : i.e. those to whom he had shown hospitality. 

— ηρκ€(Γ€ κτ\. : cf. Β 873. 

17. ι;τΓαντιάσα9 : sc. ΑωμηΒεϊ. — άμφω, θυμόν : two accs. after a 'verb 
of depriving.' — άττηύρα: sc. Αιομ-ηΒης. 

21. μ6τά : after, as in Attic. — νύμφη : see on Β 865. — Such episodes 
served to relieve the monotony of long lists of warriors. 

23 f. Parenthetical. 

24 f. Ύ€ν6η : in age. C/. Δ 60. — σ-κότιον: masc. Cf. f urtim Verg. 
Aen. ix. 546. — cir ο6σσι: cf. Ε 137. — μ^ΎΉ • ^^• Βουκολιων νυμφτ). Cf. 
Γ 445. 27 f. ύίΓΟκυσαμ^νη : conceived and. — καΐ μ^ν : cf A 269. 

34. τταρ οχθαβ : cf Γ 187. 38. ircSioio : cf. 2. 

39. οξω . . . μνρικίνφ : parenthetical. — βλαφθ€ντ€ : hindered, i.e. en- 
tangled. 

40 f. αύτώ μίν: correl. with αυτο9 δ€ 42. — ol άλλοι: those others. 

45. Ιλλίσ-σίτο : from Χίσσομχιι, see § 30 h. Sc. Mei/e'Aaov. — γουνών : cf. 
A 407. 47. 4v ττατρόδ: sc. Βωμχιτι. Cf. 378 f. 

49 f . των : from these, of these. — Ιωόν : pred. " That I was alive." — 
ΐΓίττύθοιτο : with ace, as Ε 702. — lirl νηυσ-Ιν κτλ. : i.e. in the Greek camp. 

51 = Δ 208. — opiv€v : " touched." 

52. τάχ' £μ€λλ6 : was Just about. 

53 f . καταξ^μεν : καταγαγειν. — AvtCos : pred., cf. Ε 497. — θί'ων : see on 
ίων A 138. — όμοκλήσ -as : cf 66, Ε 439, φωνησας A 201. 

55 f. οντωζ: i.e. as in sparing the life of Adrestus. — σοί : emphatic. 

— αρισ-τα : subject of πεποίηται. Cf. the prose ev 7Γθΐ€ω. 

57. των: demonstrative. — "Let every male perish, — even the child 
yet unborn." 

59. Kovpov : simply marks the sex. — φίροι : for the optative, cf Γ 299. 

— OS : demonstrative, cf. A 405. 

60 f . άκήδ€σ•τοι : predicate, see § 56 a. — cSs 6ΐπών : cf Δ 73. 
62. ΐΓαρ€ηΓών: for the length of the first syllable (τταρρειπων), see 
§ 59/. — 0: i.e. Menelaus. — άπο €0€v: cf. Δ 456; see § 32 Λ. 

64. Άτρ€Ϊ8η$ : i.e. Agamemnon. 65. λά| κτλ. : cf Ε 620. 

67 r= Β 110. 

68 ff. " Make sure of the victory, and follow it up before you think of 
taking spoils." 

69. K^v: in a final clause, see H. 885 c; Good. 1367. — ιτλίϊστα: 
" more than any one else." 70. καΐ τά : "the booty too." 

72-118. On the advice of Helenus, Hector goes to the city, in order to lid 
the Trojan matrons supplicate Athena's mercy. 

72 = Ε 470, 792. 73. W 'Αχαιών : cf. vw άνίρος Γ 61 ; see Η. 820. 

74. άναλκ€(χ|σ-ι : cf. αφρα^ί^σιν Ε 649, ΊΓροθνμ.ν^σι Β 588, 792.• 



162 COMMENTARY. 

75. Alv€£<j: Aeneas, as commander of the Dardanians (B 819), was 
next in rank to Hector in the Trojan army. 

76. οίωνοιτόλων κτλ. : cf. A 69, Β 858. 

77. irovos : i.e. the battle, and care and responsibility for it. 

78. Τρώων κτλ.: partitive. 

79. μάχ6σθαι κτλ. : see on A 258. 80. αύτοΰ : right here. 

81. χ€ρσί : arms, cf. A 441. 82. Cf. Β 175. — χάρμα: cf. Γ 51. 

84. ημ6ΐ9 μ^ν : correl. with "Εκτορ, άταρ συ 86. — Δαναοίσι : in the 
same position before the verse pause as ττόλινΒε 86. 85. Parenthetical. 

86. "Εκτορ : the vocative, for emphasis, in Greek poetry is freq. placed 
before the clause with which it is connected. Of course, it has no syn- 
tactical construction. Cf. 429. 

87 f. η : i.e. Hecaba. Subject of θεΐναί 92, which is equiv. to θίτω. — 
-ycpaias: the fern, of -γέροντας. — νηόν: 'limit of motion.' Cf 297; see 
on A 254. 89. Upoto κτλ. : equiv. to νηον. 90. ο : ο?, § 42 k. 

92 f. θεΐναι: see on ή 87. — cirl γούνασιν : on the lap. This is the only 
direct evidence in Homer for the existence of a statue of a god. This 
figure clearly was in a sitting posture. — ΰττοσ-χ^σ-θαι : vow. 

94. -qKcVras: equiv. to άκεντητονς. If the cattle had been used for 
menial service, they would be unfit to be offered in sacrifice to the gods. 
Cf. ' All the firstling males that come of thy herd and of thy flock, 
thou shalt sanctify unto the Lord thy God : thou shalt do no work with 
the firstling of thy bullock. . . . And if there be any blemish therein, as 
if it be lame or blind, or have any ill blemish, thou shalt not sacrifice it 
unto the Lord thy God,' Deuteronomy xv. 19, 21 ; 'a red heifer without 
spot, wherein is no blemish, and upon which never came yoke,' Numbers 
xix. 2; 'take two milch kine, on which there hath come no yoke,' 1 Sam. 
vi. 7. — αϊ K€ : see on at κίν ττως A 66. 

96. αϊ K6V κτλ. : explains at κ€ above. — TvSc'os υΐόν : the subject of 
the story is still ΑιομηΒονς αριστεία. 

97. μήσ-τωρα: c/. Δ 328. 98. ytvi<rQai: "has shown himself." 

99. ovhi : not even. — ώδ€ : see on Γ 442. 

100. ov irep κτλ.: "although he is the son of a goddess." — ψασ£: 
'they say; cf Β 783, Ε 638. — Oeas κτλ. : cf Ε 637. 

101. Ισοφαρίζ€ΐν : cf. A 589. 102. ov τι άιτίθησ-δν : cf. A 220. 
103-106 = Ε 494-497. 107. φόνοιο : genitive of separation. 
108 f. φαν: Ιφασαν. — τιν αθανάτων: sc. as Ares had done, cf Ε 604. 

— άστ€ρό£ντο$ : the Homeric heavens are 'starry' even in broad daylight. 
See § 12 a. — <os : i.e. as if some god had come to their aid. 

112. Cf Ε 529, Δ 234, 418. 

113. ρήω: ^ώ. See § 52 c. 



SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 163 

114. βουλ€υτησι : cf. Γ 149 f. Nothing further is said of them in this 
matter. — Hector is less definite than Helenus had been. 

117. άμψ( : explained by σφνρα καΐ ανχίνα, " above and below." 

118. άντυξ: attracted to the case of the rel. ; cf. urbem quam 
statuo, vestra est Verg. Aen. i. 573. Or, this may be the pred., in 
unusual position, " which ran as the outermost rim." 

119-236. Episode of Diomed and Glaucus. They recognize the tie of 
guest-friendship, and exchange arms. This episode occupies the gap in the 
story, while Hector is on his way to Troy. See on A 318, 430, Γ 121. 

119. Ace. to Herodotus, i. 147, the later kings of Lycia claimed 
descent from this Glaucus. For his genealogy, see Vocabulary, p. x. 

120. Is μί<Γον: cf. Τ 77. — αμφοτέρων: sc. Ύρωων και Ά;(αιώι/. 
121 = Γ 15. 

123. tCs Si : cf. A 540. — The conjecture that the Lycians had not been 
long on the plain of Troy, is likely enough ; just as the Amazons and the 
Aethiopians came to the help of the city after the action of the Iliad, 
and as the Thracians under Rhesus came during the very action of the 
Iliad (cf Κ 434 f., Verg. Aen. i. 469 ff.). Glaucus knows Diomed, 145, 
but that is natural after the latter's exploits on this day. 

124 f . οΊτωπα : sc. ae. — το irp£v : strongly contrasted with vvv. 

126. ο T6: in that. See on A 244. 

127. " Unhappy are the parents whose sons meet my might," i.e. the 
sons are slain, and the parents will have to mourn their death. Observe 
the prominence of Βνστψων. 

128. Evidently Diomed has lost his power of distinguishing gods 
from men ; cf. Ε 127 f . — αθανάτων ye : made prominent by the verse 
pause. This may be suggested by the beautiful golden armor of Glaucus 
(cf 236), in connection with the fact that his face was not familiar; or 
it may be a common-place remark, suggested by καταθνητων 123. 

129. ΙίΓουρανίοισι : contrasted with Ιτηγβόνιοί, as epithet of men. 

130. ούδ6 κτλ. : cf. Β 703, Ε 22. — υΙό?: with short penult, § 23/. 

131. δήν: δϊ^ναιό? Ε 407. For an adverb with -ην, see on A 416. — os : 
the relative clause is causal, as it is frequently. Cf. 165, 235. 

132 ff. In this story is an evident trace of resistance in Thrace to the 
establishment of the worship of Dionysus. In the story of Pentheus, as 
represented in the Bacchantes of Euripides, is a trace of resistance offered 
to this worship in Thebes. Dionysus is not one of the Great Gods in 
Homer. — μαινομ^νοιο: cf. the name * maenads,' /χαινάδε?, for the 
Bacchantes. 

133 f. ηγάθίον: cf. A 252. — θύσ-θλα: thyrsi, wands surmounted by a 
pine cone. — KaWxevav; dropped, let fall, as Ε 734. 



164 COMMENTARY. 

135 f . φοβηθ6ί5 : taking to flight. — κόλιτω : to her bosom. For the dat., 
cf. πεδιω Ε 82, ίτάροισί Δ 523, ονρανω Δ 443. — Thetis gave similar refuge 
to Hephaestus, cf. US 398 ff. 

137 f. 8(ΐδιότα: for its position, see on ουλομίνην A 2. — τφ: for the 
'dat. of association,' cf. θεοίσιν 129, 131. — pcta κτλ. : cf 'that new world 
of light and bliss, among | The gods who dwell at ease,' Milton Par. Lost 
ii. 867 f. 

139. τυφλόν: predicate. — €θηκ€ : cf A2. — €τϊ δήν: see ξ 69 h β. 

141. Diomed returns to the thoughts of 129. — " Therefore / would." 

142 f . Cf 123. — 0Ϊ κτλ. : cf. Ε 341. — θάσσ-ον : cf Β 440. 

145. Cf 123. 

146 ff. Cf ' As of the green leaves on a tree, some fall and some 
grow ; so is the generation of flesh and blood, one cometh to an end and 
another is born,' Wisdom of the Son of Sirach xiv. 18; ev Be το καλλιστον 
Χίος hnrev avrjp ' (" This is the best thing Homer ever said ") οΐη trtp 
κτλ. Simonides, Frag. 85. 

146. 8^: for hi in the ' apodosis,' cf A 137. — καΐ: aZso. — ανδρών : 
equiv. here to άνθρώττων, cf A 544. 

147. φύλλα: the whole, of which τα μίν and άλλα δε are parts. — For 
the comparison, cf. Β 468. — τέ, τί: see § 21 b. 

148. 4'apos δέ: for the ' coordinate' construction, see § 21 d. 

149. φύ€ΐ: mtr^jis., grotvs up. 150. καΐ ταΰτα: this too. 

151. ΊΓολλοΙ κτλ. : "the family is not inglorious." 

152. io-Ti κτλ.: a favorite Epic beginning of a story. See on Β 811 ; 
cf. Ε 9. — Έφύρη: see on Β 570. 

153 f . € νθα 6<rK€v : there lived. — Σίσυφο$ : this name seems to be 
formed by ' reduplication ' (cf δι-δω/χι) f lom σοφός, and κέρΒίστος (most 
cunning, crafty) refers to this. — Homer alludes to this hero's suifering in 
Hades (rolling a stone up a hill) only λ 593 ff. — ο . . . ΑΙολίδη? : paren- 
thetical. — ο: ος, cf. 90. — Σίοτυφοε: for the repetition, see § 16 b. 

157. HpotTos: king of Tiryns, to whom Bellerophon had fled for some 
reason, ace. to the later story. Perhaps Bellerophon had committed 
murder in his own home, since this was a frequent cause of exile in the 
heroic age. — κακά κτλ. : i.e. sent him to Lycia, as is explained below. 

158. Iirel κτλ.: gives not the reason for the banishment, but the 
explanation why it was possible. 

159. Άργείων: const, with Βημον 158. — €δάμασσ€ν: sc. ^Αργείονς. 

160. τφ: refers of course to Βελλεροφόντψ 155. The intervening 
verses have been half parenthetical. — δία: a merely formal, standing 
epithet. See on Γ 352. 

161. μιγήμ€ναι: makes ίπεμψατο more definite. Cf A 8. 



SIXTH BOOK OF THE ILIAD. 165 

162. αγαθά: cognate ace. with φρονίοντα. Nowhere else in Homer, 
perhaps, does ά-γαθός seem to have so much moral quality. 

163. ψ€υσαμ€νη κτλ.: contrived a falsehood and, cf. 26. 

164 f . τ€θναίη8 κτ\. : die or, " May you lie dead if you do not." — κάκταν(: 
[κατακτάνε] : for the form, see § 29 &. — os κτλ. : with causal force, as 131. 

— μο( : for the elision of oi, see § 28 a. 

166 f. οίον άκουα-€ν: " at what he heard." See II. 1001. — κτ€ίναι: sc. 
Βελλεροφόντψ. Perhaps an original ρ (/re, I, § 32 a) has been replaced 
by p'. — σίβάσσ-ατο κτλ. : Proetus shrank from killing one who had been 
his guest, but he had no compunctions about asking his father-in-law to 
do the deed. So the father-in-law, too, after feasting Bellerophon, would 
not kill him, but sent him into conflicts in which he expected him to be 
slain. See 178 ff. 168. σ-ήματα: i.e. a tessera hospitalis. 

169. γράψα? κτλ. : this verse has been the subject of much contention. 
Nowhere else does Homer come so near to a reference to the art of 
writing. This art was very likely known in Greece in Homer's time, but 
this expression is ambiguous ; -γράφω is a general word, and may mean 
' scratch ' or ' paint.' ττίνακι, rather than -γράφας, indicates the form of an 
epistle. Perhaps this letter was in 'picture-writing' resembling that of 
the ancient Mexicans. Note that the poet does not say that the receiver 
read it, cf. 178. 

170. •π•€νθ€ρω: tvife's father ; while ίκυρός, Γ 172, is husband's father. 
See on 378, Γ 122. 172. Cf Ε 773, Β 877. 

174. Explains ττροφρονίως τΐεν 173. For the * asyndeton,' see § 15 b. 

— Ιννήμαρ : a round number, cf A 53. — He made a great feast each day. 
176. καΐ TOTc : § 21 δ. — The Homeric host never asked his guest's 

errand until he had shown him hospitality. 

178 f. κακόν: destructive, cf λνγρά 168. — μ^ν: correl. with αυ 184. — 
Χίμαιραν: see Vocabulary. — ck^Xcuo-cv: see on 167. 

180. θ€ίον : equiv. to θ€ων. See on Β 20. 

181. This verse is translated : ante leo, postrema draco, media 
ipsaChimaeraby Lucretius, v. 905, preserving the exact order of words, 
and making the last clause more distinct even than it is in the Greek. 

182. Scivov: adverbial, as usual. — airoirvciovo-a : const, with η 180, the 
intervening verse being half parenthetical. 

183. μ^ν: repetition of /LteV 179. — θ6ών κτλ.: c/. Δ 398. 

185. "This was the hardest battle he ever fought." — κορτίσ-την: 
predicad to proper names, in order to serve 
as an index ; also to other important words, especially to those 
which occur but once in the Homeric Poems (αττα^ είρημίνα), 

Yalb College, Jan. 21, 1889. 



ERSITY 

OF 




CONTENTS OF THE ILIAD IN GREEK HEXAMETERS* 

1. "Αλφα • λίτά? uipvaov, Χοιμον στρατού, έχ^ο? ανάκτων. 

2. Βήτα δ' oveipov €χ^6ί, ajoprjv, καί νήας άρίθμβΐ. 

3. Τάμμα δ* άρ' άμφ* Έλει^τ;? οϊοίν μόθο^ έστϊν άκοίταιν. 

4. Αελτα • θέων ayopij, όρκων 'χύσίς, "Αρβος αργτ]. 

5. ΕΖ • βαΚΧβί Κ.νθ6ρ€ίαν "Αρηά Τ€ ΎνΒβος νΙός. 

β. Ζήτα δ' άρ* ^ΑνΒρομά'χ^ης καν'ΈίΚτορός €στ οαριστυς. 

7. *Ητα δ' • Αϊας ΤΓοΧεμιζβ μόνω μόνος '^Έικτορι Βίω. 

8. SrJTa • θβών ayopi], Ύρώων κράτος, "Έ^κτορος βυγος. 

9. ^Έιξεσίη δ' Άχίλήο? άττβίθέος €στΙν ^Ιώτα. 

10. ΚάτΓττα δε • 'Ρ?;σου τ^ι^ κβφαΧην eXe ΎυΒβος υιός. 

11. ΑάμβΒα δ'• άρίστήας Ααναών βαλον'^ΈίΚτορϋς ανΒρβς. 

12. ΜΟ • Ύρώων ΊταΧάμ^σι κατηριττβ τβΐχ^ος *Αχ^αιών, 

13. NO δε* ΠοσβΛδαωΐ' Ααναοΐς κράτος ώττασβ Χάθρτ). 

14. He? • ΚρονίΒην Χβ'χββσσί καΐ ΰττνω ητταφβν ^'ΐίρη. 

15. Οΰ• ΚρονίΒης κβχ^όΧωτο ΤΙοσβίΒάωνί KaV^HpTj. 

16. Ilet • ΐΙάτροκΧον βττεφνβν ^ Αρηιον^Έ^κτορος αΐχ^μη. 

17. 'Ρώ • ΑαναοΙ Ύρωίς τβ νβκυν irepL χείρας βμίσ^γον. 

18. 'ϊίΐ^γμα• ©ert? ^ΑχιΧήν τταρ 'ϊίφαίστον φερεν οττΧα, 

19. ΤαΟ δ' • αττελτ/γε χόΧοίο καΐ βκθορβ Βίος ^Αχι,ΧΧβνς. 

20. ^Τ • μακάρων βρίς ώρτο, φερβί δ' eVt κάρτος Άχαιοΐς. 

21. Φεΐ • μό^γος ΑΙακιΒαο τταρ' ηίονας ττοταμοΐο. 

22. ΧεΖ δ' • άρα τρΙς irepl τείχος ά^γων κτάνεν "Έικτορ' 

^ΑχίΧΧεύς. 

23. "Ψεΐ ' Ααναοΐσιν aya>va ΒιΒούς ετεΧεσσεν ^ΑχιΧΧεύς. 

24. Ώ • ΤΙρίαμος νεκνν via Χαβών yipa Βώκεν ^ΑχιΧΧεΙ. 

♦ Ascribed to Stephanus Grammaticus in the Palatine Anthology, ix. 385. 



THE ILIAD. 

The action of the Iliad covers only about seven weeks, or forty-nine 
days, which may be divided as follows : — 

Daye. 

1. Visit of Chryses to the Greek Camp, A 12. 

1-9. Pestilence, A 53. 

10. Assembly of the Achaeans, A 54. 

10-21. Visit of the gods to the Aethiopians, A 423. 

21. Return of the gods to Olympus, A 493 f. Visit of Thetis to Zeus. 

22. The Achaeans prepare for battle. Single combat between Mene- 

laus and Paris. The battle begins. Brave deeds of Diomed. 
Hector's meeting with Andromache. Β 1-H 380. 

23. Burial of the dead, Η 381-432. 

24. Building of a wall for the Achaean Camp, Η 433-482. 

25. Second day of battle, Θ. 
Embassy to Achilles, I. 

Odysseus and Diomed enter the Trojan Camp, K. 

26. Third day of battle. The Trojans break down the Greek wall. 

Death of Patroclus. A 1-2 617. 

27. Reconciliation of Achilles and Agamemnon. Fourth great day of 

battle. Death of Hector. Τ 1-Ψ 61. 

28. Burial of Patroclus, Φ 62-225. 

29. Funeral games in honor of Patroclus, Φ 226-897. 

27-38. Achilles drags the body of Hector around the bier or tomb of 
Patroclus, Ω 1-31. 

38. Priam visits the tent of Achilles and ransoms Hector's body, 

Ω 31-676. 

39. Priam brings Hector's body to Troy, Ω 677-775. 
39-47. Lament for Hector in Troy, Ω 784. 

48. Burial of Hector, Ω 785-787. 

49. Erection of a mound over Hector's ashes, Ω 788-804. 



THE GREEK FORCES. Β 494 ff. 



▼U 



Mainland of Greece. 



Order of 






No. of 


mention. Nations and Commandere. 




ehips. 


1. 


Boeotians 


(Peneleus) 


Β 494-510. 


50 


2. 


Orchomenians 


(Ascalaphus) 


Β 511-516. 


30 


3. 


Phocians 


(Schedius) 


Β 517^526. 


40 


4. 


Locrians 


(Ajax, son of Oileus) Β 527-535. 


40 


5. 


Euboeans 


(Elephenor) 


Β 536-545. 


40 


6. 


Athenians 


(Menestheus) 


Β 546-556. 


50 


7. 


Salaminians 


(Telamonian Ajax) 


Β 557, 558. 


12 


8. 


Argives 


(Diomed) 


Β 559-568. 


80 


9. 


Myceneans 


(Agamemnon) 


Β 569-580. 


100 


10. 


Spartans 


(Menelaus) 


Β 581-590. 


60 


11. 


Pylians 


(Nestor) 


Β 591-602. 


90 


12. 


Arcadians 


(Agapenor) 


Β 603-614. 


60 


13. 


Epeans 


( Amphimachus) 


Β 615-624. 


40 


14. 


Dulichians 


(Meges) 


Β 625-630. 


40 


15. 


Cephallenians 


(Odysseus) 


Β 631-637. 


12 


16. 


Aetolians 


(Thoas) 
Insular Greece. 


Β 638-644. 


40 


17. 


Cretans 


(Idomeneus) 


Β 645-652. 


80 


18. 


Rhodians 


(Tlepolemus) 


Β 653-670. 


9 


19. 


From Syme 


(Nireus) 


Β 671-675. 


3 


20. 


From the Sporades (Phidippus) 


Β 676-680. 


30 






Thessalian Greece. 






21. 


Myrmidons 


(Achilles) 


Β 681-694. 


50 


22. 


From Phylace 


(Podarces) 


Β 695-710. 


40 


23. 


Pheraeans 


(Eumelus) 


Β 711-715. 


11 


24. 


Methonians 


(Philoctetes) 


Β 716-728. 


7 


25. 


Oechalians 


(Podalirius) 


Β 729-733. 


30 


26. 


From Ormenium (Eurypylus) 


Β 734-737. 


40 


27. 


From Argissa 


(Polypoetes) 


Β 738-747. 


40 


28. 


Aenianians 


(Guneus) 


Β 748-755. 


22 


29. 


Magnesians 


(ProthoUs) 


Β 756-759, 


40 




Homeric Greece 



FAMILY TREES. 



(1) 



THE PELOPIDS. 
Tantalus 



PeLOPS = HiPPODAMIA 



\ 
Atreus 



PiTTHEUS 



Agamemnon 

(m. ClytaemneBtra) 



Menelaus 

(m. Helen) 



Orestes 



Electra 



Iphigenia 



NiOBB 



I 
Thyestes 

Aegisthus 



Hermione 



(2) 



THE AEACIDS, 

Zeus 

Aeacus (of Aegina) 



Peleus = Thetis 



Telamon 



Achilles 
Neoptolemus 



Ajax 
(Eurysaces) 



Teucer 



(3) 



THE OENEIDS. 



Oeneus 



Tydeus = Deipyle 

(d. of Adrastus 
of Argoe) 

Diomed = Aegialea 



Meleager 



FAMILY TREES. 



(4) 



KOYAL FAMILY OF TROY. Υ 215 if. 

Zeus 

Dardanus 

Erichthonius 

I 

Tros 

(founder of Troy) 



Ilus 

(Founder of Ilioe) 

Laomedon 

I 



Ganymed 

(Cupbearer of Zeue) 



Priam = Hecaba 

I 



Hector = Andromache 

I 

Astyanax 



TiTIIONUS 
(Husband of Dawn) 

Memnon 



assaracus 

Capys 
Auchises 



Aeneas 

(ASCANIUS) 



(5) 



ISANDROS 



LYCIANS, Ζ 153 ff . 

Aeolus 

Sisyphus 

Glaucus 

Bellerophon 



HiPPOLOCHUS 

Glaucus 



I 
Laodamia 

I 

Sarpedon 



VOCABULAEY 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



α-απτο5 : unapproachable, invincible. 

αάσ)(€.το<ζ (Ιχω) : irresistible, unman- 
ageable. 

aaros : insatiate. 

"Αβαντες pi. : early inhabitants of 
Euboea, Β 536. 

Αβαρβαρ€η: a fountain-nymph, 
Ζ 22. 

*A)8as, -avros: a Trojan, slain by 
Diomed, Ε 148. 

"AjSXrypos : a Trojan, slain by Nes- 
tor's son Antilochus, Ζ 32. 

ά-βλης, -ητος (βάλλω) : un-shot, 
neio (of an arrow), Δ 117. 

ά-βλητος (βάλλω) : un-hit, not 
wounded by a missile, Δ 540. 

ά-βληχρός 3 : delicate, taeak. 

"Α/?ϋδο5 : Abydus, in the Troad, on 
the south side of the Hellespont, 
opposite Sestus, Β 836. 

Άβν8όθ€ν: from Abydus, Δ 500. 

άγα-: strengthening prefix, very, 
exceedingly. 

αγαγ€ : aor. of αγω, lead. 

αγαθός 3 : good, noble, useful, esp. 
useful in war, brave. It is rarely 
used of moral quality, βοην αγα- 
θός, good at the war-cry, brave in 
tear. 

aya- κλατός 3 and άγακλυτός (κλέος): 
renowned, famed, highly praised. 



άγάλλομΜΐ delight, exult. 

άγαλμ/χ, -ατός : delight, treasure. 

ayafWLi, aor. ήγάσσατο, άγασσάμεθα '. 
admire, wonder at. 

Αγαμίμ^νων, -όνος : Agamemnon, son 
of Atreus, grandson of Pelops 
(B 104 ff.), king at Mycenae 
(B 569 ff.). As the leader of the 
expedition against Troy, he is 
prominent through the whole of 
the Iliad. The first part of the 
Eleventh Book is devoted to a 
recital of his brave deeds. At 
the close of the war, on his ar- 
rival at home, he was slain by 
his false wife Clytaemnestra and 
her paramour (Agamemnon's 
cousin) Aegisthus, α 35 ff., S 512- 
537, λ 409 fe. 

α-γαμος : unmarried, Γ 40. 

άγά-ννίφος: very snowy, snow-clad. 
Epith. of Olympus, A 420. 

άγανός 3 : kindly, winning. 

Άγαπηνωρ, -οράς : Arcadian leader, 
Β 609. 

άγαττητος ( αγαπάω) : beloved. 

aya -ρροος : with strong stream. 

* Αγασθίνης, -cos : son of Aug€as, 
Ε 624. 

άγασσάμεθα : aor. of άγαμαι, wonder, 

άγανός, admirable, excellent, noble. 



2 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



άγγ€λίη : message, news. 

άγγελιτ/ς and άγγελος : messenger. 

άγγίλλω : annowice, bear a message. 

ayyos, -eos : vessel, bowl, pan. 

αγ€, αγ€τε: strictly imv. of αγω, 
bring, but generally used as in- 
terjection, up, come! Cf. αγρ«. 

άγειρω, aor. mid. ayipovro and aypo• 
μίνοισιν, plpf . ayyyiparo, aor. pass. 
ατ^^ρθη and ηyepθev \Ύjyipθησav\ : 
collect, bring together, assemble. 

άyc-λ€Lη : giver of booty, Epith. of 
Athena as war-goddess. 

άyίλη-φL '. old locat., in the herd. 

αγ€/χεν inf., αγεν impf. of αγω, lead. 

αγεν \^iάyησav] : aor. pass, of αγνυ/χι, 

ά-y€paστoς : without gift of honor 

(γέρας), A 119. 
άτ/^ρθη, ayipovTO'. aor. of άγείρω, 

αγίρωχος : proud, mighty, impetuous. 
άyη : aor. pass, of άyvvμί, break. 
άγτ/γερατο: plpf. pi. of άγειρω, as- 

*Αγι}ι/ωρ, -opos: brave Trojan leader, 
son of An tenor, Δ 467, Λ 59. 

άγ-ι/νωρ, -opos {άνηρ) : manly, proud. 

a-yrjpaos (γ^ρας) : ever-young, im- 
perishable. 

άyητός: admirable, splendid. 

*Αγκαιος: Ancceus, an Argonaut, 
Β 609. 

άγκάς : adv. in Ms arms. 

άγκλίι/ας : aor. partic. of άνακλίνω, 
lean upon. * 

άyκvλo-μητης (μητι,ς): crooked' 
minded, crafty, Epith. of Cronus, 

αγκύλος : curved. 

άγκυλό-το^ος : with curved bow. 

ατόκων, -ώϊ/ος : elbow. 

AyλaLη : mother of Nireus, Β 672. 

άγλαίτ;, loc. as dat. άτ/λαίηφι : splen- 
dor, beauty. 

άγλαός : clear, splendid^ glorious. 



άγνοιεω, aor. ηγι^Οίησεν: fail to no- 
tice. 

ayvv^L, aor. subjv. a^, aor. par- 
tic. a$avT€, aor. pass, αγ?; and 
αγεν [εάγϊ;σαν] (/ταγ-) : break, 
break in pieces. 

α-γονος : without offspring, childless^ 
Γ 40. (Perhaps unborn.) 

άγοράο/χαι, impf. -rjyopowvTo, aor. 
ay ορησατο : am in assembly, delib- 
erate, address an assembly. 

αγορεύω: speak, say, tell, φόβον^ 
αγόρευε, advise to ffee {fight). 

ay ορη (άγειρω) : assembly, speech to 
an assembly, place of assembly. 

ayoprj'9ev r adv. from the assembly. 

ay oprjv-Sc : adv. to the assembly. 

ay ορητήζ : speaker, orator. 

άγος (άγω): leader. 

άγρει: interjection, up, come! 
(Strictly imv. of άγρε'ω [αιρε'ω], 
take hold.) Cf. άγε. 

άγριος (αγρός)! wild (of animals), 
savage. 

ατ/ρομίν^σιν : aor. partic. of άγειρω, 
assemble. 

ay pos : feld, country (opp. to city). 

ay ρότερος 3: wild (of animals). 

αγυιά: street. 

άγχι : adv. 7iear, with gen. 

'Αγχίαλος : a Greek, slain by Hector, 
Ε 609. 

άγχι-αλος (άλς) : 7iear the sea. 
Epith. of coast-cities. 

ay XL- μαχητής : hand-to-hand fighter f 
who fights Avith sword and spear, 
in contrast with javelin- throwers. 

άτ/χί-μοΧον. adv. near. 

*Αγχίσ7;ς: Anchises, king of the 
Dardanians, father of Aeneas by 
Aphrodite, Β 819, Ε 247, Υ 239. 

άγχιστα : adv. most nearly, 

άγχιστΓνος : near, in thick succession. 

άγχου: adv. near, 

άγχω: choke, Γ 371. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



3 



αγω, impf. η-γεν or aycv, fut. α$ω, 
aor. rjyaye or dyaye, aor. iniv. 
a^cre : lead, bring, fetch, lead 
away (the connection indicating 
from what and to what the mo- 
tion tends) . 

ά-8αημων, -όνος : unskilled in, inex- 
perienced, with gen. 

ά-οάκρντος : without tears, tearless. 

dSuv: aor. inf. of άνδάνω, please. 

άΒελφεός or άδελφ^ός : brother. 

αΒψ : adv. in plenty, to satiety. 

άδινός 3 : thick, crowded, huddled. 

"Ατμητος: , Admetus, Thessalian 
king, husband of Alcestis, father 
of Eumelus, Β 713 f . 

Άδρτ/στεια : Mysian town, Β 828. 

ΆΒρηστίνη: daughter of Adrastus, 
Aegialea, Ε 412. 

"Αχρηστος: (1) Argive king who 
gave his daughters in marriage 
to Tydeus and Polynices, Β 572. 

(2) Leader of Trojan allies, Β 830. 

(3) A Trojan, Ζ 37. 

α-δυτον: (place not-to-be-entered), 

sanctuary. 
οΛθλεύω : contend in games. 
α€^λος : struggle, conflict. 
άύ8ω, impf. αειδον: sing. 
ά-ίίκης, -€9, unseemly, shameful, pitiful. 
aupoi, aor. partic. ά^ραμένη, plpf- 

αωρτο : raise, take up ; plpf. pass. 

UHis hanging. 
ά€καζόμ€νος 3 (a-/rcK-) : against his 

will. 
ά-Ικων, -ούσα 3: unwilling, against 

(his) loill. 
αίλλα (αημι) : violent wind, storm. 
αίΧλης : with κοησαλος, cloud of 

dust, Γ 13. 
άε^ω ( cf wax ) : increase, 
άψσί-πος {οΑίρω, ττονς), pi. aepai- 

τΓοδες : high-stepping (of horses). 
ΆζείΒ-ης : son of Azeus, Actor, 

Β 513. 



ά-ζηχίς : neut. adv. incessantly, un- 
ceasingly. 

αζομαι : dry, season, Δ 487. 

αζομαί : reverence, feel pious fear. 

αημί, pres. partic. άει/τες: blow (of 
the wind) . 

arjp, dat. ήίρι : air (as opposed to 
the clear αιθηρ), mist. 

άησνλος : ivicked, dreadful, equiv. to 
αισυλος, Ε 876. 

α-θάνατος 3 : undying, immortal, im- 
perishable, αθάνατοι immortals. 

ά-θερίζω : disregard, slight. 

ά-θίσφατος : unspeakable, ineffably 
great. 

'A^mt pi. : Athens, Β 546. 

^Αθηναίος: Athenian. 

^Αθήνη and ^Αθψαίη: the goddess 
A thena, Minerva. She appears 
often in Homer as war-goddess, as 
she is represented in later works 
of art ; hence she is called Παλ- 
λάς (spear-brandishing), γλαυκ- 
ώτΓίς {gleaming-eyed), άγελεό; 
{giver of booty), λαοσσοος {rouser 
of the people) .. 

αθρόος : assembled y all together, 
united. 

al {d): if. αϊκε: iav. at yap 
often introduces a wish. 

αΓα : earth, equiv. to γαία, yrj. 

ΑΙακί^ης: sonof Aeacus. Of Achil- 
les, grandson of Aeacus, Β 860. 

Αίας,-αντος: Ajax. (1) Son of Tela 
mon, king of Salamis, the might- 
iest of the Achaeans, next to 
Achilles, Β 768 f., Γ 226 ff. 
(2) Son of Oileus, swift-footed 
leader of the Locrians, Β 527 ft'. 

Αιγαίων: a hundred-armed giant 
of the sea, son of Poseidon; 
called Βριάρεως by the gods, 
A 404. 

αίγαι/ε'τ;: javelin, used chiefly for 
hunting, or in games. 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



Α1γ€ί8ψ: son of Aegeiis, Theseus, 
A2G5. 

αιγαος (cui) : adj. of goat-skin. 

αίγειρος : Mack poplar. 

AiyLOXeia: daughter of Adrastus, 
Ε 412. 

Αιγιαλό? : (1) the north coast of 
Peloponnesus, on the Corinthian 
gulf, from Corinth to the Elean 
frontier ; the later Achaea, Β 575. 
(2) A town in Paphlagonia, 
Β 855. 

αιγιαλός : coast, shore. 

Αί-γίλιφ: a district (?) under the 
rule of Odysseus, Β 633. 

Αίγινα: Aeglna, island in the Sa- 
ronic Gulf, Β 562. 

Αιγιοι/ : city in Achaea, Β 574. 

αΐ-γί-οχος (ίχω) : aegis-bearing, freq. 
epith. of Zeus, esp. in the gen. 
Διός αΐγιό^οιο. 

αΐγις : aegis ; the shield of Zeus, 
wrought by Hephaestus ; prob. 
an emblem of the thunder-storm. 
Described Ε 738 it.d ivith 
spits so that the spit appeared at 
either side, ηριττε δ' άμφ* αντω 
but he fell over him, ol άμφΐ 
ΐΐρίαμον Priam and his attend- 
ants. Cf αμφύ;. 

άμφ-ίαχνΐαν : perf. partic, as pres., 
shrieking about, Β 316. (αμρερα- 
γνΊαν, from ηχεω, has been con- 
jectured.) 

άμφί-βαινω, perf. αμφιβίβηκα, go 
about ; perf. has come upon, stands 
over (lit. upon both sides of), pro- 
tects (fig., from the beasts who 
stand over and protect their 
young). 

άμφί-βασις (βαίνω) : defence, Ε 623. 

άμφί-βροτος 3 : man-protecting, only 
of the shield (άσπι?)• 

Αμφίγενεια: town under Nestor's 
rule, Β 593. 

αμφι-•γνη-€ί<ί (γυΐον) (ambi-dex- 
ter) : strong-armed. Epith. of 
Hephaestus ; sometimes as a 
subst. 

άμφί-8ούω, perf. αμφιΒε^ηε : burn 
about, blaze round about, 7t 329» 

άμφί-8ρνφης, -€ς (δρντττω) : {torn on 
both sides), with both cheeks torn 
(in grief), Β 700. 



άμφι-ελίσσα : fern, adj., curved at hath 
ends (or on both sides), shapely. 
Epith. of ships, esp. of those 
drawn up on shore ; only at the 
close of the verse. 




άμφί-ίττω : am busy about, άμφί- 

«Γοντες busily. 
άμφί-καλντΓτω, aor. άμφεκόΧνφε : 

conceal round about, cover, envelop, 
άμφί-κυπελλον SeVa? : two-handled 

cup. 
άμφί-μάχομαι: fight about, with ace. 
'Αμφίμαχος : (1) leader of the 

Eleans, Β 620. (2) Ά Carian 

leader, Β 870 ff. 
άμφί-μελας : black round about, dark- 
ened on all sides (of a mind dark 

with passion). 
αμφι-νίμομχιι : dwell round about, 

inhabit. 
"Κμφ-κνζ : (1) Trojan leader, Β 830. 

(2) Son of Selagus, slain by A jax, 

Ε 612. 
άμφί-ττίνομχη : am busy about. 
άμφί-τΓολος (ττίλω) : fern., maid, 

female attendant, corresponding 

to the male θεράπων. 
αμφί-ττοτάομΜ : fly round about, Β 3 1 5. 
άμφί^ : on both sides, separately, in 

two ways. άμφι<ζ φράζονται are 

divided in mind, are at variance. 

Cfάμφi 

*Αμφιτρνων, -ωνος : husband of Ale- 
men a, putative father of Heracles, 
Ε 392. 



10 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



άμφί-φοιΧο<; : with double ridge (for 
έΐιβ crest). Epith. of a helmet. 

άμφί-χ<ί(ο, aor. mid. as pass. άμφ€- 
χντο : pour about. 

άμφότερος (αμφω) 3: both. In 
sing, only neut., always at the 
beginning of the verse, sometimes 
introducing a following τ•. . . καί. 
άμφοτ€ρΎ]σίν (sc. -χερσίν) with both 
hands. 

άμφοτίρωθεν : (from both sides), on 
both sides. 

αμφω (ambo) : both, only nom. and 
ace. dual, but freq. const, with 
the pi. 

αν : by ' apocope ' for άνά, up. 

αν: modal adv., indicating a con- 
dition. ' There is no adequate 
translation for αν taken by itself.' 
Its use is not so strictly defined 
as in Attic; the subjv. with αν 
is used nearly like the fut. ind., 
or the potential opt. ; the poten- 
tial opt. is sometimes found with- 
out αν, where the Attic rule would 
require it ; and κ€ is used even 
with the fut. ind. 
In use, αν is essentially equiv. to 
K€, which is more freq. 
' In simple sentences and in the 
apodosis of complex sentences, 
αν and kcv express limitation by 
circumstances or condition.' 
'lu final clauses which refer to 
the future, the use of αν or κίν 
prevails.' 

' In conditional clauses the subjv. 
and opt. generally take αν or kcv 
when the governing verb is a 
future or in a mode which im- 
plies a future occasion.' 
Tore K€v μιν ττεττίθοιμεν then ice may 
persuade him, κύνοισί Κ αν ovTLq 
μαχίοιτο but ivith those no one 
would contend, ai kc Tro^t Ζευς 



δωσί if Zeus ever grants, τάχ αν 
TTore θνμον okeaajf he may at some 
near time lose his life, εντ αν ττολ- 
λοί τΓίπτωσί tohen many shall fall. 

άνά, αν, άμ (before labials) : adv. 
and prep., up, thereon, upon, along. 
άνα cSpa/xe started back, άνά στρα- 
τον (up) through the camj), άν ομι- 
λον through the throng, άν re μάχην 
along through the confiict, φρονίων 
άνά θνμόν considering in mind, άνά 
στόμα on (your) lips, άνά στρατόν 
and κατά στρατόν, ανά άστυ and 
κατά άστυ are used Λvith slight 
difference of meaning; in such 
expressions, metrical convenience 
seems to have determined the 
choice between άνά and κατά. 

άνα: for άνάστηθι rise, Ζ 331. 

άνα: vocative of'ava^ king, Γ 351. 

άνα- βαίνω, aor. άνίβη and άναβά<: : 
go up, ascend, mount, ernbark. 

άνά-βλησις, -ιος : delay, postpone- 
ment. Cf άμβάλλω. 

άναγκαίη and ανάγκη : necessity, com- 
pulsion. TLS TOL ανάγκη what com- 
pels thee ? 

άνα-γνάμπτω, aor. pass, άνεγνάμ- 
φθη : bend back, turn. 

άν-άγω, aor. άνηγαγεν : lead up, bring 
back; mid. put to sea (opp. to 
κατάγεσθαί). 

άνα-^εχομαί, aor. άνεΒεζατο : take up, 
receive. 

άνα-δυω, aor. άνεδϋσετο and άνβδϋ: 
dive up, appear from below, rise. 

άνα-θηλεω, fut. άναθηΧήσω : bloom 
agaiti, put forth neto leaves, A 23G. 

άν-αίΒείη (αιδώ?) : shamelessness, in- 
solence. 

αν-αίΒης, -c? : shameless, pitiless. 

άν-αίμων, -ovo^ (αίμα) : bloodless (of 
the gods), Ε 342. 

άν-αιρεω, aor. partic. άνελών, aor. 
mid. άνελοντο: take up. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



11 



άν-αισσω, aor. opt. dvatieiev, aor. 
partic. άνάί^α?: start up, spring 
up, rise. 

άνα-κλίνω, aor. inf. αΐ'α-κλΓναι, aor. 
partic. α-γκλίνας : lean upon, lean 
back, οίνακλΐναί νίφος roll back 
(i.e. open) the cloud. 

άν-ακοντίζω : shoot up, spirt up (of 
blood), Ε 113. 

αν-αλκαη (αίλκη) : tveakness, cow- 
ardice, αναλκεί^σι δα/Α€ΐ/τες over- 
come by their cowardice. 

av-a\KL<s, -i8os : powerless, weak, cow- 
ardly. 

ανα-νενω: (nod up), refuse, deny (a 
request); opp. to κατανενω indi- 
cate and confirm assent by a nod. 

άνα^', gen. ανακτος, voc. ανα (ράναζ) : 
(protecting lord), king, lord, mas- 
ter, epith. of gods and princes. 
ανα^ ανδρών king of men, epith. 
esp. of Agamemnon. 

ανα-ττάλλω, aor. partic. αμπετταλων: 
brandish. 

ανα-πιμττλημί, aor. subjv. αναπλη- 
<rrjs : βΙΙ up, fulfil, complete. 

ανα-ττνεω, aor. pass, αμπνννθη : take 
breath, revive. 

αν-άποινος ( αττοινα) : unransomed, 
freely, A 99. 

άν-αρχος : without leader, uncom- 
manded. 

ανάσσω (ράναζ) : rule over, reign, be 
master, lord of. Freq. with dat. of 
interest. Μυρ/λίδόνεσσιν ανασσε 
(reign for the Myrmidons), reign 
over the Myrmidons. 

ανά-στας : standing up ; aor. partic. 
of ανίστημι set up. 

ανα-στησειεν : aor. opt. of ανίστημι 
cause to stand up, rouse from their 
seats. 

ανα-σχεΐν, αναχτχεο, ανασ;(€σ^αι, ανα- 
σ\6μενο<», άνασχων' aor. of αίνεχω 
hold up, endure. 



άνα-Τ€λλω, aor. aveVciXe: send up, 

cause to grow, Ε 777. 
αίνα-τρεττω, aor. ανετράπετο : turn 

over, 
άνα-φαινω: (show up), reveal, 
άνα-χάζομαί : draw back, withdraw, 

yield. 
άνα-χωρ^ω, aor. αναχώρησα^ '. draw 

back, yield, retreat. 
άνα-{{η}χω : cool, refresh. 
άνδάνω, impf. ην^ανε or ανδανε, aor. 

inf. άΒεΐν (/τανδάνω, /ταδ-) : please, 

am acceptable. 
Άνδραί/χων, -ovo<i '. father of Thoas, 

Β 638. 
άν8ρεϊ-φόντη<ζ (φόνος) : man-slaying, 

of Ένυαλιος, Β 651. 
άνΒρο-κτ.ασίη (κτανεΐν) : slaughter of 

men. 
*Αν8ρομάχη: Andromache, wife of 

Hector, daughter of Eetion (king 

of Theba), Ζ 394 ff. Her father 

and brothers were slain by Achil- 
les, Ζ 414 fe. 
αν8ρο-φόνος : man-slaying, epith. 

esp. of Hector and Ares. 
άν-εβη : aor. of άνα^^αίνω go up, rise, 
άν-ε-γνάμφθη : aor. of άναγνάμπτω 

bend back. 
άν-ε8ε$ατο : aor. of άναΒεχομαι re' 

ceive. 
άν-εδΰ, and αν€δϊ5σ€το: aor. of ανα- 
δύω dive up to, appear from, 
άν-εεργω : check, hold back, 
άν-εηκεν: aor. of άνίημι urge on. 
αν-είμί, pres. partic. ανιόντα (εΤμι): 

come back, return, Ζ 480. 
αν-είρομαι (ερομαι) : ask, inquire. 
αν-εκ-τ6<ζ (άνεχω) : endurable, A 573. 
αν-ε\οντο, άνελών: aor. of άναίρεω 

take up. 
άνεμος, -ovo : wind. Homer knows 

but four winds : Εύρος East wind, 

Βορίης North wind. Ζέφυρος West 

wind, Νότος South wind. 



12 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



άνεμωλίος (ave/xo?) : (windy), empty, 
useless, idle, in vain. 

Αν€μώραα : town in Phocis, Β 521. 

av-ivcvc : impf . of άνανενω (nod up, 
i.e. shake the head), refuse. 

av-ein-es : aor. partic. of άνίημι urge on. 

άν-έ^ομαι: fut. of ανέχομαι suffer, 
allow. 

dvepes, dvlpL, άνερας : from άνηρ man. 

αν-ψχομαί : return. 

άν-ίσταν \_άν€στησαν], ανέστη : stood 
up, rose, aor. of άνίστημι set up. 

αν-εσχετο, άνεσχον. aor. of ανεχω 
hold uj), raise. 

αν-έτειλε : aor. of ανατέλλω send up. 

άν-ετράπετο: aor. of ανατρέπω turn 
over. 

ανενθε(ν) : adv. far, away from, ivith- 
out. ανενθε θεοΰ without divine help. 

αν-εχάζετο: impf. of άναχάζομαι 
draw back. 

αν-εχω, fut. ανέχομαι and ανσ-χτ}- 
σεσθαί, aor. ανεσχον : hold up, 
lift, raise; mid. hold up under, 
endure, suffer, allow. 

άν-εχωρησεν : aor. of αναχωρέω draw 
back. 

ανεω: speechless, dumb, mute. (Prob. 
an old adj. in nom. pi.) 

αν-ηγαγέν aor., αίνηγες impf. : of ανά- 
γω brijig back. 

αν-ηγ) aor. subjv., οίνηκε aor. ind. : 
of avt?7/x-t let go, urge on. 

ανήκεστος (άκος) : incurable, unen- 
durable, Ε 394. 

άν-ηκ6ντίζε : impf. of άνακοντίζω 
shoot w/>, Ε 113. 

άνήρ, gen. ανδρός or ανερος, dat. 
άνερι, nom. pi. άνερες, dat. pi. 
άνδ/οάσι or αν^ρεσσι : man, ν i r, 
in contrast with boy, woman, or 
divinity, ανερες εστε be (brave) 
me7i ! In military use, equiv. to 
μαχητής warrior. In ττατήρ dv- 
8ρων re θέων τε, father of both men 



and gods (of Zeus), άνδρες is used 
of the human race (like άνθρωποι), 
άνηρ is sometimes added to eth- 
nic names, as ^tvTteg άνδρες, Δάρ- 
δανος άνήρ, or to the name of a 
class, as αΐπόλοι άνδρες, βασιΧήι 
avhpi, βονληφόρον άνδρα. 

άν-ήσει : fut. of άν-ίημι urge on. 

^ΑνθεμίΒης: son of Anthemio, Si- 
moisius, Δ 488. 

^Ανθεμίων, -ωνος : a Trojan, Δ 473. 

αν^€ρ-ό-«ς, -εντός (άνθος) : flowery, 
abounding in flowers. 

άνθερεών, -ωνος : chin. 

* Ανθηρών, -όνος : town on the Euri- 
pus, about seven miles from 
Chalcis, Β 508. 

αν^ος, pi. av^ea : flower. 

άνθρωπος : man, human being, 
homo. 

ανίάω, aor. partic. άνϊηθεντα : grieve, 
vex, wear out. 

άν-ίημι, 2d pers. ind. ανιεις, fern, 
partic. ανιεισα, fut. άνήσει, aor. 
αν^κε or άνεηκεν, aor. subjv. ανήη, 
aor. partic. ανεντες : (send uj)), 
let go, free, urge on. 

άν-ιόντα : partic. of ανει/χι come back, 
return. 

ά-νιπτος (νίπτω) : unwashed, 7i 266. 

άν-ίστημι, pres. mid. partic. άνιστά- 
μενος, fut. inf. ανσττ^σεσ^αι, 1st 
aor. opt. ανασττ^σειεν, 2d aor. ind. 
άνεστη, άνστήτην, άνεσταν [ανε- 
σττ/σαν], aor. partic. αναστάς, 
ανστάντες : set up, raise, cause to 
rise, in pres. and 1st aor. act. ; 
stand up, rise, in 2d aor. and mid. 
Often with dat. of interest, τοισι 
δ' άνεστη he rose for them, sc. to 
address them. 

άν-ορονω, aor. άνόρονσε: start up, 
rise, A 248. 

αν-ουτατος (οντάμεναι) : unwounded 
by a weapon held in the hand, 



FIKST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



13 



opposed to αβλητο^ unJiit by a 
missile, Δ 540. 

ο.ν-στάντί'ί aor. partic, ανστησεσθαι 
fut., ανστήτην aor. ind. : of dvi- 
στημχ raise up, rise. 

οίν-σχησεσθαί : fut. of άνεχομχΐί en- 
dure j allow. 

avra : opposite, over against. Cf. 
αντην. 

dvr-a$Lo<s : of like worth, of equal 
value, equivalent. 

αντάω, aor. ηντησα : meet, Ζ 399. 

"AvreuLi wife of Proetus, Ζ 160. 
(Stheneboea in the tragic poets.) 

άντ-ετόρ-ησΐν : aor. of άντιτορίω 
pierce, Ε 337. 

αντψ: equiv. to αντα, opposite, to 
{my) face, openly. 

*Αντηνορί8ης: son of Antenor. 

Αντηνωρ, -opo<s (cf. αντιάναρα) : 
Antenor, one of the wisest Trojan 
princes (the Trojan Nestor) who 
always favored peace and the re- 
turn of Helen. He was the father 
of many doughty sons, seven of 
whom were slain in the battles 
of the Iliad. He received Mene- 
laus and Odysseus at his house, 
when they came to Troy as am- 
bassadors, Γ 205 if. ; he accom- 
panied Priam to the field, to 
strike a truce, Γ 262. 

αντία: adv. opposite. Cf άντίος. 

dvTL-dveLpa (dvrjp) : matched tvith 
men in battle, like to men, of the 
Amazons, Γ 189, Ζ 186. 

άντιάω, subjv. dmooxnv, fem. partic. 
αντιόωσαν, aor. partic. α^τίάσας : 
meet, approach, partake of, share, 
receive. 

αντι-βίψ: adv. with opposing might; 
originally cognate ace, sc. cptSa. 

αντί-βιοζ (βιη) '• opposing, hostile. 
άντίβίον /ιια;(€'σασ^αι fght against 
in hand to hand conflict. 



άντί-βολίω, aor. inf. άντίβολησαι 
(βάλλω) : go to meet, take part in. 

άντί-θεος 3: god-like, with no esp. 
reference to moral qualities. 

άντίκρύς : adv. (opposite, against), 
straight forward, straight through. 

'Aj/TtXo;(09: Antilochus, eldest son 
of Nestor, a distinguished war- 
rior, and friend of Achilles, 
Ρ 652 ff., Ψ 556. 

avTtos 3 : adj. meeting, to meet, in 
friendly or hostile sense, άντίον 
is used adv. avr lov dirov opposed, 
dvTLOv ειμί go against. 

άντί-ττεραια (περα^) : neut. pi. as 
subst., the opposite fields, the oppo- 
site coast, Β 635. 

avTL -τορέω, aor. άντετόρησεν: pierce. 

άντι-ψερω : bear against ; mid. bear 
myself against, oppose. 

"Αντίφος : (1) Greek ally from the 
Sporades, Β 678. (2) Leader of 
the Maeonians, Β 864. (3) Son 
of Priam, Δ 489. 

dvTopxiL : meet. 

* Αντρών, -ωνος : town under the rule 
of Protesilaus, Β 697. 

dvTv$, -vyos : rim, of shield or 
chariot. 

ανυσι?, -tos : accomplishment, fulfil- 
ment, οίννσίς δ' ουκ εσσεταυ " they 
will not attain what they desire 
and plan." 

άννω : accomplish, gain anything. 

ανωγα (perf . as pres.), impf. dvwyov, 
plpf. as impf. ι^μώγει or ανώ-γεινι 
commajid, order, bid. 

αξαντε : aor. partic. of άγννμχ break. 

a^et fut., αίρετε aor. imv. : of αγω 
lead, bring. 

*Α$ως : river in Macedonia, empty- 
ing into the Thermaean Gulf, 
Β 849. 

αζίος : (of equal weight), of equal 
value, suitable (of a ransom). 



14 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



a$ov : aor. imv. of αγι/υ /xt break. 

"Αξϋλοζ : Trojan from Arisbe, slain 
by Diomed, Ζ 12. 

άξων : axle of chariot. 

άοιδτ; (ά€ΐδω) : son^r, gift of song. 

αοιδι/Λος : smw^ of, subject of song, 
Ζ 358. 

άολλης, -is : all together, with closed 
ranks. 

αοΧΚίζω, aor. άόλλισαν : collect, bring 
together. 

Άτταισος (Παισό?, Ε 612) : town of 
Mysia, Β 828. 

ά-παλα /Avos (παλάμη) : (without de- 
vice), unskilled, helpless, Ε 597. 

άπ-αλοιάω, aor. άπηλοίησεν: crush, 
Δ 522. 

ατταλος 3 : tender, delicate, soft. 

άττ-αμείβομαί : reply, answer. Freq. 
in the formula τον δ' άπαμειβό- 
μενος ττροσίφ-η, where the ace. 
is const, with ιτροσίφη. 

άπ-άνενθε: adv. aivag, apart, some- 
times with ablatival gen., away 
from. 

αττάς, αττασα, άτταν (strengthened 
ττας) : all, all together. 

άπ-άτ€ρθε(ν) (άτερ): adv. separately, 
apart, with gen. 

απάτη : deceit, trick. 

απατηλός: deceptive, deceitful, A 526. 

άπ-ζβη and άπφησετο : aor. of απο- 
βαίνω dep)art. 

άπ-εδε^ατο: aor. of άποΒίχομαι ac- 
cept. 

άτΓ-εδϋσε : aor. of άττοδΰω stj'ip off. 

άτΓ-εδωκε : aor. of άποδιδω/χ,ι give 
back, pay, render. 

άπειλεω, fut. άπείλ,ησω, aor. ηπεί- 
λησεν and απείλησαν (απειλή) : 
threaten. ηπείλησεν μνθον (he 
threatened a word), he uttered a 
threat. 

απ-ειμι, partic. άπεόντοζ (εΙμί) : am 
away. 



ά-πείρων, -όνος : boundless, limitless. 

άπ-εκτανε : aor. of άποκτείνω slay. 

ά-πελεθρο<ζ (πελεθρον) : immeasura- 
ble, infinite. 

άπ-ενάσσατο : aor. of άποναίομαι 
emigrate. 

άπ-εόντος : partic. of άπειμι am aivny 

ά-περείσιος (πέρα) 3 : boundlesSj 
countless. 

άπ-ερνκω : keep off, ivard off, avert. 

άπ-εσσνμενον perf . partic, άπεσσντο 
plpf . : of άποσσενομαι hasten away. 

άπ-εστη: stepped back, aor. of άφί- 
στημυ set back. 

άπ-ετίσαν : aor. of άποτίνο) pay. 

άπ-εχθαίρο), aor. subjv. άπεχβηρω 
(εχθος) : hate violently. 

άπ-εχθάνομαί, aor. άπήχθετο : am 
hated. 

άπ-εχω, aor. subjv. άπόσχη: hold 
off', keep far away. 

άπ-ηλοιησεν : aor. of άτταλοιάω crush. 

ά-πημων (πημα) : unharmed . 

άπ-ηνη<ζ, -εος : (unkind), harsh, cruel, 
A 310. 

άπ-ηνρα, άπηνρων: took away. See 
άπονρας. 

άπ-ηχθετο : aor. of απεχθάνομαι am 
hated. 

ά-πιθεω, aor. άπίθησε (πείθω) : dis- 
obey. 

απιος 3 : distant, remote, τηλόθεν 
ii άπίης γαίης from far away — 
a remote land. 

ά-πιστος : faithless, untrustworthy. 

από: adv. and prep., atvay, off, 
from, back. The adv. is freq . 
attended by an ablatival gen. 
αφ' ίππων άλτο leaped from his 
chariot, από γθονος ωρνντο on the 
ground he set out, μένων από r/s 6X6- 
χοίο remaining away from his wife. 

άπο-αίρεομαι and άφαίρεομαι, fut. 
άφαίρησεσθαι, aor. άφελοντο : take 
away, deprive for my own interest. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



15 



ατΓΟ-βαινω, aor. άπ^βησετο or άττί- 
βη ; go off, dismount. 

αττό-βλητος (βάλλω) : to be cast off, 
to be rejected, despicable. 

άτΓΟ-γνιόω, aor. subjv. anoyvLwarjs : 
(lame utterly), weaken, Ζ 265. 

άπο-8ζχομαι, aor. άπεδε^ατο: accept, 
A 95. 

άτΓΟ-διδω/Λΐ, aor. άττεδωκε, aor. inf. 
άτΓοδοΰναι : give back, render, pay. 

άτΓΟ-δϋω, aor. άττεδϋσε : strip off. 

άττά-ειττε : imv. of άττόφημι, deny, 
re/use. 

άπο-είκω : withdraw from, abandon, 
wifch gen., Γ 406. 

άτΓο-ερσε (aor.) : canned off, swept 
away. Cf. άττουρας. 

άπο-θέσθαί : aor. inf. of άττοτίθημι 
put off. 

άτΓΟ-θρώσκω: leap off. 

ατΓοινα. neut. pT. (πουνη) : (recom- 
pense), ransom. 

άπ-οίσετον: fut. of άποφίρω bear 
away, Ε 257. 

άτΓΟ-κρίνω, aor. pass, partic. άττοκρίν- 
θίντε : separate. αττοκρίνθίντε 
apart from their friends, Ε 12. 

ατΓΟ-κτείνο), aor. ind. άττεκτανε, aor. 
inf. άτΓοκτάμεν : slay, kill. 

άτΓΟ-λά/χττω : shine, gleam. 

άτΓ-ολ^σθαι aor. inf., άττολεσσαν aor. 
ind. : of άττόλλνμί destroy. 

άτΓΟ-ληγω : cease, die away, die. 

άτΓ-όλΧΰμί, aor. act. άττώλεσε and 
άττόλεσσαν, aor. mid. άττώλετο and 
άττόλοντο: destroy; mid. perish, die, 
fall (in battle). 

Άττόλλων, -ωνο5 : Apollo, son of 
Zeus and Leto, twin brother of 
Artemis. God of the sun and 
light (hence Φοΐβος gleaming), of 
the bow (Ικηβολος, άργυροτο^οζ), 
of health and disease. He is one 
of the mightiest gods, freq. asso- 
ciated with Zeus and Athena. 



He favors the Trojans against 

the Greeks. 
άπο-λν μαίνομαι : purify myself. 
απολύω, aor. άττελϋσε : release, set 

free. 
άπο-μηνίω, aor. partic. άτΓομηιΛσα<; : 

give ve?it to wrath far away. 
άτΓ-ομορ'/ννμί, aor. άττομόρ^ατο : wipe 

away. 
άτΓΟ-ναίω, aor. άπενάσσατο : emigrate, 
ατιο-νίομαί : return. 
άτΓΟ-νοστε'ω, fut. άττονοστησείν (ι/οσ- 

Tos) : return, go home. 
ά7Γ0-ν6σφί(ν) : adv. apart, aioay 

from. 
άτΓΟ-τταυω, fut. mid. αιτ&κανσεσθαΐ: 

cease from ; mid. keep myself 

away from, stop. 
ατΓΟ-ττΙτομαι, aor. mid. partic. άπο- 

ΤΓτάμενα : fly aivay. 
άτΓΟ-ττνειω (ττνε'ω) : breathe forth. 
αττο-ΤΓτνω: spit forth, belch forth. 
άτΓΟ-ρηγννμι, aor. partic. awopprjias l 

break off, break. 
άτΓ-όρνυμαί : set out from, Ε 105. 
άτΓ-ορουω, aor. άττο/οουσε: leap off 

(from his chariot). 
απο-ρρωζ (ρηγνυμί) : (what is broken 

off), branch (of a river). 
άτΓΟ-σσευομαι, plpf. άττεσσυτο, perf. 

partic. as pres. άττεσσυμενον : rush 

away, hasten aioay. 
ατΓΟ-στείχω, aor. aTT6aTL-}(€. : go away, 

depart. 
άπο-σφάλλω, aor. opt. άττοσφηλειε: 

drive far atcay from, άττοσφηλαε 

irovoto " make vain their lalbor." 
άττόσχΎ] : aor. of άττίχω ; hold off, 

keep far aioay from, 
απο^ίθημι, aor. inf. άττοθίσθαι : put 

off, doff. 
άτΓΟ-τίι/ω, fut. άτΓΟτίσο/Αεν, aor. άττε- 

τΐσαν' pay. 
άτΓονρας aor. partic. : taking away. 

(Prob. for arro-fpaS' Of this, άτηρ• 



16 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



pa (or ajrevpa) would be the ind., 
while αττηνρων seems to be formed 
from an άπβνράω.) 

άπο-φίρω, int. ind. άττοίσΐτον. bear 
away. 

αττο-φθιννθω : waste aioay, perish. 

χτΓοφθίνω, aor. partic. αποφθίμ,ενον: 
jierish, die. 

1-πρηκτος (πρησσω) : (unaccom- 
plished), ivithout result, fruitless. 

ά-ττρίάτψ (πρίαμχΐί): adv. unhought, 
without ransom. 

ά-7Γτόλ€/Λθ5 : umvarlike. 

άτΓτομΜ, aor. ηψατο : lay hold of, 
touch. 

άτΓ-ώλεσε, άπώλετο : aor. of αττολ- 
λνμί destroy. 

άτΓ-ω^εω, f^^t. άττώσα: push off, keep 
off, remove. 

άρα, pa (enclit.), ap, p' : so, then. 
Very often it marks an action as 
natural, or as well-known, or re- 
minds of something recently said. 
It also marks transitions. Freq. 
it cannot be translated into Eng. 
for lack of an equivalent particle, 
but its force must be rendered by 
a suitable arrangement of words, 
or inflection of voice. It never 
stands at the beginning of a 
clause. 

Ιραβζω, aor. άράβησε (άραβοζ) : 
ring, of the armor of falling war- 
riors. 

Άραιθνρεη: thought to be the later 

rhlius near Corinth, Β 571. 
άραως 8 : (thin), delicate, tender, of 

Aphrodite's hand. 
άράομαί, impf. ηρατο, aor. ηρησατο 

{αρά praijer) : pray, 
αραρίσκω, aor. partic. αρσαντε?, aor. 
ind. yjpape, perf. partic. άρηρως 
and άραρνΐα, plpf. άρηραν', join, 
ft, suit; perf. and plpf. are -in- 
trans., am ftted, suited, ζωστηρ 



άρηρως a toell-ftting girdle, ο οι 
τταλάμηφίν άρηραν which was 
suited to his hands. 
άργαλεος : grievous, terrible, difficult. 
'Apyeto? (^kpyos;) 3 : Argive. "Ή,ρη 
'Apyeiyy, Δ 8, since Hera was the 
patron goddess of Argos, Άργείη 
ΈλΙνη since Helen's true home 
was in Peloponnesus. As subst., 
*Apyetot the Ar gives, men of Argos 
in the broader sense; used like 
^ΑχαίΟί and Δαναοί', of all the 
Greeks. Metrical convenience 
often determined the choice be- 
tween these three words. Homer 
had no one word for Greeks as 
distinct from barbarians. 

*ΑρΎ€Ϊφόντης : a freq. epith. of 
Hermes. Its derivation is uncer- 
tain. It is best rendered as a 
proper name. 
άργεννός (αργός) 3: lustrous, with 
ichite sheen, white. 

άργης, -ητος : ichite, glistening. 

dpytvo-cts, -εντός : chalky. 

"Αρ-γυσσα : a Thessalian town, 
Β 738. 

"Apyos, -COS : Argos. (1) Capital of 
Argolis, seat of Diomed, Β 559. 
(2) Peloponnesus (''Apyos *Αχαι- 
LKOv, I 111), A 30. (3) Thessaly 
(ΐίελασγικον "Αργός), Β 681. In 
Ζ 456, "Αργός seems to be used 
for all Greece, just as *Apye?oi is 
used for Greeks. 

"Αργοσ-Βε: to Argos, Β 348. 

apyo? : (1) swift, (2) white. 

άργνρεος (άργυρος) 3: of silver^ 
silver. 

άργνρο-Βίνης : with silver eddies, 
silver-eddying. 

άργνρό-ηλος '. silver-studded, studded 
with silver nails, of a sword hilt. 

apyvpo-Tre^a : silver footed, i.e. with 
beautiful white feet. Epith. oi 



FIKST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



17 



Thetis. Cf. 'Thetis* tinsel-slip- 
per'd feet/ Milton Comu?, 877. 

αργυροί : silver. 

apyvpo-Toios : silver-bowed, bearer of 
the silver bow. Epith. of Apollo. 

apuwv, apeLov: comp. of άγα^ό? 
good, brave, mighty. Cf. apLaros. 

αρέσκω, f ut. άρεσσόμεθα : atone for, 
satisfy, make right. 

Άρετάων, -όνος: Trojan slain by 
Teucer, Ζ 31. 

άρη-γω, f ut. άρήζαν, aor. αρη^αι : aid, 
defend. 

άρηγών, -6vo<s : helper, defender. 

άρηίο<; : (pertaining to Ares), of war, 
warlike, martial, brave. 

άρηί-φιλος : dear to Ares. 

* Κρήνη : town under Nestor's rule, 
Β 591. 

άρηρειν plpf•, άρηρότος perf. par tic. : 
of άραρίσκω ft, suit. 

'Άρη<i,gen.'Άpcos,da.t.'Άρeϊ,ov'ΆpηL, 
ace. "Αρηα, voc. "Αρες or 'Apes : 
Ares, Mars, son of Zeus and 
Hera. God of war, but not one 
of the most powerful divinities. 
"EpLs (Strife) is his sister ; Aet/Aos 
(Terror) and Φόβος (Flight) are 
his attendants, Δ 440 f. His 
home is in Thrace. He is on the 
side of the Trojans in the action 
of the Iliad. His name is freq. 
used for battle, war, fury of war. 

ιρητήρ, -ηρος (αράομχχι) : 
(one who prays), priest. 

άρί-ζηλος : very clear, dis- 
tinct. 

άρίθμεω, aor. pass. inf. 
άρίθμηθημεναί ( αριθμός) : 
count, enumerate, number. 

Apt/tot : a people in Cilicia, 
v/hereTypheus lay bound 
beneath the earth, Β 783. 

άρι-πρεττης, -εος : distinguished, pre- 
eminent. 



* Αρίσβη, town in the Troad, not 

far from Abydus, Β 836. 

*Αρίσβη-θεν: from Arisbe, Β 838. 

αριστερός : left (hand) . επ αρισ- 
τερά to the left, on the left. 

άριστενς, -ηος : chief, prince. 

αριστεύω, iterat. impf. άριστενεσκε: 
am chief, am first, am brave in 
battle. 

άριστος 3 : sup. of άτ/αθός good, 
strong, mighty, brave. Cf άρείων. 

ΆρκαΒίη: Arcadia, in the middle 
of Pelopoimesus, Β 603. 

* Αρκάς, -άδο9 : Arcadian, Β 611. 

Άρκεσί-λάος (Defender of the peo- 
ple) : Boeotian leader, Β 495, 
slain by Hector, Ο 329. 

άρκεω, aor. ηρκεσε : protect, ward off, 
Ζ 16. 

άρκιος : appointed, fated, sure, Β 393. 

"Αρμα, -ατός: Boeotian town near 
Mycalessus, Β 499. 

άρμα, -ατός : chariot, esp. chariot of 
war. It was low and light, en- 
tered from behind, with a curved 
rim (άντνζ) in front and on the 
sides, with standing-room for 
two persons, the driver and the 
fighter. It was drawn gener- 
ally by two horses, sometimes 
by three. The pi. is freq. used 
like the sing. Cf Βίφρος, οχος, 
οχεα. 




JX ο.ρμα. 

άρματο-πηγός (ττήγνυμι) : chariot- 
maker, Δ 485. 



18 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



αρμόζω, aor. ηρμοσε: fit, suit to. 
ηρμοσε αντω he fitted it to him- 
self. 

ΆρμονίΒης, -εω : son of Harmon 
(Joiner), Tecton, a skilful Trojan 
artisan who built the ships that 
carried Paris to Greece, Ε 60 ff. 

apva (ace. sing.), dual apv€, gen. pi. 
άρνών : lamb. 

apveios : ram. 

"Αρνη : Boeotian town, Β 507. 

άρννμαι, aor. opt. a/ooio : strive to 
win, gain. 

apovpa (άρόω) : ploughed field, corn- 
field, land, earth. 

αρπάζω, aor. partic. άρπαγας : seize, 
carry off. 

α-ρρηκτος (ρηγννμι) : (unbroken), 
unwearied, untiring. 

apaavTe<s : aor. partic. of άραρίσκω 
fit, suit. 

άρτεμης, -ές : sound, unharmed. 

"Αρτεμις, -tSos : Artemis, Diana, 
daughter of Zeus and Leto, and 
twin sister of Apollo. Like her 
brother, she is on the side of the 
Trojans. Like him she bears a 
bow, and she is his counterpart 
in several respects, sending quiet 
death to women, as he does to 
men. 

άρτιος : well-fitting, harmonious, 
άρτια -βΒη " was of one mind." 

άρτννω, impf. ηρτννετο: prepare, 
foi'm. 

άρχί-κακος : beginning-calamity, lohich 
began the trouble, Ε 63. 

Αρχε-λοχος {Leader of cohort) : a 
Trojan, son of An tenor, Β 823, 
slain by Ajax, Η 463 fE. 

αρχενω : lead, cojnmand. 

άρχη: beginning. 

άρχος : leader, chief. 

άρχω, aor. subjv. άρζωσι, aor. opt. 
αρ$ειαν; lead the way, command, 



rule, begin. Freq. with gen., 
sometimes with dat. of interest. 

άρωγη (άρηγω) : help, protection. 

αρωγός : helper (εττι φεν^εσσι to 
liars) . 

ασαι : aoi'. inf. of άω sate. 

α-σβεστος (σβεννυμι) 3 : (unquench- 
able), ceaseless. 

ασθμαίνω ( άσθμα) : breathe hard, 
gasp. 

'Ασίνη : town in Argolis, Β 560. 

-Ασιος: prominent leader of Trojan 
allies, Β 837. 

-Ασιο9 : adj. Asian, Β 461. 

*Ασκάλαφος : leader of Orchomeni- 
ans, son of Ares, Β 512. 

Άσκανίη : district in Bithynia, 
Β 863. 

Άσκάνιος: leader of Trojan allies 
from Ascania, Β 862. 

άσκεω, impf. ησκειν, aor. partic. 
άσκησας : prepare. 

ΆσκλψΓΐά8ης : son of Asclepius, 
Machaon, a skilled surgeon, 
Δ 204. 

'Ασκλϊ/7Γΐο9 : A sclepius, Aescula- 
pius, Β 731. Homer does not 
know him as a divinity, but as a 
hero skilled in surgery and the 
use of herbs. 

ασκός : leathern bottle for wine. 

άστταίρω : gasp. 

άσττερχες : adv. violently, eagerly. 

ά-σττετος : unspeakable, indescribably 
great, vast. 

άστΓΐΒιώτης : shield-bearing, equiv. 
to άσπίστης. 

άσττίς, -ίΒος : shield ; the general 
word, for both the large oval 
shield (άμφιβρότη, Β 389), and 
a smaller round shield (εν κν κλος, 
Ε 797). It was made of several 
layers of ox-hide, with generally 
an outer layer of bronze. It was 
supported by a strap which passed 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



19 



over the shoulder, and was held 
by the left hand. 

άσπυστής : shield-bearing man, war- 
rior. Cf. αίχμητής. 

ΑσττληΒών, -όνος : Orchoinenian 
town, Β 511. 

ασσα : Epic for α τίνα, from ος τις. 

άσσοι/: adv. nearer, coinp. of αγχι. 
ασσον cl/xt approach. 

ασταχυς, -vo<s : ear of (/rain, Β 148. 

ά-στεμφης, -es: unshaken, firm,li'6^^. 

άστ€/χφε? : adv. still, Γ 219. 

Άστ€ριον: Thessalian town, Β 735. 

aaTepo-€L<;, -evTO<s {αστήρ) : starry, 
Δ 44. 

άστεροττητης : hurler of the lightning, 
god of the lightning. Epith. of 
Zens. 

αστήρ, -ipos : star, άστηρ οττωρίνόζ 
Sirius, the dog-star. 

αστ ράπτω : lighten, send lightning. 

άστυ, εο<ζ (ράστν ) : city, walled town 
(as made up of dwellings) ; while 
ττόλις is the city as the ' county- 
seat,' the central point of the 
territory. 

*Αστυαλος : a Trojan, Ζ 29. 

*Αστυ-άνα$, -ακτος {Lord of the city) : 
Astyanax, name given by the 
Trojans to Hector's son Scaman- 
drius, because of Hector's protec- 
tion of the city, Ζ 403, X 506. 
Cf. Telemachus (son of Odysseus), 
Neoptolemus (son of Achilles). 

Άστυι/οος : a Trojan, Ε 144. 

Άστυόχαα (Ιχω): mother of Tle- 
poleinus by Heracles, Β 658. 

'Κστνόχη: mother of Ascalaphus 
by Ares, Β 513. 

άσ;((χλάω, pres. inf. ασγαΧάχιν'. am 
impatient, vexed. 

-ΑσωτΓος : Boeotian river, Δ 383. 

ατάλαντος : like, equal. 

άταλά-φρων, -όνος {φρην) : merry- 
hearted, Ζ 400. 



άτάρ (αΰτάρ) : hut, yet, lohile. It 
always stands at the beginning 
of its clause (often correl. with 
/λ€ν), and often marks a distinct 
contrast with the preceding situ- 
ation. Freq. however the con- 
trast is slight, when ατάρ means 
and or and then, rather than hut. 
It is somewhat more emphatic 
than δε, since it has a more promi- 
nent position. 

ά-τάρβητος (ταρβεω) : fearless, un- 
daunted, Γ 63. 

άταρτηρός : harsh, angry, A 223. 

άτασθαλίη (άτη) : always pi., blind 
infatuation, wickedness. 

ά-Τ€ίρης, -ες (τείρω) : unwearied, un- 
yielding, frm. 

α-τε\εστο<; (τίΧος) : unaccomplished, 
unfulfilled, fruitless. 

ά-τελεντητος (τελευτάω) : unaccom- 
plished. 

ατερ : adv. with gen., without, apart 
from. 

ά-τερτΓος (τερττω) : cheerless. Ms. 
reading in Ζ 285. 

ατη (άράτη, άάω) : blind infatuation^ 
ruin. 

ά-τΐμάζω, aor. 7;τΐ/χασεν and ά-τί/χάω, 
aor. ήτίμησεν (τϊμη) : hold in low 
esteem, slight. 

α-τίμος, sup. άτίμοτάτη : unhonored, 
slighted. 

άτιτάλλω : cherish, rear, feed (of 
horses). 

ατός (contracted from άατος) : in- 
satiate, with gen. 

*Ατρεί8ης and ^Ατρειων, -ωνος : son 
of Atreiis. Epith. of Agamem- 
non and Menelaus (*Ατρ€ΐιδαι) . 
When without special qualifica- 
tion, it generally refers to Agar 
memnon. 

άτρεκες : adv. truly, really. 

άτρεκεω<ζ : adv. truly, exactly. 



20 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



ά-τρψας (τρίμω) : adv. still, motion- 
less. 
\ *Ατρ€νς, -€09 : Λ treus, son of Pelops, 
\ father of Agamemnon and Mene- 

laus, B105f. 

ά-τρομος (τρίμοί) : (without trem 
Ming), fearless. 

άτρνγ€τος: restless. Epith. of the 
sea and the aether. (Of uncer- 
tain derivation and meaning ; 
some editors take it as barren.) 

άτρϋτωνη : unwearied, invincible. 
Epith. of Athena. 

άτνζομαι, aor. partic. ατνχθύ^; : am 
confused, am frightened. 

^ΑτνμνίάΒης: son of Atymnius, Μγ- 
don, Ε 581. 

αυ: adv. again, atiew, on the other 
hand, but now (forming a tran- 
sition). 

Avyctat pi.: (l)Laced8emonian town, 
Β 583. (2) Locrian town, Β 532. 

αιτγη : gleam, brightness. 

ΑνγψάΒψ : son of Augeas, Agasthe- 
nes, Β 624. 

αυδάω, 3d pers. impf. ην8α, iterative 
aor. ανΒησασκε (αυδτ;) : speak, τό- 
σον ανΒησασκε shouted so loud (of 
Stentor), Ε 786. 

αν8ή : voice. 

ανερνω, aor. avepvaav (ανά, ρερνω, 
αν ρερνω, άρρερνω) : draw up. 

ανθί : adv. right there, there, here. 

αυλή : courtyard, court (situated 
before the house ; the πρόθνρον 
and αίθουσα lead from it into the 
house) ; fann yard. 

Αΰλις, -ιδος : Aulis, a Boeotian har- 
bor on the Euripus (opposite 
Chalcis in Euboea) where the 
Achaean forces gathered in order 
to set sail together for Troy, 
Β 303 ff., 496. 

αύλ-ώπΐ9, -ιδος (αυλό?, ωψ) : with 
high reed. Epith. of a helmet, 



with high reed-like standard for 
the crest. (Or, with holes in the 
visor for the eyes.) See κόρνς. 

αυτά/3 (αυτέ, ap) : on the other hand, 
but, yet. Equiv. to άτάρ. 

av-Tc: conj. again, anew, but; in 
general equiv. to αυ. 

άντη : shout, battle-cry. 

αντ-ημαρ : the same day, that very day. 

αντίκα (αυτός) : adv. at once, straight- 
way. 

avTLs (αυ) : adv. again, a second 
time, afterwards, back again. 

αντόθι (αυτό?) : adv. right there. Cf 
άνθι. 

αυτο-κασίγνητος : own brother. 

αντό-ματος : of (his) oivn accord. 

αυτό?, αντη, αυτό: intensive pron., 
self, generally of the 3d pers., 
himself, herself; rarely used of 
things. It is intensive not merely 
in the nom. and when associated 
with a noun or pers. pron., as in 
Attic, but also when standing 
alone in the oblique cases ; some- 
times, however, the intensive idea 
(of contrast) is not easily ex- 
pressed in Eng. αυτός contrasts 
the man with his associates, his 
adversaries, his horses, his weap- 
ons, his soul (A 4), etc. It allows 
of a large variety of translations; 
e.g. in person, alone (by himself), 
of free will, την αντην oSov is 
equiv. to Attic ταντϊ^ν την αντην 
όδόν, ωύτό? is equiv. to οντος 6 
αυτός. In the gen. it is some- 
times in agreement with the gen. 
implied in a possessive pron., e.g. 
ίμον avTov κλίος (since έμόν is 
equiv. to εμον), τα σ αντης έργα 
(since σά is equiv. to σον). 

αυτού (strictly local gen. of αυτός) : 
adv. in the same place, right there, 
right here. Cf. άνθι, αυτόθι. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



21 



Αντο-φόνος : a Theban, Δ 395. 
αυτως (αυτός): adv. m the same way. 

The connection alone decides the 

exact meaning. A large variety 

of translations is required; e.g. 

as I am, without occasion, wholly, 

vainly, mere, 
ανχην, -ίνοζ : neck. 
ανω, aor. rjvae and ανσεν : shout. 
άφ -atpeo/jtttt : see άττο-αιρεο/χαι take 

away. 
άφ-αμαρτάνω, aor. partic. άφαμαρ- 

τούσγ] : lose, am bereft. 
άφ•αμαρτο-€πης, -C9 (Ιττος) : erring 

in speech, uttering idle words, 

Γ 215. 
α-φαντος (φαίνω) : unseen, out of 

sight, destroyed. 
αφαρ: adv. straightway. 
άφάω, pres. partic. άφόωντα (ατττο- 

μαι, αφη) : handle, 
αφ-ύη: aor. opt. of α.φίημ.ι (send 

off), hurl, 
αφ-ίλοντο ; aor. of αποαίρίομαι take 

away, 
αφίνος, -€os : plenty, wealth. 
άφ-Ιστατε : stand aloof, perf . of αφί- 

στημι set at a distance. 
άφ-ησω : f ut. of άφίημί send away, 
α-φθιτοζ (φθίνω): imperishable, in- 
destructible, 
αφ-ίημι, f ut. αφήσω, aor. opt. αφύη : 

send off, hurl, 
αφ-ικανω : come, as perf. am come, 
αφ-ίστημι, aor. άττίστη, perf. άφί- 

στατί : set at a distance ; aor and 

perf. intrans., stand at a distance, 

stand aloof. 
άφν€ΐό<: (αφενός): rich, wealthy, 

abounding (with gen. of fulness). 
αφ-ορμάομαι, aor. opt. pass, αφορμή- 

θάίν: set out. 
άφόωντα : partic. of άφάω handle. 
ά-φραδ£ως: thoughtlessly, inconsider- 
ately» 



α-φρα^υη'. thoughtlessness, folly, igno- 
rance. 

ά-φραίνω (φρην): am a fool, αφραί- 
νοντα playing the fool. 

* Αφροδίτη : Aphrodite, Venus, 
daughter of Zeus and Dione, 
Ε 348, 370 f., wife of Hephaestus, 
goddess of beauty and love. She 
led Helen to follow Paris to Troy, 
and she favored the Trojans in 
their conflicts. Γ 380 ff., Φ 416 ff. 

αφρός : foam. 

α-φρων, -όνος (φρήν) : simpleton. 

ά-φνλλος (φνλλον) : leaf ess, Β 425. 

άφνσσω, int., αφυ^αν: draw (water 
or wine), collect, heap up (wealth). 

Άχααάδες, -άδων pi. : adj. as subst 
Achaean women. 

Άναιις, -ιδος : Achaean, Achaea. 
'Α;(αΐ6'δες Achaean women (con- 
temptuously used of the men). 

'Αχαιός : Achaean; pi. the Achaeans. 
The most powerful race of the 
Greeks at the time of the Trojan 
war. Phthiotis (in Thessaly) 
was one of their principal seats. 
Homer often uses this name for 
all the Greeks. Their epithets 
are ίνκνημίΒες (well-greaved), κάρη 
κομόωντες (long-haired), -χαΚκοχί- 
τωνες (bronze-clad) . 

άχευω or αχίω (αχός) : grieve, sor- 
row, am troubled (θνμόν in heart). 

άχθομαι (άχθος) : am burdened, dis- 
tressed. 

Άχιλλευς or *Αχιλ€υς, -ηος : son of 
Peleus and Thetis, leader of the 
Myrmidons and Hellenes in Thes- 
saly, the mightiest warrior before 
Troy, the principal hero of the 
Iliad. During the siege he had 
captured 12 Trojan cities on the 
coast, and 11 in the interior, 
I 328 ff. Among his prizes was 
the youthful Briseis whom Aga• 



22 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



memnon unjustly takes from 
him. This act of the king leads 
to the μηνις of Achilles, who with- 
draws from the conflict and does 
not return to it until the death 
of his comrade Patroclus (in Π). 
In the Nineteenth Book of the 
Iliadf Achilles is reconciled to 
Agamemnon and prepares for bat- 
tle with the Trojans, He slays 
Hector in the Twenty-second 
Book, and ill-treats the corpse, 
but finally gives Hector's body 
back to the aged Priam (in Ω). 

άχλνς, -νος : mist. 

άχνη : foam (of the sea), chajf (of 
grain). 

άχννμαί : grieve, am troubled. Cf. 
άκαχίζω, άχευω. 

άχος, -eos : grief, sadness. 

ά-χρεΐον: neut. adv., α /m/ess. άχρ^ΐον 
ΐΒών looking silly, casting a fool- 
ish look. 

άχρίζ : adv. completely, wholly. 

άχνρμίη {άχνρον) : place where the 
cha^" falls as it is winnowed; loose- 
ly, heap of chaff. 

άφ : adv. back, back again, backward. 

άψίς, -ιδο? (απτω) : mesh. 

άψ-ορροζ (ορννμί) '. adj. returning, 
back. 

αω, aor. ασαι : sate. 

άωρτο : hung, plpf . of aeip<o lifi. 

B. 

βάζίύ : speaky say. 

βαθνς, ^α^εια, βαθύ, fern. gen. βα- 

θέψ or βαθίίψ : deep, deep-bayed, 

extended, high (of standing grain). 
βαθν-σχοίνος : reedy, bearing tall 

reeds. Epith. of the Asopus, 

Δ 383. 
βαίνω, fut. βησομαί, aor. trans. 

βησε, aor. mid. βησ€το, aor. in- 



trans. €βψ, perf. 3d pers. pi. 
βεβάασι, plpf. {1)βφηκίΐ{ν) : go, 
come, walk; 1st aor. act., cause to 
go ; 2d aor. act., inceptive, set out. 
βζβώχσι ivLavTOL years have passed; 
Ιβαν φψονσαι {set out carrying), 
carried away, cf (Μ,χεσθαι ττροφζ- 
ρονσα. 

βάλλω, aor. (€)βαλον, aor. mid. as ; 
pass, βλητο, perf. βίβληται, plpf. 
βεβληκαν: throw, hurl, shoot, hit 
with a missile, βαλετψ iv χερ- 
σίν laid in the arms, βάλε κνκλα 
placed the wheels, φιλότητα βάΧω- 
μεν shall we make friendship, εν\ 
φρεσΐ βάλλεο receive in thy mind, 
take to heart. 

βάν: for εβαν [Attic εβησαν"], set 
out, aor. of βαίνω go. 

βαρβαρό-φωνος (φωνή) : rough- 
voiced, with reference to the 
harshness of the Carian dialect. 
The word βάρβαρος for 'non- 
Greek,* 'foreigner,' is not found 
in Homer, just as the poet has no 
one word for ' all Greece.' Β 867. 

βαρύνω (βαρνς) : weigh down, op- 
press. 

βαρύς, βαρεία, βαρύ : heavy, mighty, 
grievous, βαρν στενάχων groan- 
ing heavily. 

βας : aor. partic. of βαίνω go. 

βασιλεύς, -ηος : king, prince. This 
title is applied more freely than 
ανα^. 

βασιλεύω, fut. βασιλευσομεν : am 
king (queen), reign. 

βασιλψς, -ί8ος : pertaining to the 
king, royal, Ζ 193. 

βασκω (βαίνω) : go. 

βάτψ [εβητψΊ '. aor. dual of βαίνω 
go. 

Βατίεια (βάτος): ThornhilU a hill 
near Troy, before the Scaean gate, 
Β 813. 



^ 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



23 



βεβάάσι perf., βφ-ήκειν plpf.: of 
βαίνω go. 

βίβληαι, βίβληται: perf. pass, of 
βάλλω hit. 

βεβρωθω (βίβρωσκω) : eat, devour, 
Δ 35. 

Βελλεροφόντης : son of Glaucus, 
grandson of Sisypliiis. His 
story is rehearsed at length, 
Ζ 153-201. 

βέλος, -€os (βάλλω) : missile, arrow. 

βενθος, -εος (βαθνς) : depth. 

βη [εβ-η^, βησετο [εβησατο], βψ 
σομεν [^βησωμεν], β-ηω [/3ώ] : aor. 
of βαίνω go. 

βηλός : threshold. 

Β^σσα : Locrian town, Β 532. 

βησσα: glen, ravine. 

Βίας, -αντοζ : a lieutenant of Nes- 
tor, Δ 296. 

βίβημι (βαίνω) : go. μακρά βι- 
βάντα with long strides. 

βίηΐ might, strength; pi. deeds of 
violence, violence. Freq. in periph- 
rasis (cf. μένος, σθένος, κηρ) ; 
ΤΙριάμοίο βίη the might of Priam, 
the mighty Priam, βίη ^ϊίρακληείη 
the mighty Heracles. 

βίη-φιν: old locat., in might, 

βως : hoio. 

βίοτος (βίος) : life, means of life, 
wealth. 

βλάτΓτω, aor."^ pass, partic. βλαφ- 
θεντε : weaken, hinder, hold back. 

βλημενος, )8λ^σ^αι, βλητο : aor. 
raid, as pass, of βάλλω hit. 

βλώσκω, aor. partic. μολονσα: go. 

Boayptos : a stream in eastern Lo- 
cris, emptying into the sea oppo- 
site the northwest corner of 
Euboea, Β 533. 

βοαω, pres. partic. βοόωντες (βοη) : 
shout, cry aloud. 

βοείη(βονς): ox-hide, shield of ox- 
hide (sc. aoTTts). 



βόειος : of cattle, νενρα ySoeta ox- 
sinews, how-string . 

βοη: shout, outcry. βοην άγαμος 
good at the war-cry, valiant in war 
(esp. of Menelaus and Diomed). 

Βοίβη: in Thessaly, not far from 
Pherae, on the lake to which it 
gives its name, Β 712. 

Έοίβηίς, -ί8ος : ΈοιβηΙς λίμνη Boe- 
bean lake, Β 711. 

Βοιωτοί': the Boeotians, Β 494, 510, 
Ε 710. 

βοόωντες : partic. of βοάω shout. 

Βορεης, gen. Βορεαο: Boreas, north 
wind. (See άνεμος.) 

βόσκω: pasture, feed. 

βοτρνΒόν (βότρυς) : adv. in clusters 
like grapes, of swarms of bees, 
Β 89. 

βουβών, -ωνος : groin, Δ 492. 

βονκολεω (βονκόλος) : tend cattle» 

Βουκολίων, -ωνος : eldest son of 
Laomedon, Ζ 22. 

βουλευτής : councillor, member of 
the βουλή, Ζ 114. 

βουλευω, int. βουλευσομεν, aor. βου- 
λευσατο (βουλή) : advise, counsel; 
mid. deliberate, plan. 

βουλή: advice, counsel, plan, will, 
purpose ; council, composed of 
•γέροντες elders. 

βουλη-φόρος: counsel-giver, council- 
lor. Kpith. of princes. 

βούλομαι (βουλή, vol θ) : wish, 
will, prefer. Because of its com- 
parative idea, it is sometimes 
followed by η, like βουλομαΐ 
μάλλον. 

βου-7Γλη$, -η•γος : ox-goad, whip, 
Ζ 135. 

Βουττράσων : ancient town in north- 
ern Elis, Β G15. 

βοΰς, gen. βοός, nom. pi. βόες, dat. 
pi. βόεσσι or /3οί5σι, ace. pi. βόας 
or βονς: ox, cow; pi. cattle. 



24 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



βο-ωπις^ -ιΒος (βονς, ωφ) : (ox-eyed) ^ 
large eyed. Epith. esp. of Hera, 
βοωπις πότνια''Ή.ρη. 

βράχο) : roar γ grate loudly. 

βρέμω, πι id. βρίμομαι: roar, με- 
γάλα βρίμα roars loudly. 

βρεχμόζ : forehead, Ε 586. 

Βριάρεως: a hundred-armed giant, 
called Briareiis by tlie gods, but 
Αιγαίων by men, A 403. 

βρίζω (βρίθω) : am sluggish, inac- 
tive, Δ 223. 

βρϊθοσννη : weight, burden, load. 

βρίθυς, -eia, -υ : heavy. 

ΒρΙσενς, -rjos : father of Brise'is, 
A 392. 

^ρϊσηίς, -iSos : daughter of Briseus, 
a beloved captive of Achilles, 
from whom she was taken un- 
justly by Agamemnon. She was 
returned to Achilles after the 
reconciliation, in the Nineteenth 
Book of the Iliad. A 184, 336 ; 
Β 689, Τ 245 f ., 282 ff. 

βροτό-ας, -εντός (βρότος) : bloody, 
gory. 

βροτο-λοιγός (βροτός) : man-destroy- 
ing. Epith. of Ares. 

βροτός (μρο-τος mors) : mortal, 
both as adj. and subst. 

'Βρνσειαί pi. : a Lacedaemonian 
town, Β 583. 

βωμός (βαίνω) : (base), altar. 

Βωρος : a Trojan ally, Ε 44. 

βωτί-άνειρα: men- (hero-) nourishing. 
Epith. of Phthia, A 155. 



Γ. 

γαΓα : earth, land, ground. Opposed 
sometimes to the heavens, some- 
times to water. Equiv. to γ^, 
αΓα. 

γαιω: rejoice, exult. 

γάλα, gen. γάλακτος (lac): milk. 



γαλόως, dat. γαλοω: husband^ s sis- 
ter. 

γαμβρός (γάμος) '. connection by 
marriage, daughter's husband, sis- 
ter's husband. 

γάμος : marriage. 

Τανν-μη8ης, -εος (Glad-hearted) (μψ 
Βος) : Ganymed, son of Tros 
(founder and king of Troy), 
grandson of Dardanus ; because 
of his beauty, carried away by 
the gods to be the cup-bearer of 
Zeus, Ε 266, Υ 232. 

γαρ (γε, άρα) : causal particle, for. 
It often introduces the reason or 
explanation of something that is 
merely implied. Sometimes it 
seems to retain the force of the 
two particles of which it is com- 
posed, and cannot be translated 
by for^ but * marks a statement 
as certain and incontestable.' 

γαστηρ, -ερος : belly, stomach, womb. 

γε : an enclitic particle, which gives 
prominence to the foregoing word 
or to its whole clause. Some- 
times it can be translated at least, 
but this phrase is much heavier 
and clumsier than γε. Gener- 
ally its force must be given by 
inflection of voice, or by arrange- 
ment of words. In several cases, 
γ* was wrongly inserted by the 
copyists, after some other conso- 
nant had been lost. 

γεγαώτας : perf . partic. of γίγνομαί 
am born. 

γείνομαί, aor. εγείναο: am born; aor. 
begot, bore. 

γελάω, aor. εγελασσε, aoi. partic. 
γελάσασα (γελάς): laugh; slot, fell 
to laughing, burst into a laugh. 

γελοίως : laughable, what would raise 
a laugh, 6215. 

γελως (or γελάς) : laughter. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



25 



ycveij (y€Vos) and γεν^θλη: race, 
generation, breed (of horses), ye- 
verj in age. γενίθλη apyvpov 
fatherland of silver. 

γενέσθαι, yivero : aor. of γίγνομαι, 
become, am born. 

γενναίος (yivo<s): suited to (my) birth, 
in (my) nature. 

yevos, -cos : race, family, birth, de- 
scent, γένει νστερος later by birth, 
younger. 

γεραιός {γηρα<ζ) 3: old, full of years ; 
subst. old man, aged man. γεραιαί 
matrons. 

γερανός : crane. 

γεραρός (γέρας) : stately, Γ 170. 

γεραρώτερος : more stately, Γ 211. 

γέρας, pi. γέρα : prize of honor. 
Booty taken on marauding expe- 
ditions was the common prop- 
erty of the army only after the 
several prizes of honor had been 
distributed to the chiefs. These 
prizes were sometimes selected 
by the leaders themselves, but 
are often spoken of as gifts of 
the people. Doubtless they were 
distributed by the general, with 
the approval of the army. 

Τερηνιος: Geranian. Epith. of Nes- 
tor, prob. from a Messenian 
town or district. 

γερουσίας: of the elders (γέροντες). 
Epithet of special wine broached 
at the * aldermanic ' dinners. 

γεροίν, -οντάς, voc. γερον •' old, aged 
man. ol γέροντες elders of the 
people, the nobles, who without 
regard to age formed a βονλη or 
council ; cf. the Spartan γερου- 
σία, s e η a t u s, aldermen . 

γεφϋραί pi. : (bridges), dikes. Figur. 
πόλεμοίο γεφυραι bridges of war, 
i.e. the lanes between the two 
opposing lines of combatants. 



(Or, ace. to others, the open 
spaces between the different 
divisions of the same army.) 

γη : contracted from γαία (γεα) 
earth. 

γηθεω, aor. γηθησεν: rejoice, am glad, 

γηθόσννος 'i : glad. 

γήρας, -αος : old age. 

γηράσκω (γήρας) : grow old, 

γηρνς : voice, cry, Δ 437. 

γίγνομχΐί, aor. (ε)γενοντο, perf. γε• 
γάασι (γένος) : come into existence., 
am born, become, arise, irpo όδου 
εγενοντο came forward (ττρό) on 
their march. 

γιγνώσκω, fut. γνωσεαι, aor. εγνω or 
γνώ : recognize, perceive, learns 
know. 

γλάγος, -εος (γάλα) : milk. 

Γλαύκος : Glaucus. (1) Son of 
Sisyphus, father of Bellerophon. 
(2) Grandson of Bellerophon, 
brave leader of the Lycians, 
Β 876, Ζ 150 fE. 

γλαυκ-ώπίς, -ιδος (γλαυκός, ώ«/') ; 
bright-eyed, gleaming-eyed. Epith. 
of Athena, as the fierce-eyed god- 
dess of war. Homer does not 
mention the γλαυ^ owl. 

Τλαφνραί : Thessalian town, Β 712. 

γλαφυρός 3 : hollow. 

Γλίσας, -αντος : Boeotian town, near 
Thebes, Β 504. 

γλουτός : buttock. 

γλυκύς, -cia, -ΰ, comp. γλυκίων: sweet. 

γλυφίς, -ίδος : notch in the arrow; 
one notch for the string, others 
(around the arrow) to secure a 
firmer hold for the fingers. 

γλώσσα: tongue; language. 

γνοίην : aor. opt. of γιγνώσκω know. 

γνύζ (γόνυ) : on the knee, γνυζ εριττε 
fell upon his knee. 

γνώ aor. ind., γνω and γνώακτιν aor. 
subjv., γνωμεναι aor. inf., γνώσεαι 



26 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



f ut. ind. : of -γιγνωσκω know, learn, 
recognize. 

γι/ωτό? (γιγνωσκω) 3 : (Jcnown, ac- 
quaintance), brother. 

γοάω, pres. partic. fern, γοόωσα, 
impf. yoov (γόος) : groan, lament 
with groans. 

Γονόεσσα : Achaean town near Pel- 
lene. 

γόνος (γίγνομχΐί) : offspring, son. 

γόνυ, nom. or ace. pi. γοννατα and 
yovva, gen. pi. γουνών, dat, pi. 
γουνασι (genu) : knee. The 
knees were to the ancients the 
seat of bodily strength, hence 
γοννατ' ελυσεν loosed his knees, 
took away his strength. In en- 
treaties, the suppliant clasped 
the knees of him from whom he 
sought the favor, λαβών ελλισ- 
σετο γουνών clasped his knees and 
besought him. 

γόον : impf. of γοάω lament, Ζ 500. 

•γόος : groan, lame^ation. 

Τόργαος 3 : of the Gorgon, Gorgon's. 

νόρτνς, -vvo<s '. Gortys or Gortyna, 
an important town in Crete, 
Β 646. 

γούνα or γουνατα ace. pi., γοΰνασι 
dat. pi. : of γόνυ knee. 

γοννάζομαι, fut. γουνάσο /mi (γόνυ): 
supplicate, entreat. See γόνυ. 

Γουνεΰς, -rjo<s : leader of the Aenians 
before Troy, Β 748. 

Γραία : a Boeotian town near Oro- 
pus from which the later name 
TpaLKOL (Greeks) is thought to 
be derived, Β 498. 

•γράφω, aor. partic. γράι/'ας : sci^atch, 
cut. γράψας iv ττίνακί cutting on 
a tablet; doubtless this was not 
writing with an alphabet, but a 
pictorial representation of what 
had been done or was to be done. 
•γρηνς, dat. Ύρψ: old woman. 



γυαλον : curved, curved plate of the 
cuirass ; one such plate prob. 
forming the front, and another 
the back of the θώρηζ. (See 
θωρηξ.) 

Τν-γαίη (λίμνη) : the Gygaean lake 
in Lydia near Sardis, and the 
nymph of that lake, Β 865. 

yvLov: (Joint), limb, member (of 
knees, feet, arms, hands), τρό- 
μχ)ς €λλαβ€ γυια trembling seized 
his li?nbs, γνΐα δ' εθηκεν ελαφρά 
made his limbs light. 

γνναι-μχινης, -eos (μχιίνω) : woman- 
mad, of Paris. 

γυντ;, dat. γυναικι', ace. γυναίκα, voc. 
γυναι: woman, icife. 

Τνρτωνη : town of the Lapithae, in 
Pelasgiotis, Β 738. 

yvif/f γΰττός : vulture. 



Δ. 

Βα-ημεναι (aor. inf.), aor. subjv. δαώ- 
μεν : learn ; used as pass, of διδά- 
σκω teach. 

Βά-ηρ, -ίρος : husband's brother. 

δαιδάλεος 3 : cunningly wrought, 
richly ornamented. 

δαιδαλον : cunning work. 

Βαίζω, aor. inf. δαι^αι : re7id, cleave. 

δαι /xovios (δαί/χων) 3 : (one under 
the influence of a divinity), sti^ange 
goddess, sir ! δαι/χόνιε my poor wife 
(or husband). The connection 
must determine the exact force. 

δαι/χων, -ovoq : divinity ; much like 
θεός, but esp. of the gods in rela- 
tion with men. (Never demon.) 

δαινυ/χαι : feast. 

δαις, gen. δαιτός (δαινυ/χαΐ) : feast. 

δαιτρόν: measured portion, Δ 262. 

δαι-φρων, -ovos : fiery-hearted, valiant. 

δαιω, plpf. δεδϊ^ειν: kindle; plpf. 
had blazed forth, was blazing. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



27 



δάκνω, aor. δάκε : lite, figur. sting. 

Βάκρν (lacruma): tear. 

6ακρνό-€ίς, -εσσαΐ tearful, shedding 
tears, bringing tears. 

Βάκρνον: equiv. to δάκρυ, tear, 

δακρυω, aor. δάκρυσα? : weep, shed 
tears ; aor. fell to weeping. 

δά/Λαρ, -άρτος : ivife, spouse. 

Βάμνημ,ί, impf . «δάρ,να, fut. δαρ,α and 
δα/χόωσιν, aor. (€)δάρασσα, aor. 
pass. έΒάμη, aor. subj. pass, δα- 
ρ,ϊ/»;?, perf. pass. ΒεΒμημεσθα, 
plpf. pass, δεδρ,-ί^ατο, aor. partic. 
^μηθίντα : 5rm^ mio subjection, 
subdue, overcome, conquer. 

λανα,οί: the Danaansf strictly de- 
scendants or subjects of king 
Danaiis of Argos. Used for the 
Greeks before Troy like ^Αχαιοί 
and *Apyetot. They are called 
ταχνπωλοί (tvith swift steeds), 

δάττεδον : foor, pavement. 

δάτΓτω, aor. Ιδαι/'εν: devour, tear, 

^αρ8ανί8ψ: sotiofDardanus. Epith. 
esp. of his descendant Priam. 

Δαρδάι /tos 3 and Δάρδανος : Darda- 
nian : pi. the Dardanians, inhabi- 
tants of the country around Troy, 
led by Aeneas, Β 819. They re- 
ceived their name from Dardanus 
(son of Zeus), who was the grand- 
father of Tros (who gave his 
name to Tpotry the Troad) and 
the great-grandfather of Ilus 
(who gave his name to *IAtos), 
Y215ff. 

Δάρτ;?, 'τγτος : Dares, priest of He- 
phaestus, in Troy, Ε 9 ff, 

δασρ,ό? (δαιω, hariopm) '. distribu- 
tion, division, of the spoils, A 166. 

δατ€ορΛΐ, aor. δάσσαντο, perf. pass, 
δεδασται : divide among themselves, 
distribute. 

Δαυλι?, -ιδος: Phocian town, on a 
height east of Delphi, Β 520. 



Βα-φοίνός : all blood-red. 

Βαωμεν: learn, aor. subjv. pass, of 
ΒίΒάσκω teach. 

Be : conj . but, and. Freq. he is 
used in the apodosis of a condi- 
tional or relative clause, — a 
transition to the demonstrative 
construction, or a survival of the 
older and simpler ' paratactic ' or 
* coordinate ' construction. Freq. 
a clause with hi is used where a 
subordinate clause (of cause, con- 
cession, time, etc.) might have 
been used; hence δε may often 
be translated, /o?', though, while. 

-δε: inseparable enclitic particle; 
e.g. ayoprjvhe. to the agora, οίκόι/δε 
to the house, homeward. 

δεγρ,ενος : waiting, aor. of δέχομαι 
receive, expect. 

δε'δασται : perf. of Βατίομαι divide. 

δεδεγρ,ενος : waiting, on the watchy 
perf. partic. of Βίχομαι. 

δε'δε^ο: receive J^in hostile sense), 
perf. imv. of Βέχομαι. 

δεδτ^ειν: was blazing, plpf. of δαιω 
kindle. 

SiSeTO : plpf. pass, of δεω bind. 

8ε8μηατο plpf., ΒεΒμημεσθα perf. : 
were (are) subject, pass, of Βάμνημλ 
subdue. 

ΒεΒμημΙνοι : perf. pass, of δερ,ω build. 

δε'δοται : perf. pass, of δι'δωρ,ι give. 

ΒαΒίχατο: ivere pledging, plpf. mid 
of δεικίΑυρ,ι {extend the hand), 
show. 

ΒείΒημων, -όνος (δει'δω) : fearful^ 
cowardly. 

δειδισσοραι (δειδω) : frighten ; am 
frightened. 

δειδω, aor. (ε)δείσει/, perf. δειδοικα, 
perf. imv. δειδι^ι, perf. partic. 
δειδιστες, plpf. εδειδιρ,ει/ (δ/τειδω, 
δέος) : fear, am afraid. Since 
the stem originally began with 



28 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



often ' long by position * before it. 

Βείκνΰμι, aor. Sei^ev, plpf • Βεώίχατο : 
point out, show; plpf. pledge. 

δειλός 3 : cowardly, worthless, miser- 
able. 

Sci/xa, -ατός (Sco?) : fright, terror. 

^ci/Aos : Terror, attendant of Ares. 
See "Αρης. 

BeLvos (Seos) 3: terrible, fearful,dread. 
BtLvov evevev nodded terribly. 

Βενπνον: dinner; the chief meal of 
the day whenever it was taken, 
whether early or late ; generally 
eaten about noon. Cf. άριστον 
breakfast, Βόρττον supper. 

Βίίρη : neck. 

δεισε: aor. of SeiSwfear. 

δέκα : indeclinable, ten. As a round 
number, Β 489, Δ 347. 

δεκά?, -άδθ5 : decade, squad often. 

SeKaros 3 : tenth. δεκάττ; on the 
tenth day. 

Βεκά-χΙλοί : ten thousand, Ε 860. 

S^KTo : aor. of Βίχομχΐί accept. 

δε/Λας : build, stature, form. 

δε/χω, perf. pass. ΒεΒμημίνοί : build. 

δεΊ/δ/οεοι/: tt^. (δενδρεω is disyllabic.) 

δε'^αι, δε'^ασ^αι: aor. of ΒΙχομχιι re- 
ceive. 

Βίζίη : right-hand (sc. χαρ), pledge. 

δεξιός 3 and Β^ξιτερός 3 : right, on 
the right. 

δ.'ος, -€0<s (Sfios) : fear, dread. 

δε'ττα?, dat. pi. δεπάεσσιν : goblet, 
beaker, cup. Cf. κνττ^λΧον. 

Βίρκομαι : look, see, have sight. 

Βίρμχι, -aros: hide, leather (of a 
shield). 

δερω, aor. έδειραν : βα^. 

δεσ/Αο? (δε'ω) : bond, halter (of a 
horse). 

Bevpo, 8cvρω (Γ 240) : adv. hither. 
Sometimes as an interjection, 
come hither I 



Sevrepov : adv. second, next. 

8ε.ντ€ρος : second, next. 

BtvopxLL '. lack, am in want. 

δένω: moisten, wet. 

ΒΙχομΜ, aor. (ε)δε'^ατο, aor. inf. 
ΒΙχθαί, perf. imv. δε'δε^ο, fut. perf. 
as fut. ΒεΒίξομαι : receive, take, 
accept; await, receive (in hostile 
sense). 

δε'ω, aor. (€)Βησαν, plpf. SeScTo: bind, 
fetter. 

8rj : temporal and determinative 
particle, now, already, at length; 
clearly, just. No Eng. particles 
correspond to many of its uses. 
Freq. with imv. and opt., and 
with other particles, and strength- 
ening the superlative. It stands 
at the beginning of the clause in 
the phrases δή τότε, δή γαρ. It 
forms one syllable (by 'synize- 
sis') with the first syllable of 
αυτέ, αυ, and of ούτως, and sev- 
eral other words. 

δϊ^^ά {Βην) : adv. long, for a long 
time. 

Βηθύνω: delay, tavry. 

Αψκόων, -ωντος : Trojan, killed by 
Agamemnon, Ε 534. 

δι^ιο? (δαιω) : blazing, devouring, de- 
stroying, hostile; pL eneinies. 

Βηωτης, -ητος (δι/ιο?) : strife, con- 
flict. 

Βψόω, impf. B^ovv, aor. ^ubjv. Bjjio- 
σωσιν, aor. pass, par tic. BrjOiOiv- 
των : slay, cut down, destroy. 

Αψττνλος : comrade of Sthenelus, 
Ε 325. 

Βηλίομαι, aor. (ε) δτ^λ-ί^σαντο : harm, 
lay waste. 

^ημητηρ, gen. Αημητρος l Demeter, 
Ceres. 

Βημο-βόρος (βιβρωσκω) : people- 
devouring, '' devouring the goods 
of the people." A 231. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



29 



δί/^ΑΟ-γερων, -ovtos : elder of the peo- 
ple, in Troy. 

Αημοκόων, -ωντο<ς : son of Priam, 
slain by Odysseus, Δ 499. 

Βημος: country, land; people. Βημου 
avSpa man of the people, com- 
mon man, contrasted with ttie 
nobles. 

hrjv (δ/Γτ^ν) : adv. long, for a long 
time, long-lived. 

δϊ/ναιό? (Brjv) : long-lived, Ε 407. 

Srjvos, -eos : pi. thoughts. 

8ϊ)όω: see Βηωω slag, destroy. 

Βηρόν. adv. lotig. Cf. 8ηθά, Βην. 

8ησαν : aor. of δεω biiid. 

8ϊ)ωθ€ντα)ν aor. pass, paitic, 8γ)ωσω- 
σίν aor. subjv. : of 8ηωω slay. 

Δια : ace. of Zev<s. 

δια : fem. of δΐο9 magnificent, divine. 

δια (δυο) : adv. and prep, with gen. 
and ace, between, through, in dif- 
ferent directions, δια κτησιν 8ατί- 
οντο divided (parted) among them 
the property, δια τρίχα κοσμηθ^ντεζ 
divided in three tribes, δια άσττιδος 
through the shield, δια νσ μίνας 
through (by means of) the con- 
flicts, δια ννκτα during the night, 
δια μαντοσννην (on account of), 
by means of his gift of prophecy. 
In composition with verbs, διά 
indicates motion through some- 
thing, completion, separation, re- 
ciprocal relation. 
V δια-^ρυτΓτω, aor. pass, partic. διατ/ου- 
\ φίν : break in pieces, Γ 363. 

δια-κλά^ω, aor. partic, διακλάσσα? : 
break in pieces, Ε 216. 

8ία-κοσμζ(ύ, aor. opt. pass. Βιακοσμη- 
Θίίμζ,ν (κόσμος) : divide and ar- 
range. C/*.' dispone. 

Bia-Kptvo), fut. διακρίνεα, aor. pass. 
Βύκριθίν [Βΐ€.κρίθησαν'], aor. inf. 
pass. Βίακρίνθημεναι : separate, 
arrange in divisions. 



Βίάκτορος : messenger. Freq. epith. 

of Hermes, generally connected 

with άρ'/€ίφόντης. 
δι-α/χάω, aor. διά/χ-τ/σε : {7now through), 

cut through. 
Βία-μ€τρ€ω : measure off ground for 

a combat, Γ 315. 
Βϋα-μετρητός : measured off, Γ 344. 
δι-α/Λπ€/3€5 : adv. through and. thrqugh^ 

completely through, right through. 
Βί-άν-Βίγα : adv. in two ways. 
Βία-τΓ€ρθω, aor. inf. Βίαττέρσαι, aor. 

Βΐίττράθομΐν : sack, lay ivaste. 
Βία-ΤΓορθίω, aor. partic. Βιαττορθησας: 

sack, destroy, Β 691. 
Βια-ττρήσσω: accomplish (go, pass 

through); intrans. advance; with 

gen . ττεδιΌιο on the plain. 
Βιαπρό : adv. forward and through, 

right through. 
Βία-ρραίω, aor. inf. διαρραισαι : tear 

in pieces, rend. 
Βια-σκίΒνημχ : send in different direC" 

tions, scatter. 
Βία-σσενω, plpf • Βύσσντο : rush 

through. 
Bux -στητψ : (stood apart), separated, 

aor. of Βιίστημι separate. . 
Βία-τμηγω, aor. pass. Βύτμαγεν [Bu- 

τμΛ•γησαν~\: (cut through), separate. 
Βια-τρίβω: (wear away), hinder, at- 
tempt to check. 
Βια-τρνφέν : aor. pass, partic. of 

Βιαθρυπτω break in pieces, Γ 363. 
διδάσκω, aor. δίδαμε, aor. pass. ΐΒάην, 

aor. subjv. pass. Βαωμεν: teach, 

instruct. 
ΒίΒνμάων, -όνος (ΒίΒνμος) : ttoin. 
ΒίΒωμι, 3d pi. pres. ΒιΒονσιν, impf. 

διδου, fut. δώσω, aor. (€)δωκ€(ν) 

and δόσαν, 3d sing. aor. subjv. 

δωσ'., 3d pi. aor. subjv. δωσιν or 

δώωσίι/, aor. imv. Βός, aor. inf. 

Βόμεναί, Βόμεν or δούναι, perf . pass. 

δεδοται: give, grant. 



« IIWIVE.R31TY 



30 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



Ste : impf . of Siw/ear. 
δι-€ΐ/οο/Λαι : ask, inquire. 
8ί-€κόσμ.€ον : impf. of Βιχικοσμίω 

arrange in order. 
hi-iKpiOiv [^ΐίκρίθησαν] : aor. pass. 

of διακρίνω separate into tribes. 
Si-e^-e^L, inf. Ste^t/xevat : go forth 

through (the gates), Ζ 393. 
8ι-€ΤΓράθομ€ν : aor. of hunripOw sack. 
δι-€7Γω: perform, accomplish; stride 

thi'ough. 
8ί-ψχομΜ : pass through. 
δι-εσσυτο : plpf • of διασσ€ΰω rush 

through. 
8i-€Tpjayev [διετ/χάγι/σαν] : aor. pass. 

of 8ίατμη-γω separate. 
8ί-€χω, aor. Βύσχε: hold through, 

reach through, pass through. 
Βίζημαί : seek, look for. 
8ί-ζνξ, -νγος (ζΐύγννμι) : two-yoked, 

horses yoked two and two. 
8ι-ίστημί, aor. intrans. Βίαστητην : 

separate. 
διί-φιλος: dear to Zeus, esp. of 

Achilles and Hector, 
δικάζω {8ίκη) : Judge, decide, rule. 

(Cf. the Hebrew Judges, i.e. rulers.) 
δικασ-7Γολθ5 (πελ-) : guardian of 

justice, Judge. 
δϊνευω (βύνη) : stroll, wander, 
^ΐνη-ίίς, -€ντος : eddying. 
δϊνωτός (δινόω) 3 : skilfully turned, 

well-wrought. 
Sto-yeviys, -cos (yeVos ) : sprung from 

Zeus, descended from Zeus, of 

kings and princes, who were 

under the special care of the 

king of the gods. 
Διοκλ^9, -ηο<ζ : son of Orsilochus of 

Pherae in Messenia, Ε 542 ίϊ. 
^ιομηΒης, -cos - Diomed, son of 

Tydeus (who fell in the first 

expedition against Thebes), king 

of Argos, one of the bravest and 

mightiest of the Achaeans before 



Troy. Only Agamemnon and 
Nestor led a larger fleet on the 
expedition. The Fifth Book of 
the Iliad is mainly deA^oted to 
his exploits, in the course of 
which he wounds Aphrodite and 
(aided by Athena) even Ares. 
He returned in safety to Argos 
at the close of the war. He is 
called βοτην άγα^ό? and κρατ€ρό<ζ. 

Αΐον: Euboean town, south of 
Oreus, Β 538. 

δΓθ9, δια, διοϊ/: glorious, divine, god- 
like, noble, without reference to 
moral quality. Freq. epith. of 
Achilles and of Odysseus, having 
convenient metrical adaptation to 
the names of those heroes, allow- 
ing the bucolic diaeresis (at the 
close of the fourth foot). 

8ιο-τρ€φης, -εος (τρέφω) : Zeus- 
nourished, Zeus-cherished, of 
kings, who enjoyed the special 
favor of Zeus. Cf Sioyev^. 

δι-ττλα^, -ακο? : doubled, sc. ^(λαινα 
a cloak so large that it was worn 
double ; opposed to άττλόίς. 

δι-ττλοο? : two-fold, double. 

δι-πτυ^, -νχος : double. 

δίσκος : discus, quoit. The game was 
more like ' putting the shot ' than 
the modern 'pitching quoits.' 

Βίφρος : (1) foot-board of chariot, 
chariot-box, chariot; low, open 
behind, with a rounded rim 
(άντυ^) around the front and 
sides. See άρμα. (2) Stool, low 
seat without a back. 

διω : fear. Cf. δειδω. 

διώκω : pursue. 

Αιωνη : mother of Aphrodite, Ε 370. 

Αίώννσοζ : Dionysus, Bacchus. Son 
of Zeus and Semele, reared by 
nymphs in Thrace. The Thrar 
cian king Lycurgus attacked the 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



31 



nymphs, and Dionysus fled into 
the sea, to Thetis. Ζ 132 Ε, 
Dionysus is mentioned only inci- 
dentally in Homer, and clearly 
has not gained a position among 
the gods of Olympus ; (cf. Ares, 
Demeter, Asclepius). 

Αιωρης, -eos : Epean commander, 
Β 622. 

Βμηθεντα : aor. pass, partic. of δά/χ- 
νημί overcome, subdue. 

8μωη ( ^άμνημι) : female slave, maid. 

8νοπαλίζω: (shake), slay. 

Souv : aor. opt. of διδω/χι give, grant. 

SoLOL, Soiat, Sola, dual δοιώ : two. 

8οκ£ω : seem, appear, 

Βολιχόζ 3 : long. 

Βολιχό-σκως : long-sJiadowy, casting 
long shadows, long. Epith. of the 
lance. 

8ολο-μητης (μητις) : only voc. SoXo- 
μητα, crafty. 

Δολοττίων, -ovos : priest (άρ-ητηρ) of 
the Scamander, Ε 77. 

δόλθ5 : trick, deceit. 

Βολο-φρονίονσα partic. {φρην) : de- 
vising a trick, with crafty mind. 

δο/χεν, δό/Λ€ΐ/α6 [δονναι] : aor. inf. of 
οιδω/Αΐ give. 

86μος (δε/χω) : dwelling, house. 

Βόντες: aor. partic. of διδω/χι give. 

δόρυ, gen. Sovpos, dat. 8ovpt, dual 
Bovpe, pi. δοΰρατα or Sovpa: tim- 
ber, beam, spear. See eyxos. 

δό? imv., δόσαν iiid., δότ€ imv. : aor. 
of διδω/Αΐ give. 

Βούλη : female slave, equiv. to Βμωη. 

SovXiov ημαρ : day of slavery, i.e. 
slavery itself. 

Αονλίχων : Dulichium, island in 
the Ionian sea, southeast of Ith- 
aca, inhabited by Epeans, Β 625. 

Δουλιχιοι/-δ€ : to Dulichium. 

δουλιχό-δειρος ( Βολικό';, 8αρή) : long- 
necked, of swans. 



δου7Γ€ω, aor. Βουττησεν» Βουπησ^ν 

TTcaiuvfell with a thud, 
Βονττος : heavy noise. 
Sovpa, Sovpara, Sovpe, Sovpos : forms 

of δόρυ spear. 
Βονρί-κλατός and Βονρι-κλντός : re- 

noicned with the spear. ■ 
Βράκων, -οντος (δερκο/χαι) : serpent^ 

snake. (Not ' dragon ' though 

this word is derived from it.) 
Αρησο<: : a Trojan, slain by Eurya- 

lus, Ζ 20. 
Αρνας, -αντος : (1) one of the 

Lapithae, A 263. (2) Father 

of the Thracian king Lycurgus, 

Ζ 130. 
Βνμεναι, Bvvai : aor. inf. of δυω, enter, 

set (of the sun). 
Βνναμαι, subjv. Βννηαι, fut. Βννήσο' 

μαι, aor. Βυνησατο : can, am able, 
Βννω : put on. Cf. δυω. 
δυο and δυ'ω : indeclin. two. 
ΒυοκαίΒεκα [δώδεκα]: indeclin. twelve, 
Βνσ- : inseparable particle indicat- 
ing misfortune and pain. 
Βνσ-άης, -€0<s (αημι) : harsh-bloicing. 
Βνσαι (with άττό, put off), Βνσετο 

sank: aor. of δυω. 
Βυσ-ηχης, -€ος (^χος) : harsh-sound- 
ing, ill-sounding, horrisonus. 
Βνσ-κλεηζ, ace. δυσκλεα (kAcos) : 

inglorious. 
Βνσ-μ€νης, -cos (μένος) : evil-minded^ 

hostile ; pi. enemies. 
Ανσ-τταρις : unhappy Paris, hated 

Pai-is. 
Βύστηνοζ : unhappy. 
Βνσ-χζίμ€ρος (χεΐμα) : tointry, storvrty^ 

epith. of Dodona, Β 750. 
δυσ-ώκυ/Λος (όνομα) : (ill-named), 

cursed. 
δυω, fut. δύσω, aor. inf. δί;σαι, aor. 

raid. (€)δϋσ€το, aor. Ιδΰ, perf. 
BiBvKiv: enter, go into, put on; 
fut. and 1st aor. act. trans, άττό 



32 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



δυσαι put off, irpiv ήέλων Svvcll 
be/ore the sun set. 

hvoi : collateral form of δυο two. 

δυώ-δεκα : twelve. 

δυω-δεκατο9 : twelfth,. 

δω: indeclin. short form of δω/Λα, 
house, home. 

δώδεκα: twelve, cf. δυοκαιδεκα. 

δωδέκατο? 3 : twelfth. 

Λωδώντ;: in Epirus, at the foot of 
Μ to Tomaros ; seat of the oldest 
oracle of the Greeks, where asce- 
tic priests interpreted the rustling 
of the sacred oak, Β 750, Π 233 ff. 

δώι;(σιι/) subjv., δώκα ind. : aor. of 
8ί8ωμί give. 

8ωμα, -aros : ho7ne, house, palace; 
room, esp. the large hall of the men. 

Αώριον: town under Nestor's rule, 
Β 594. 

δώροι/ (διδω/χι) : gif. 

δώωσιν: aor. subjv. of 8ί8ωμί give. 

E. 

€ (pe) : enclitic, 3d pers/pron, ace, 
him, her; seldom neuter^ It is 
equiv. to Att. αυτόν, αντήν, which 
is intensive in Homer. 

€a [ξν] (e r a m) : was, 3d sing, impf . 
of €1^6 am. 

id : contracted for lae (1) imv., (2) 
impf. of εάω allow. 

2ανός '■, pliant, supple, soft, enveloping. 

ζανός ι robe (an aristocratic gar- 
ment) ; generally equiv. to ttcttXos, 
the principal female garment; 
but Γ 419, it seems to be used of 
Helen's veil. Prob. made of linen, 
as is indicated by the epithets. 

€ap, gen. €αρος (/reap, ver) : Spring. 

eaacv [elatv'] i 3d pi. pres of εΙμί am. 

earat [wrat] : 3d. pi. pres. of ly/xai sit. 

€άω, 3d pi. pres. ind. ειώσι, impf. 
eta or ca, iterat. impf. αασκον or 



«ασκον, fut. ίάσομ^ν, aor. Ιάσβ: 

allow, permit, leave alone. 
(ίβαν [Ιβησαν], ίβητψ : set out, aor. 

of βαίνω go. 
iy-yeydaatv: live in, perf. of eyyt- 

γνο/χαι arise in. 
€γγναλίζω, aor. inf. lyyvaXt^aL : give 

into (our) hands, grant. 
tyyv-Oev : adv. {from near at hand), 

near. 
€γγυ-^ι, εγγύς : adv. near, with gen. 
€γ€ΐρω, aor. rjyeLpa and tyapa, mid. 

aor. iypero : i-ouse, wak<^ 
iy-κeφaλo<; (κεφαλή) : brain. 
€γ-κλινω, perf. €γκε'κλιται: lean on^ 

rest upon, Ζ 78. 
εγνω : learned, recognized, aor. of 

γιγνώσκω know. 
eypcTo : aor. of iyupay wake. 
€yχύη (εγχος) : lance, spear. 
εγχεσι'-ζχωρο? : spear-wielding. 
εγχε'σ-τταλο? (τταλλω) : spear-bran- 
dishing. 
|γχο9, -£05 : lance, spear ; generally 

of ash wood, with a bronze point. 
^Ύ'ΧΡψτΓτω, aor. pass, partic. εγχρι/χ- 

φθεΐσα : draw near. 
€γώ(ν), gen. e/xeto, (€)/χ€υ, or Ιμίθεν, 

dat. (c)/xoi', ace. (c)/>te: 1st pers. 

pron., 1. 
ΐΜην: learned, aor. pass, of διδάσκω 

teach. 
εδά/χασσα aor. act., ΙΒάμη aor. pass., 

εδά/χνα impf. : of Βάμνημυ over- 
come, subdue. 
έδειραν: aor. oi^ipiuflay. 
εδεισεν: aor. of δειδω fear. The 

first syllable is long since the 

verb stem originally began with 

two consonants (δ/τι-). 
ί^ητν^, -ws (εδω) : eating, food. 
εδ/χεναι : inf. of εδω eat. 
εδι/οττάλι^ει/ : impf. of δνοπαλι^ω slay. 
εδος, -eos (sedes) : place for a seat, 

seat, home. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



33 



ί^ραμον : aor. of τρ€χω run. 

ΐ^ρη : seat, row of seats. 

Ιδΰ, Ι^ντην : aor. of δυω enter, put on. 

thvviV. impf. of hvvoi put on. 

βδω, fut. thopxiL : eat. Cf. Ισθίω. 

Ιδωκεν : aor. of δι'δω/χι give. 

ieLKCHTLv : see είκοσι twenty. 

€€ΐ7Γ€9, cciTre : see εΤττον said. 

£€ίσάμ€νος : taking the form, with 
dat. of likeness, aor. partic. of ειδω 
appear. 

ίελΒωρ (βλδο/Λαι) : wish, desire. 

ϋργαθεν: impf. of ipyaOw separate. 

lipyei : pres. of epyoi separate. 

icppivai: perf. of clpinjoin. 

ζζομ/χί, aor. εΓσ£(€δθ9): sit, aor. seated. 

εηκεν : aor. oL•lημι send. 

€ψ or eev [ξν] : impf. of ειμί am. 

εηος : gen. of ενς valiant. 

εης : gen. fern, of εός his. 

εγ]σί [^] : 3d sing, subjv. of ειμί am. 

εθεεν : impf. of θεω run. 

εθελω, impf. ηθελον or εθελον : toish, 
am willing, /χτ/δ' εθελε noli, do 
not desire, do not try. ονκ εθελων, 
equiv. to άεκων, against his will. 

εθεν [ου] : gen. of 3d pers. pron., 
of him, of her. 

εθεντο, έθεσαν, εθηκαν : aor. of τι- 
θημί set, place. 

έθνος, -εος : nation, tribe, host, flock 
(of birds), swarm (of bees). 

ίθω, perf. as pres. εϊωθε : am accus- 
tomed, am wont. 

el, at : conditional particle, if 
whether (in indir. questions) . It 
often introduces a wish, 
ct τΓου or et ττώς with subjv. or 
opt. freq. can be rendered by on 
the chance that, in the hope that. 
In εΐ δ' αγ€, εΐ seems to be an 
interjection, co7ne ! 

εΐαμενη : low land. 

είαρίνός {tap) 3 : of the springtime, 
spring. 



etas, iterat. αασκον: impf. of «άω 
permit. 

εΧαται : 3d pi. of ημαί sit. 

εΐ δ' αγε : but up, come ! 

εΐ8αρ, -ατός (βδω) : food. 

εΐ8γ]ς subjv., εΙΒήσείν fut. inf. : of 
οΓδα know. 

εΤ8ος (fi-B-) : appearance. 

[ειδω] εΐΒομαί, aor. εϊσατο, aor. par- 
tic. (ε)είσάμενος : appear, appear 
like, take the form of. 

εΤΒον or IBov (aor. ind.), aor. subjv. 
ιδτ/τε, iterat. aor. ΐ8εσκε, aor. ind. 
mid... ειδοντο, aor. subjy, ϊΒωμαί^ 
{fiS-, video): saw, see. Cf. όράω. 

εϊΒωλον (/Γίδ-, idol) : shape, phantom. 

εΐ8ώς, ιδυια : partic. of οΓδα know. 

εΤεν [ει-ησαν] , εΐην : opt. of εΙμί am. 

εΐθαρ : adv. straightway. 

είθε : would that, that ! introduces 
a wish. 

είκεΧος (ρικ-) : like, resembling. 

είκοσι (ρείκοσί, ν i g i η t i) : indeclin. 
twenty. 

είκτην plpf-, εικνΐα fem. partic. : of 
εοίκα am like, resemble. 

είκω (/reiK-, weaken ) : ijield, draw 
back. 

ΈΙλεσίον: Boeotian town, Β 499. 

ειλεω : restrain, keep hack. See εϊλω. 

ειληλονθα [εληλυθα'] : perf. of έρχο- 
μαι come. 

είλι-πος, -οΒος, dat. pi. εΙλητόΒεσσί: 
(leg-twisting), crooked-gaited, trail- 
ing-footed. Epith. of cattle, in 
contrast with αερσίπο8ες Γτγτγοι. 

εΙΧον : aor. of αίρέω take, seize. 

είλύω, perf. partic. είλν μένος (ρειλ-) : 
wrap. 

εϊλω, aor. inf. Ιλσαι, aor. pass. inf. 
αΧημεναί (ρείλω) : croivd together. 

είμα, -ατός (ρεσ-, ενννμί, ν e s t i s) ■ 
garment, robe. 

είμεν [εσμεν^ : Ist pi. of ειμί am. 

ειμενοι : perf. partic. of ενννμί clothe. 



34 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



el μη: if not, unless. 

et/xt, 2d sing, εσσι, 3d sing. €στί(ν), 
1st pi. ei/AcV, 2d pi. iari, 3d pi. 
€ΐσί(ν) or €ασι(τ/), 1st sing, subjv. 
ۥ>, 3d sing, subjv. erjai, opt. et7;i/, 
3d pi. opt. eiev, 3d sing. imv. Ιστω, 
2d pi. imv. Ιστέ, 3d pi. imv. Ιστών, 
inf. etvat or €μ(μ)εν(αί), partic. 
i(i)v, iovaa, iov, 1st sing. impf. 
ηα or la, 2d sing. impf. ησθα, 3d 
sing. impf. ην, ψν, eev, or €ην, 3d 
dual impf. ηστην, 3d pi. impf. ^σαν 
or Ισαν, iterat. impf. €σκ€(ν), fut. 
€σ(σ)ο/Ααι, 3d sing. fut. Ισ(σ)€ται, 
€σσ€Γται, or βσται : am, exist, live. 
ov 8ην ην he did not live long, και 
Ισσομίνοισί even for men about to 
he, for future generations, 

d^L, 3d sing, εισι, subjv. to/ACv, 
imv. ΐθί, inf. Ιμζ,ν or iivai, partic. 
• ιών, Ιονσα, Ιόν, 3d sing. impf. ψΐ. 
cfr te(v)- dual impf. ΐτην, 3d pi. 
impf. Ισαν, aor. εισατο : ^ro, depart, 
come. (The connection decides 
whence and whither the action 
proceeds.) The pres. ind. is freq. 
used as fut. (as regularly in 
Attic), while the impf. ind. and 
the othei; moods are used as aor. 

elv : for h in. 

clvaripes pi. : brothers' wives. 

eivaro? (ej/vea) : ninth. 

CLvcKa : see ένεκα on account of. 

είνοσί-φνλλος (ενοσις, φνλλον) : leaf- 
shaking, leafy. 

elo [ου] : gen. of 3d pers. pron. him- 
self 

εΓθ9, εΓως : while, until. {ηο<; is prob. 
the better form.) 

ει ττερ : if really, if indeed. 

€Ϊπ€το: im^fi. οί ΙτΓομαι follow. 

εΓτΓον or εειττον and εΐπας (aor. ind.), 
3d sing, subjv. drrrj^aw), partic. 
€ίπ(ύν, εΙτΓονσα, iterat. aor. ειττεσ- 
κεν (/reVos ) : said, told, spoke, ojs 



ειπών thus speaking, with these 
luords. Cf φημί, elpo). 

€L πάτε : if ever, ει ττοτε σχοίατο if 
ever they would stop. 

CL τΓου, ει ττω? : if perchance, in the 
hope that. 

ElperpLa : Eretria, in Euboea, Β 537. 

άρηνη: peace, επ εΙρηνη^ in time 
of peace. 

CLpLov : wool. 

είρο-κόμος : icool-carder, Γ 387. 

είρομαί, subjv. ερεωμεν, impf. ερε• 
οντο : ask, inquire about. Cf είρω. 

είρο-ττόκος : woolly-fleeced, woolly. 

είρναταί pres. mid., είρνσσασθαι aor. 
mid. : of ερνομαι guard. 

είρναταί : perf . pass, of ερνω draw up. 

[ειρω] fut. ερεω, perf. pass, εΐρηται 
(fep-, verbum): say, tell, an- 
nounce. Cf. φημί, εΐτΓον. 

εΐρω, perf. pass, partic. εερμεναι : 
Join, unite well. 

εΙς, ες : adv. and prep, with ace, 
into, to, until. It sometimes seems 
to be followed by a gen., because 
of an ellipsis, e.g. is Άθηναίης to 
Athena's temple, ες γαλοων to the 
homes of her husband's sisters. It 
rarely follows its noun. 

els, μία, εν, gen. ενός, μυας, ενός: one. 

εΓσα : seated, aor. of εζομαι sit. 
εϊσαίτο seemed, εΐσατο took the form 

of: aor. of εί,'δω. 
είς-ανα-βαίνω, aor. είσανεβησαν : go. 

up into. 
εΐίτατο : aor. of εΤμί go. 
είσ-ερχομαί, fut. εσελενσομαΐ, aor. 

είσηλνθον or είσηλθον, aor. imv. 

εισελ^ε : come in, enter. 
εΐσεταί : fut. of οΓδα know. 
είση (ρΐσος) : equal, well-balanced, 

shapely (of ships) ; fair (of a 

feast where each has a portion 

suited to his rank), τταντόσ είση 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



35 



equal on every side, prob. round, 

of a shield (άσττις). 
€ΐσ-^λ^ον or άσηλνθον : aor. of daip- 

χομχΐί come in. 
είσκω (ρερΐσκω, ρίκ-) : think (him) 

like. 
ct5 ο κε(ν) : untU. (For eis τοντο 

€V ω Κ€.) 

βις-οράω, pres. partic. εισοροων, fut. 
Εσόφομαί : looking at, looking on. 

εϊσω (els) : adv. ivithin, into. Freq. 
with an ace. (' limit of motion '), 
as "ΊΧων €ΐσω to Troy, οστεον εισω 
in to the bojie, 'ΆϊΒος άσω {sc. 
δό/χον) into the home of Hades. 

et re . . . €t re : lohether . . . or. 

εΐχον : impf. of εχω have, hold. 

άω, άωσί : pres. ind. of εάω allow. 

είωθε : perf . of εθω am wont. 

εΓω9 : for είος until. 

Ik, i$ (before vowels) : adv. and 
prep, with gen., out, forth, from. 
€κ τοΐο from that time, e$ ov since, 
ΙφίΧηθεν εκ Διός received the love 
of Zeus, were loved by Zeus, εέ 
αντνγος (bound) from the rim, i.e. 
to the rim. In composition εκ 
denotes separation or completion 
(utterly). 

Εκάβη : Hecaba, Hecuba, wife of 
king Priam of Troy, Ζ 251 ff. 

εκά-εργος (ρεκάς, pipyov): far-worker. 
Epithet of Apollo. Cf. εκηβόλος, 
εκατηβελετης, εκατηβόλος, εκατος. 

εκα-θεν (εκάς) : from afar, afar. 

εκαλεσσατο : aor. of καΧεω call. 

εκαμον: aor. of κάμνω become weary. 

€κάς (ρεκα-) : adv. far, with gen. 

έκαστος 3 (ρεκ-) : each. It is freq. 
added in appos. with the snbj. of 
the principal verb, — in the sing. 
when the individual is to be 
made prominent, in the pi. when 
separate divisions or squads are 
in mind. 



εκάτερθεν: adv. with gen., on either 
side. 

εκατψβελετης, -ao (A 75) and εκατη- 
βόλος {ρεκάς, βάλλω) : far-darter, 
far-shooter. Epithet of Apollo as 
(the sun-god) the god of the 
bow. 

εκατόγ-χειρος (χείρ) : hundred-armed. 
Epithet of Briareos, A 402. 

εκατόμ-βη (βονς) : hecatomb; strictly 
a sacrifice of a hundred cattle, but 
the poet is not exact as to num- 
ber or class of the victims, hence 
sacrifice. 

εκατόμ-βοιος (βονς) : worth a hun- 
dred cattle. 

εκατόμ-τΓολις : having a hundred 
cities f hundred-citied , of Crete, 
Β 649. 

εκατόν: indeclin. one hundred. 

εκατος (ρεκάς) : short form of Ικα- 
τηβελετης far-darter. 

εκ-βαίνω : go forth, come forth. 

εκ-βάλλω, aor. εκβαλε : cast out, 
throw out. 

εκ-γίγνομαί, aor. ε$εγένοντο, perf. 
inf. εκγε-γάμεν, perf. partic. fern. 
εκγεγανΐα : am born from, perf. 
am sprung from. 

εκ-γονος : descendant, offspring. 

εκ-8ηλος (8ηλον) : conspicuous, Ε 2. 

εκ-8ί8ωμι, aor. imv. εκΒοτε : give up, 
Γ 459. 

εκ-8υω : put off, doff. 

εκε8ασσε: aor. of {σ)κε8άνννμΛ. shatter. 

εκεκαστο : plpf . of καίννμχχΐ excel. 

εκεκλετο : aor. of κελομαί call, order. 

εκεκλιτο : plpf ο of κλίνω lean, rest. 

εκηα : aor. of καίω burn. 

εκη-βολίη (ρεκάς, βάλΧω) : distant 
shots. 

εκψβόλος : far-shooter. See εκάερ-γος. 

εκηλος (ρεκ-) : quiet, peaceful, un 
disturbed. 

ίκ-καθαίρω : clean out, Β 153. 



36 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



£κ-καθ-ορά(ι), aor. partic. εκκαηδών : 
look (out) down fro7n. 

€κ-καί-8€κά-8ωρος : sixteen hand- 
breadths in length, A 109. 

€κ-κατ-ίΒών : aor. of εκκαθοράω. 

€κ-κλ€7Γτω, aor. Ι^ίκΧ&Ρίν: steal aioay. 

εκ-κνλίν^ω, aor. pass, ^^εκυλίσθη: 
roll out. 

εκ-λανθάνω, aor. trans, εκλίλαθον, 
perf. εκλελαθέσθαι: mid. forget; 
trans, cause to forget. 

€kXvov : impf . of κλνω hear, give ear. 

€κ-μνζάω, aor. partic. εκμνζησας : 
suck out (poisoned blood), Δ 218. 

εκ-νοστ€ω, aor. partic. εκνοστησαντι 
(νόστος) : return from. 

εκολωα : impf. of κολωαω brawl. 

€κόμίσσε : aor. of κομίζω carry off. 

Ικπαγλος: terrible. Sup. εκτταγλό- 
TttTos. Adv. €κπάγλω9 or εκτταγλα 
terribly, mightily. 

€κ-παίφάσσω : (shine forth), am 
prominent. 

€κ-7Γ€ρθω, fut. Ικττερσονσι, aor. subjv. 
€Κ7Γ€ρσωσί, aor. εζεπράθομεν : sack 
utterly, destroy, τα ττολιων ε^εττρά- 
θομεν what ive sacked out of the 
cities, i.e. took from the cities. 

εκ-τΓίπτω, aor. έκπεσε: fall from. 

εκ-ττρεπης, -εος (ττρεπω) : distin- 
guished. 

εκραιαίνεν. impf. of κραιαίνω fulfil. 

εκ-σαόω, aor. ε$εσάωσεν: save, rescue. 

εκ-σενω, aor. pass, εξεσνθη: send 
forth; pass, rushfjrth. 

εκ-σττάω, aor. εξεσπασε: draw forth. 

έκτα, εκτανε : aor. of κτείνω kill. 

εκ-τάμνω, aor. Ιξεταμον : cut out, cut, 
hew out, 

εκ-τεΚεω (reXos) : accomplish, per- 
form. 

*Έ^κτ6ρεοζ: of Hector, Hector's. 

'ΈκτορίΒης : soti of Hector, Ζ 401. 

έκτος {ε$) • sixth. 

cKTos (εκ) : adv, outside. 



"Εκτωρ, -ορός : Hector, the mightiest 
and dearest-beloved of Priam's 
fifty sons, Ω 495 ff. In Ζ is 
an account of an aifectionate 
meeting of Hector and his wife 
Andromache ; in H, Hector fights 
in single combat with Telamo- 
nian Ajax; he breaks his way 
through the gates of the Greek 
camp, Μ 445 ff . ; he is grievously 
wounded by Ajax, Η 402 ff., but 
Apollo restores his strength, and 
he returns to the conflict, 0246 if., 
and advances to the very ships 
of the Achaeans, Π 114 ff. ; he 
slays Patroclus, the friend of 
Achilles, Π 818 fe. ; he is himself 
slain by Achilles, X 330. The 
Twenty-fourth Book of the Iliad 
tells the story of Priam's visit 
to the Achaean camp to ransom 
Hector's body. The last verse 
of the Iliad is ως οι γ* αμφίεττον 
τάφον "Εκτορος Σττττοδά/χοιο. He 
is called κορνθαίοΧος (with waving 
plume), βοην άγα^ο? (good at the 
war-cry, valiant), μεyάθvμoς(great- 
hearted), φαί^ιμος (glorious), av 
Βροφόνος (man-slaying). 

εκνρός, (fCK-) : husband's father. 

εκ-φαίνω, aor. pass, ε^εφαάνθη : show 
forth; pass, appear. 

εκ-φερω: carry forth, bear out of . 

εκ-φενγω, aor. εκφνγε: escape. 

εκ-χεω : pour out. 

€Κφν, -όντος (ρεκ-) : willing, of (his) 
own will. 

εΧάαν: pres. inf. of ελάω drive. 

έλαβε : aor. of λαμβάνω take, seize, 

ελάζετο : impf. of λάζομαι take, 

ελαων: olive oil. 

ελάτη: pine-tree. 

ελατηρ, -ηρος (ελάω) : driver. 

"Ελατο? : Trojan ally, slain by Agar 
memnon, Ζ 33, 



FIEST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



37 



iXavvo) or ελαω, pres. inf. iXdav, aor. 
€λασ(σ)€(ν) or rjXaae, iterat. aor. 
Ιλάσασκίν, plpf . ηλήλατο or Ιλη- 
λατο : drive, strike, κολωον iXav- 
v(o carry on a hrawl. 

ίλαφος : deer. 

€λαφρό<; 3 : light. 

€λδο/ααι : desire, long for. 
eXialpoi (cAeos) : pity. 

€λ€•γχης, -ίος : shameful. 

€λ€•γχίστος : most disgraced. 

έλεγχος, -eos: shame, pi. {shameful 
things'), caitiffs. 

eAectvos (ΐΚίο^) : pitiable. 

ελεεω, aor. ΙΧίησε (t\€o<i) : pity, 
take pity. 

ΙλζΧίζω, aor. . eXeXt^ev, aor. pass. 
€λ€λ6]!(^ϊ7σαν or ΙΧίΧι^φεν: (turn), 
act. shake; mid. coil; pass, turn 
about, rally. 

t\€.{v) [etXe] : aor. of αίρεω take, slay. 

Έλεντ;: Helen, daughter of Zeus, 
sister of Castor and Poly deuces, 
wife of Menelaus, mother of Her- 
mione. Famed for her beauty. 
Carried off by Paris, son of Priam, 
to Troy, and thus the occasion of 
the Trojan war. After the cap- 
ture* of Ilios she returned to 
Sparta with Menelaus. Γ 121 ff., 
Ζ 323 ff., δ 121 ff. 

*EAcvos : (1) son of Priam ; a seer, 
Ζ 76. (2) A Greek, Ε 707. 

ΐλεόθρζπτος (eXos, τρέφω) : marsh- 
nourished, grown on moist land, 
Β 776. 

ekeaOe, kXiryjv: aor. of alpioi take. 

ελεύθερος : f'ee. iXevOepov ημαρ 
day of freedom, freedom, κρητηρ 
ελεύθερος bowl of freedom, i-e. in 
celebration of freedom. 

εΧενσομηι : f ut. of έρχομαι come. 

ελεφάς, -αντος (elephant) : ivory. 

*Έλεφψωρ, -ορός: leaderof Abantes, 
Β 540, Δ 463. 



«λεψεν : aor. of λεττω strip off, A 236. 

Ελεών, -ωνοςι Boeotian town, Β 500. 

εληλατο: plpf. of ελαννω drive. 

ελθε imv., ελθείν or ελθ€μεν(αι) 
inf., ελθ^σί subjv., ελθοι opt., 
ελθών partic. : aor. of ερχομαλ 
come. 

*Ελικάων, -όνος '. son of Antenor, 
and son-in-law of Priam, Γ 123. 

'Ελίκη : principal town in the dis- 
trict on the north coast of Pelopon- 
nesus. Poseidon received special 
honor there. Β 575. 

ελίκωτΓίς, -ιδος and ελίκ-ωψ, -ωπος 
(ρελίζ^ ωφ) : quick-eyed, bright- 
eyed. 

ελίτΓον : aor. of λείττω leave. 

ελίσσω (ρέλι$) : curl. 

έλκος, -εος : toound, sore. 

ελκεσί-πεπλος : with trailing robe. 
Epith. of Trojan matrons. 

ελκηθμός (έλκω) : dragging, seizure. 

έλκω : draw, drag. 

ελλαβε [έλαβε] : aor. of λαμβάνω 
take. 

Ελλάς, -άδθ5 : the country under 
the rule of Peleus, in Thessaly, 
Β 683. Thence the name was 
extended to all Greece. 

*Ελλ•>7ΐ/€9 : Hellenes, the inhabitants 
of Hellas, Β 684. 

"Ελλήσ-ποντος : (sea ofHelle), the Hel- 
lespont, Β 845. The Homeric use 
includes the neighboring waters. 

ελλίσσετο : impf . of λίσσομαι. 

ελοι, ελον [είλον], ελόντες, ελοντο 
[ειλοντο] : aor. of αίρεω take, seize, 
slay. 

"Ελος, -εος : (1) Lacedaemonian 
town, Β 584. (2) Town near 
Elis, Β 594. 

έλος, -εος (ρελ-) : marsh, low-land* 

ίλτΓομαί (/τελπ-) : hope. 

ελσαίΐ aor. inf. of εϊλω crowd to* 
gether. 



38 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



ελωρΆΐϊά ελώριον (f ελ-, iXeiv): booty, 

i μ- βαίνω, perf. panic. Ιμ,βεβαωτα, 
plpf . Ιμβζβασαν : come into, em- 
bark; perf. stand in. 

€μ-βόλλω, aor. €μβαλε : /Aro?u in, 
put into. 

Ιμ-βασιλενω : rule among. 

c/A€ ace, Ιμίθζ,ν, Ιμάο gen. : of €γώ /. 

c/xetms: aor. of /χει/ω await. 

ΙμΙμικτο : plpf. of μίσγω mix. 

€μ€ναι [etvat] : inf. of εΙμί am. 

ίμεν: gen. of εγώ /. 

εμίγην, εμιχθεν [εμίχθησαν'], and 
Ιμίγθη : aor. pass, of μίσγω unite, 
mix. 

ΙμμχχττΙω^; : adv. quickly, at once. 

εμμεμαως, -νια : eager, impetuously. 

ίμμεναί [eti/at] : inf. of εΙμί am. 

€μμορα : perf. of μύρομαι receive 
as my portion. 

Ιμνωοντο : impf . of μνάομαι am mind- 
ful. 

€/xos 3 : my. Strengthened by the 
gen. of αντ6<ί in Ιμον αυτόν κλίος, 
since έμόν is equiv. to €μον. 

ίμ-ττάσσω, impf. ει/εττασσε : (^sprinkle 
in), loeave in, Γ 126. 

€/Λ-7Γεδο9 : firm, unshaken. 

€/A-7re8ov: adv. immovable. 

€μ-7Γ€σε: aor. of Ιμττίτττω fall in. 

έμ-ττεφννΐα : closely clinging to, perf. 
of Ιμ,φνω groio into. 

εμ-ττης : in spite of all, neve7'-the-less. 

ίμττλην: local adv. next. 

εμ-φνω, perf. partic. ΙμπεφννΖα: grow 
into; perf. cling closely to. 

iv, uy, or mi' adv. and prep., in, 
therein, among, ονρεσιν iv κορνφΎ)<; 
on the mountain summits, iv οφθαλ- 
μοΐσιν δρασ^αι see before (iny) 
eyes, ττατρί iv χερσί τίθα put in 
her father's arms, ev with the 
dat. is freq. used with verbs of 
motion, because of the state of 



rest that follows the motion ; as 
κάππεσον εν Αήμνω 1 fell down on 
Lemnos. εν sometimes seems to be 
construed with a gen. because of 
an ellipsis, as εν άφνειον ττατρός 
(sc. 8ωματί) in the house of my 
wealthy father. Cf as. 

ei/a: ace. masc. of cIs one. 

εναίρω, aor. ενηρατο (ci /αρα) : slay. 

εν-αίσιμος (αίσα) : favorable, reason- 
able, the contrary of τταραίσνα. 

εν-αίσιμον'. adv. at fitting time. 

εν-αλί-γκως: like, resembling. 

εν-αντίος 3 : opposite, to meet. 

εν-αντίον : adv. against, to meet. 

evapa pi. : spoils, armor taken from 
a slain foe. 

εναρίζω (εναρα) : strip of {his) armor. 



εν-αρίθμχος {αριθμός) : counted, of 

account, 
ένατος {εννέα) : ninth. 
εν8εκα : indeclin. eleven. 
ενΒεκά-ττηχνς, -ν : eleven cubits long. 
€i/-8e^ta : adv. from left to right, 
εν-^εω, aor. ενεΒησε : bind in, entangle. 
εν8ο-θεν, ενΒο-θι, ενΒον: adv. within. 
εν-8ννω and cv -δυω, aor. partic. iv 

8νσα : {slip into), put on. 
iveLκεσaς : aor. of νεικεω upbraid, 

rebuke. 
ivείκω : aor. subjv. of φψω bear. 
εν-ειμί, 1st pi. ενειμεν, opt. ivεLΎ}, 

impf. ivηεv and ένεσαν ( εΙμί) : am 

loithin. 
ένεκα, ένεκεν, or εΧνεκα'. prep, with 

gen., on account of for the sake 

of, because of. 
ενενηκοντα: indeclin. ninety. 
εν-επασσεν : impf. of iμ^Γάσσω weave 

in. 
ενερτερος : lower, beneath, 
εν-εσαν : impf. of ενειμι am within. 
'Everot pi. : Veneti, in Paphlago- 

nia, Β 852. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



39 



iv-rjevi impf. of tvei/xt am within. 

ivrjpaTo : aor. of Ιναίρω slay. 

ίνθα: there, here, where, then, ΐνθα 
και €νθα in this direction and in 
that. 

€νθά-8ε : thither, there. 

evOev : thence, from that source. 

tv-Oeo : aor. of ίντίθημχ place in. 

ivLi see ivin. The accent is drawn 
back upon the first syllable when 
the prep, follows its noun. 

en : dat. of els one. 

ivLavToq : year. Cf. ίτος. 

'Evt^fe? : a Thessalian tribe, Β 749. 

€νϊπη (εηπτω) : rehuke, blame. 

ΙνίτΓτω, aor. -ηνίττα-πε : rebuke, re- 
proach. 

«ησττε : aor. of Ιννίττω tell, say. 

'EvtWry: Arcadian town, Β 606. 

iw€a : indeclin. nine. 

€ννεά-βοίο<; (βονζ) : worth nine cattle. 

iwca-xiXoL : nine thousand. 

IwiTTU), aor. «ασττε : tell, say. 

ΐννεσίη (Ινίημυ) : suggestion, advice. 

€νν-ημχιρ : adv. for nine days. 

''Έννομος : a Mysian seer, Β 858. 

€νννμί, aor. Ισσε, perf. par tic. pass. 
εΐμένοί, plpf . εσσο {piwvpx, /τεσ-, 
V e s t i s ) : clothe, put on. τα. ύμί- 
voi clad in which, Χάινον Ισσό -χι- 
τώνα put on a stone tunic, i.e. be 
stoned. 

Ιν&ησε: aor. of voeo) perceive. 

ενοττη : outcry. 

€ν-όρνΰμί, aor. act. iviopaev, aor. raid. 
ίνωρτο : arouse among ; mid. arise 
among. 

Ιν-στρΙφομχχι : turn within. 

IvTca, dat. Ιντεσι pi. : weapons, ar?nor. 

(ν-τείνω, perf. mid. ivreTaTcu : stretch 
within, string. 

€ν-τίθημί, aor. ενθεο : place in, set in. 

tvTO : aor. of ιημί send, cast. 

εντός, εντοσθε(ν) (εν) : adv. within, 
with gen. 



εν-τροπαλίζομαι : turn around often. 

εντνω : make ready. 

Ένϋάλως (Ένυώ) : strictly an epith. 

of Ares, god of war ; but used as 

his name, esp. in the verse-close 

Ένυαλιω άνΒρεϊφόντγι , where ω 

and ά are pronounced together, 

by ' synizesis.' 
εν -vTrvLov: adv. in (my} sleep. 
Ένϋώ: Enyo, Β ell δ η a, goddess of 

war, companion of Ares, Ε 333, 

592. 
ενώμά : impf. of νωμάω move, 
εν-ωπτβ (ωψ) : adv. openly. 
εν-(ορσεν, ενίορτο: aor. of ενορννμι 

arouse in; mid. arise in. 
εξ : see εκ out of. 
εξ (ρ εξ) : indeclin. six. 
εξ-αγγεΧλω, aor. εξη-γγειλεν: bring 

neujs out, tell a secret, 
εξ-άγω, aor. εξήγαγε: lead forth. 
'Εξ(ί8ως : a Lapith, A 264. 
εξ-αίννμχ : take away, with two aces. 
εξ-αίρετος (αίρεω) : selected. 
εξ-αιρεω, aor. εξείλετο or εξελετο'. 

take out of, take from, 
εξ-ακεομοα, aor. opt. εξακεσαω, 

(οίκος) : cure, appease, 
εξ-αλαπάζω, aor. εξαλάτταξε: sack, 

utterly destroy, 
εξ-άλλομαί : leap forth, 
εξ-απίνης [εξαίφνης'] : adv. suddenly. 
εξ-άτΓΟ-^ωμαί : di^ive away out of, 

Ε 763. 
€^-α7Γ-όλλΰ/Αΐ, aor. opt. εξαττολοίατο : 

mid. perish utterly from, 
εξ-αρπάζω, Άοτ.εξηρτταξε: snatch away, 
εξ-άρχω : begin, propose frst. 
εξ-αν^άω : speak out. 
εξ-αντίς : again, anew, 
εξείης [έξης] : in order, one after the 

other, 
εξ-είλετο : aor. of εξαιρεω take out of. 
εξ-ειμι, inf. εξεμμεναί (εΙμί) : am 

sprung from, am the son of. 



40 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



ίζύνίσσα : aor. of ζεινίζω receive as 

guest. 
€ζ-€ΐρομχΐί : question, ask. 
[€^-€ΐρω] fut. i^epew : speak out, 

speak plainly. 
έζ-εκάθαίρον: impf. of ίκκαθαίρω 

clean out. 
€ζ-€κλ€{{/€ν : aor. of εκκλίπτω steal 

away. 
€^-€κνλίσθη : aor. pass, of €κκνλίν8ω 

roll out. 
ε^-ελάω, aor. c^cAaae: drive out of, 

drive aivay. 
ii-eXero : aor. of έ^αφίω take away. 
ε^-ελκω : draw out. 
€$€μ€ν: fut. inf. of εχω hold, keep, 

protect, 
έ^-εμμεναί : inf. of ε^ειμί am the son of. 
εζ-εναρίζω, ε^ενάρί^ε{ν) (εναρα) : de- 
spoil, strip of armor, slay. 
εζ-επράθομεν : aor. of εκττέρθω sack, 
εζ-ερεω : fut. of ε$είρω speak out. 
ε^-ερνω, aor. ε^ερνσε : draw out. 
έζεσε : aor. of ^ε'ω hew, cut. 
εξ-εσπασε : aor. of εκσττάω draw forth, 
εξ-εσνθη : aor. pass, as mid. of εκ- 

σεΰω rush forth. 
εζ-εταμον: aor. of Ικτάμνω cut out, 

hew. 
εζ-εφαάνθη : appeared, aor. pass, of 

εκφαινω show forth. 
εζ-ηγα-γε: aor. of ε^άγω lead forth. 
εξ-ηγγειλε: aor. of εξαγγέλλω tell 

the secret, 
εζ-ηγεομαί : lead forth, Β 806. 
εζ-ήκοντα ( ε^) : indeclin. sixty. 
€$-ηρ7Γα$ε : aor. of εξαρττάζω snatch 

aioay. 
εξ-ηρχεν : impf. of εξάρχω begin, 
εζ-οίχομαί : am gone, 
εξ-ονομαίνο), aor. subjv. εξονομην^^ : 

call by name, name. 
€ξ-ότηθε : behind, in the rear. 
ii -οχος (^εξεχω) : prominent, pre- 
eminent, chief, εξογα adv. chiefly. 



εζ-ντΓ-αν-ίστημι, aor. εξυττανεστη : 
rose (ανέστη), out of the back 
(ε'^), iinder (υπό) the blow. 

εο [ου] : gen. of 3d pers. pron., him, 
her. 

εοικα, fem. partic. εικνία, plpf. εω- 
κειν, plpf• dual, είκτην (ρεροικα, 
pLK-) : perf. as pres., am like, 
resemble ; impers. it is fitting, 
suitable. 

εόντες : partic. of εΙμί am. 

εοργα : perf. of ερδω do, work. 

εός (ου) 3 : possessive pron., own, 
his, her. 

επ-αγείρω : collect. 

εττ-αιγίζω : dash upon. 

ετΓ-αίνεω, aor. partic. εττοΆΐ/ησαντες 
(αίνος) : praise, commend. 

ετΓ-άίσσω, aor. inf. ετταί^αι : rush 
upon, hasten to. 

ετΓ-αιτιος : blameworthy, to blame. 

ετΓ-ακονω, aor. επάκονσαν : hear. 

επ-αμείβομαΐ, aor. subjv. ετταμείψο- 
μεν: act. exchange; mid. change, 
νίκη ετταμείβεται άνδρας victory 
comes now to one, now to another. 

ετΓ-αμννω, aor. imv. εττάμννον : bring 
aid to, protect, defend. 

ετΓ-αν-ίστημχ, 2d aor. ετταν έστησαν '. 
aor. rose thereupon. 

ετΓ-απειλεω, Άοτ.εττηττείλησε: threaten. 

ετΓ-αρκεω, aor. εττηρκεσε : (avail), 
ward off, with ace. and dat. of 
interest. 

ετΓ-άρχω, aor. partic. ετταρζάμενοι : 
begin, νωμησαν ετταρξάμενοι equiv. 
to ηρζαντο ετηνεμοντες began dis- 
tributing. 

επ-ασσντερος (ασσον) 3 : in thick 
succession, one soon after the other. 

επ-ανρίσκω, fut. inf. εττανρησεσθαΐ, 
aor. subjv. επανρωνταί : enjoy, reap 
the fruits of Freq. ironical. 

επ-εγναμφεν : aor. of εττιγνάμπτω 
bendf bring over. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



41 



€π-€Βραμε : aor. of Ιττιτρίχω run upon. 
€7Γ€εσσι(ι/) : dat. pi. of Ιττος word. 
ΙτΓ-ίθηκξ. : aor. of έτητίθημί place upon, 
έπύ : temporal and causal conj., 

when, .mice, for. It generally 

stands at the head of its clause, 

but sometimes follows one or 

more words, as Ζ 474. 
€7Γ€4γω: hurry, urge; mid. hasten, in 

haste, eagerly, 
i-n-el 8η : since once, since, tchen. 
cTret η: since in truth; always causal. 
€7r-€t/x,t, opt. €πειη, impf . ctt^cv (et/xt) ; 

aw upon, am over. 
£7r-ei/xi, 3d sing. Ιττεισιν, partic. €πι- 

βητ'» (et/xt) ; come on ; pres. ind. 

shall come on. 
Έττειοι': Epeans, early inhabitants 

of northern Elis, Β 619. 
iweipav : aor. of ττείρω pierce, spit, 
επάρατο impf., επαρησαντο aor. : of 

ττείράομαι try, attempt. 
ετΓ-είσιν : 3d sing, of εττειμι come 

upon, 
επ-ειτα: adv. then, after that, next, 

hereafter. Freq. in apod., giving 

it independence and prominence. 
€7Γ-€λ^ών: aor. partic. of ε-περ-^ομχιι 

come on. 
ετΓ-εμηνατο : aor. of ετημαίνομαι rave 

for, fall madly in love with, 
εττ-εμν^αν : aor. of επιμνζω mutter 

over. 
ετΓ-εν-ηνοθε : 3d sing, of an old p§rf ., 

as (pres. or) impf. greto on it. 
ετΓ-εοίκε: impers. it is fitting. 
επ-επείθετο : impf. of εττυπείθομαι 

obey, yield obedience, 
εττετηθμεν [εττεττοίθειμεν] '. trusted, 

plpf . of ττείθω persuade. 
ετΓ-ερεί8ω, aor. επερεισε : (rest upon), 

push, 
επερησεν: aor. of ττεράω pass through. 
ετΓ-ερρώσαντο : aor. of εττιρρώομαί 

roll down at (the nod). 



ετΓ-ερχομαί, aor. partic. εττελθών: 
co7ne on, advance, attack. 

εττεσ-βόλοζ (cttos, βάλλω) : (word- 
bandying), babbling, blatant. 

εττεσε: aor. oi ττίπτω fall. 

ετΓ-εσσνμα.ί : I'ush upon, perf. of επίσ- 

^, σενω urge upon. 

ετΓ-εστενάχοντο : impf. of εττίστενάχω 
groan at. 

ετΓ-εστεψαντο : aor. of ετηστεφω 
crown. 

επ-ετειλας: aor. of ετητεΧλω enjoin. 

επ-ενφημεω^ aor. Ιττευφημησαν : 
(speak well at), approve. Cf εττ- 
αίνεω. εττευφημησαν is equiv. 
to εκελενσαν επευφημονντε<; bade 
with pious reverence. 

εττ-εν)(ομ(χι, aor. partic. εττευ^άμενος : 
pray, boast over, exult. 

εττεφνον, inf. ττεφνεμεν (φόνος, φεν-) : 
aor. slew, ττεφανταί is perf. pass. 

ετΓ-εφράσατο : aor. of ετηφράζομαι 
notice, think of. 

επ-ηεν : impf. of εττείμι am upon. 

εττην : εττεί άν when, with subjv. 

επ-ηνεον : impf. of ετταινεω commend^ 
approve. 

εττηξε : aor. of ττηγννμί build. 

επ-Ύρτείλησε : aor. of ετταττείλεω 
threaten. 

επ-ηρκεσε : aor. of ετταρκέω ward off. 

επί: adv. and prep, upon, on, to, 
over, at, against, after ; with dat., 
ace, and gen. επΙ κνεφας ήλθε 
darkness came on, επΙ olvov ελειβε 
poured a libation of wine over (the 
offering), επΙ μνθον ετελλεν laid 
upon him his command, χειρ' επΙ 
καρπω arm at the wrist, επ αντω 
•γελασσαν laughed (over) at him, 
επΙ χθονί upon the earth, upon the 
ground, επ\ πνργω on the toiver, 
επΙ πνλησίν by (at) the gate, όδω 
cTTt on the road, by the wayside, 
'ΒΛνθω επί on the banks of the 



42 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



Xanthus, ίπΐ νηνσίν at (near) the 
ships, ττοιμψ iir όίεσσιν shepherd 
keeping watch over his sheep, 6et- 
vai irri yovvaaiv place upon the 
knees, Ιττ αλλί^λοισιν iovrcs going 
upon {against) each other, rJKe δ 
€7γ' ΆργειΌισι sent against the 
Ar gives, rjXOc δ' «πι Κρτ^τεσσι 
came to the Cretans, επί -χθόνα to 
the ground, ΙζεκνΧίσθη ctti στόμχχ 
was rolled out upon his face, ύδωρ 
€7Γΐ χείρας εχεναν poured water 
over the hands, lirX βωμον άγων 
leading to the altar, βπι πνρ-γον 
Ιονσαν coming to the tower, κατ- 
άγείι/ ctti v^as lead back (down) to 
the camp (shijys), ctti στίχας rjyio- 
fjucLL lead into ranks, so as to form 
ranks, ΙττΧ νώτα θαλάσσης over the 
back of the sea, ρύνατ επί χρόνον 
wait for a tvhile, iir ωμών on the 
shoulders, επί χθονός on the ground, 
καθεζετ εττΐ θρόνου sat upon a 
throne, vrja iir ηττείροιο ερνσσαν 
drew the ship upon the shore, εττ 
εΙρηνης in tiine of peace, εττΐ προ- 
τέρων ανθρώπων in the time of for- 
mer generations, επί draws its 
accent back upon the 1st syllable 
when it follows its noun, unless 
either some word intervenes, or 
the final vowel of the prep, is 
elided. 

CTTt: equiv. to επεση "is thine." 

επ-ίάχω: shout (επί in the fight). 

επι- βαίνω, aor. imv. επιβησεο, aor. 
opt. επίβαίην, aor. par tic. επιβάς : 
go upon, mount. 

£πί-βάλλω: mid. lag hands upon, 
strive for. 

επι-βάσκω (βαίνω) : bring to (upon), 
κακών επίβασκεμεν bring into(evils) 
misfortune. 

επί-βησεοίιην., επιβ-ησόμενον partic. : 
aor. of επιβαίνω mount, 



επι-βρίθω, aor. subjv. επφρΙίΓβΐ 

press heavily, fall heavily, of rain. 
επί-γίγνομαί : come on, come, Ζ 148. 
επί-γνάμπτω, aor. επεγναμψενΐ bend, 

win over to one's side. 
επι-Ύράφω, aor. επεγραψε: scratch. 
ΈτΓίδαυρος : town in Argolis on the 

Saronic gulf, Β 561. 
επί-8ε$(χι : adv. ace, on the right, 

toward the right. Cf ενΒεξια. 
επι-Βενης, •ες : in want, lacking, 
επι-^ενομαι : am in want, am inferior, 

with gen. 
επι-^Ινεω, aor. επι^νησας : swing, 

whirl. 
επί-Βρομος (Βραμεΐν) : approachable, 

to be scaled. 
επι-είκελος : like, 
επι-είκης, -ες : fitting, suitable, 
επι-εικτός (είκω) : yielding, 
επί-ελποιχαί : hope (for) . 
επι-ενννμι, perf. partic. pass. tTrtet- 

μενος: clothe; pass, clad in, vfith 

acct'^ -, , 
επί-ηρα : see ^pa. 
επι-θαρσννω : cheer, encourage', 
επί-θεΐναι aor. inf., Ιπίθησεί fut. : of 

επιτίθημι lay upon,put to (i.e. close), 
επίθοντο : obeyed, aor. of πείθω per- 
suade, 
επι-θρώσκω'. leap upon, leap forward, 
επί-κειμαι, fut. επικείσομαι : lie upon, 

rest upon, 
επίτκενθω, fut. επικενσω : cover up, 

conceal, hide ; with neg. 
ετΓΐ-κιδνα/χαι : mid. spread over, 
επί-κονρεω, fut. επικουρήσω : help, 

serve as ally. 
επί-κουρος : helper, ally. Esp. in pi 

of the allies of the Trojans. 
επί-κραιαίνω, aor. imv. επικρ-ηηνον 

fulfil, accomplish, grant, 
επι-λεύσσω : see before me, see, Γ 1 2 
επί- μαίνομαι, aor. επεμήνατο: rave 

for, fall madly in love with. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



43 



Ιτη-μαίομυαχ^ fut. Ιπΐμάσσεταΐ'. (^feel), 
examine or probe a wound, strike 
{ΐπτΓονς μάσηγι). 
ε7Γΐ-/χ€ΐδάω, aor. partic. ΐτημειΒησα'; : 

smile (at). 
ΐτΓί-μζμφομχη : blame, with genitive 

of cause. 
έτΓί-μζνω, aor. imv. im^eivov: wait, 

await. 
Ιτη-μίσ•γω : mingle. a\p ^τημίσΎομί- 
vo)v sc. Ύρωων Joined battle again 
with the Achaeans. 
Ιπι-μνζω, aor. Ιττ^μν^αν'. mutter at. 
€7Γ-ίόντα: pai'tic. of cTret/u come on. 
Ιπί-ορκον: false oath, 
ετη-πείθομαι : am obedient, render 

obedience. 
€τη-πετομαί, aor. inf. ετητττίσθαι : 
β^ forward (upon), of an arrow. 
ετη-ττλεω and εττιττλώω, aor. par- 
tic, επίττλώσας and επίττλως: sail 
over, 
ζτη-ττνείω : breathe (blow) upon, 
ετη-ττρο-ίημι, aor. inf. ετηττροεμεν : 

send forth against, 
ετη-^ωλεομαι : come up to the ranks, 

in order to review them. 
ετΓΐ-ρρεω : flow over. 
ετΓί-ρροθος : helper, only as fem. 
επί-ρρώομαΐ, aor. επερρώσαντο: roll 

down at (the nod). 
εττί-στΓΎ} : aor. of εφέττω meet. 
επί-σσείω : shake at, brandish at. 
ετη-σσενω, plpf . επέσσντο, perf . εττέσ- 
σνταίΐ mid. hasten on, rush upon, 
ΐττί-σσωτρον : tij^e of a wheel. 
εττίσταμχχί : am skilled, understand, 
ετη-στενάχομχχι : groan meanwhile, 

Δ 154. 
επι-στέφω, aor. εττεστεψαντο : crown, 

βΙΙ to the brim, 
επί-στρεφω, aor. partic. επίστρεψαζ : 

turn about. 
*Ε7Γίστροφος : (1) Phocian leader, 
Β 517. (2) Slain by Achilles at 



the sack of Lyrnessus, Β 692. 

(3) Leader of Trojan allies, Β 856. 
ετη-σφνρία pi. (σφνρόν) : the buckles 

or hooks by which the greaves 

were fastened at the ancle. (Or, 

perhaps better, greave-like protec- 
tions for the ancle, ancle-guards.) 
επι-τάρροθος : helper, defence, 
επί-τελλω, aor. inf. εττίτεΐλαι : enjoir», 

upon, command. 
ετη-τετρατΓται, pi. ετητετράφαται : 

perf. pass, of ετητρεττω entrust, 

commit. 
ετητηΒές : adv. sufficiently, as are 

needed. 
ετΓί-τίθημχ, fut. επιθησει, aor. εττεθηκε, 

aor. inf. ετηθεΐναι : place upon, set 

upon, put to (i.e. close). 
επί-το^άζομχχι : bend the bow at, shoot 

at, with dat., Γ 79. 
ετη-τρεττω, perf. pass, επιτετραπται, 

perf. pass. pi. ετητετράφαται [ετητε- 

τ ραμμένοι είσίν^: commit, entrust to. 
επι-τρεχω, aor. ετΓε^ραμε(ν) : run up, 

run upon. 
ε7Γΐ-τροχά-8ην (τρέχω) : trippingly, 

fluently. 
ετΓΐ-φέρω, fut. εττοίσει: bear upon. 

χείρας ίττοίσει shall lay hands on. 
επι-φλεγω: burn, consume. 
ετΓΐ-φράζομχχι, aor. επεφράσατο, aor. 

opt. ετΓίφρασσανατο '. consider, 

think. 
ετΓΐ-χθόνιος (χθων) : upon the earth, 

earthly. Epithet of men. 
εττλεο, εττλετο: thou art, is, aor. of 

7Γ€λω move, become, 
εττληντο: aor. of ττελά^ω approach, 

meet. 
ετΓ-οίσει : lay upon, fut. of επιφέρω 

bear upon. 
επ-οίχομα.ι, impf. επωχετο'. go to, 
attack. έργον εττοίχεσθαι go to 
ivork, Ίστον εττοιχομενην going to 
and fro before the loom, plying the 



44 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



loom, ετΓΟίχομίνη busily, going to 
work. 

ΙτΓΟ/Λαι, impf . εΐττοντο or ΐττοντο, fut. 
€\j/€TaL, aor. eawero (s e q u ο r) : fol- 
low, accompany, attend. Cf. Ιπω. 

hr-opiyo3, aor.' CTrope^a/xevos : reach 
out after (in attack), lunge at. 

€7Γ-όρννμ,ι, aor. imv. εττορσον: arouse 
upon, send against. 

€ΤΓ-ορούω, aor. εττόρονσε : hasten to, 
rush upon (generally in hostile 
sense). 

67Γ09, -COS, dat. pi. €πε(σ)σιν or εττε- 
€σσι(ι/) (/rcTTOs) : word, speech. 

€7Γ-οτρννο), aor. subjv. Ιττοτρννητον: 
rouse, urge on, impel. 

€7Γ-ονράνΐο<% (ουρανός) : of heaven, 
heavenly. Epithet of the gods. 

€7Γτά : indeclin. seven. 

ίπτά-ττνλος (ττνλη) : seven-gated. 
Epith. of Boeotian Thebes, Δ 406. 

Ιπνθοντο : aor. of ττννθάνομχιι learn. 

hriu: am busy with. 

€7Γ-ωχετο : impf. of Ιττοίχομχιι attack. 

epapxxL (έρως) : love. 

ερατεινός 3 and ερατός (εραμχχι) : 
lovely, charming. 

εργάθω, impf. εεργαθεν (ρεργ-) : 
separate. 

έργον (ρερ-γον) : work, labor, deed, 
matter, thing ; esp. of war, conflict, 
έργα άνΒρίύν labors of men, tilled 
fields, hence έργα alone farm, 
fields. 

έργω or εεργω (ρεργ-) : separate, keep 
off. εντός εεργει encloses, shuts in. 

ερ8ω, aor. subjv. ερξγ]ς, aor. imv. 
ερξον, perf. εοργε (ρεργ-) : do, 
work, freq. with two aces. €ρδο- 
μεν εκατομβάς we were ofiering 
(hecatombs) sacrifices. Cf. ρεζω. 

ερεβεννός (έρεβος) 3 : dark, gloomy. 

ερεείνω (εϊρομαί) : ask, question, in- 
quire. 

ερεθίζω and ερεθω ι excite, vex. 



ερειΒω, aor. ερείσατο, plpf . ηρηρειστοι 
thrust, press ; aor. mid. leaii, rest; 
plpf. was thrust. 

ερείομεν : aor. subjv. of είρομαι ask. 

ερείττω, aor. ηριττε or εριττε: tear 
down; slot. fall. 

ερεμνός (έρεβος) 3: gloomy. 

ερε$ε(ν) : wrought, aor. of ρεζω do, 

ερεοντο: impf. of είρομαι question. 

ερεπτομαί : champ, munch, of horses. 

ερετης (ερεσσω) : oarsman, sailor. 

ερετμόν (r e m u s, ' oar ') : oar. 

^Έίρενθαλίων, -ωνος '. an Arcadian 
champion, slain by Nestor, Δ 319. 

ερεφω, aor. έρεψα : roof. επΙ έρεψα 
roofed over, built. 

^Ερεχθενς, -ηος : originally identical 
with Erichthonius. An old hero 
of Athens, under whose rule (ace. 
to Hdt. viii. 44) the people were 
first called Athenians. 8ημος 
^Έρε)^θηος land of Erechtheus, i.e. 
Attica. 

ερεω : fut. of €φω say, tell. 

έρημος 3 : lefl alone, deserted. 

ερητΰω, aor. opt. ερητνσειε, iterat. 
aor. ερητυσασκε, aor. pass, ερητϋ' 
θεν {Ύ}ρητνθησαν'\ '. restrain, check, 
control, keep in order. 

ipL- : strengthening prefix, cf. api-. 

ερι-βωλα$, -ακος : large-clodded, rich- 
soiled. 

ερί-γ^νπος : loud -sounding, heavy- 
thundering. Epithet of Zeus. 

εριΒαίνω and ερίζω, aor. opt. ερίσ- 
σειε, aor. partic. ερίσαντε (ερις) : 
contend, strive, vie, am a match 
for. 

ερίηρος, pi. ερίηρες : faithful, trusty. 

. Epithet of εταίρος. 

ερι-θηλης, -ες (θάλλω) : luxuriant^ 
fresh-green. 

ερί-κν^ης, -ες (κνΒος) : glorioua. 

ερίνεός; wild-fig-tree. 

εριττε : fall, aor. of ερείπω tear down. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



45 



"EpLs, -t8os : Eris, goddess of strife, 
a companion of Ares, Δ 440. 

I/31S, -tSos : strife, contention, conflict. 

€ρίσαντ€ partic, ερίσσαε opt. : aor. 
of ερίζω contend, vie. 

ίρισμα, -ατοζ (cpts) : matter of strife, 
cause of contention. 

€ρί-τϊμο<; : highly honored, august. 

€pKo<;,-€os: hedge, wall, defence, cp/co? 
ακόντων defence against darts, Ip- 
κος iro\epx>Lo bulwark of protection 
against the war, 'ίρκος 'Αχαιών bid- 
wark of the Achaeans, €ρκος οδόν- 
των wall of teeth, i.e. wall formed 
by teeth. 

tppjoi, -ατός : prop, support. 

€ρμ ό^ννάων : cAam of pains, string 
(^series) of sufferings. 

Ερμείας or 'Ep/xcas : Hermes, Μ e Γ- 
οαΓίυβ, son of Zeus, and messen- 
ger of the gods, Β 104, Ε 390. 

Έρμωνη : town in Argolis, Β 560. 

ίρζαντα, <ip^rj<s, ερζον : aor. of Ιρδω 
do, work. 

€ρος [Ιρως] : love, desire. 

ippeev: impf. of piωflow. 

(ίρρη^εν : aor. of ρηγνυμι break, rend. 

ipptyrjai: perf. subjv. of ρι-γεω shud- 
der, dread. Used as present. 

'Epv^tvot pi.: Paphlagonian town, 
with two red cliifs {ερυθρός), 
Β 855. 

Έρΰ^ραι pi. : Boeotian town, Β 499. 

Ιρυκω, aor. tpv^av, ηρυκακε or ipv- 
κακ€ : check, detain, hold, keep. 

ερνμα, -ατός : protection, defence. 

ερνομαι, είρνομχχι, ερνμαι, or ειρνμαΐ, 
impf. epvTo, aor. είρνσατο, aor. 
inf. είρνσσασθαυ (ρερν-) : protect, 
preserve, observe, tvard off. See 
€ρνω. 

ΐρνσί-πτολίς : see ρνσίτττολίς. 

€ρύω, aor. εΐρνσσεν or Ιρνσεν, perf. 
είρναται (ρερ-) : draw, drag, mid. 
keep off, save, draw. See ερνομαι. 



έρχομαι, fut. ελενσομαι or ei/u, aor. 
ηλθον or ηλνθον, aor. subjv. ελθγισι, 
aor. imv. ελθε, aor. inf. ελθεμεν(αί) 
or ελθεΐν, perf. είληλονθα: come, 
go. The direction of the motion is 
made distinct by tl;e connection . 

ερωεω, fut. ερωησει : βοΐϋ, draw back, 
μη8ε τ ερωει draw not back, do not 
rest. 

ερωή : force, throng. 

ες : see εΙς into. 

εσ-άγω: lead in. 

εσ-αθρέω, aor. opt. εσαθρησειεν: catch 
sight of. 

εσαν [^σαι/] impf., laeat [€σί;], εσε- 
σ^αι, and εσεται [€σται] fut. : of 
ε} μι am. 

εσ-ελεύσομαί : fut. of εισέρχομαι come 
in, enter. 

εσθίω, aor. φάγε : eat. 

εσθλός 3 : noble, excellent, good. 

εσκε : iterat. impf. of ειμί am. 

εσκιΒναντο : impf. of σκί^ναμαι scat' 
ter, disperse. 

εσ-όψομαι : fut. of εισοράω behold. 

εσπάσατο : aor. of σπάω draw. 

εσπεσθην, εσττόμεθα: aor. of έπομαι 
follow, accompany. 

εσπετε : aor. imv. tell. 

εσσε{ν), εσσο: aor. of ενννμι clothe. 
Construed with two accsT 

εσσειται, εσσομαι fut., εσσι 2d sing, 
pres. : of ειμί am. 

εσσενα aor., εσσενοντο impf., €σσυ- 
μενον perf. partic, εσσντο plpf. : 
of σενω drive ; mid. hasten. 

εσσνμενως : adv. quickly, eajjerly. 

εστάμεν perf. inf. stand, 2d aor. εσταν 
[εστησανί stood up, rose, perf. par- 
tic. εσταότες standing, plpf. εστα- 
σαν were standing, perf. εστηκε 
.stands, 1st aor. ίστησε and έστη- 
σαν stationed : of ΐστημχ set. 

εστε pi., εστόν dual, έστω and Ιστών 
imv. : of ειμί am. 



46 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



cVrctura : standing, perf . partic. of 

ιστημχ set. 
€στιχόωντο: impf. of στίχάομχΐί go 

in line, go. 
εσνλα : impf. of συλάω strip off. 
€σφα$αν : aor. of σφάζω cut the 

throat, 
ίσγατόωσα : at the extremity {έσχα- 
τος), on the frontier. 
€σχί (took), held, ^σχοντο held them- 
selves (refrained) from: aor. of 
€χω hold. 
εταίρος or crapos : comrade, com- 
panion. 
€τάρη : fern, companion. 
€TeKe(v) : aor. of τίκτω bear, bring 

forth. 
ireXeUro impf., iriXeaaev aor. : of 

τελείω bring to pass, accomplisli. 
*Έιτ€θκλη€ίος : adj . of Eteocles. βίη 
'Έτεοκληειη the mighty Eteocles. 
See βίη. 
ireov : adv. iti truth. 
€T€pos 3 : other, the other of two, one 
or other, χωλός erepov ττόδα lame 
in one foot. Cf. aXXos. 
ΙτΙρω-θεν : adv. on the other side. 
€Τ€ρω-θι : adv. elsewhere. 
€τΙρω-σ€ : adv. to the other side. 
{1)τ€τμ.€.(ν) : aor. found, fell in loith. 
irirvKTo : was, plpf . of τενχω make. 
Έτεων05 : Boeotian town, Β 497. 
(ίτης (ρίτης) : connection, friend, 
ετητνμον: adv. ace, truly, 
tn : adv. still, yet, again, ονκ €tl no 

longer. 
€τίνα$€ : plucked, aor, of τινάσσω 

shake. 
Ιτίομεν impf., ετϊσεν aor. : of τιω 

honor. 
Ιτίσατο: aor. of τίνω punish. 
€τλΎ) : aor. took courage ; see τΧψ 

σομαι. 
ετοιμάζω, aor. imv. ετοιμάσατε (Ιτοί- 
μος) : make ready. 



έτος, -εος {ρετος, vetus) : year, 
ετραττεν : aor. of τρεττω turn, 
ετραφετψ : grew up, aor. of τρέφω 

nourish, 
έτρεφε : aor. of τρέπω turn, 
ετνχες : aor. of τυγχάνω hit. 
ετνχθη : aor. pass, of τεύχω bring to 

pass, 
ετωσιος (ρετ-) : in vain. 
εν or εν : adv. ivell, happily, care- 
fully, εν ερ^αντα (o7ie who did 

well), a well-doer, benefactor, εν 

ττάντα all together. 
'Έ,ναιμονιΒης : son ofEuaemon, Eury- 

pylus, Ε 76. 
Έυαιρ,ων, -όνος : Euaemon, Β 736. 
"Ένβοια : Euboea, Β 536. 
ενΒμητος (Βεμω) : well-built. 
€υδω : sleep. 

εν-ειΒης, -εος : beautiful, comely, Γ 48. 
εν-εργης, -εος : well-wrought, tvell- 

made, 
εν-ζωνος (ζώνη) : well-girdled, well-girt. 
Έινηνός : a Lyrnessian, Β 693. 
ενκηλος : in quiet, undisturbed. Cf. 

εκηλος. 
εν-κνημίς, -ϊδο? : loell-greaved. Epi- 
thet of 'A;(atoi', nom. or ace. pi. 

See κνημίς. 
εν-κτίμενος 3 and ενκτιτος (κτίζω): 

well-built. 
ευ-κνκλος : tv ell-rimmed, of shields. 
Έινμηλος : Eumelus, son of Admetus 

and Alcestis, Β 714. 
εν-μμεΧίης, gen. ενμμελίω : with good 

ashen spear, 
εννάω, aor. pass, partic. εννηθεντε 

and εννηθεΐσα (εννη) : pass, lying 

on the couch. 
εννη : bed, couch, εμίγην φιλότητί 

και εννη " enjoyed (her) love and 

enibrace." 
ενναί γΑ. : anchor-stones, 
εν^αντο : aor. of εύχομαι pray. 
εν-$οος ($εω) : well-polished. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



47 



€υ-7Γατ€ρ€ία (πατήρ): daughter of a 
noble father. 

εν-πεπλος : well-robed. 

εν-ττηκτος (ττήγνυμι) : well-built. 

εν-ττλεκής, -eo? : well-plaited. 

εν-ττλόκαμος (πλέκω) : fair-tressed, 
with beautiful tresses. 

ενποίητος (πούω) : loell-made. 

εν-πρνμνος (πρύμνη) : ivith beautiful 
sterns, of the Greek ships, Δ 248. 

εύ-πωλο'ζ : with good (or many) 
horses. 

ευρίσκω, aor. ενρον and ενρεμεναί'. 
find. 

Εύρος : Eur us, East wind, Β 145. 

ευ-ρρεής and ενρρείτης, gen. (con- 
tracted from ενρρεεος) ενρρεΐος 
(ρέω) : strong-flowing. 

ενρν -ayvux : with broad streets, broad- 
streeted. 

Ευρναλος : an Argive, Β 565, Ζ 20. 

Έινρυβάτης : (1) herald of Agamem- 
non, A 320. (2) Herald of Odys- 
seus, Β 184. 

Εΰρυδα /xas, -αντο9 : an old Trojan 
seer, Ε 149. 

είψν κρείων : wide-ruling, late 
tyr annus. Epithet of Aga- 
memnon. 

Ενρνμέ^ων: squire of Agamemnon, 
Δ 228. 

ενρν-οπα (nom. and ace.) (6{{/) : far- 
sounding, far-thundering. Epi- 
thet of Zeus. (Perhaps far-seeing, 
from ωφ.) 

Ένρνπνλος : Eurypylus. (1) Son of 
Euaemon, Β 736. (2) Ancient 
king of Cos, Β 677. 

ενρν-ρέων : broad-fiowing . 

ενρνς, ευρεία, ενρν : broad, wide, spa- 
cious. Comp. ευρύτερος broader. 

Έιυρυτος: (1) A famous bowman, 
Β 596. (2) Son of Actor, Β 621. 

ευρν-χορος : (with broad squares for 
the choral dance), spacious. 



evs, ευ, and ήύς, gen. εηος: noble, 

valiant, good, 
ευ-σσελμος : well-decked. 
Έύσσωρος : a Thracian, Ζ 8. 
εντε: conj. when; as, in Γ 10. See 

ήύτε. 
ευ-τείχεος : well-walled. 
Έϋτρησίς : Boeotian town, Β 502. 
ευ-τυκτος (τεύχω) : well-made. 
Εύφημος : leader of the Cicones, 

Β 846. 
ευ-φραινω, fut. inf. ευφρανέειν 

(φρήν) : cheer, delight, 
ευ φρονέων: well disposed, with kindly 

heart, 
έύφρων, -όνος : kindly, heart-cheering, 
ευ-φυής, -ές (φύω) : shapely, 
ευχετάομαί, inf. ευχετάασθαί (εύχο- 
μαι) : pray, 
εύχομαι, aor. ευ^αντο : profess, boast, 

exult, vow, pray. 
ευχος, -εος : glory, 
ευχωλή : exultation, boast, triumph, 

shout of triumph, vow. 
ευ-ω8ης, -ες (odor): fragrant, per- 
fumed. 
εφ-αλος (αλς) : on the sea. Epithet 

of coast towns. Cf ά-γχιαλος. 
εφάμην, εφαν \εφασαν\ , εφατο, εφη : 

impf . of φημί say, speak. 
εφάνη : appeared, aor. pass, of φαίνω 

show. 
εφ-άπτω, perf . pass, εφηπται : fasten 

upon; pass, impend, 
εφ-έζομαι : sit u£on. 
εφ-είω subjv., εφες imv. : of έφίημι 

lay upon, shoot at. 
εφ-έστασαν stood opposite, έφεστΊ)κει 

stood upon : plpf • of έφίστημι set 

upon, 
εφ-έπω, aor. subjv. επίστη]: meet. 

πότμον επισπεΐν meet (his) fate 

(death), fulfil his destiny, 
εφ-έστιος (εστία) : adj. (on his own 

hearth), at home, native. 



48 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



εφ-ετμη {Ιφ-ίημ,ί) : behest, command, 

injunction. 
Ιφ-€νρίσκω, aor. opt. Ιφΐ,νροι : find, 

catch sight of. 
ζ.φ-ηκε(ν) : aor. of εφίημι send upon, 

shoot at. 
ίφηνεν : aor. of φαίνω show, 
(.φ-ηπται: impejid, perf. of εφάτττω 

fasten upon, 
εφ-ήσεις : fut. of εφιημι urge on. 
εφησθα [εφης'] : impf . of φημί sag. 
εφθίατο : plpf • of φθίνω waste away, 

pass away. 
Ιφ-ίημι, fut. ίφησας, aor. Ιφηκα, aor. 

subjv. Ιφύω [Ιφω], aor. imv. e^eg : 

send upon. 
^Έίφιάλτψ : a giant, Ε 385. 
εφίλατο and i φίλησε : aor. of φιλεω 

love. 
εφ-ίστημι, plpf. εφεστηκει and εφε- 

στασαν: place upon; plpf. stand 

upon, 
εφόβηθεν [εφοβηθησαν'] : aor. pass. 

of φοβεω put to fight, 
εφοίτα : impf. of φριτάω go to and 
^ fro. 

εφ-οττλίζω : make ready, prepare, 
εφ-οράω : look upon, behold, 
εφόρειν '. impf. of φορεω wear. 
εφ-ορμάω, aor. εφωρμησαν, aor. pass. 

partic. εφορμηθεντες : urge upon; 

pass, rush upon, attack. 
*ΈφνρΎ) : (1) old name of Corinth, 

Ζ 152, 210. (2) Home of king 

Augeas, Β 659. 
εχα^ε : aor. of χανΒάνω contain, 
εχάρη : aor. pass, of χαίρω rejoice, 
εχεεν : aor. of χεω pour, heap. 
^Έχεμμων, -όνος : son of Priam, Ε 160. 
εχε-πενκης, -is : biting, sharp. 
^Έχεττωλος : a Trojan, Δ 458. 
εχεναν and εχενατο: aor. of χεω pour, 

throw around, σνν εχεναν confused, 

broke. 
εχθίστος : sup. most 




εχθο-Βοττεω, aor. inf. εχθοΒοττησαΐ'. 
act in hostility, A 518. 

εχθος, -€os : hatred, hate. 

'Εχΐναί : the later Echinades, a group 
of small islands in the Ionian Sea, 
near the mouth of the Acheloiis, 
Β 625. 

εχω, iterat. impf. εχεσκε{ν), fut. inf. 
ε^εμεν, aor. εσχε, aor. opt. σχοίατο, 
aor. σχεθον: have, hold, inhabit, 
guide, keep, protect, check, την 
^Αντηνορί&ης εΤχε whom the son of 
Antenor had to wife, νωλεμεως εχε- 
μεν stand firm, εσχοντο μάχης 
ceased fighting. 

εψεταί : fut. of hropuai follow . 

εωκειν '. plpf. of perf. εοικα am like. 

εωμεν : pres. subjv. of εάω allow. 

ε ων [ων] : partic. of εΙμί am. 

εωνοχόει : impf. of οίνοχοεω pour out 
wine, pour out. (Better, εοινοχόεί.) 

[εως : see clos while, until.^ 



Z. 

^a-: inseparable particle, very, ex- 
ceedingly. Prob. a form of δια. 

ζά-θεος 3 : very sacred, holy. 

ζά-κοτος (κότος) : sullen, Γ 220. 

Ζάκυνθος : Zacynthus, (Zante), is- 
land in the Ionian sea, under the 
rule of Odysseus. (A short open 
final syllable retains its quantity 
before Ζ in this word as before 
Ζελεια, Β 634, 824.) 

ζα-χρειής, -ες : fierce-bloioing, furi- 
ous. 

ζεί-8ωρος (ζειαί) : grain-giving, fruit- 
ful. 

ZeActa : town in Northern Lycia, 
home of Pandarus, Β 824, Δ 103, 
121. (A short open final syllable 
is not lengthened before this 
word. See on Ζάκυνθος.) 

ζεύγνϋμί {ζυγόν) : yoke. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



49 



Zcvs, gen. Aios or Ζψός: Zeus, 
Jupiter, son of Cronus (Kpon- 
8ηs)y and both husband and 
brother of Hera, The wisest and 
mightiest of the gods, father of 
both men and gods (ττατηρ άνδ/οών 
re θζων re). He is enthroned on 
high (υψίζυγο^ αίθφι ναίων), and 
controls the elements, sending 
lightning {τερπίκέραννος, aarepo- 
ττητης, Ιφίβρεμέτης) and gather- 
ing the clouds (νεψ^ληγερίτα) . 

Ζζφνρος (ζόφος) : Zephyrus, west 
loind, one of the four chief Avinds 
mentioned by Homer. It is not 
a ' Zephyr,' but a cold, blustering 
wind, blowing from Thrace. 
Β 147. 

ζνγόν (j u g u m) : yoke. 

ζωγρεω (ζωός, άγρίω) : take alive. 

ζωγρέω (ζωη, άγείρω) : revive, give 
life, Ε 698. 

ζωμχι (ζώννυμι) : the lower part of 
the cuirass (protecting the upper 
part of the thighs), over which 
the girdle (ζωστηρ) was placed. 

ζώνη (' zone ') : woman's girdle, 
waist. 

ζώννϋμι, iterat. impf. ζωνννσκετο: 
gird. 

ζοίός or ζώς : alive, living. 

ζωστηρ, -rjpos : man's girdle, belt ; 
prob. made of leather. 

^ώω, partic. ζώντος and ζώοντες : live. 



H. 

η or ηί: particle, (1) disjunctive, 
either, or; (2) interrogative, wheth- 
er; or (3) comparative, thaii. In 
a double question η (ηέ) . . . η 
{ψ) is used for Attic vorepov 

' ' ' V' 

η: fem. of demonstrative, relative, 
or possessive pron. 



η : truly, surely, indeed. This often 
introduces a direct question, but 
always expresses feeling, and 
never is a mere interrogation 
point, as it often is in Attic. 

η : impf. of ημί say. 

η : adv. whither. 

^a (eram) : impf. of άμί am. 

ηβαίόν: adv. little, ούδ' ήβαιόν not 
in the least. 

ήβάω, aor. partic. ήβησαντε (ηβη) : 
am a youth ; aor. came to manhood. 

"Άβη : Hebe, daughter of Zeus and 
Hera, cup-bearer of the gods, Δ 2, 
Ε 722, 905. 

rjyaye{v) : aor. of αγω lead. 

ηγάθεος 3 : very sacred. 

ήγάσσατο : aor. of αγα/χαι admire. 

ηγε : impf. of αγω lead. 

ήγειρα : aor. of εγείρω rouse. 

ηγείροντο : impf. of άγείρω assemble. 

ηγεμονεύω (ηγεμών) : am leader. 

ηγεμών, -όνος : leader, chief. 

-ήγεομαι, aor. ηγησατο {αγω) : lead, 
guide. 

ηγερεθομαυ (άγείρω) : assemble, col- 
lect (themselves). 

ηγερθεν [ηγερθησαν^ : aor. of άγείρω 
assemble. 

ηγητωρ, -ορός (ηγεομαι) : leader. 

ηγνοίησεν: aor. of άγνούω fail to 
know, fail to perceive. 

ηγορόωντο : impf. of άγοράομαι am 
in assembly. 

η8ε: and. Sometimes correl. with 
ήμεν. 

η8εε or η8η : plpf. of perf . οΓδα know. 

η8η : temporal adv., now, already, 
before now. vvv η8η now at once. 

η8ος, -εος (ήΒόνη, ηΒνς) : pleasure. 

ηΒν-εττης, -ες : sweet-voiced, A 248. 

η8νμος : sweet. 

η^υς, -εία, -υ (άν^νω) : sweet, pleas- 
ing, η^υ γελ,ασσαν burst into a 
merry laugh. 



50 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



Yji, rJ€ : see η. 

'HcAtos ["HAtos] : Melius, sun-god, 
Γ 277. 

ηίλίος '• the sun. 

rjev : impf . of ειμί am. 

ηερίθομχχι (άείρω) : hang, wave, flutter. 

ψρί : dat. of arjp air, mist. 

'Hept^Soia: Eriboea, Ε 389. 

ηίρως 3 : adj . early in the morning ; 
always in the pred., as adv. 

i^cpo-eiSi/?, -€9 : misty, δσσον δ' ηερο- 
aSks ιδεν as far as he sees into the 
misty distance. 

'HertW, -ωνος : Eetion, king of Hy- 
poplacian Theba near Troy, father 
of Hector's wife Andromache ; 
slain by Achilles on the capture 
of Theba, A 366, Ζ 396, 415 ff. 

■ηθάο<; : honored, dear. Applied by 
a younger to an elder brother. 

ηθο<;, pi. ηθαι : home, haunt (of 
horses) . 

ψ€. : impf. of εΐμι go. 

ψθεος : youth, young man not yet 
married. 

rj'iiev, ψχθη : aor. of άισσω dart, rush. 

'Htoves pi. : town in Argolis, Β 561. 

ηίων, -dvos : beach, seashore. 

ψό-€ίζ, -εντός : high-banked, Ε 36. 

ηκα: adv. softly, gently. 

ηκα : aor. of ιημι send, cast. 

■ηκεσατο : aor. of άκεο/χαι heal, cure. 

ηκεστος 3 : ungoaded, of cattle not 
broken for service. 

ηκ(α : am come. 

•ηλακάτη : spindle. 

rjXaaev : aor. of iXavvo) drive. 

ηλάσκω (άλάο /xat) : hover. 

ηλίκτωρ, -ορός : the beaming sun. 

ηληλατο: plpf. pass, of ελαυι/ω drive. 

ηλθον : aor. of έρχομαι come. 

*HAts, -t8o9 : Elis, the western coun- 
try of Peloponnesus, Β 615, 626. 
Northern Elis belonged to the 
Epeans, Southern Elis to Nestor. 



ήλος: nail, stud, used as an orna- 
ment for staif, hilt of sword, or 
goblet. 

ηλνθον : aor. of έρχομαι come. 

'Ή.λωνη : Thessalian town, Β 739. 

ημαθό-εις (άμαθος) : sandy. 

ημαι, 2d sing, ησαι, 3d pi. εΐαται or 
carat, irav. ησο, inf. ι^σ^αι, partic. 
η μένος, impf. ημψ, 3d pi. impf. 
εΐατο : sit. This verb with a par- 
tic, often marks the continuance 
of a state, esp. where a person is 
given up to grief or misfortune. 

ημαρ, -ατός (ήμερα) : day. δουλιον 
ημαρ day of slavery, slavery, νύκτας 
τε και ημαρ by (through) night and 
day. 

η μβ ρότες : aor. of άμαρτάνω miss. 

ήμείβετο : impf. of αμείβομαι ansiver. 

ημείς, gen. ημεων or ημείων, dat. ημϊν 
or άμμι, acc. άμμε : we, us, pi. of 
εγώ. 

ημεν : particle, generally correl. with 
η8έ, both — and. Cf. μεν ... δε. 

ημέτερος ( ημείς) 3 : our. 

ημί, impf. η : say, speak, η και is 
used after a speech that is re- 
ported, where the same subject is 
continued for the following verb. 

ημί-ονος : (half-ass), mule. 

ημισνς, -eta, -v : half, ήμισυ τιμής 
half of the honor. 

ήμι-τελης, -ες (τέλος) : half-fnished, 
uncompleted. 

ημος : when. 

ήμνω, aor. opt. ήμνσειε: droop its 
head, bow. 

ην : et av, if, with subjv. 

ηνΒανε : impf. of άνδάνω please, (av- 
8ανε is a better reading.) 

ηνεμό-εις, -εσσα, -εν (άνεμος) : windy, 
wind-swept. Epithet of high- 
situated towns, esp. of Hios. 

ηνεον: impf. of αΐνεω praise, com- 
mend. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



51 



ηνίΛ pi.: reinsy of the chariot-horses; 
freq. adorned with thin plates of 
ivory or metal. 

ηνί-οχενς, -rjo<s, and ηνί-οχος (ηνία, 
ΐχω) : charioteer. 

ηνίπαττει aor. of εηπτω rebuke. 

ηνι<;, -LOS, ace. pi. rjvls : sleek, shining 
(of cattle). 

ήνορέη, loc. as dat. ηνορίηφι (^άνηρ, 
avSpeia) : manliness, bravery. 

ηντετο : impf . of avropxiL meet. 

ηντησε : aor. of άντάω meet. 

ηνώγ€ί : impf. of αι/ωγα bid. 

ηος : see elos while, until. 

ηπείλησεν '. aor. of άπειλεω threaten. 

ήπειρος : mainland, land. 

ηπεροπεντης : deceiver. 

ήπεροττενω: deceive, trick. 

ήτΓίό-Βωρος : kindly-giving ^ kindly, 
generous. 

ητΓίος : kindly, soothing. 

ηρα (pjpa) : pleasure, always obj. of 
φερειν. μητρί εττΐ ηρα φέρων doing 
service of love to his mother. 

Ήρακλειδτ;? : son of Heracles, Β 653, 
679. 

*Ή.ρακληείος^: of Heracles, βίη'ϊΐρα- 
κληείη the might of Heracles, 
the mighty Heracles. See βίη. 
Β 658. 

ηραρε: aor. of αραρίσκω fit, join. 

rjparo : aor. of αρνυμαι gain. -— 

ήρατο : impf. of άράομαι pray. 

γίρενν : impf. of αίρεω seize. 

'ϊίρη- Hera, Juno, daughter of 
Cronus, both wife and sister of 
Zeus. Argos, Mycenae, and 
Sparta are her favorite cities. 
She hates the Trojans, and strong- 
ly favors the Greeks. She is called 
large-eyed (βοωττυς), revered (ττότ- 
vLo), lohite-armed (ΧενκωΚενο^ϊ). 

ηρηρειστο : plpf • pass, of ερείΒω 
thrust. 

ηρησατο : aor. of αράομαχ pray» 



ήρί-γενεία : early-born, child of the 
morning. Epithet of 'Ηώς Dawn. 

ηριπε : f'ill, aor. of ερείττω tear down. 

ηρκεσε : aor. of άρκεω avail, ward off. 

ηρμοσε: aor. of αρμόζω ft. 

ήρνκακε : aor. of ερνκω check. 

ηρως, -ωος, dat.pl. ηρώεσσίν: war- 
rior, hero. Not yet in the specific 
modern sense of hero. 

ησαι 2d sing., ησθαι inf., ησθψ dual, 
ησο imv. : of τ7/>ιαι sit. 

ησκείν : impf. of άσκεω prepare. 

■ηστην : dual impf. of εΙμΛ, am. 

ητεε : impf. of αΐτεω ask. 

ητίμασεν : aor. of άημάζω slight. 

■ητίμησε(ν) : aor. of άημάω slight. 

η tol: asseverative particle, believe 
me, in truth, indeed. 

ητορ, -ορός : heart, as part of the 
human body, and the seat of life, 
joy, grief, etc., mind ; lungs, Β 490. 

ηνΒα : impf. of αΰδάω speak. 

ήν-κομος : fair-haired. 

ηνς, ην: see ενς noble, valiant. 

ηϋσε : aor. of αυω shout. 

ήντε : as, introducing a comparison. 
μελάντερον ήντε πίσσα φαίνεται 
appears blacker (even) like pitch. 
See εντε. 

"Ή-φαίστος : Hephaestus, V u 1 c a - 
η u s, son of Zeus and Hera, god 
of fire and of metal-work (done 
by the aid of fire). His home 
was on Olympus. He favored 
the Greeks against the Trojans. 
His name is used for his element, 
fire, Β 426. A 571 fe., Β 101 f., 426. 

ήχή : roar, great din. 

ήχή-^ΐ-ς, -εσσα : resounding, roaring. 

ήχί : locative adv. where. 

ηψατο: aor. of άπτομαι touch, lay 
hold of, clasp. 

*Ηώς, gen. Ήόος : Eos, Dawn, 
Aurora, goddess of the morn- 
ing. She is called early-horn 



52 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



(r/pLyeveui), rosy-fingered (ροδοδά- 
KTvXo<;) and saffron-robed {κροκό- 
ttcttAos). 
ηώς, gen. ηόος or ηονς, ace. i^oa or 
ηω: morning, dawn. 

Θ. 

^άλα/χος : women's apartment, cham- 
ber (esp. of married people), store- 
room. 
θάλασσα : sea. 
θαλάσσιος : of the sea. 
θαλερός (θάλλω) 3 : blooming, vigor- 
ous, swelling. 
ΘαλτΓΐο? : Epean leader, Β 620. 
θαλπωρή: comfort, Joy. 
®αλνσίάΒης : son of Thalysius, Δ 458. 
θαμβίω, aor. θάμβησεν: aor. won- 
der came over (Jiim). 
θάμβος, -€ος : wonder, amazement, 
θαμειχύ or ^a/Aetat fern. pi. : adj. 

thick, close. 
Θάμυρις : Thamyris, a mythical 

Thracian bard, Β 595. 
θάνατος : death. 
Θάνε aor., θανεεσθαι fut. inf. : of 

θνιίσκω die. 
θατΓ- : see τεθηπότες dazed, 
θαρσαλεος (θάρσος) 3 : bold, coura- 
geous, 
θαρσέω, aor. θάρσησε : am bold, dare, 

take courage, 
θάρσος, -εος : courage, daring, 
θαρσννω, iterat. impf. θαρσυνεσκε : 

cheer, encourage. 
^ασσον: adv., comp. of ταχύ, the 

quicker, the sooner, at once, 
θανμχι, -ατός : a wonder, marvel, 
θαυμάζω : wonder, admire, 
©αυμακίη: a Magnesian town under 

the rule of Philoctetes, Β 716. 
θεά : goddess. 

®εάνώ : wife of Antenor, and priest- 
ess of Athena in Ilios, Ζ 298 ff., 
A 223 f. 



θεεν, θεον : impf. of θεω run. 

θεΐναί inf., θείομεν subjv. : aor. of 

τίθημί place, 
θείνομαί : am struck. 
θείος or θείος (θεός) : of the godsy 

divine, sacred, god-like. 
θείω : see θεω run. 
θέλω : wish, desire. See εθελω. 
θεμεναι : aor. inf. of τίθημι place, 

make. 
θέμις, -ιστός, pi. θεμίστες {τίθημι) : 
natural laio, what is fitting ; pL 
laws, decrees, η θέμις εστί as is 
right, as is lawful. 
-θεν : inseparable suffix, forming an 

ablatival gen.--- 
θεναρ, -αρος: hollow of the hand, Ε 339. 
θεο-ει8ης, -ες (εΐΒος) and θεο-είκελος : 
god-like. Of beauty of person, 
without reference to moral quali- 
ties. Cf Ισόθεος. 
θεο-ττροπεων : partic. prophesying, 

declaring the divine will, 
θεο-προπίη and θεοπρόττιον'. oracle, 

prophecy, loill of the gods. 
θεός: god, divinity. Cf. Βαίμων. 
θεράπων, -οντος : attendant, squire, 
comrade. A servant, but free, and 
doing voluntary service. 
®ερσιτης {θάρσος) : Τ her sites, the 
ugliest and most insolent of the 
Greeks, Β 212-271. 
θερω : ivarm, with gen. 
θες imv., θεσαν ind. : aor. of τίθημι 

place, make. 
θεσκελος : wondrous, strange. 
®εσπεια \®εσπΐαι] : Thespiae, in 
Boeotia, at the foot of Mt. Heli- 
con, Β 498. 
θεσπέσιος 3 : divine, marvellous, beau- 
tiful, θεσπεσίη by decree of the 
gods. 
Θεσσαλός : a son of Heracles, Β 679. 
©εστορίΒης : son of Thestor, Calchas, 
A 69. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



53 



θίσ-φατον: oracle. 

©€Tt9, -ιδος : Thetis^ a sea-goddess, 
wife of Peleus, and mother of 
Achilles, A 351 ff., 495 ff., !§ 35 ff., 
369 ff., Ω 74 ff. She is called 
silver-footed {άρ-γυρό-ττεζα) and 
θνγάτηρ aXtoLo yepovTO<;. 

θ ho: aor. oi τίθημι place. 

θ^ω or θ^ίω : run. 

Θηβαί or @ηβη : Thebes, the princi- 
pal town of Boeotia. It had been 
destroyed by the * Epigoni ' and 
does not seem to have been in- 
habited at the time of the Trojan 
war, cf. Ύποθηβαι, Β 505. It was 
seven-gated (ετττάττυλος), Δ 406. 

®ήβη : Theha, a Cilician town in 
the Troad under the rule of An- 
dromache's father Eetion ; it was 
sacked by Achilles. A 366, Β 691, 
Ζ 397, 416. 

Oriya), aor. imv. θηξάσθω : sharpen, 
wh^t. 

θηκε(ν) : aor. of τίθημι place, make. 

θηλνς, θηλαα : female, θηλνς is used 
also as fein. 

θην : enclitic particle, doubtless, ου 
θψ " I don't think." 

Oifjp, gen . θηρός : wild beast. 

θηρη (β-ηρ) : hunting, chase. 

θηρητηρ, -ηρος : hunter. 

Θτ/σεΰς, -ηος : Theseus, mythical 
king of Athens and national hero 
of Attica, ally of the Lapithae, 
A 265. 

-0t : inseparable locative suffix. 

θίς, dat. θΐνί: beach, strand. 

®ίσβη: between Mt. Helicon and 
the Corinthian gulf, not far from 
the coast, Β 502. 

^λάω, aor. θλάσσει crush. 

θντισκίύ, fut. θανίεσθαι, aor. Θάνε, 
perf. opt. τεθναίη, perf. partic. 
τεθνηωτα : die ; perf. am, dead, 

θνητός 3 : mortal. 



Θόάς,-αντος: Thoas, Aetolian leader, 
Β 638, Ν 216 ff., Ο 281 ff. 

θοόζ (θίω) 3 : swift, rapid, quick. 

θορων : aor. partic. of θρώσκω leap. 

θονρος, fem. θονρις, -ιδος : impetuous, 
raging. Epithet of "Αρης and of 
άλκτ^. 

Θόων, -ωνος : a Trojan, Ε 152. 

θοως (θοός) : adv. quickly, siviftly. 

θρασυ-μεμνοίν, -όνος : brave-hearted, 
of Heracles, Ε 639. 

θρασνς, -eta, -ύ {θάρσος) : bold. 

θρΙτΓτρα pi. (τρίφω) : gifts in return 
for nurture. ovSk τοκενσι θρετττρα 
άτΓίδωκε he did not return his par- 
ents* cai'e. 

θρέψε : aor. of τρέφω nourish, rear. 

®ρψξ, -ικος, or ®p7J$ : Thracian. 
The Thracians were allies of the 
Trojans. 

θρίξ, gen. τρίχός 
lambs). 

®povLov : Locrian 
town, Β 533. 

θρόνος : seat, chair, 
esp. a high arm- 
chair, with back 
and foot-stool, 
throne. 

θρόος : shout, cry, 
Δ 437. 

®pvov : a Pylian town, on the banks 
of the Alpheus, near the frontier 
of Elis, Β 592. 

θρωσκω, aor. εθορε : leap, rush. 

θνγάτηρ, ace. θνγατρα or θν-γατερα : 
daughter. 

θνεεσσιν : dat. pi. of θνος burnt offer- 
ing. 

θνελλα.: blast. 

®νεστης or @νε(ττα : Thyestes, grand- 
son of Tantalus, son of Pelops, 
brother of Atreus, father of 
Aegisthus (Clytaemnestra's para- 
mour), Β 106 f . 




Opovos. 



54 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



θΰμ-αλγης, -€? : heart-grieving, 

@νμοίτψ : an aged Trojan, Γ 146. 

θϋμο-λ^ων, -οντος : lion-hearted, 

θυμός : heart, soul, spirit, as the seat 
of life, and of the deskes, pas- 
sions, reason, and will, θνμω in 
heart, ivithin, όρίνω θνμόν touch 
the heart ; move to fear, anger, or 
pity, Cf, καρΒίη and κηρ. 

θϋμο-φθ6ρος(φθεφω) : life-destroying. 

θυνω, impf . Ovve ; rush madly, hasten. 

θνος, -€os : hwmt-offering ; probably 
not animal sacrifices, but some 
kind of incense. 

θυραζε : adv. {out of the door'), out. 

θνρετρα pi. : door, of Priam's palace. 

θνρη: door, em ΤΙριάμοιο OvprjaLv 
" before Priam's palace." 

θνσανο-εις, -εσσα : tasselled, fringed. 

θύσανος: tassel, fringe. 

θύσθλα pi. (θνω) : thyrsi, wands used 
in the worship of Dionysus, Ζ 134. 

^ω: rage. 

θώρη$, -ηκος : breast-plate, cuirass. 
Armor for the protection of the 
upper part of the body ; the lower 
part of it was called the ζωμα. 
The θωρη$ seems to have been 
composed of two large plates 
(γυάλα), one for the back, another 
for the front. 





θύρηξ. 



θωρησσω, aor. subjv. θωρηξομεν, aor. 
pass, θωρήχθησαν: arm, equip with 
cuirass. 

I. 

ία [fwa] : fem. of ϊος leW] one. 

'Ιάλμενος : Boeotian leader, Β 512. 

Ιαομαι, aor. Ιήσατο '. heal, cure. 

Ιαχη (ρ>^χ•) ' shriek, loud cry. 

Ιάχοί (ρίαχ-): shout, shriek, yell, 

*Ιαωλκ05 [Ίωλκό?] : lolcus, on the 
Pagasaean gulf, Β 712. 

-ΙδαΓος: Idaeus, (1) Trojan herald 
Γ 248. (2) A Trojan warrior, 
Ε 11 if. 

iSc: conj. and, Cf, rjSi, 

iBecLv inf., 18ε(ν) ind.,. 18ηαι subjv. 
mid.^ (/Γίδ-) aor.: see εΙΒον saw. 

~ΐ8η: Ida, a lofty mountain -chain 
in the Troad, stretching from 
northwest to southeast, with 
many projecting shoulders. 

-ΐΒηθεν: from Mt. Ida, Γ 276. 

ιδ /xev [ΐσμεν] : 1st pi. of οΓδα know 

ΐΒνόω, pass. dep. ΐΒνώθη : bend over, 

tSotjut : opt. of €ΐδον saiv, 

-ΐΒομενενς, -ηος : leader of the Cre- 
tans (B 645), son of Deucalion, 
grandson of Minos, and great- 
grandson of Zeus and Europa 
(N 449 if.) ; highly esteemed by 
Agamemnon (A 145> Β 405, 
Δ 257 ff.), and by Menelaus 
(Γ 230 ff.). He was one of the 
older leaders, cf. μεσαιττόλως 
Ν 361 grizzled. He reached home 
in safety after the war (γ 191). 

ιδον : epic for dhov saw, - 

Ιδρόω, f ut. ΙΒρωσεί, aor. ίδρωσα: sweat, 

ιδρύω, aor. pass. Ι^ρννθησαν (Ιδο?): 
seat, cause to sit down, 

ΙΒρώς, -ωτος (sudor, sweat) : sweat, 

ιδυΓα: fem. partic. of οΤδα know. 

ιδω/Λαι : subjv. mid. of εΤΒον saw, 

ιει impf., ίεΐσιν 3d pi. : of ϊημι send. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



55 



ie/xat : desire, mid. of ΐημι send. 

i€(v) impf ., UvaL inf. : of εΐμυ go. 

teWes : partic. of ΐημι hurl. 

UpeuL : priestess, Ζ 300. 

lepevs or tpevs, -ηος : priest. He was 
attached to a definite service or 
temple ; hence no priests are 
mentioned in the Achaean army. 

ίερευω, f ut. inf. Upcvai^cv, aor. Upev- 
σεν : sacrifice, offer in sacrifice ; 
slaughter, since most of the flesh 
of the victims v\ras eaten, and on 
the other hand no flesh was eaten 
until a part had been sacrificed 
to the gods. 

ιερόν and pi. Ιρά: offering, sacrifice, 
victim for sacrifice. 

tepos 3 : holy, sacred. 

ΐζω, imv. mid. ΐζεν, impf. mid. ΐζοντο 
(εδος) : seat, sit, rest. 

Ίηλΰσός : lalysus, one of the chief 
cities of Hhodes, Β 656. 

Ιημχ, 3d pi. ΙεΙσι, partic. teVres, impf. 
UL, pass, tevrai, impf. mid. tero, 
aor. ηκα or ε-ηκα, aor. opt. εΐη, aor. 
mid. εντο: send, hurl, cast, shoot, 
throw, drop, put ; pres. mid. desire. 

Ιησασθαί i inf. of laopxiL heal. 

Ιητηρ, -ηροζ• (Ιατρός, Ιάομχχι) : healer, 
surgeon, 

*ΐΘάκη: Ithaca, a small rocky and 
mountainous island of the Ionian 
Sea; the home of Odysseus, Β 632, 
Γ 201. 

^Ιθακήσιος : Ithacan. 

Wl'. imv. of είμχ come, go. Also as 
interjection, cf. άγε. 

ϊθμα, -ατός (et/Ai) : walk, gait, step, 
Ε 778. 

ιθύνω, impf. ΐθϋνεν (Ιθΰς") : send 
straight at, direct, guide. 

ΪΘυς [cv^'s]: adv., with gen., straight, 
straight at, 

Wvq, -ΰος : onsetf enterpinse. 



ΐθύω, aor. ΐθϋσε : press fonoard. 

*1θωμη : in western Thessaly, on the 
slopes of Mt. Pindus, Β 729. 

Ικάνω: come, freq. with ace. of 'limit 
of motion.* Cf. Ικνεομαι, ΐκω. 

-Ικάρως: Icarian. The Icarian Sea 
was part of the Aegean Sea, near 
the southwest part of Asia Minor, 
Β 145. 

Ικελος (fLK-") 3 : like, resembling. 

Ίκετάων, -όνος : son of Laomedon, 
and so brother of Priam, Γ 147. 

ΐκμενος : favoring, fiavorable, s e c un- 
dus; const, with ούρο?. 

Ικνεομαι and ϊκω, fut. ΐ^ομαι, aor, 
ικετο and T^c(v), aor. subjv. Γκα> 
/χαι and ΐκηαι: come, arrive at, 
reach; freq. with ace. of 'limit of 
motion.* 

Σλαδον (ίλη) : adv. in troops, in hat' 
talions, Β 93. 

ϊλάομαι : propitiate, worship, Β 550. 

Ιλάος : propitious, kind, gentle. 

Ιλάσκομαι, aor. subjv. ιλάσσ€αι and 
ϊλασό/χεσ^α : propitiate, appease. 

-Ιλιο? fem. (ριλ-) : Ilios, capital of 
the Troad, named from its foun- 
der Ilus (son of Tros, and grand- 
father of Priam, Υ 231 if.). It 
is called wind-swept (ηνεμόεσσα) 
and prosperous (εν ναιόμενον τγτο• 
λίεθρον). "Ιλιος is used for the 
* Troad * in A 71. 

Ιμϋς, -άντος : leather strap, 

ιμάσσω, aor. ιμασε, aor. subjv. ιμάσ• 
cnrj : lash, heat. 

*1μβρασί8ης : son of Imhrasus, Pei- 
roUs, a Thracian leader, Δ 520. 

Χμεν [teVai] : inf. of εΙμι go. 

ϊμερό-εις, -εσσα: lovely, charming. 

Ιμερος : longing, desire, 

ΐμερτός : lovely, heautifulf Β 751 

ϊνα: adv. where. Conj. in order 
that, that, with subjv, or opt 



56 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



'tva : ace. of ts strength, might. 

IvLOv: nape of the neck, neck-sinew. 

Ισαλος : bounding, leaping, Δ 105. 

lie(v), l$ov : aor. of Γκω come. 

ι$€σθαί: fut. of Ικνίομχχι come. 

lo/xcv subjv., lovres partic: of eLμLgo. 

Ιό-μωρος (fio-) : shrieker, boaster. 

ιός : arrow. Cf. οιστός. 

ϊος, ία, dat. Ιω: one. Cf. cIs. 

Ιότης, -ητος : will, άλλτ^λων ΙότΎρ-ι 
" each because of the other." 

ίο-χίαιρα {ιός, χεω) : {she who show- 
ers arroius), the archer goddess. 
Epithet of Artemis. 

νπττειος '. of the horses. 

ίπττευς, -^os : horseman, knight. (The 
Homeric heroes, however, did not 
ride, but drove in chariots.) Cf. 
Ιτητότα, Ιτητηλάτα. See άρμα. 

ΙτπΓ-ηλάτα (ελαυνω) : Aeol. for Σπτη/- 
λάτης (horse-driver), knight. 

ΐ7ηΓΐο-)(αιτης {χο-ίτ-η) : of horse-hair, 
Ζ 469. 

ΙτΓττό-βοτος (βόσκω) : horse-feeding. 
Epithet of Argos, as suited to the 
rearing of horses. 

Ιππο8αμ€ία : Hippodamla, wife of 
the Lapith Pirithous, Β 742. 

Ιτπτό-^αμος (δα/Ααω) : (horse-tamer, 
manager of horses), knight, 

Ιτητο-Βασεια (8ασνς) : with thick crest 
of horse-hair. 

Ιττπόθοος: Pelasgian leader, Β 840 ff. 

ίτΓΤΓΟ - κορνστης : horse - equipped, 
equipped with chariots. 

Ιττπόλοχος : son of Bellerophon and 
father of Glaucus, Ζ 119, 197. 

Χτητος: horse; freq. fem. even when 
no attention is called to the sex. 
Horses drew by the yoke, without 
*traces.' Dual and pi,, horses, horses 
and chariot, chariot (cf. the New 
England use of * team ' for ' wag- 
on'), even men on chariots (B 554). 
The Homeric heroes did not ride 



on horseback, κα^ ΐττιτων άίξανη 
leaping hastily froin their chariots. 

Ιττποσνντ] : horsemanshij). 

ιττπότα [Ιππότηςί : horseman, knight. 
Cf. Ιτητενς, Ιτητηλάτα. 

ΐπτΓ-ονρις (ονρά tail) : with horse-hair 
crest, crested. 

ΙτΓΤομαι, fnt. ΐψεταΐ, aor. ιψαο: j)ress 
hard, afflict, punish. 

ιρά : see ιερόν sacrifce. 

ιρενς : see Ιερενς priest. 

*Ipts : Iris, the messenger of the 
gods in all matters pertaining to 
war, Β 786. 

ϊρός 3 : see ιερός sacred. 

ις, ace. Γνα (ρις, vis): strength, might. 

ισαι/ : impf. of εΐμι go* 

-ΙσανΒρος: son of Belierophon, Ζ 197. 

ισασιι/: 3d pi. of 618a know. 

ϊσό-θεος : equal to the gods, god-like. 
Cf, θεοείκεΧος, θεοει^ής. 

Τσος (ficr-) 3 : equal. Ισον and Γσα 
cognate ace., adv., equally. 

Ισο-φαρίζω (φέρω) : equal, vie with. 

ΐστε . 2d pi. of οΓδα know. 

ΐστημι, aor. (ε)στησα, 2d aor. (ε)στη 
and στάν [Ιστι^σαν], 2d aor. subjV. 
στητι, aor. partic. στάς, iterat. aor. 
στάσκεν, perf. εστηκας, pi. perf. 
εστηκασιν or Ιστασι, perf. inf. 
εστάμεν, J)erf. partic. εστάότα or 
εστεωτα, plpf. εστηκει and εστα- 
σαν: pres. and 1st aor. act. tran- 
sitive, cause to stand, station, set, 
stop; other tenses and mid. in- / 
tr?insitive, take (mg)position,sta7id, 
stop, ιστον στησαντο hoisted the 
mast, κρητηρα στησασθαι (set up) 
offer a bowl, αντίοι εσταν they stood 
(rose) to meet him, άνα εστη stood 
up, rose. 

Ιστί'αια : on the northwest coast of 
Euboea, Β 537. (Trisyllabic by 
* synizesis.*) 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



57 



loTLOVi pl. as sing. Ιστία (tcrros) : 

sail. 

ίστσ-86κη (Βξχομαι) : mast-receiver^ 
a rest for tiie mast when the lat- 
ter was lowered, A 434. 

ιστός (ΐστημι): (1) mast (held m 
place by fore-stays (ττρότονοι). 
(2) Loom. Ιστον Ιττοίγεσθαι go to 
and fro hefore the loom, ply the 
loom. (The women stood to 
weave.) (3) Web. 
The Homeric loom was * an up- 
right framework, consisting of 
two perpendicular posts united at 
the top by a cross-bar. From this 
cross-bar, the threads of the warp 
were hung with weights. In 
weaving, one [say, the odd] set 
of threads, by means of a cross- 
stick (ϋανων, Φ 760), was drawn 
forward with one hand toward 
the breast of the weaver, while 
with the other hand the woof- 
thread, by means of the κερκίς 
or shuttle, was cast through 
the opening thus made between 
the [odd and even] threads of 
the warp. The weaver passed 
back and forth in front of the 
loom.' (Perrin's commentary on 
£62.) 

Ισχανάω (Ισχω) : hold, check. 

Ισχίον. hip-Joint. 

Ισχω^ίχω): hold, check, ισχεο check 
thyself, restrain thyself, halt! 

tT€ imv., ΐτψ impf . : of cI/ai go. 

ιτυς, -υο5 (/rtr-) : felloe of a wheel. 

-Ιτων, -ωνο9 : in Phthiotis, Β 696. 

ΐφθίμος : strong, mighty. 

ΐ-φί (ριφι, ϊς) : adv. with might,' 
strongly. 

-Ιφίκλοζ : father of Protesilaiis, 
Β 705. 

ϊφως (ρΐ-φ-) ' strong, goodly (of 
sheep) . 



-Ιφίτος : Phocian Argonaut, Β 518. 
Ιχ(ί>ρ, ace. Ι^€κληγώς : shriek, shout, 
yell, ring. 

κλαίω : weep, wail. 

κλατός ( κλίος) 3 : famed, renowned, 
illustrious. 

κλίοζ, -COS : fame, glory, report. 

κλίτΓτης: thief, Γ 11. 

κλίπτω, aor. ^κλεψεν: steal, am 
stealthy, am deceitful. 

KXewvaL pi. : Cleonae, in Argolis, 
not far from Corinth, Β 570. 

κληίς, -Γδθ5 (clavis): key, collar^ 
bone. 

κλήρος : lot. 

κλίνω, aor. €κλΐναν, perf, partic. kc- 
κλίμίνος, aor. pass. Ικλίνθη : lean, 
turn aside, put tofiight; pass, lean 
aside (or hack), rest, κεκλιμένος 
λίμνη living next (on) the lake. 

κλισίη : hut, barrack, tent. 

κλισίη-θενΐ from the tent. 

κλίσίην-Βε : to the tent. 

κλονίω : drive in tumult. 



Κλονίος : a Boeotian leader, Β 495, 
Ο 340. 

κλόνος : tumult, confusion. 

κλνθί : aor. imv. of κλυω hear. 

Κλνμενη: attendant of Helen, Γ 144. 

Κλυταιμνήστρα : wife of Agamem- 
non. Ace. to the later story, she 
was daughter of Tyndareus and 
Leda, and sister of Helen. Dur- 
ing Agamemnon's absence she 
proved unfaithful to him, 'and 
(with her paramour, Aegisthus) 
slew him on his return to 
Greece. 

ΚλυτιΌς : Clytius, brother of Priam, 
Γ 147. 

κλντό-ττωλος : toith famed horses. 
Epithet of Hades, Ε 654. 

κλντός (i η c 1 u t u s, κλνω) : famed, 
glorious. 

κλντο-τίγνης: of glorious art. 

κλντό-το^ος '. of renowned bow . 

κλνω, aor. Ικλυε, imv. κλί^ι, κλΛττ^, 
and κ€κλυτ€ : hear, give ear to my 
request. 

κλωμακόεσσα : rocky, Β 729. 

κνίφας, -αος : darkness of evening. 

κνήμη: shin-bone. 

κνημίς, -ΐΒος: greave, a bent thin 
plate of metal which protected 
the lower part of the leg. It was 
fastened at the ankle by hooks or 
buckles (Ιτησφνρνα). The greave 
seems to be one of the most char- 
acteristic parts of the armor of 
the Achaeans, for they are called 
ΙνκνημιΒες Ά^^αιοι'. See θωρηξ. 




κνημί5. 
κνημόςι glen. 
κνιση . savor of burnt offerings, fat. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



63 



Κνωσού : Cnosus, chief city of Crete, 
Β 646, ^ 591. 

κοίλος or κοίλος 3 : hollow. 

κοίμάω, aor. κοιμησαντο: lay to rest; 
mid. lie; aor. lay down to rest. 

κοιρανίω : command, rule. 

Kotpavos : a Lycian, Ε 677. 

κοίρανος : lord, ruler. 

κολ^-ον: for κονλ^όν sheath. 

κολλητός : well-Joined, well-built. 

κόλτΓος : bosom, gulf. 

κολωάω : scold, brawl, Β 212. 

κολωνη : hill, height. 

κολωός : brawling, quarrel. 

κομάω (κόμη) : have long hair, κάρη 
κομό(οντ€ς long-haired, οτηθεν κο- 
μόωντες with long back hair (the 
front hair being cut short). 

κομγ]•. hair. 

κομίζω, aor. (1)κόμισσ€, aor. imv. 
κόμισαι: attend to, care for, take 
up. 

κοναβίω and κοναβίζω, aor. κονάβη- 
σαν: resound, ring. 

κονίη: dust. 

κονίσαλος : cloud of dust, eddy of dust. 

Κόρυνθος : Corinth, Β 570. The old 
name of Corinth was Ephyra. 

κόρση : temple of the head. 

κορνθ-αιολος : crest-waving, gleaming- 
crested. Epithet of Hector. 

κόρνς, -νθος : helmet. 
See θωρη^. 

κορνσσω, perf. par- 
tic, κίκορνθμίνος: 
equip luith helmet^ 
equip, rouse to 
conflict ; mid. 
equip myself, rouse 
myself, κεκορνθ- KOpvs. 

μίνος χαλκω equipped ivith bronze, 
bronze-helmeted, bronze-pointed. 

κορνστης ' helmeted, armed. 

κορνφη : summit, crest. 

κορνφόομαί i am crested, tower, Δ 426. 




Κο/οώι /eta: Coronea, a Boeotian town, 
southwest of Lake Copais, Β 503. 

Κορώνη : hook, at the end of the bow, 
for the bow string. 

κορωνίς, -ί8ος : curved, of the ships 
with curving bow and stern. (See 
άμφύλισσα.) 

Κόρωνος : a Lapith, Β 746. 

κοσμέω, aor. κοσμήσεων), aor. pass. 
κόσμηθεν [β.κοσμηθησαν~\: arrange 
in order, draw up (in line), mar- 
shal. Equiv. to Att. τάσσω. 

κοσμήτωρ, -ορός (κοσμίω) : marshal, 
commander. 

κόσμος : order, orderly arrangement, 
decoration, κατά κόσμον fitly. 

κοτίω, aor. subjv. κοτίσσεται : am 
angry, feel sullen anger. 

κοτη-€ΐς, -εσσα : angry. 

κότος : anger, grudge, hate. 

κοτύλη: (cup), hip -Joint. 

κονλεόν or κολεόν : sheath. 

κονρη [^κόρηΐ : maiden, girl, daughter, 

κονρίΒίος 3 : wedded. 

κονρος [κόρος'] : youth, young man. 
With KovpoL ^Κγαίων youths of the 
Achaeans, cf νΐες Άχαιωι/. 

κονρότερος : younger, stronger. 

Κόως : see Κως Cos. 

κραΒίη : see καρ^ίη heart. 

κραναίνω, aor. imv. κρηηνον: accom- 
plish, perform, fulfil. 

κραητνος : swift. 

κραιπνά: ace. adv. swiftly. 

Κρανάη : an island to which Paris 
took Helen from Sparta, Γ 445. 

Κραναός 3 : rugged, rocky. 

Κράπαθος : Carpathus, an island 
between Crete and Rhodes, Β 676. 

κραταιός (κράτος) 3 ; mighty. 

κρατερός or καρτεράς : strong, mighty, 
stern, grievous. Comp. κρείσσων, 
sup. κάρτιστος. 

κρατερ-ωνν$, -νχος (όνυζ) ' strong- 
hoofed. 



64 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



κρατ€ω : hold sway, rule. 

κράτος, -cos : strength, might, victory. 

κράτος : gen. of κάρη head. 

κρέας, -ατός, pi. κρία: meat, flesh. 

κρείσσων, -ov (κρατερός): stronger, 
more mighty, superior. 

κρύων, -οντος : ruler, prince, king. 

κρηγνος: good, favorable, A 106. 

κρηηνον : aor. imv. of κραναίνω ful- 
fil. 

Κρηθων, -ωνος : a Messenian, Ε 542. 

κρήνη: spring, fountain. 

Κρήτες pi. : Cretans, Β 645. 

Κρήτη: Crete, Β 649. 

Κρήτηθεν: from Crete, Γ 233. 

κρητήρ, -ήρος (κεράνννμι): mixing- 
bowl, bowl, in which the wine was 
mixed with water, before it was 
served. 

κρΐ [κριθής : indecl. barley. 

Kptvo), aor. εκρϊνεν : separate, set 
apart, select, arrange, interpret; 
mid. measure strength. 

Κρΐσα : ancient town in Phocis, near 
Delphi, Β 520. 

κροαίνω : clatter. 

Κροκνλεία pi. : on Ithaca, Β 633. 

Κρονί^ης and Κρονίων, -ωνος : son of 
Cronus, Zeus. 

Κρόνος : Cronus, Saturnus ; 
father of Zeus, Poseidon, Hades, 
and Hera. 

κρόταφος : temple of the head. 

κρουνός : spring, water-source. 

κρνόείς, -εσσα, ~εν: chilling. 

κρνπτάΒως (κρύπτω) 3 : secret, κρν- 
τΓτάδια secret plans. 

Κρωμνα : Paphlagonian town, Β 855. 

κτάμεναι inf., κτάνε ind. : aor. of 
κτείνω slay. 

κτεαρ, dat. pi. κτεάτεσσιν: })\. prop- 
erty, possessions. 

Κτεατος : an Epean, Β 621, A 709. 

κτείνω, aor. snbjv. κτείνης, aor. 
(ε)κτανε(ν) and έκτα, aor. mid. as 



pass, κτάμενος : slay, kill. Rarely 
used of killing beasts. 

κτημη, -ατός (κτάομχχι) : possession, 
treasure. Cf. κτεαρ, κτησις. 

κτησις, -ιος : property. 

κτίλος : ram. 

κϋάνεος : dark blue, dark. 

κϋΒαίνω (κνΒος) : glorify, make mag- 
nificent. 

κϋΒαλίμος : renowried, glorious. 

κϋΒι-άνειρα (άνήρ) : man-ennobling. 

κνΒίάω: glory, boast. 

κύΒιστος 3 : most glorious. 

κν8οίμός : tumult. 

κν^ος, -εος : glory, splendor. 

κνκάω : stir, mix. 

κνκλα pi. (κύκλος) : wheels. 

κνκλόσε : round about. 

κυκλο-τερής, -ες : circular, κνκλοτε• 
ρες τό$ον ετεινεν he stretched the 
boio until it became round. 

κνκνος ( c y g η u s) : swan . 

κνκόωντί : partic. of κνκάω stir. 

Κνλλήνη : Cyllene, a lofty moun- 
tain in northern Arcadia, Β 603. 

κνμα, -ατός : wave, billow. 

κνμβαχος: Άά]. head foremost. 

κννεη (κνων) : dog-skin (cap), cap, 
helmet. 

κννεσσιν : dat. pi. of κνων dog. 

κννεω, aor. κνσε : kiss. 

Kwos : the harbor of Opus, Β 531. 

κυιζ-ώττα voc. A159 and κννωτης, -ώος 
fem. (ω»/') : dog-faced, shameless. 

Κ,ντταρίσσήεις, -εντός : town under 
Nestor's rule, Β 593. 

Κυττά/οισσο? : Phocian town, Β 519. 

κνττελλον: beaker, cup, goblet. Cf. 
Βεττας. 

Κνττρίς, -ι8ος : Cypris, of Cyprus. 
By-name of Aphrodite, Ε 422. 

κντΓτω, aor. partic. κνψαντί : stoop. 

κνρμα, -ατός : prey, booty, spoil. 

κνρω, aor. partic. κνρσας : chance 
upon, fall in with, find. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



65 



KvpTos : rounded, bending. 

κνσε : aor. of Kvvito kiss. 

KuVns, -los : bladder. 

Κυτωρος : a Paphlagonian town, 
Β 853. 

Κυφος : city in northern Thessaly, 
Β 748. 

κνών, gen, κννόζ, dat. pi. κΰνίσσιν: 
dog, hound. Dogs were the sca- 
vengers of the camp and the city, 
and often preyed on the bodies 
of the slain. They were to the 
oriental mind the personification 
of shamelessness. 

Κώτται pi. : town on the north of 
Lake Copais in Boeotia, Β 502. 

κωπη : hilt. 

Κως or Κοω? : Cos, an island in the 
Icarian Sea, near Caria, Β 677. 

A. 

Λάας : an old city in Laconia, Β 585. 

λαας, dat. pi. λά€σσι : stone. 

λάβ€, λαβίτψ: aor. of λαμβάνω 

take, seize. 
λάβρος : violent, impetuous, 
λαγχάνω, aor. λάχομ^ν : receive by lot, 

receive as my portion. 
Αά€ρηά8ης : son of Laertes, Odys- 

.seus, Γ 200. 
λάζομαί (λαμβάνω) : seize, take, 
λάθργ] (λανθάνω) : secretly, 
λάθωμαί : forget, aor. subjv. of 

λανθάνω. 
λαίλαι/', -απο? : tempest, 
λάίνος (λαα?) : of stone, 
λαίσψον: target, light shield. It is 

called πτερόεν icinged, as lighter 

than the άσττις. Prob. it had no 

outer layer of metal, but was of 

rough leather. 
Λακίδαι/αων, -όνος : Lacedaemon. It 

is called κοίλη hollow, as forming 

a basin between Mt. Taygetus. 

and Mt. Parnon. 



λαμβάνω, aor. €(λ)λα/?€ and λάβε : 

accept, take, seize. 
λαμττετάω, partic. λαμττετόωντι (λάμ- 
πω) : shine, gleam, A 104. 
ΑάμτΓος : brother of Priam, Γ 147. 
λαμττρός (λάμπω) 3 : bright, shining. 

λαμπρόν brightly, neut. adv. 
λάμπω: shine, gleam, flash, 
λανθάνω, aor. λάθίν, redupl. aor. 

λελάθοντο, perf. λελασται (λήθη) : 

escape notice; mid. foi-get. 
λάζ: adv. with the foot. Cf πν$. 
Αάοδά/Α£ΐα : daughter of Bellero- 

phon ; slain by Artemis, Ζ 197 ff. 
ΑάοΒίκη : daughter of Priam, Γ 124, 

Ζ 252. 
Αάόδοκο? : son of Antenor, Δ 87. 
ΑάομεΒοντίάΒης : son of Laomedon, 

Priam, Γ 250. 
ΑάομέΒων, -οντος: Laomedon, king 

of Troy, father of Priam, Ε 269. 
λαός : people, folk, esp. fghting men. 

The pi. is used like the sing. 
λαπάρη : flank (below the ribs). 
Λάρισα: Pelasgian town in ^eolis 

near Cyme, Β 841. 
λάσως 3 : shaggy. 
λάχνη : tvool, woolly hair, of the hair 

of Thersites, Β 219. 
λαχνη-εις, -εντός : hairy, shaggy, 
λάχομεν : aor. of λαγχάνω receive as 

my portion. 
λέγω, aor. inf. λε^ασθαι, aor. pass. 

ελεχθην: collect, count, recount, 

rehearse, λέγομαι, fut. λέγεται 

lay myself to rest, lie. 
λείαίνω, aor. partic. λειηνας : smooth^ 

polish. 
λείβω : pour a libation, 
λειμών, -ωνος : meadow, mead, 
λείος 3 : smooth, 
λείονσι : dat. pi. of λέων lion, 
λείπω, aor. (ε)λιπον, perf. λελοιπεν, 

plpf. ελελειπτο : leave, depart from, 

leave behind ; mid. remain behind. 



66 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



λειρίό-είς, -εσσα: lily-like, lily, (i.e. 

delicate as the color of the lily). 
λελάθοντο aor., λελασται perf . : for- 
get, mid. of λανθάνω escape notice. 
λελίημαί : am eager. λελιημίνος 

eagerly, impetuously. 
AeAotTTCv : perf. of λειττω leave. 
Aeoi/rcv9, -ηο<ζ : one of the Lapithae ; 

a Thessalian leader, Β 745. 
λέ'τταδι/α pi. : bi^oad straps which 

passed under the necks of the 

horses and held fast the yoke, 
λεπω, aor. cXei/'c : {peel), strip, 

A 236. 
Αευκος : companion of Odysseus, 

Δ 491. 
XevKOs (lux, look) 3: wJiite, bright, 

gleaming. 
XevK-wXevo^ (^ωΧίνη, ulna, ell) : 

white armed. Epithet of Hera. (In 

the Homeric dress, the woman's 

arms were bare.) 
λευσσω (Χευκό^) : see, look, behold. 
Χεχε-τΓοίψ acc. : grassy, in the midst 

of meadows. 
Χίχος, dat. pi. Χεχεεσσίν: couch, bed. 
Χεχοσ-Βε : to the bed. 
Χεων, -οντος, dat. pi. Χεωνσιν : lion. 
Χηγω, aor. λ^^αν : cease, cease from, 

give up. 
Χήθη (Lethe): forgetfulness, Β 33. 
Αηθο<; : a Pelasgian, Β 843. 
Χηθω: equiv. to λανθάνω, escape 

notice; mid. forget. 
Xrj'iov: standing grain. 
Αηΐτος : Boeotian leader, Β 494. 
Αημνος : island in northern part of 

the Aegaean Sea, A 593, Β 722. 
λ^^αν: aor. of Χη-γω cease. 
Αητώ, Αητονς : Leto, L at ο η a, 

mother of Apollo and Artemis, 

A 9, Ε 447. 
ΧίάζομΜ, aor. par tic. Xtaa^cts: turn 

aside, ivithdraw one''s self 
λιγεω? {Xiyvs) '. adv. clearly. 



Xiyie aor. : sung, of a bow. 

Xiyvpos 3 : shinll, piping. 

Xiyvs, -eta, -v: clear-voiced. 

Xιyv-φθoyyos : clear-voiced. 

Χιψ: adv. exceedingly, excessively 
και Χίην and in truth, and verily. 

Χίθο<ϊ : stone. 

Χίκμάω : winnow, Ε 500. 

Αίκνμνίος : uncle of Heracles, slain 
by Tlepolemus, Β 663. 

Λιλαια: town in Phocis, at the 
source of the Cephisus, Β 523. 

ΧίΧούομαι: desire, am eager for. 

Χίμην, -€vo<s : harbor. ' 

Χίμνη : lake. 

AtVSos : town on Rhodes, Β 656. 

Χίνο-θώρη$, -ηκοζ : with linen doublet. 

Xlvov (linen) : (βαχ, thread), net. 

λιπαρός 3 : (oily), shiny, bright, beau- 
tiful. 

At7re(v), ΧίττΙσθαί : aor. of Χείπω 
leave. 

λίσσομαί, impf. (€λ)λισσ€το, aor. 
imv. λισαι (litany) : entreat, be- 
seech. 

Χοίβη (Χείβω) : libation, drink-offer• 
ing. Cf σίΓον^η. 

Xotytos : dreadful, hurtful. 

Aotyos : destruction, ruin, death. 

Χοίμός: pestilence, plague, A 61. 

Αοκροί pi. : Locrians, Β 527. 

λούω, aor. Χονσεν or Χόεσεν, perf. 
mid. ΧεΧονμενος : wash, bathe, mid. 
bathe one's self. 

Χόφο<; : crest of helmet ; generally 
made of horse-hair. See θωρηξ. 

Χόχοζ (Χεχος) : place of ambush, am- 
bush. 

Χόχον-8ε : to an ambuscade. 

Xvypos (1 u g e o) : miserable, dreary^ 
death-bringing. 

λυγρώς : grievously, Ε 763. 

Χνθη : aor. pass, of λυω loose. 

Χνθρον: gore. 

Αυκαστο? r Cretan town, Β 617. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



67 



Λυκαων: (1) son of Priam, Γ 333. 
(2) A Lycian, father of Pandarus, 
Β 826. 

λνκψ-γ€νψ, -€09 : epithet of Apollo, 
prob. ^ child of the light'' (lux), 
Δ 101. 

Ανκίη: Lycia. (1) On the south 
coast of Asia Minor, between 
Caria and Pamphylia, Β 877. 
(2) A district near Troy, Ε 173. 

Α.νκίψθ€ν : from Lycia. 

Ανκίψ-8ε : to Lycia. 

AvKLOL : Ly clans ^ commanded by 
Sarpedon, Β 876. 

XvKO'i (lupus); wolf. 

Ανκόοργος : king of the Thracian 
Edonians, Ζ 130 ff. 

Ανκτος : Cretan town, Β 647. 

λνμχι, -ατός : flih, deflement. 

Αυρνησσός : town in the Troad, not 
far from Theba, Β 690. 

λυω, fut. Χύσω, aor. (€)λϋσα, perf. 
XeXvvrai, aor. pass. Χύθη: loose, 
free, dismiss; mid. loose for my- 
self, ransom. 

Χωβάομαι, aor. opt. Χωβησαιο: in- 
sult, am insolent. 

Χωβη : ^hame, disgrace. 

Χωβητηρ, -ηρος : insolent fellow. 

Χωΐων, -ok: more desirable, better y 
comp. of ayaOos. 

λωτό? : clover, food for horses, Β 776. 

Μ. 

/Λα {μάν, μτίν) : particle of assevei;a- 
tion, with the accusative, which 
p-obably depends on a verb of 
swearing implied. In affirmative 
asseverations vat μά is used, ov 
μα yap *ΑπόΧΧωνα no, by Apollo ! 
vol μα ToSe σκητττρον yes ! by this 
sceptre. 

Μάγν>;τ€ς pi. : Thessalians dwelling 
near Mt. Pelion, Β 756. 

μαζός : nipple, breast. 



μάθον : aor. of μανθάνω learn. 

Μαίανδρος : river near Miletus. 
Β 860. 

μαίμάω, aor. μαίμησε : am eager, am 
impetuous, rage. 

μαίνομχχί (mania) : rave, rage, am 
frantic. 

MatW : a Theban, son of Haemon, 
Δ 394 ff. 

μάκαρ, -apos : blessed, happy. 

μχικρός 3 : long, high, tall, μακρά 
and μακρόν adv. μακρά βφάς 
with long strides, μακρόν ανσεν 
shouted afar, i.e. shouted aloud. 

μΛΧα adv. : exceedingly, very, readily, 
thoroughly, by all means, άλλα 
/Λάλα but surely. 

/Λολλον comp. : more, rather. 

μάΧίστα sup. ; especially, most of all. 

μαΧακός 3 : soft, gentle. 

μάν [μην] : in truth, indeed. 

μανθάνω, aor. μάθον. learn. 

μαντίνομαι : am a seer, prophesy, pre- 
diet. 

Μαντινίη : Arcadian town, Β 607. 

μάνης : seer, soothsayer. 

μαντοσννη : gift of prophecy. 

μapyaLvω: rage, am furious, Ε 882. 

μαρμαίρω : gleam, shine, sparkle. 

μάρναμαι : fight, contend. 

μάρτυρος : witness. 

Μάσϊ/ς, -ϊ;τος : town in Argolis, 
Β 562. 

μαστίζω, aor. μάστι^€ν: lash, whip, 

μάστιξ, -ϊγος : lash, whip. 

ματάω, aor. subjv. ματησ^τον : hold 
back, delay. 

μάχαιρα: dagger, large knife, used 
in sacrifice. 

Μαχαων : son of Asclepius (Aescu- 
lapius); a surgeon from Thes- 
saly, Β 732, Δ 193 &., A 506 ff. 

μΛχη : battle, conflict ; field of battle, 
Ε 355. 

μαχητής : warrior, soldier, fighter. 



68 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



μάχομχΐί or μαχ€ομηί, f ut. μχιχησομχα, 
aor. μαχησάμεθα and /χα^^εσασ^αι : 
βght, contend. 

μάφ : adv. thoughtlessly, vainly, to 
no purpose. 

/Λαι/^διω? : foolishly, thoughtlessly. 

μί'. acc. of εγώ 1. 

μέγα: adv. qualifying all degrees 
of comparison ; greatly, mightily, 
very, far. 

쀕γά-θνμος : great-souled, high-mind- 
ed. Epithet of men and peoples. 

μεγαίρω: grudge. 

με-γόΧα : adv. greatly. μεγάΧ ενχετο 
loudly prayed. 

μεγαλ-ητωρ, -ορός : great-hearted, 
courageous. 

μί-γαρον : large room, main hall (in 
the centre) of the house; pi. dwell- 
ing, house, palace. 

μέγας, μεγάλη, μέγα : great, large, 
tall, mighty. Comp. μείζων, superl. 
μέγιστος. 

μέγεθος, -εος : size, height. 

Μεγης, -ητος : son of Phyleus, leader 
of the Dulichians, Β 627, Ε 69. 

Με8εων, -ωνος: town in Boeotia, 
Β 501. 

μεΒεων, -οντος (μεΒων) : rw/er, ruling, 
only of Zeus, Γ 276. 

μεΒομαί : care for, give heed to (with 
gen.), contrive. 

Με8ων, -οντος : son of Oileus, half- 
brother of Ajax, slain by Aeneas, 
Β 727, Ν 693 fe., Ο 332 &. 

με^ων: counsellor, leader, captain. 

μεθ-άλΧομοί, aor. partic. μετάΧμενος : 
spring after, leap upon. 

μεθ-είω subjv., μεθεμεν inf. : aor. of 
μεθίημι, let go, give up, surrender. 

μεθ-εττω : drive after, with two aces. 

μεθημων, -όνος : slack, yielding. 

μεθ-ίημι, aor. subjv. μεθείω, aor. inf. 
μεθεμεν : let go, give up, surrender; 
intrans. draw hack, give way-^ 



μεθ-ίστημι, impf. μεθίστατο: mid. 
take one'' s place among. 

μεθ-ομίλεω: associate with, A 269. 

μεώάω, aor. μειΒησε (smile) : smile. 

μείζων : comp. of μέγας great, large, 
tall, mighty. 

μείλίνος (μελινος, μεΧίη) 3 : ashen, 
of ash. 

μειλίχιος (μέλι) 3 : kind, friendly. 

μεΐνα : aor. of μένω remain, await. _ 

μείρομαι, perf . εμμορε (μέρος) : re- 
ceive as a portion. 

μείων, -όνος : comp. of μικρός little, 
short. 

μέλαθρον: ceiling, roof, house. Cf 
tectum. 

μελαίνω : blacken, stain a dark color; 
in Ε 354 stain dark red. 

Μελάνθιος : a Trojan, Ζ 36. 

μελάς, /Λελαιι/α, μελαν: black, dark. 
Comp. μελάντερος. 

Μελέαγρος: son of Oeneus, leader 
Φ of the Caledonian hunt, Β 642, 
I 543 ff. 

μέλι, -ιτος : honey. 

Μελίβοια: a Thessalian town in 
Magnesia, Β 717. 

μελίη : ash, ashen spear (sc. εγχείη). 

μελι-ηΒης, -ες : honey-sweet. 

/αελισσα (μέλι) : bee. 

μελί-φρων, -όνος : heart-rejoicing, of 
wine, Ζ 264 (cf ενφρων, Γ 246) ; 
refreshing, of sleep, Β 34. 

μέλλω : am destined, am about. 

μέλπω: sing (the pi:aises of). 

μελω, fut. μελησει and μελησεται, 
perf. μεμηλε : am a care, am an 
object of concern. (1) The object 
of concern is put in the nom, and 
the person who feels the concern 
in the dat. (2) The verb is 
impers. and takes the object of 
concern in the gen. 

fic/>taa perf. : am eager, rush on im- 
petuously. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



69 



μεμακνΐα : perf . partic. of μηκάομαι 
bleat. 

μέμνημχΐί : remember, perf. of μψν^- 
σκω 7'emind. 

μίμονα perf. : strive, wish, am eager. 

μίν : a weaker form of μην. (1) In- 
deed, in truth ; (2) correlative with 
δε, helping to mark the contrast 
between two clauses. Cf. μίντοι. 

μεν^αίνω : am eagerly desirous. 

Μενέλαος : Menelaiis, king of Sparta, 
son of Atreus, brother of Aga- 
memnon, and husband of Helen. 
Β 408, 586 ff., Γ 21 ff., 206 ff., 
Δ 94 ff., Ζ 44 fe., Π 311 fe., Ρ 45 fE. 
He is called άρψφυλος, βοην άγα- 
μος, $ανθ6ς (tawny-haired). He 
wandered for eight years after 
the capture of Troy before re- 
turning with Helen to his home, 
γ 276 ff., δ 351 ff. The Fourth 
Book of the Odyssey gives an 
account of the visit paid by 
Odysseus's son Telemachus to 
Menelaus at Sparta. 

/χ,ενε-τΓτόλε/Λος : standing βrm in bat- 
tle, brave. 

Μενεσ^ευς, -iyos : son of Peteos, and 
leader of the Athenians, Β 552. 

Μενζσθψ : a Greek, Ε 609. 

Μει/οιηάδτ;? : son of Menoetius, Pa- 
troclus, A 307. 

με'νος, -εος : might, courage, prowess, 
fury. 

μίνω, aor. {ΐ)μανα'. remain, await. 

μερμηρίζω, aor. μερμηρίζε: am un- 
decided, am in perplexity, ponder. 

Μέροψ, -ottos: a seer of Percote, 
Β 831. 

μεροψ, -σπος : mortal. 

Μίσθλψ : leader of Maeonians, 
Β 864. 

μεσοζ : see μίσσος middle. 

Μεσση : town in Laconia, Β 582. 

μεσσηγνς [μεταξύ] : adv. between. 



Μεσσηίζ, -ιδος : a spring in Thes- 
saly, Ζ 457. 

μ€σ{σ)ος (m e d i u s) 3 : middle, in the 
midst. TO μέσον the middle, midst. 

μετά: adv. and prep, among, after. 
(1) With dat. in the midst of; (2) 
with ace. into the midst of among 
(as with dat., Β 143), after. It 
sometimes implies change, μετά 
δ* ετράπετο : he turned around. 

μετα-8ρομά8ην (δρόμος) : adv. pur- 
suing, running after, Ε 80. 

μεταΧΧάω, aor. μετάλΧησαν : ask 
about, inquire after. 

μετ-άΧμενο^ : aor. partic. of μεθάλ- 
λομαι spring after, leap upon. 

μετα-μάζιος (μαζός) : between the 
(nipples) breasts. 

μεταμωνίο^ : in vain, void. 

μεταξύ: adv. between, only A 156. 

/Λετα-ττρε'ττω : am conspicuous, am emi- 
nent among. 

μετα-σσενομχη : rush after, hasten 
after. 

μετά - τρεττω : mid. turn myself 
toward, give heed to. 

μετανΒάω, impf . μετηνΒα : speak 
among. 

μετά-φημί, aor. μετεειπον: speak 
among. 

μετα-φράζομαΐ, fut. μεταφράσομαΐ '. 
consider afierioards, A 140. 

μετά-φρενον : upper part of the back, 
back. 

μετ-εειπον : aor. of μετά-φημί speak 
among. 

μετ-ειμί, fut, μετ-εσσομαχ (ειμί): am 
among, am between, am one of. ov 
ττανσωλη μετεσσεταί no respite will 
intervene. 

μετ-ειμί (είμχ) : go after, shall go 
after. 

μετ-εργομαχ, fut. μετεΧενσομαι, aor. 
partic. μετεΧθων: come aβer, come 
among, come to, attend to. 



70 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



μ€τ-€σσομαί : fut. of /AeVet/xt am 
among, am beiween. 

μ€τ-€φη: impf. of μετά-φημί speak 
among. 

μ€τ-οίχομαί : go after (with ace). 

μ€τ-07ησθ€(ν) : adv. behind, after- 
wards. 

μετ-ωτΓον : forehead. 

μ€ν Ιμον] : gen. of €γώ /. 

μη: negative. (1) Adv. not, used 
in commands, μη μ Ιρίθιζε do not 
anger me ; in wishes, μη ctt ηίΧιον 
δίναι may not the sun go down; in 
clauses of purpose, οφρα μη αγέ- 
ραστος €ω that I may not be without 
a prize-, in conditional clauses, 
et δε K€ μη δώωσιν if they shall 
■not give ; in conditional relative 
clauses, ους μη Krjpes εβαν θανάτοίο 
φίρονσαί whomsoever the fates of 
death did not carry off. (2) Conj. 
that not, lest, μη σε τταρείττη Θεης 
lest Thetis persuade you. 

μη^€ : adv. but not, and not, not even, 
nor. μηΒέ — μηΒί (and not — and 
not}, neither — nor. 

μηΒομαί, aor. μησατο : contrive, plan. 

μηΒος, -eo5 : plan, device. 

Μηθώνη : Thessalian town in Mag- 
nesia, Β 716. 

μηκάομαι, perf. par tic. μεμακυιαυ: 
bleat. 

μηκ -eTL : adv. no more, no longer. 

Μτ^κιστευς, -ηος : father of Eurya- 
lus, Β 566. 

ΜηκιστηίάΒης : son of Mecisteus, Eu- 
ryalus, Ζ 28. 

μήλα pi. : small cattle, flocks of sheep 
and goats. 

μην: asseverative particle, indeed, 
in truth. 

μην, gen. μηνός : month. 

μηνις, -to? : wrath, enduring anger. 

μηνίω, aor. partic. μηνίσας : cherish 
wrath, continue angry. 



Μ.Ύΐονίη : old name of Lydia, Γ 401. 
Μηονίς, -ίΒος : Maeonian woman, 

Δ 142. 
μηρα pi. : thigh-pieces. 
μηρίον, pi. μηρία. or μηρα: thighm. 

piece. Part of the victim which 

was offered as a burnt sacrifice 

to the gods. 
Μηριόνης : a Cretan, friend of Ido- 

meneus, Β 651, Δ 254, Ε 59, 65. 
μηοός ' thigh. 
μηστωρ,-(ι)ρος: counsellor, μηστωρε 

φόβοίο {advisers of fight), inspir- 

ers of flight, inciters to flight. 
μήτε : and not. μητ€ — μήτε neither 

— nor. 
μητηρ, gen. μητρός : mother, 
μητίετα : counsellor. Epithet of 

Zeus ; used in the nom. and voc. 
μητίομαι, aor. subjv. μητίσομαι : con- 
trive, plan, 
μητις, -ιος : wisdom, counsel. 
μητρνιη : step-mother, 
μητρως, -ωος : mother'^s brother, uncle, 
μηχος, -εος : means of relief, help. 
Μ,ηων, -όνος : Maeonian, inhabitant 

'ofMaeonia, Β 864, Ε 43. 
μΧα : fem. of ets one. 
/χιαινω, aor. subjv. μιηνη, aor. pass. 

μίάνθην [^εμιάνθησαν^ : spot, stain. 
μίΛΐ - φόνος : blood-stained, blood• 

thirsty. 
Ι^μίγννμι : see μίσγω.'\ 
Μιδεια : a Boeotian town, Β 507. 
μικρός : little, short. 
Μίλητος : (1) a Cretan town, Β 647, 

mother of (2) a town in Caria, 

Β 868. 
μίλτο-ττάρηος : red-cheeked, of ships 

with bows painted red, while the 

hull in general was painted black 

or dark. 
μιμνάζω (μένω): remain, 
μιμνησκο), fut. μνησομχιΐ, aor. partic. 

^κί^σασα, aor. μνησαντο, perf. as 



/^: 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



71 



pres. μίμνημαι: remind; mid. 
recall to mind ^ mention; perf. re- 
member. 

μίμνω [μίνω] : remain, await. 

μίν: 3d pers. pron. ace. sing, him,, 
her, equiv. to Att. αυτόν, αντην. 

Mivveios : Minyan, Β 511. 

μίνννθα : adv. for a little while, for 
a short time. 

μίνννθά8ίος: short-lived, enduring for- 
a short time. 

μίννρίζω : lament, complain, whine. 

μίσ-γ-άγκεια : basin where valleys 
meet, Δ 453. 

μίσ-γω [/χιγι/υ/Λΐ], plpf . ίμί,μίκτο, aor. 
pass. Ιμίγθην or ζμί-γην : mix, mid. 
mingle, join icith, associate with, 
iv KovLTfaL /xtyeti/s should be thrown 
in the dust. 

μίστυλΧω : cut into small pieces. 

μίτρη : girdle, broad band of metal, 
or leather with metal plates, worn 
on the lower part of the body- 
under the θ(ύρη$, and over the 
χιτων. See θώρη$. 

μιγθείζ : aor. partic. of /Λίσγω mix. 

μνάομαι, impf . ΐμνωοντο : am mindful. 

μνησαί and μνησαντο aor., μνησομαι 
fut. : of μιμνιίσκω remind, men- 
tion, remember. 

μνηστός 3 : wooed, wedded, lawful. 
Epithet of wives. 

μογ€ω, aor. μόγησα: toil, suffer, en- 
dure hardship. 

μό-γος : exertion, toil, Δ 27. 

μοίρα : fate, lot, portion, κατά μοΐραν 
according to due allotment, fittingly. 

μοίρη-γενης, -ίς : child of fortune, 
blest by Μοίρα at birth, Γ 182. 

μολονσα : aor. partic. of β\ωσ•κω go. 

μολπη (μίλττω, Melpomene) : song. 

μορμνρω : splash . 

μόρας (μέρος, μοίρα) : fate, lot. 

μόρσιμος : destined, fated. 

μοννος [^μόνος^ 3 : alone. 



Μούσα: muse. 

μοχθίζω (μόχθος) : suffer, Β 723. 

Μυγδων, -όνος : Phrygian king, Γ 186. 

Μΰδων, -ωνος : a Paphlagonian, char- 
ioteer of Pylaemenes, Ε 580. 

μνθίομαι, aor. subjv.. μϋθησομαχ : re- 
late, tell, interpret. 

μύθος : word, utterance, saying, 
thought. Cf ίτΓος. 

μνω. : fly. 

Μ.νκάλη•. Carian promontory, Β 869. 

Μυκαλι;σσ09: Boeotian town, Β 498. 

μΰκάομαί, aor. μνκον: bellow, grate. 

Μνκήνη : Mycene, town in Argolis ; 
the home of Agamemnon, Β 569, 
Δ 52, 376. 

Μννης, -ητος : son of Euenus, Β 692. 

μυρίκίνος : of tamarisk, tamarisk, Ζ 39. 

Μυρίνη : perhaps an Amazon, Β 814. 
Cf. Γ 189. 

μνρίοι pi. (myriad): very many, count- 
less. 

ΜνρμίΒόνες pi. : a Thessalian peo- 
ple, under command of Achilles, 
A 180, 328, Β 684. 

μύρομαι: weep, grieve, lament. 

Μ,νρσινος : a town in Elis, Β 616. 

ΜΖσοί pi. : Mysians, Β 858. 

μυχός : inmost part, recess. 

μωλος : toil, moil, struggle. 

μωμαομαί, fut. μωμησομαί (μ/ύμος) : 
blame, censure, Γ 412. 

μωνυ$, -υχος (μίμαα, ονυζ) : eager- 
hoofed, swif -footed, swif. 

" Ν. 

vol: affirmative particle, yes. Used 
in oaths, vat μα. τόδ€ σκψττρον 
yes ! by this sceptre ! 

ναί€τάω or ναιω, iter. impf. vatcTct- 
ασκον or ναίεσκον : am situated, 
dwell, inhabit. Βόμοι ix) ι/αΐ€τά- 
οντ€ς houses good to divell in, com- 
fortable, ix) ναίόμενον τττολίεθρον 
a well-situated town. 



72 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



Νάστης : leader of the Carians, 

Β 8G7 if. 
Ναυ/8ολιδϊ/9 : son of Nauholus, Iphi- 

tus, Β 518. 
ναντ-η^ (ναυς) : sailor, 
ναν-φιν : from the ships, loeat. (used 

as gen. pi.) of νηνς. 
veapos : young, tender, Β 289. 
νεβρό<: : fawn. 
v€€s nom., ν€€σσι dat. ; pi. of νηνς 

ship, 
νίηαι : subjv. 2d sing, of νίομχη go, 

return, 
veiaipa (νέος?) : fern. adj. lower. 
vetaros (γίος ?) : extreme, lowest. 
ν«κ€(ι)ω, iter. impf. vcLKcUaKc, aor. 

iveLKcaas and νείκεσσεν : revile, 

rebuke, chide, contend, upbraid, 
νεΐκος, -€ος : strife, quarrel, conflict. 
νάμχχν : aor. of vc /χω, distribute. 
veKWi, -άδθ9 : heap of corpses, Ε 886. 
νεκρός : corpse, dead body. 
νέκταρ, -apos : nectar, the drink of 

the gods. 
νεκτάρεος : divine, heavenly. Cf. 

άμβρόσως. 
νεκνς, -υο9 (νεκρός) : corpse, pi. the 

dead in the lower world. 
νεμ,εσίζομχιι : take ill, am vexed, 
νεμεσις : righteous wrath, blame, ov 

νε/χεσις it is no cause for blame. 
γεμεσ(σ)άω, aor. νεμέσησε and νεμεσ- 

σηθεν [^ενεμεσσηθησαν] : am angry, 

am vexed. 
νεμεσσψ-όζ : ft to excite wrath, blame- 
worthy, 
νέμω, aor. νείμαν : distribute, mid. 

possess, inhabit, dwell; of cattle, 

pasture, graze; passive (B 780) 

devoured. 
νεομχα, subjv. νε'τ/αι : go, return, shall 

go. 
νέος 3 : young, fresh, new. Comp. 

νεώτερος. νέον adv. Just now, 

newly f afresh. 



νεοσσός : young of birds, nestling. 

νεο-τενχης, -ες : Just built, new. 

'ί^εστόρεος 3: of Nestor, Nestor's. 

Νεστοριδι^ς : son of Nestor, Anti- 
lochus, Ζ 33. 

Νέστωρ, -ορός : Nestor, king of the 
Pylians, famous for his age, wis- 
dom, eloquence, and skill in mar- 
shalling the army for battle, 
A 247, Β 21, 57, 77, 336, 405, 433, 
555, 601 ; Δ 293, Ζ 66, Λ 597 ίϊ. 

νενρη : (sinew), bow-string. 

νενρον (nerve) : thong, pi. boic-string. 

νευω, aor. νευσε ; nod. 

νεφέλη: cloud. 

νεφελ-η-γερέτα (άγειρω) : cloud-gath*• 
erer. Epithet of Zeus. 

νέφος, -εος (nubes) : cloud. 

νεώτερος : comp. of νέος young. 

vrja ace. sing., ν^ας ace. pL, ν^ες 
nom. pi. : of νηνς ship. 

νηγάτεος : neiv made, new. (Or, per- 
haps, gleaming, bright.) 

νη^νμος : sweet, refreshing, of sleep. 
(Prob. for η^νμος). 

νηίος: adj. of a ship, vrjiov δόρυ 
ship-timber. 

νηίς, -ιδος : naiad, water-nymph. 

νηλεής, -ες, dat. νηλέι (έλεος) : piti- 
less, cruel. 

"Νηληως 3: of Neleus, who was 
son of Poseidon and father of 
IS^'estor. 

νημερτής, -ες: unfailing, true, vrj- 
μερτές truly. 

νηνεμίη (άνεμος) : calm weather, νη- 
νεμίης when no air is stirring, 
Ε 523. 

νηός : temple. See άλσος. 

νψτίαχος : young, helpless, silly. 

νι/ΤΓίος (inf ans, speechless): young, 
helpless, childish, foolish. 

NiJpiTov : a woody range of moun* 
tains in Ithaca, Β 632. 

νήσος : fem. island. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



73 



inijvs, gen. νηος, nom. pi. v^e? or vees, 

locat. used as gen. ναυφίι/: ship. 
Λκάω, fut. inf. νίκησίμ,εν, aoi". cvf- 

κησεν: conquer, gain the victory, 

am victorious, prevail, 
νίκη: victory. 

Νίρενς, -ηος: son of Charopus, fa- 
mous for his beauty, Β 671 ff. 
Ν?σα : a Boeotian town, Β 508. 
Νέσΰρο? : an island of the Sporades, 

BG76. 
νίφάς, -αδθ5 : snow-flake. 
νοέ'ω, aor. €νόησ€ (νους) : perceive^ 

observe, look, devise, plan, am wise. 
Νοι^/ΐΑων, -ονο<ζ : a Lycian, Ε 678. 
ν6θο<ζ 3 : illegitimate, bastard. 
Νο/χίων, -oi/o?: father of Amphi- 

machus, Β 871. 
νομός : pasture, 
νόος [νονςΐ : mind, heart, 
νοστίω, fut. νοστησω, aor. νοστησας : 

return, go home. 
νόστος : return, 
νόσφι : adv. apart, separate, far 

from (with gen.). 
νοσφίζομαί (νόσφι) : turn away from, 

reject. 
Νότος : south wind, Β 145. 
νονσος [νόσος] : sickness, plague, 
vv (vvv) : a weakened now. Cf. the 

English inferential 'now* in 'now 

it came to pass.* 
ννμφη : nymph, young woman, ννμφα 

φίλη dear lady, 
vvv: now, at the present time. Just 

now. vvv Βη now at length, 
ννζ, gen. ννκτός (η ο χ) : night, 
ννός : sister-in-law, brother's wife. 
Νϋστ/ιον: Thracian mountain, Ζ 133. 
νύσσω, aor. vv^e. : prick, pierce, wound. 
vCiL nom., νώϊν gen. and dat., νώϊ 

and νώ ace. (n ο s) : dual 1st pers. 

pron., we two, us two. 
νωλεμίως : unceasingly, uninterrupt- 
edly, steadfastly. 



νω/χάω, aor. νωμησεν : distribute, 
move this way and that, wield, 
brandish. 

νωρ-οψ, -OTTOS : flashing, bright. 

V(t)Tov : back. €vpca νώτα Θαλάσσης, 
the broad back of the sea, because 
of the arched appearance which 
the quiet sea presents. 



Ηάν^ος : (1) a Trojan, son of Phae- 
nops, Ε 152. (2) A river in 
Lycia, Β 877, Ε 479. (3) A river 
on the plain of Troy which ' the 
gods call Xanthus, but men call 
it Scamander,' Ζ 4, Υ 73 fp. 

ξανθός 3 : yellotv, tawny-haired, blond. 

ζεΐνηων: guest-gift, a present given 
by guest or host as a token of 
friendship. 

$€ίνίζω, aor. {1)^ζ.ινίσσε : receive hoS' 
pitably, entertain. 

$€ίνο-86κος (BeKopxLi) : host, enter' 
tainer. 

^€?νος [^cvog] : guest-friend, friend, 
used (1) of the one entertained, 
Δ 377, and (2) of his host, Ζ 224, 
and (3) of their descendants, 
Ζ 215. Also, stranger. 

$€στός (^€ω) 3: polished; epithet 
of hewn stone. 

ξίω, aor. ί^€σ€ : (polish), hew. 

$ίφος, -COS : sword, long-sicord. 

^νλ-ο-χος : thicket. 

ξνμ-βάΧλω : bring together, dash to- 
gether. 

ivv: prep, with dat., with. See σνν 

ζνν-άγω : bring together, collect, ίνα 
ξννά•γωμ€ν^Αρηα that we may join 
battle. 

^υν-δεω, aor. ^υνδ^σαι : bind, fetter. 

^vv-upx (^μι) ' go together. 

$νν-ιημί, inipf. pi. ^uvicv [^υνιίεσαν], 
aor. $ννίηκ€ and ^uvcs : bring to- 
gethert hectrken, give ear. 



J 



74 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



^ννηιος : common. ^ννηιχχ. common 

store. 
$υστόν : polished sJiafi, spear shaft. 

O. 

o, η, το (nom. pi. tol, τω, and ot, 
at) : (1) dem. this, that; freq. used 
for the personal pron., he, she, it. 
6 μ€ν — ο Se one — the other. (2) 
Def . art., the, to adv. ace. there- 
fore, 

o, η, TOf nom. pi. tol: rel. who, which, 
lohat. See os. 

oap, dat. pi. ωρ^σσιν: wife. 

όαρίζω: converse familiarly, chat. 

οβελος (^obelisk) : spit for roasting 
meat. 

όβρψο-εργός : mighty-worker, author 
of terrible deeds. 

οβρίμο-πάτρη: daughter of a mighty 
father, 

οβριμος : mighty, strong, powerful. 

ογδώκοντα (οκτω^ : eighty. 

ο ye, η ye, το ye : intens. of h, ή, τό 
this, that; he, she. 

6yκoς : barb. 

*0γ;>^ϊ^στ09 : Boeotian town on Lake 
Copais ; ancient seat of the wor- 
ship of Poseidon, Β 506. 

οδίί^ (δάκι/ω) : adv. with the teeth. 
6Sa$ λαζοιατο γαΓαν may they ' bite 
the dust."* Cf λάξ, ττνξ. 

οδε, τ^δε, τόδε : dem. this, this one here. 

Όδλος : leader of the Halizonians, 
slain by Agamemnon, Β 865, 
Ε 39. 

δδος : fern., way, journey. 

6^v<;, -όντο<ζ (dens) : tooth. 

ohvvq : pi. pains, pangs. 

οΒννη-φατος (φεν-) : ^pain-killer,* 
pain-stilling. 

όδΰ/30 /xat : bewail, lament, mournfully 
long. 

Οδυσ(σ)€ΰ?, -^os or -eos : Odysseus, 
Ulysses, an Ithacan, hero of 



the Odyssey, father of Telema- 
chus, Β 259 fe., 631 ff., Γ 191 ff. 
He is called 7Γθλνμητί<ς crafty and 
ΤΓθΧνμη•χανο<ζ abounding in devices. 
He was one of the wisest of the 
Achaean leaders, and was freq. 
sent on embassies, cf. A 311, 
Γ 205, A 767 ff. 

οδυσσο/χαι, aor. οδυσαντο : am angry, 
am vexed. 

οεσσί : dat. pi. of ots sheep. 

o^o? : shoot, branch, scion. 

o-Oev. adv. whence. 

ο-θι : adv. where. 

οθομαι : care for, concern myself 
about, reck. os 
ovK oOeT αισυλα 
ρέζων, who is reck- 
less in doing vio- 
lence, 

οθόναί pi. : linen- 
covering, veil. 

οΘριζ, ace. pi. oTpL- 
χας : with like 
haiωντος : all- 
shining, bright. 

πάν-αγρος (άγρέω) : catching every- 
thing, all-embracing, Ε 487. 

παν-αιΌλος : all-flashing. 

ΐΐαν-αχαιοί pi. : the Pan-Achaeans, 
Achaeans as a whole, Β 404. 

Πάι/δαρο9 : son of Lycaon, leader of 
the northern Lycians, Β 827, Δ 88, 
Ε 168, 246. 

ΎΙαν-ίΧληνε^ pi. : the Pan-Hellenes, 
the people of northern Greece as 
a whole, Β 530. 

παν-ημ€ρίος 3 : all day long. 

ΐΐάνθοος : a Trojan elder, father of 
Euphorbus, Polydamas, and Hy- 
perenor, Γ 146. 

παν-ννχίος 3 : all night long. 

ΤΙανοπενς, -ηος: Phocian town on 
the Cephisus, Β 520. 

παν-σνΒίΥ] : with all zeal, in all 
haste. 

πάντη : adv. everywhere, on all sides. 

παντοίος 3 : of all sorts, παντοίων 
άνεμων winds from all quarters. 



80 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



ττάντοσί. : in every direction^ on all 

sides. 
τταπττάζω: call papa. 
ΐΓατΓταίνω, aor. partic. τταπτηνας : look 

about cautiously, look about after, 

scan. 
Trap, τταρά, or τταραί: adv. and prep., 

by the side of, beside, near by. 

(1) With dat., by the side of. 
τταρα KpovtWi καθίζ^το sat down 
by the side of the son of Cronus, 
Trap Ζηνί καθήμενοι seated in the 
home of Zeus, τταρ 8e ol oXXol 
ναϊον Βοιωτοί the other Boeotians 
dwelt near (beside) him, κτάμε- 
vov Trap οχεσφιν slain beside the 
chariot. 

(2) With ace, to the side of, along 
by, Ιβαινε τταραϊ Ato/u,7;8ea went to 
the side of Diomed, Xaov στησον 
Trap ipLveov station the people by the 
tvild fig-tree, βή πάρα θΐνα θαλάσ- 
ar)<s set out along the sea-shore, βάλε 
στήθος τταρα μαζόν hit the breast 
beside the nipple, epSov εκατόμβα% 
τταρα θΐνα were sacrifcing heca- 
tombs along the sho7'e (where an 
idea of motion may be implied, 
stretched along the shore). 

(3) With gen., from the side of, 
from, άγγελος ήλθε 'Ipts τταρ Διο'? 

Iris came as a messenger from Zeus, 
ΟΙχαλίηθεν ιόντα τταρ* Έυρντον 
on 7iis way from Oechalia from the 
home of Eurytus. 
πάρα : by ' anastrophe * for τταρά, 

(1) when it follows its case, and 

(2) when it stands for ττάρεση or 
τταρεισι. τω aiet τταρα cI? ye θέων 
one of the gods ever stands by his 
side. 

Ίταρα-βληΒην {βάλλω) : with a side 

hit, Δ 6. 
τταρα- βλωσκω, perf . τταρμεμβ\ωκ€ : 

go by the side of, help. 



τταρα-Βεχομαί, aor. τταρεΒε^ατο : re- 
ceive from, Ζ 178. 

τταρ-αίσιο^ : foreboding ill, ominous, 
Δ 381. 

τταρ-αίσσω, aor. τταρψ^εν: go past 
with a bound. 

τταρα-κοίτη^ {κεΐμαυ) : spouse, hus- 
band. See αλο;^θ5. 

τταρά- κοίτις, -ίος : spouse, wife. 

τταρα-λε-γομαι, aor. τταρελεζατο : lie 
beside, lie with. 

τταρα-ττείθω, aor. τταρεττεισεν '. per^ 
suade. 

τταρα-στά? : taking his stand near, 
aor. partic. of τταρίσταμαι. 

τταρά-σγΎΐ'. aor. subjv. of τταρεχω 
furnish, give. 

τταρα-τρεω, aor. τταρετρεσσαν : spring 
to one side, shy, Ε 295. 

παρά-φημί, aor. τταρεΐττον : counsel, 
urge, persuade. 

παρ8αλεη (sc. Sopa) : panther'' s skin. 

τταρ-εζομαί : sit (down) near, or be- 
side. 

τταρεναί pi. : cheeks. 

ττάρ-ειμί, 3d pi. τταρεασί, fut. τταρεσ- 
σεταί (εΙμί) : am at hand, stand 
ready, am at {your) service. 

τταρ-ειττον : aor. of τταράφημι, coun- 
sel, urge, persuade. 

τταρ-ερ-χομαί, fut. τταρεΧεΰ&εαι '. elude, 
evade, circumvent, outwit. 

παρ-εχω, aor. subjv. παράσχη : fur- 
nish, give. 

τταρψον {παρειά) : cheek-piece. 

πάρ-ημαι : sit beside. 

ΐίαρθενιος : river in Paphlagonia, 
Β 8.54. 

παρθένος : virgin, maiden, young 
ivoman. 

napis, -tos : Paris, more freq. called 
Alexander, son of Priam. He 
carried off Helen, wife of Mene- 
laus and so brought on the Tro- 
jan war. Γ 325, 437, Ζ 280, 503. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



81 



ιταρ-ίσταμαι, aor. τταραστάς : take my 
stand beside, stand near, stand by, 
assist. 

τταρ-ισχω, inf. τταρισ^β/Αίν (^χω) : 
hold near, hold in readiness. 

παρ-μίμβλωκε : perf . of τταραβλω- 
σκω, stand by the side of, help. 

πάρ-οίθ€(ν) : in front, before. 

παρ-οίχομχΐί, impf. τταρωχετο: pass 
by. 

ττάρος : adv. before, formerly, at other- 
times. TO ττάρος formerly. With 
infill, (cf. ττρίν), before. Trapos 
τάδε Ιργα -γενίσθαι, before these 
things occurred, before this hap- 
pened. 

ΤΙαρρασιη : a district in southwest- 
ern Arcadia, Β 608. 

πάς, πάσα, πάν, gen. παντός, πάσης: 
every, all, the ivhole. πάντα adv. 
wholly. 

πάσσαλος: peg, pin on which to 
hang things. 

πασ-συδίϊ; : see πανσυδιτ;, in all haste. 

πάσσω: sprinkle^ 

πάσχω, aor. opt. ττάθοι, perf. ττέττοσθε 
or π€πασ^€ [πεπόν^ατί] : suffer. 
μη τι πάθοι lest he suffer something, 
i.e. lest some harm befall him. 

ττατέομαί, aor. πάσαντο : eat. ^, 

πατ€ω, aor. ττάτησα : trample, κατά 
πάτα/σαν trampled on, Δ 157. 

ττατηρ, gen. πατρός (pater): father. 

πάτος : beaten path. 

πάτρη : fatherland. 

πατρίς, -ιδος : with or without γαία, 
fatherland. 

Πάτροκλος, voc. Πατρόκλας: Patro- 
clus, son of Menoetius, friend 
of Achilles, slain by Hector, 
A 307, 337, 345, A 602 ff., Π 2 ff.. 
787 fe. 

πατρώιος 3: of on e\^ father, ancestral, 
hereditary, ^ύνος πατρώιος, friend 
by descent, family friend. 




ΤΓβδίλοί/. 



πανρος: little, small, few. Comp. 

παυρότερος. Equiv. to ολίγος, 
παυσωλτ) : cessation, respite, Β 386. 
παύω, fut. partic. παΰσουσα, aor. 

παΰσαν, perf. πεπαυται : stop, put 

an end to; mid. cease, come to an 

end. 
Παφλαγονες pi. : a people dwelling 

in Asia Minor on the Pontus. 

Β 851, Ε 577. 
παχνς, -eta, -υ: thick. 
πεδάω, aor. πίΒησε 

(πους) : fetter. 
πεδίλον : sandal. 
πεδίον: plain. 
πεδιΌνδε : to the plain. 
πε^ός : on foot, πεζοί 

infantry, 
πείθω, fut. πείσεις, aor. πιθόμην, aor. 

opt. πεπίθοιμεν, perf. πεποίθασιν, 

plpf. επεπι^/χεν: persuade; mid. 

am persuaded, obey; perf. trust, 

have confidence, 
πεινάω : am hungry. 
ΐίειραώης : son of Peiraeus, Ptole- 

maeus, Δ 228. 
πειραρ, -ατός : issue, end. 
πειράω, fut. πειρησομαι, aor. Ιπειρη- 

σαντο, πειρηθηναι: try, endeavor, 

make trial of, put to the test. 
ΙΙειριθοος : king of the Lapithae, 

friend of Theseus, A 263, Β 741. 
Πειροος : leader of the Thracians, 

Β 844, Δ 520. 
πείρω, aor. επειραν, perf. partic. πε- 

παρμενον : pierce. 
Πελάγων, -οντο^ : (1) A leader of 

the Pylians, Δ 295. (2) A Lycian, 

companion of Sarpedon, Ε 695. 
πελά^ω, aor. πελασ(σ)εν, επΧηντο, 

πελάσθη : bring near, bring to, in- 
volve in; pass, approach, come near. 
Πελασγικός or Πελασγός: Pelnsgian. 

TO Πελασγικον "Αργός Thessaly, 

Β 681. 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



ireXeiaSf -άδο? : dove. 

π€λ€κυς, -eos : cixe, 

ττελεμίζίύ, aor. ττελεμίχθη : shake^ 
pass, tremble, shudder. 

IleAtV • P^i^f^s* king of lolcus, who 
drove out his brother Neleus and 
his half-brother Aeson, and sent 
his nephew Jason in quest of the 
golden fleece, Β 715. 

Παλλήνη : an Achaean town, Β 574. 

Ώ-ίλοψ, -OTTOS : Pelops (son of Tan- 
talus), who went from Lydia to 
Elis, won the hand of Hippoda- 
mia in a chariot race, established 
his rule, and gave its name to 
Peloponnesus, Β 104 f . 

πελω and ττελο/χαι, aor. as pres. βπλεο, 
Ιπλί.το : {τηουβ), am. 

πελώριος : (^gigantic), large, mighty. 

ττελωροι/ : monster, portent. 

πε/χττω, fut. ττε/χι/'ω, aor. ^ττεμψεν: 
escort, attend, send. 

'π€μ•π-ωβολον (TreVre) : fve-tined fork 
used in sacrifices. Similar sacri- 
ficial forks have been found. 




πεμττώβολα. 



ττενθερός: father-in-law, wife's father. 
7Γ€ΐ/^09, -eos: sorroio, grief. 
TTcVo/xai (πόνος) : work, am busy. 
7Γίντα-€τηρο<: (^€Tos) : Jive years old. 



πεντήκοντα : ββy^ 

πεπαλαγμίνον: besjjattered, perf. par- 
tic, of παλάσσω spatter. 

πεπαρμενοζ : studded, pierced, perf, 
partic. of πείρω pierce. 

πεπασθε : perf. of πάσχω suffer. 

πεπτγγε : perf. of πηγννμι βχ, make 
fast. 

πεπίθοιμεν: redupl. 2d aor. opt. of 
πείθω persuade. 

πεπλη-γως, -νια : perf. partic. of 
πλησσω smite, strike. 

πέπλος : cov- 
ering, robe. 
The principal 
female gar- 
ment. This 
robe left the 
arms bare, 
but reached 
to the feet. 
It was gath- 
ered at the 
waist by a 
girdle (^ώνϊ^). 

πεπνν μένος : pru- 
dent, discreet; 
perf. partic. of 
πνέω breathe. 

πεποίθασιν : perf. of πείθω persuade. 

πεποσθε [πεπόνθατε'] : perf. of πά- 
σχω suffer. 

πεποτηαται: ffit, hover, are inflight, 
perf. of ποτάομηι, fly . 

πεπρωμενον: fated, perf. partic. from 
the same root as πόρον gave, fur- 
nished. 

πεπτανταΐ'. are spread, perf. of πετάν- 
ννμι unfold, spread out. 

πεπνθοίτο : redupl. aor. opt. of πνν- 
θάνομαι learn, 

πεπνκασμενα'. perf. partic. of πνκάζω 
cover. 

πεπων, -όνος : good-fellow, used in 
addresses by an elder or superior, 




■67rXos. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



83 



in an affectionate, condescending, 
or contemptuous tone. 

TTcp: in tens, particle, enclitic, exceed- 
ingly , very, exactly, however much 
(with concessive partic). σν ττψ 
μιν τΐσον do thou at least honor him. 

ΐίεραίβοϋ pi. : a Pelasgian tribe, 
Β 749. 

ττεράω, pres. inf. ττεράαν, fut. Treprj- 
σαν, aor. ίττίρησεν: traverse, cross, 
go through, pierce. 

ΙΙζργαμος: the acropolis of Ilios, 
Δ 508, Ε 446, 460, Ζ 512. 

ΤΙερ-γασίΒης : son of Pergasus, Dei- 
coon, Ε 535. 

ττέρψ: adv. opposite, on the other 
side of, with gen. 

ττίρθω, aor. iripaev : sack, destroy. 

'περί: adv. and prep., ahout, round 
about, concerning, exceedingly. 

(1) With gen., about, concerning, 
for: Trept σεΐο μαχησονταί will 
fight for thee. Used adverbially 
with gen. to denote superiority : 
rrepi πάντων εμμεναυ to be superior 
to all. 

(2) With ace, round about, 
around : ττερί ΑωΒωνην oIkC ίθεντο 
built their homes about Dodona, 
ττερΙ κεΐνον οίζνε endure woe at 
his side. 

(3) With dat., about: αίμα. ττερΙ 
8ονρΙ ερωησει blood will gush forth 
about the spear, χι,τωνα ττερΙ στψ 
θεσσιν chiton about the breast.. 

irepL : by 'anastrophe' for ττερί, when 

it follows its case. 
ττερί-βαίνω, aor. inf. ττερίβηναυ: go 

about, defend. 
ττερί-Βρομος : (running around, that 

which can be run around^, open, 
ττερι-εχω, aor. imv. 7Γ€ρισ•;)(€0 : (hold 

about), defend, protect. 
ττερί-ίστημι, aor. ττερίστησαν: set 

about, aor. took my stand about. 



ττερι-καΧλης, -ες : exceedingly heauti' 

ful, charming, 
ττερί-κλντός : famous, illustrious, 
ττερι-κτείνω : slay round about, 
ττερί-σγεο : aor. imv. of περί-εχω 

defend. 
ττερί-τελλομΜ : roll around, 
ττερί-τρεφομχα : turn around, run 

around, 
ττερι-τροπέω : roll, roll around, 
ΐίερίφάς, -αντος: an Aetolian, son 

of Ochesius, Ε 842 fC. 
ττερί-φραΒεως : very carefully, 
ττερί-φρων, -όνος {φρην) : intelligent, 

prudent, 
ττερι-ωσιον : adv. too much, over- 
much. 
τίερκώσως : of Percote, Β 831, Ζ 30. 
ΐϊερκωτη : town in Asia Minor, on 

the Hellespont, Β 835. 
περόνη: pin, brooch, fibula. 




ττερσας : aor. partic. of ττερθω sack. 

7Γ€σ£(ν), ττεσεειν, ττεσών : aor. of 
πίπτω fall. 

πεσσω, inf. πεσσεμεν : (digest), en- 
joy, nurse. 

πεταλον (petal) : leaf. 

πετάνννμι, aor. πετασσαν, perf. πε- 
πτανται: spread, spread out, un- 
fold. 

πετεψός (πετομαι) : flying, winged. 

ΥΙετεων, -ωνος : Boeotian village, 
Β 500. 

ΤΙετεώς, -ωο : Peteos, father of Me^ 
nestheus, Β 552, Δ 327. 

πετομαι, aor. ετττατο: fly. 

πετρη : rock. 

'κετρη-εις, -εσσα : rocky. 



84 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



ττίφανταί sing. : appear, perf . of 

φαίνω show. 
ττίφανταυ pi. perf., ττεφνζμεν redupl. 

aor. inf. : from root φεν kill, slay. 

See (.ττί-φνον. 
ττεφρίκνΐαί : bristling, perf. partic. 

of φρίσσω, 
ττεφνάσι: have grown, peri, of φνω 

make to grow, put forth, 
ττεφυ-γμίνον '. perf. partic. of φεύγω 

flee, escape. 
inj: whither? 
Trrj: enclitic, in any way, in any 

direction, τη) ττοΧίων into one of 

the cities. 
ττηγεσί-μαλλος : thick-fleeced, Γ 197. 
ττηγ-ή : sjjring, source, 
ττηγνϋμι, aor. ^πη$ε and ττάγη, perf. 

ττεττη-γεν : fix, make fast, build ; 

pass, and perf. am fixed, made fast. 
Πι^δαιος : son of Antenor, Ε 69. 
Πϊ^δασος : son of Bucolion, Ζ 21 if. 
Πι^δασος : town of the Leleges, de- 
stroyed by Achilles, Ζ 35, Υ 92. 
ττηΧε : aor. of πάλλω toss. 
Πϊ;λ£ΐδί^9, ΤΙηΧε'ίων, -ωνος or ΊίηΧψά- 

8ης: son of Peleus, Acliilles, A 1, 

146, 188, 197, 277, 322, Β 674, 770. 
ΊΙηΧεν<;, -ηος : Peleus, son of Aeacus, 

husband of Thetis, father of 

Achilles, A 489. 
ΤΙηΧιον : Mt. Pelion, a mountain 

in Thessaly, south of Mt. Ossa, 

Β 744. 
ττημχι, -ατός : suffering, disaster, bane, 
ττημχιίνω, aor. opt. ττημηνειχιν : injure, 

commit a hostile act. 
ΐίψεως : chief river of Thessaly, 

Β 752 ff. 
ΤΙηνεΧεως,-ω: Boeotian leader, Β 494. 
ττη^ε,^ττηζας : aor. of ττηγνυμι fix, 

make fast, build, 
ττηός : connection by marriage. 
Ώηρείη : proliif'the region of Pherae, 

Β 766. 



πηρός : maimed, mute, perhaps blind, 

Β 599. 
7Γ^;^υς, -εος : arm. 
Ιΐύίτης : a Trojan from Percote, 

slain by Odysseus, Ζ 30. 
TTieetv or πιεμεν inf., ττίτισθα subjv. : 

aor. of πίνω drink, 
πίθόμην : was persuaded, obeyed, aor. 

oi πείθω persuade, 
πίθεω, aor. partic. πιθησας (πείθω) : 

obey, 
πικρός 3 : sharp, biting. 
πίμπΧημι, inipf . πίμπΧαντο : fill, 
πίναζ, -ακος : tablet, 
πίνω, aor. πίησθα [πίης'] : drink, 
πίπτω, aor. (€)πεσε : fall, 
πίσσα : pitch, Δ 277. 
πιστός (πείθω) : faithful, trusty, 
πιστόομαι, aor. πιστωσαντο (πιστός) : 

pledge. 
πίσννος (πείθω) : relying on, trusting, 
ΊΙιτθενς, -ηος: son of Pelops, and 

king of Troezene, Γ 144. 
Πιτυεια: Mysian town on the Helles- 
pont, Β 829. 
πΐων, -όνος : fat, fertile, rich. 
πΧάζω, aor. pass, partic. πΧαγχθεν- 

τας : drive. 
ΤΙΧάκος : a mountain in Mysia, at 

the foot of which lay Theba, 

Ζ 396, 425. 
Πλάταια : Platea, a Boeotian town, 

on the Asopus, Β 504. 
πΧατάνιστος : plane-tree, Β 307. 
πΧατύς, -εΐα, -ν : broad, wide feeding 

(of goats). 
πΧαγχθέντας : aor. pass, partic. of 

πΧάζω drive. 
πΧεΐος 3 : full. 
πΧεΐστος 3 : most, very many. Superl. 

of ποΧνς much. πΧεΐστον adv. the 

most. 
πΧείων, πΧεΐον, or 7Γλ€ων, πΧεον, dat. 

pi. 7Γλεόι/£σσι, nom. πΧεες, ace. 

πΧεας : more. Comp. of ποΧνς 



FIKST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



85 



much. TO irXeiov ττολ^μον the greater 
part of the ivar, των ττλεόνων Ανκίων 
{the majority) the great mass of the 
Lycians. 

•rrXevpa pi. : ribs, side, Δ 468,. 

Πλευρών, -ώνος : Aetolian town, 
Β 639. 

ττλεω, iiiipf . enXeov : sail. 

ττληγή : blow, stroke. 

πληθύς, -νος: crowd, multitude, the 
rank and fie. 

ττλήθω: amfidl. 

πλήμνη (ττλήθω) : nave of a wheel. 

ττλή^-ιππος {ττλ-ησσω) : (driver of 
horses), knight, horseman. 

ττλησίος 3 : near by; as subst. neigh- 
bor, πλησίον adv. near. 

πλήσσω, aor. πλήζ€(ν) and ΙπΙπλη- 
yov, perf . partic. πεπληγώς : strike, 
beat, fog. 

πλοντος : riches, wealth. 

πνύω or πι/εω, pei'f. partic. ttcttvU- 
/Αενος : breathe ; perf. mid. am dis- 
creet, prudent. 

πνενμων, -oi/09 (πνίω, pneumonia): 
lung. 

πνοίή : gust, blast of wind. 

IXoSaAetptos: son of Asclepius (Ae- 
sculapius), brother of Machaon , 
Β 732. 

Ιίο^άρκη^, -€o<; : son of Iphiclus, 
brother of Protesilaus, Β 704. 

πο8-άρκης, -ες : swift-footed, epithet 
of Achilles. 

πο^-ήνεμος : wind-footed, swift. 

ποδ-ώκεια (ώκυς) : swiftness of foot, 
feetness, Β 792. 

πο^ωκης, -ί<ζ : swift-footed, fleet. 

ποθέω, iter. impf. ποθεεσκε: yearn 
for, miss. 

ποθή : yearning, ot εμεΐο ποθην εχον- 
σιν who miss me. 

ποθί : enclitic, at some time, ever. 

ποιεω, aor. ποίησεν, perf. πεποιηται : 
make, build, fashion, do. 



ποίή-εις, -εντός (ποίη) : grassy. 

ποιητός 3 (7Γοΐ€ω) : made, well-made. 

ποίκίλμα, -ατός : variegated work, as 
decoration on the border of a 
garment. 

ποικίλος 3 ; variegated, artistically 
wrought. 

ποίμχιίνω : am a shepherd. 

ποίμήν, -ενός : shepherd. ποιμένα 
λαών shepherd of the people, an 
epithet of commanders. 

ποίμνηιος: belonging to the flock, σταθ- 
μών ποίμνηιον sheep-cote, Β 470. 

ποινή : atonement, recompense. 

ποιος 3 : what sort of, what. 

ποιπνυω : puff, bustle. 

πολεες nom., πολεας ace. : many, pi. 
of πολνς much. 

πολεμήιος: of war, 

πολεμίζω : wage war, fight. 

πολεμιστής : fighter, warrior. 

π(τ)όλεμος : war, battle. 

πολεμόν-Βε : to battle, to the war. 

πόλεων: many, gen. pi. of πολύς 
much. 

πόληες : nom. pi. of πόλις city. 

πολιήτης : citizen, Β 806. 

πόλιν-Βε : to the city. 

πολιός 3 : gray. 

πόλις, -109,• dat. πόλει or πόληι, nom. 
pi. πόληες, gen. πολίων, ace. πο- 
λιάς : city. άκρη πόλις citadel^ 
acropolis. 

ΐίολιτης: 'son of Priam, Β 791. 

πολλάκι : often, frequently. 

πολλόν [τΓολΰ] : adv. much, far. 

πολν-αϊξ, -Ικος (άίσσω) : with many 
onslaughts, stormy. 

πολν-αρνι dat. (άρνες) : nch in sheep, 
rich in flocks, Β 106. 

πολν-βενθής, -ες (βαθύς) : very deep. 

πολν-βουλος (βουλή) : (rich in ad- 
vice), very prudent. 

πολν-8αίΒαλος : artistically worked, 
cunningly wrought. 



86 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



ΤΓολυδα/ίρυ?, -υ (δάκρυ) : tearful^ 
causing many tears. 

•πχ)λν-8αράς, -άδος (Βειρη) : with many 
(necks) ridges, many-ridged. 

Πολυδεύκη;?, -eo5 : Polydeuces, Pol- 
lux, son of Zeus and Leda, broth- 
er of Castor and Helen, a famous 
boxer, F 237, λ 300. 

ΤΓολν-Βίψίος (δι'^α) : thirsty, dry, arid, 
A 171. 

τΓολυ-δωρος : rich in gifts, richly- 
dowered. 

ΊΓολυ-ζν-γος (ζν-γόν): with many * yoke- 
timbers,' strong, Β 293. 

πο\ν-ηχΎ)ς, -e's {ήχή) '• loud-sounding, 
resounding. 

Πολυίδος : a Trojan, son of Eury- 
damas, Ε 148. 

τΓολυ-κεστος (κ€ντ€ω) : richly em- 
broidered (or marked), Γ 371. 

πολν-κληίς, -ΐδος : many-benched. 

ττολν-κλ-ητος (καλεω) : summoned 
from many places. 

TToXv-K^rpOS (κάμνω) : wrought with 
much toil. 

τΓολν-κνημος: with many glades, Β 497. 

ΤΓολν-κοίρανίη (κοιρανο?) : rule of 
many, Β 204. 

ΤΓολν-κτημων, -όνος (κτημχι) : rich in 
herds, Ε 613. 

ΤΓολυ-λϊ/ιο? (Χψον) : rich in fields of 
grain, Ε 613. 

τΓολν-μηλος (μήλον) : rich in flocks 
of sheep. 

πολυ-μητίς : prudent, tvise. 

ττολν-μηχανος (μηχο.νη) : of many 
devices, ingenious. Epithet of 
Odysseus. 

ιτολν-μνθος: of many words. 

ΙΙολννείκης, -cos : Polynices, son of 
Oedipus. The expedition of the 
* Seven against Thebes ' was to 
recover the kingdom for Poly- 
nices from his brother Eteocles, 
Δ 377. 



TloXv^avos : son of Agasthenes, 

leader of the Epeans, Β 623. 
ΤΓολυ-πα/χων, -ovos (ττεττα/χαι) : rich, 

having many goods, Δ 433. 
Ή.οΧντΓΟίτψ : son of PeirithoUs and 
Hippodamia, one of the Lapi- 
thae, Β 740, Ζ 29. 

9Γθλυ5, ΊΓοΧΧή, ΤΓολυ, gen. ττολεος, 
ρ1. nom. TToXees, gen. ττολεων, ace. 
ΤΓολεας : much, large, long, pL 
many, ττολυ, ττολλόν, πολλά Άάν. 
much, often, by far, far. ττολλά 
ηρατο prayed earnestly, ττολυ μεί- 
ζον far greater, ττολν φίρτατοζ by 
far the best. Comp. ττλειωι/, sup. 
ττλειστος. 

τΓολν-σκαρθμος : agile, Β 814. 

τΓολν-σπερηζ, -c's (σπείρω) : wide- 
spread, far-scattered. 

ΤΓολυ-στάφυλος (σταφυλή) : rich in 
(clusters of grapes) vines. 

ΤΓολυ-στονος (στε'νω) : causing many 
groans. 

ΤΓολν-τρ-ηρων, -ωνος : rich in doves. 

Ιίαλυφημος : one of the Lapithae, 
A 264. 

τΓολν -φλοίσβος : loud-roaring, epi- 
thet of the sea. 

ΤΙολνφόντψ: son of Autophonus, 
slain by Tydeus, Δ 395. 

7Γθλυ-;!^αλκο9 : rich in bronze. 

πομπή (τΓζμττω) : escoi't, safe-guidance. 

πονίομαι (πόνοζ) : toil, am busy, am 
in the conflict. 

πόνοζ : toil, labor, toil of battle, 
(in Β 291) trouble. 

ποντο-πόρος (ττειρω) : sea-going, sea- 
traversing. 

πόντος : sea, high sea. 

πόποί : exclamation of sorrow, alas ! 
or of joyful surprise, ah ! 

πόρον aor., πεπρωμίνον perf,, from 
rootTTop-: gave, furnished ; perf. 
pass, is fated. 

πορΘΙω : destroy. Cf. πίρθω. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



87 



ηόρκης : ferule, ring which held the 

spear-point. 
ττόροζ : ford. 
τΓορσννω, flit, partic. ττορσυνέονσα: 

prepare, share, 
ττόρης, -ιος : heifer. 
τΓορφυρεος 3 : foaming, dark, purple. 
Ποσαδαωι/, -ωνος : Poseidon, Nep- 

1 11 η u s, brother of Zeus, and god 

of the sea, A 400. 
ΐΙοσιΒψος: of Poseidon, Β 506. 
ττόσις, -ως (ττίνοί, ττο-) : drink, 
πόσις, -ως, dat. ττόσεϊ, ace. ρ1. ττοσιας : 

husband. 
τΓοταμ,ός : river. 

τΓοτάομχΐί, perf . πεττοτηαταί : fy. 
TTore, ΤΓΟΤ or ττοΰ" : at one time, once, 

at some time, et ττοτε if ever, ov 

TTore or μη ττοτε never, ov ττώ irore 

never yet, never before. 
ττότερος : which of the two, Ε 85. 
τΓοτί: prep. See ττρός. 
TTOTL-Siy μένος : aor. partic. of ττροσ- 

δίχο/χαι wait for. 
ττότμος : fate, death. 
TTOTVLa (p ο t - e η s) : mistress, honored. 

Title of respect, esp. of Hera. 
τΓΟτόν (τΓίνω) : drink, draught. 
TTOv : where ? 

TTov : anywhere, in any way, perhaps. 
ΤΓονλο-βόταρα (βόσκω) : feeding 

many, fruitful, 
πουλυς [ττολυ?] : much. 
τΓονς, gen. τΓοδός, dat. pi. 7Γοσ(σ) t and 

ττόδεσσι (pes) : foot, 
ΐΐράκτως : a stream in the Troad 

which empties into the Helles- 
pont, Β 835. 
ίτρατΓίδε? pi. : (diaphragm), mind, 
ττρίσβνς, ττρίσβα (ρ r i s c u s, presby- 
ter) : old, reverend. Superl. ττρεσ- 

βντατος. 
ττρηθω, aor. πρησεν: blow, burn. 
Ίτρηνης, -ίς : prone, on one's face, 

headlong. 



Ίτρησσω, aor. infin. ττρη^αί [πράσ- 
σω]: do, accomplish, achieve. 

Ώρϊαμί8ης : son of Priam, Hector, 
Β 817, Ε 684. 

ΙΙρίαμος : Priam, son of Laomedon, 
king of Troy, A 19, 255, Β 37, 
160, 304, 332, 414, 788 Ά., Γ 105, 
117, 146 fe., 261, 288, 303 fP., 314, 
Δ 165, Ζ 242 it., Υ 237, Χ 27 ff., 
Ω 160 ff. 

ττρίν (ττρό) : (1) adv. before, sooner, 
formerly; (2) conj. before. Some- 
times doubled, ττρίν (adv.) — πρίν 
(conj.) with infin. ου πρΙν άττωσα 
ΊτρΧν hopevai he will not (soojier) 
thrust off before you give. 

ττρό : adv. and prep., before, forward. 
With gen., before, in front of 
τΓολύ ττρό φίλων μάχεσθαι fght far 
in advance of (Jiis) friends, Xabv 
€ρυκάκ€Τ€ ττρο ττνλάων check the 
people before the gate. 
Adv. before, forth: ττρό μ έπεμψε 
sent me forth, τα ττρο iovra the past, 
what was before. 

■προ-βαινω, perf. ττροβεβηκας : go 
before, surpass. 

ττρο- βάλλω, aor. προβάλοντο : strew 
before me, scatter. 

προ-βεβονλα : perf. of προβουλο/υαι 
prefer, A 113. 

ττρο-βλης, -ητος (προβάλλω) : pro- 
jecting. 

προ-γενίστερος : older, comp. of ττρο- 
■γενης. 

ττρο-Βοκη (ττροΒεχομαί) : watch, catch, 
place where the hunter lay in wait 
for game, Δ 107. 

προ-εηκε : aor. of ττροίημι send forth, 
let go, let fly a missile. 

ττρο-ερεσσω, aor. ττροερεσσαν: row 
forward. 

ττρο-ερνω, aor. ττροερνσσεν : dnnc 
forth, draw down, launch (of 
ships). 



88 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



ττρο-ες: aor. imv. of ττροίημι send 
forth, let go. 

ττρο-ΘΙονσι [τΓροτίθίασι] : 3d pi. pres. 
ind. of ττροτίθημι grant, allow, 
A 291. 

ΐΐρο-θοψωρ, -ορός : Boeotian leader, 
Β 495. 

Πρόνοος : leader of the Magnetes, 
Β 756 ff. 

ΤΓρο-θϋμίη (θυμός) '. zeal, Β 588. 

ττρο-'ίάπτω, fut. ττροϊάψΐί, aor. ττρο- 
taij/ev: send forth, send off'. 

πρσ-ίημί, 3d sing, προ'ίεΐ, impf . ττρο- 
iei, aor. ττροεηκε, aor. imv. ττρόες : 
send forth, discharge, let go, let fly 
a missile. 

ττρο-ίστημι, aor. partic. ττροστησας : 
set forth, place before the rest, 
Δ 156. 

ΙΙροΐτος : son of Abas, king of Ti- 
ryns, Ζ 157 ff. 

προ-καθ-ίζω : settle (forivard), Β 463. 

ττρο-καΧίω and ττρο-καΚίζομαι, aor. 
imv. ττρο-κάλεσσαί : call forth, 
challenge. 

ττρο-μαχίζω (πρόμαχος) : am cham- 
pion, flght in the front rank. 

ττρο-μαχος (μάχη) : foremost fighter. 

ττρομος : champion, foremost fighter. 

7rpo7ra/3ot^e(v) : adv. with gen., before, 
in front of. 

ΤΓρόητας, -πάσα, -παν : all. Cf απα?. 

προ-πρψΐς: iidv. forwards. 

προ-ρίω : flow on. 

προς, προτί, or ποτί: adv. and prep.^ 
to, iowai'd, on, in addition, besides, 
moreover. ■* 

(1) With ace, to, toivard : προς 
Τρώας τετραμμίνοί turned toivard 
the Trojans, α,μι προς 'ΌΧνμπον 
1 will go to Olympus, βεβληκει 
προς στήθος had hit on the breast, 
προς κολπον €κλίνθη leaned against 
the bosom, προς ΑιομηΒεα αμαβεν 
exchanged with Diomed, τοιαύτα 



προς αΧληΧονς ayopevov said such 

things to one another. 

(2) With gen., from: τιμήν άρνν- 
μενοι προς Ύρώων tvinning satisfac- 
tion from the Trojans, προς άλλης 
υφαίνοίς weave (before the eyes) at 
the bidding of another, είρναται θε- 
μιστας προς Διός defend the laws 
(before the eyes of, at the bidding 
of) in the name of Zeus, μάρτνροί 
εστων προς τε θέων προς τε ανθρώ- 
πων be witnesses in the sight of both 
gods ajid men. 

(3) With dat., on, at: ποτΐ γαίη 
άγκλίνας resting (it) upon the 
ground, ποτΐ -γουνασι by his knees. 

προσ-αμννω : help, am of use. ov 
προσαμννεί makes no defence. 

προσ-αρηρώς : close fitting, pert', par- 
tic, of προσαραρίσκω fit, Ε 725. 

ττροσ-αυδαω, impf. προσηνΒα : ad- 
dress, say to. 

προσ-βαίνω, aor. προσβάς, προσεβη- 
σετο: go to, step upon. 

πρόσ-ειμι (et/xt) : come on. 

προσ-είπον or προσεειπον: aor. of 
πρόσ-φημι address, say to. 

πρόσθε(ν) : adv. with gen., before, 
in front of 

πρόσσω : forwards. 

πρόσ-φημι, impf. προσεφη, aor. προσ- 
εΐπονΟΥπροσεειπον : address, say to. 

προσ-φωνεω : speak to, address. 

πρότερος (πρό) 3 : comp. before, (bom 
before), older, the first of two, for- 
mer, ot πρότεροι the men of for- 
mer days. 

προτερω : adv. farther, forward. 

π poT I- βάλλομαι [ττροσ-] : punish. 

προ-τίθημι, 3d pi. προθεονσιν : grant, 
allow. 

πρό-τονος : fore-stay of a ship ; two 
of which held the mast in place. 

προ-τρεπομαΐ, aor. προτραπεσθαι ' 
turn toward, give myself up to. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



89 



ττρο-φίρω : carry off, bring forward, 

offer, cast in his teeth. 
ττρο-φενγω, aor. partic. ττροφνγόντα : 

escape, 
ττρά-φρων, -όνος (φρην) : with ready 

heart, zealously. Adv. ττροφρονίως 

readily, graciously, zealously. 
ττρο-χΐω : pour forth. 
TT/DvXees pi. : foot-soldiers, 
ττρνμνη : stern of a ship. 
ττρνμνησίος 3: of the stern, πρνμνή- 

σία steim-hatvsers. 
ττρνμνός 3 : last, loivest part, γλώσ- 

σαν ττρνμνήν root of the tongue, 

ττρνμνον θίναρος wrist. 
ΤΙρντανις, -to5 : a Lycian, Ε 678. 
ττρωην : a little while ago, 'Just now.' 
ττρΜΪζά : day before yesterday, Β 303. 
Πρωτεσίλαος : son of Iphiclus, a 

Thessalian leader, the first to fall 

in the Trojan war, Β 698 fC. 
πρώτιστος (ττρώτος) 3: fi^st of all, 

the very first, ττρώτιστα adv. 
πρωτό-γονος (γεν-) : first-born. 
ττρωτο-παγης, -ίς (^πηγννμί) : , just 

built, new. 
ττρωτος 3 (ττρό) : superl. first, fore- 
most, ττρωτον, ττρωτα adv. with or 

without the article, first, at first, 

once. iv ττρώτω ρνμω at the tij) 

end of the pole. 
τΓταμίνη : aor. partic. of neTopxufly. 
τΓτεΧίη: elm. 
Πτελεός : (1) town in Thessaly, 

Β 697. (2) Colony of the former, 

in Elis, Β 594. 
τΓτερό-εις, -εσσα (τττερόν) : imnged. 
τΓΤψνξ, -νγος : wing. 
Πτολε /xatos : son of Peiraeus, father 

of Eurymedon, Δ 228. 
πτολεμίζω [ττολε/χι^ω], fut. πτολερ,ι'- 

$ομ€ν : wage war, fight. 
τΓτόλεμος [ττολερ,ος] : war, battle. 
τΓΤολύθρον (πόλις) : city, town, 
πτολί-πορθος (ττψθω): sacker of cities. 



τΓτόλις, -ως [ττόλις]: city, 
πτνγμα, -ατός (τττνσσω) : fold. 
ΤΓτνκτός (πτύσσω) : folded. 
τΓτωσκάζω : skulk, Δ 372. 
τΓτώσσω : cower, skulk. 
Πυγ /xatot pi. {ττύ^, ττνγμη the distance 

from elbow to knuckles) : Pygmies 

(fistlings), the Liliputians of epic 

times, Γ 6. 
ττνθεσθαυ : aor. inf. of ττυνθάνομαι 

leat'n. 
ττυθω, fut. ττΰσει : rot, cause to rot. 
ΐίνθώ, ace. -ώνα : Pytho, the later 

Delphi, seat of the Pythian ora- 
cle (which is not mentioned in 

the Iliad), Β 519. 
ττνκα: carefully, 
ττνκάζω, perf. partic. ττεττυκασμενα: 

cover. 
7Γυκ(ι)ι/ός 3 : thick, dense, strong, 

prudent, cunning. 
ΤΙνλαιμίνης, -εος : king of the Paphla- 

gonians, an ally of the Trojans, 

Β 851, Ε 576. 
Πυλαίος : son of Lethus, a Pelasgian 

leader, Β 842. 
ττΰλϊ; : wing of a double gate, pi. gate. 
Πυλί^νί; : Aetolian town, Β 639. 
Πυλιος : from Pylus, Pylian, A 248, 

Δ 293, Ε 545. 
Πυλοιγει/ι/ς, -ες: Pylus-born, native 

of Pylus. Epithet of Nestor, Β 54. 
Πΰλος : city on the west coast of 

Peloponnesus, home of Nestor, 

A 252, 269, Β 77, 591, γ 4 if. 
ττυλος : gate (of Hades), Ε 397. 
ττυ/χατος': last, outermost, hindmost, 
ττυνθάνομαι, aor. Ιπνθοντο, redupl. 

aor. ττεπνθοίτο : (ascertain), learn. 
TTvt'- with the fist, in boxing. 
Trip, gen. ττνρός : fire. 
ΙΙνραίχμης : a Trojan ally, leader 

of the Paeonians, Β 848. 
Πΰρασος : a Thessalian town, Β 695. 
ττνργος : toiver, column of soldiers. 



90 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



ττνρή: iuneralpyre. 

ίτώ : end. ever, yet, in any way. Cf. 

ττώς. 
ττωλεο/χαι, iter, impf . ττωλίσκετο (ttc- 

λο/Λαι) : go often, resort, 
ττωμα: cover, 
πως: Jiowf It often introduces a 

rhetorical question. 
7Γώ(ς) : end. in any way, perchance. 

Cf. Trrj, ττόθι, irov. 
πώυ, -cos : βock of sheep. 



pd : end. form of apa. 

pea or peta : easily, at ease. 

pUOpov (ρ^ω) : stream. 

ρίζω, fut. piieLv, aor. epe^e (ρίργον) : 

woi'k, do, offer sacrifice, κακά σε 

ρίζονσιν work ill to you. 
pew, impf. eppeev or piev : βοιν. 
ρηγμίν, -tvos : beach. 
prjyvvpLL, fut. ρη^ειν, aor. ίρρηζεν, 

prj^e (fpay-, f rango?) : break, 

break through, 
ρψ^ίως : easily. 

'Ρψη: mother of Medon (an ille- 
gitimate son of Oileus), Β 728. 
ρίγέω, fut. ρίγησαν, aor. ρίγησε, perf . 

subjv. ερρίγησι: shudder, fear. 
ρίγιον : comp. more terrible. Superl. 

ρίγιστα most terribly, 
ρίμφα: swiftly. 

ρϊνός : hide, skin, shield of ox-hide. 
'Ptm; : Arcadian town, Β 606. 
ρίπτω, aor. ρίψε : hurl. 
ρις, gen. ρΙνός: nose. 
'Ρόδιο? : Rhodian, Β 654. 
ροδο-δάκτυλο? : rosy-fingered, epithet 

of Dawn (Ήώς). 
'Ρόδο? : Rhodes, an island oil the 

southwest coast of Asia Minor, 

Β 654 ff. 
ροη (ρεω) : stream. 
ρΰμός {ερνω) : pole of a chariot. 



ρνσί-πτολις : defender of the city, 

Ζ 305. 
*FvTLov : Cretan town, Β 648. 
ρω-γαλεος 3 : torn. 



]§αγγάριος : the largest river in Asia 
Minor, except the Halys. It rises 
in Galatia and empties into the 
Black Sea in Bithynia, Γ 187. 

σακέσ-παλος (τταλλω) : brandisher of 
the shield, shield-ioielding, Ε 126. 

σάκοζ, -COS : shield, large oval shield. 
See ασπίς. 

'^,αλαμίς, -ΐνος: island near the har- 
bor of Athens, Β 557. 

2ά/χο5 : island near Ithaca, Β 634. 

σάος [σώ?] (sanus) : safe, sound. 

σαόω, fut. σαωσεις, aor. σάωσε : save 
rescue, bring off safe. 

'2,αρπη8ων, -όνος: leaderof the South 
ern Lycians, bravest of the Trojai» 
allies, slain by Patroclus, Β 876• 
Ε 471, 493, 629 ff., 655 if., 683. 
Ζ 199. 

'^ατνίόεις, -εντός : a mountain stream 
in Mysia, Ζ 34. 

σάφα : clearly, exactly, hence truly. 

σαώτερος : comp. more safely, A 32 

σε ace, σεθεν, σεΐο, σεο or σεν gen. 
of 2d pers. pron. σν thou. 

σεβάζομαί, aor. σεβάσσατο : feai 
reverently. 

σέβομαι: am ashamed, abashed, Δ 242. 

σείω: brandish. 

Πέλαγο? : father of Amphius, Ε 612, 

^εληπίά^ης : son ofSelepius, Euenus, 
Β 693. 

σελϊνον: parsley, celery. 

SeXAiJets, -εντός : (1) river in Elis, 
Β 659. (2) River in the Troad, 
Β 839. 

σευω, aor. εσσενα or σενε, perf. εσ- 
συμχΐί, εσσυμενον, plpf• εσσυτο: 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



91 



drive, pursue, start; pass, hasten, 
rush, αίμα Ισσευα drew blood. 

σήμα, -ατός : sign, token, character, 
monument, mound, portent. 

σημαίνω (σήμα) : give orders. 

σημάντωρ, -opos '. commander. 

σηττω, perf . σέσηττε : rot, perf . is 
rotten. 

"^ησαμος : Paphlagonian town, Β 853. 

^ϊ/στός : town on the Thracian Cher- 
sonese, opposite Abydus, Β 836. 

IS^eVeXos : son of Capaneus, one of 
the ' Epigoni ' ; lieutenant of 
Diomed, Β 564, Δ 367, Ε 111, 241, 
835, I 48, Π 586, Ψ 511. 

σθένος, -COS : strength. 

σΙγαλό-«9, -εντός : shining. 

σΙγη : silence, o-lyrj silently. 

σώηρεος 3: of iron, iron. 

σίΒηρος : iron, of an arrow-point. 
Iron was little used in the Homeric 
times ; see χαλκός. 

"^ιΐΒονίψθεν : from Sidon, Ζ 291. 

2ϊδονιος 3 : Sidonian, Ζ 290. 

Ρικνών, -ώνος : Sicyon, not far from 
Corinth, to the southwest, Β 572. 

Siju-oets, -εντός : stream, rising on 
Mt. Ida, and uniting on the plain 
of Troy with the Scamander, 
Δ 475, Ε 774, Ζ 4. 

"^,ιμοεισως : a Trojan, slain by Ajax, 
Δ 474 ff. 

^ίντίες pi. : earliest inhabitants of 
Lemnos, A 594. 

2ίσυφθ9 : son of Aeolus, father of 
Glaucus, compelled in Hades to 
roll uphill a stone, which contin- 
ually rolled back, Ζ 153 ff., λ 593. 

σίτος : wheat bread. 

σκυττάω : am silent. 

σιωτΓΤ) : in silence, silently. 

2καιαι pi. ; with or without πυλαι, 
the Scaean gate of Troy on the 
side toward the Greek camp, Γ 145, 
263, Ζ 237, 307, 393. 



σκαΐΎ) (scaevus): ivith the lefi hand. 

'^,καμάνΒρως : adj. of the Scamander, 
Β 465 ff . 

^καμάνΒριος: (1) Hector's son, whom 
the people called Astyanax, Ζ 402. 
(2) A Trojan, son of Strophius, 
E49ff. 

2κά/χανδρο$ : (1) A Trojan river, 
uniting with the Simois, Ε 36, 774. 
It is called Xanthus by the gods. 
(2) The god of the river, Ε 77. 

'^κάρφη : small Locrian town near 
Thermopylae, Β 532. 

σκηπτονχος (σκητττρον, «χω): sceptre- 
bearing. Epithet of kings. 

σκητΓτρον : sceptre, staff. Princes, 
judges, priests, and heralds car- 
ried σκήπτρα as symbols of au- 
thority. 

σκί8ναμαί, impf. εσκί^ναντο (σκε^άν 
ννμϊ) : scatter, disperse. 

σκιο-€ΐ9, -εντός '. full of shadows, 
shadowy. 

σκόπελος : cliff, 

σκοπνη (σκεττ-) : cliff, height from 
which an extended view can be 
obtained. 

σκσπός (σκέπτομαι) : spy, watcher. 

σκότιος (σκότος) : adj. in secret, Ζ 24. 

σκότος : darkness. 

σκνζομαι : am angry. 

^κωλος : Boeotian village, Β 497. 

σμαραγέω: resound. 

σμερΒαΧεος : frightful, terrible, σμερ- 
8αλεον, σμερΒαλεα adv. terribly. 

σμερΒνός 3 : horrible. 

^μινθευς, -ηος : short form for '2,μιν 
θοφθόρος Mice-destroyer.* Epi- 
thet of Apollo as the averter of 
the plague of field mice, A 39. 

σμωΒιζ, -ιγγος : weal. 

σοι: dat. of 2d pers. pron. συ thou. 

'2,όλνμοί pi. : warlike people, ancient 
inhabitants of Lycia, Ζ 184, 204. 

σόος or σάος [σώς] : safe. 



92 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



σός (συ) : thine, thy. 

Σπάρτη : capital of Lacedaemon, 
home of Menelaus, Β 582, Δ 52. 

σπάρτα pi. : ropes, cables, Β 145. 

σττάω, aor. σττάσεν, εσττάσατο : draw, 
draw out. 

σττει/δω, aor. subjv. σττεισ^ς : pour a 
libation (^anovSrj). 

arreos, gen. σπείονς οτσττίεος: cave. 

σπίσθαί: aor. inf. of Ιττομχιι follow. 

σ7Γ€υδω : am in eager haste. 

σπινθηρ, -^pos : spark, Δ 77. 

σπλά-γχνα pi.: vitals, i.e. lung, heart, 
and liver. 

σπονΒη (σττενδω) : libation, drink- 
offering. 

στΓονΒϊ] (σττευδω) : with difficulty. 

σταθμός : stable, stall, farm-building. 

στάσκεν iter, aor., στα?, στάντων aor. 
partic. : used to stand, took stand ; 
from ΐστημι place, cause to stand. 

στατος (ΐστημι) : stalled, i.e. fed in 
a stall. 

σταφυλή: plumb line. 

στειλαν : aor. of στέλλω send, place. 

στείρα : keel, cut-water. 

στείχω : go, come. 

στέλλω, aor. στειλαν : arrange, send. 
Ιστία στύΧαντο took in (^furled) 
their sails. 

στίμμα, -ατός {στέφω) : chaplet, filet. 

στεναχίζω: groan. 

στίνάχο) : groan. 

^τίντωρ, -ορός : a Greek before Troy 
with a voice as loud as fifty, Ε 785. 

στίρνον: breast. 

στενμαι, impf . στευτο : assert by 
word or manner, στευταί" τι εττος 
€ρ€€ίν''Έικτωρ Hector acts as if he 
teas going to say something. 

στεφανόω, perf. Ιστεφάνωται {στέ- 
φανος) : crown, perf. pass. Aas 
been laid on as a crown, crowns. 

στη : took {his) stand, stood, aor. of 
ΐστημί place, cause to stand. 



στήθος, -cos, loc. as gen. στηθεσφιν'. 

breast. 
στησασα, στήσαντο : aor. of ΐστημι 

place, cause to stand, 
στηρίζω, aor. εστηριζε : lean against, 
στιβαρός : stout, strong. 
στίλβω: shine, 
στίχες pi. : rotvs, ranks, 
στίχάομαι, impf. εστιχωντο: go in 

Vme, go, march, 
στόμα, -ατός: mouth, face, 
στόμαχος {stomach) : throat, 
στοναχη {στενάχω) : groan, 
στόνος : groariing, groan. - 
^τρατίη : Arcadian town, Β 606. 
στρατός : camp, army, 
στρατόομαί, impf. εστρατόωντο : am 

encamped, am on an expedition. 
στρετΓτός {στρέφω) 3 : {twisted), 

well-spun. 
στρέφω, fut. στρεψεσθε, aor. partic. 

στρεφθεντί : turn, mid. and pass. 

tui'n myself, turn around, 
στρονθός : sparrow, 
^τρόφιος : father of Scamandrius, 

Ε 49. . 
στυγερός {στυγεω) : hateful. 
στυγεω : hate, dislike, 
'^τυμφηλος : town in Arcadia, Β 608. 
^τΰ$, gen . ^τυγός {στυγεω) : Styx, 

a stream of the lower world, 

Β 755, Η 271. 
2 Γύρα pi. : town in Euboea, Β 539. 
στυφελίζω, aor. εστυφεΧιζε : strike, 

thrust. 
συ or τυνη, gen. σείο, σεο, σεΰ, σεθεν, 

dat. σοι, τοί, ace. σε: 2d pers. 

pron., thou. 
συγ-καΧεω, aor. partic. συγκάλεσα? : 

call together, assemble. 
σϋλευω or σϋλάω, impf. συλά, fut. 

συλήσετε, aor. opt. σϋλήσειε: take 

off, spoil, strip, 
συμβάλλω, aor. imv. συμβάλετε : 

bring together, pour together, unite. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



93 



"^ΰμη-θεν : from Syme, a small island 
to the north of Rhodes, Β 671. 

σνμ.-μ.ίσ'γομχΐί \σνμ,μί•γννμχ\ : mix, 
mingle, of waters. 

συμ-ττάς, 'πάσα, -παν ' pi. (ill to- 
gether. 

συμ-πηγνϋμί, aor. σννίττη^ε : curdle, 
Ε 902. 

σνμ-φρά^μων, -ovo<; (φράζομαι) : coun- 
sellor, Β 372. 

σνμ-φράζομαί, aor. σνμφράσσατο : 
forjn plans with. 

σνν : adv. and prep, with dat., with, 
together with, together : σνν ρ Ιβα- 
λον ptvov's dashed shields together, 
Ιλθων σνν ττλεονεσσιν coming with 
more, Ινίκησεν σνν *ΑθήνΎ) con- 
quered with A thena'^s help, σνν νηί 
ίμ-β πίμψο) will send with my ship, 
rj\i9e σνν ayyeXcr; caine with tid- 
ings. Cf. ζνν. 

συν-άγω : bring together, asseinhle. 

σνν-€ίμι, impf. dual, σννίτην (β,μι) : 
go (or come) together. 

σνν-€^πη$€ : aor. of σνμπ-η-γννμι 
curdle. 

σνν-ίχο), impf. σννεχον, perf. partic. 
σννοχωκότε : join, come together. 
τώ ώ/Λω σννογοίκότε the shoulders 
drawn together. 

σνν-θεσίη : compact, injunction. 

σνν-ορίνομαι : set (myself) in motion, 
Δ 332. 

σνν-τίθεμαι, aor. imv. συνθεο: give 
heed, attend. 

σν<:, gen. συο5 (y<s, sus, sow) : hog, 
boar. 

σφάζω, aor. €σφα^αν : cut the throat, 
slaughter by opening the large 
artery of the neck. 

a^ctWgen., σφίσιζν) or σφί{ν) dat., 
σφί'α? ace. : pi. 3d pers. pron. 
them. 

σφετερος and σφός (σφεΐς) : their. 

σφνρόν : ankle. 



σφωε nom., ace., σφωίν gen., dat. : 

enclitic, dual 3d pers. pron. they 

two. 
σφωί, σφω nom., ace, σφωιν gen., 

dat. : dual 2d pers. pron. ye two. 
σφωιτερος : of you two. 
σχε^ίην : at close quarters, Ε 830. 
Σχεδίας : son of Iphitus, a Phocian 

leader, Β 517. 
σχεΒόν : adv. near, at close quarters, 
σχεθον, σχεθε : aor. of εχω have, hold, 

check. 
σχετλιοζ 3: terrible, cruel, 
σχίζη (σχίζω,, schism) : cleft wood, 
σχοίατο: refrain (cease) from, aor. 

opt. raid, of εχω hold, check, 
^χοΐνοζ : Boeotian town, Β 497. 
σώμα, -aros : dead body, carcass. 



rai: for at, the, these, they. See o. 
Ύαλαίμενη<;, -εος : a Maeonian, Β 865. 
ΎαλαΙονί^ης : son of Talaiis, ISIecis- 

teus, Β 566. 
ταΚασί-φρων, -ovos (φρην) : stead- 

fast.^ 

ToXa-vplvos (fptvos) : shield-bearing. 

Ύαλθνβίος : herald of Agamemnon, 
A 320, Γ 118, Δ 192. 

ταλλα : by ' crasis ' for τα άλλα the 
rest. 

ταμεσί-χρω<ζ, -οο<ξ (τάμνω) : flesh- 
cutting, flesh-cleaving. 

ταμίη: house-wife. 

ταμίψ (τάμνω) : steward, master. 

τάμνω, aor. τάμε ^τεμνω'] : cut. Vic- 
tims were slain in confirmation of a 
solemn oath, hence ορκια ταμόντες 
concluding a solemn treaty. Cf 
foedus icere, ferire foe- 
d u s, ' strike a treaty.* 

τανν-πεπλος : with trailing robes. 

τανυω, aor. τάννσσαν '. stretch, place 
along. 



94 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



ταράσσω, aor. subjv. rapairj, plpf. 
τετρηχα : disturb (with σνν) ; plpf • 
was in confusion. 

ταρβίω, aor. τάρβησεν : am fright- 
ened, fear. 

Ύάρνη : Lydian town, at the foot of 
Mt. Tmolus, Ε 44. 

Ύάρφη: Locrian town, near Ther- 
mopylae, Β 533. 

τάρφος, -€os : thicket. 

τανρος (t a u r u s) : bull. 

τάνα : soon, quickly, presently. 

τάχιστα : adv. superl. of ταχν, most 
quickly, very quickly, ottl τάχιστα 
as quickly as possible, quam 
celerrime. 

ταχν-ττωλος : with swift horses. 

ταχύς, -eta, -v : stcift, fleet. 

Te: enclitic conj. and. tc — re, re — 
και are correlated, both — and. re 
is appended to conjunctions, rela- 
tive pronouns and adverbs of time 
and cause in order to connect the 
clause closely with its antecedent. 
Cf. OS T€ Just who. re — re are 
sometimes combined with other 
conjunctions, as /xcV re — δε re, 
μίν re — άλλα re, to show close 
correlation. Sometimes the exact 
force of re' is uncertain. 

Teyer; : Arcadian town, perhaps the 
most important in Peloponnesus 
before the Dorian invasion, Β 607. 

reyeos : covered, roofed. 

τζθηττότες (ταφών) : perf . partic. 
from the root ^αττ, astonied, dazed, 
stupefied with fright. 

τεθναίη opt., τεθνηωτα partic. : perf. 
of θντ^σκίύ die. 

τείνω, aor. (€)reti/e, plpf. τίτατο, re- 
τάσθην : draw tight, stretch, stretch 
out. 

TUfHt): oppress, press hard, weigh 
heavih/ upon, distress. 

τείχεσι-πΧήτης : stormer of walls. 



Epithet of Ares (Mars), Ε 31. 
reiYio-ets, -εσσα '. well walled. 
τείχος, -eos : wall of a city. 
TCKe : aor. of τίκτω, bring forth, bear^ 



τεκρυαίρομχχι, aor. τεκμ-ηραντο: ordain, 
τέκμωρ : surety, pledge, 
τεκνον : child, offspring, young. 
τεκος, -eos (τίκτω) : child, young, 
τεκταίνομαι, aor. τεκτηνατο: build. 
Ύεκτων, -όνος : (Carpenter), a Trojan 

ship-builder, Ε 59. 
τεκτων, -όνος : artisan, carpenter. 
τελα/λών, -ωνος : broad strap support- 
ing the shield or sword. 
Ύελαμώνιος : of Telamon. Αίας Tc- 

λα/χώνΐ09 Ajax son of Telamon. 
τέλειος : (complete), unbleinished. 
τελείω or τελεω, fut. reλceσ^αt, aor. 

τελεσσας, ετελεσσεν, perf. partic. 

τετελεσμένος : complete, fulfil, ac- 
complish, 
τελη-είς, -εσσα : perfect, unblemished. 
τελλω, plpf. ετεταλτο : with επί, 

enjoin upon, command, entrust. 
τέλος, -εος : end, accomplishment. 
τεμενάς (τέμνω, tern plum): (ground 

set apart), consecrated ground, royal 

domain. 
TereSos: an island in the Aegean 

Sea near the coast of the Troad, 

A 38, 452. 
Ύενθρη^ών, -όνος : father of Prothoos, 

a Magnesian, Β 756. 
τενων, -οντάς : tendon, sinew. 
τεο [rtVos] : gen. of τις who? 
τεός [σός'] 3 : thine, 
τέρας, -ατός : sign, portent, 
τερην, -εινα : soft, delicate. 
τερπι-κεραννος (τρέπω) : ivielder of 

the thunderbolt. Epithet of Zeus. 
τέρπομαι, aor. pass, subjv. τραπείο- 

μεν : take delight, enjoy myself 
τεσσαράκοντα : forty. 
τέσσαρες, ace. τεσσάρας : four. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



95 



Ttraydiv : redupl. aor. partic. from 
the root ταγ (tangere), seize. 

τΐτάσθψ, τίταντο: plpf. of τείνω 
stretch. 

τίταρτος (τέσσαρες) 3: fourth, το 
τέταρτον adv. the fourth time. 

τίτηκα : perf . of τήκω melt away. 

τίτληκα, imv. τ€τλαθί, partic. τε- 
τληότ€ς : endure, suffer. See τλψ 
σομχχΐ. 

τετ/χ.εν: 3Χ)Τ. found. 

τετραμμίνοι: perf. partic. of τρεττω 
iwrn. 

τετρα-ττλί} : fourfold. 

TCTpa -ψάληρος : ti7i7^ ybwr A;no&s (or 
protuberances), which seem to 
have been used to strengthen the 
helmet. 

τ€τραχθά : into four pieces. 

τετρηχα : was in confusion, plpf. of 
ταράσσω disturb. 

τετ/οϊγώτας : with ελεεινά, uttering 
piteous cries; perf. partic. of τρίζω 
make a shrill noise. 

τεττα : my old friend, informal ad- 
dress to an elder, 

τίττιζ, -Γγος : cicada, locust. 

TtTVKTaL perf., τετυγμ^νον perf. par- 
tic, TCTVKovTo redupl. aor. : of 
τίύχω build, make ready, τίτνκται 
is appointed. 

T€v [tlvosI ' end. gen. of Tts any 
one, many a one. 

ΎενθρανίΒη^: son of Teuthranus, 
Axylus, Ζ 13. 

Ύευθρας, -αντος : a Greek, Ε 705. 

Τεύκρος : Teucer, son of Telamon, 
half-brother of Ajax, best bow- 
man in the Greek army, Ζ 31. 

Τευτα/χιδι;ς : son of Teutamus, Jjethua, 
Β 843. 

τεύχος, -εος : pi. arms, armor. 

Τ€νχω, fut. inf. τεν^εσθαι, aor. 
(ε)τευ^ε, τετν κοντό, ετυχθη, perf. 
τετυκτοι* : make, build, make ready. 



appoint, cause; pass, is built ^ is 

appointed, occurs, is. 
τίχνη : art, skill. 
TYJ: adv. there, thither, 
τήκω, perf. τεττ/κα : melt away, waste 

away. 
τηΧε (tele-phone) : far, far away, 
τηλεθόω-σα : flourishing, f em. partic. 

of τηλεθάω. 
τηλε-κλείτό^ : far-famed. 
Ύηλεμχιχοζ : son of Odysseus and 

Penelope, Β 260, Δ 354. 
τηλό-θεν: from far away, 
τηλό-θί: with gen. far from, 
τηλό-σε : to a distance, far away, 
τηλον : far away. 

τηλυ-γετος 3 : last-born, dearly be- 
loved. (Of doubtful meaning.) 
Ύηρείη : a high mountain in Mysia, 

Β 829. 
τιεσκετο: iter. impf. of τίω prize, 

honor. 
Tt^ry/xt, fut. θησειν, aor. {ε)Θηκε, 

{ε)θεσαν, aor. subjv. θη^';, aor. 

opt. θείην, aor. imΛ^ ^ες, aor. 

inf. θεΐνοίΐ, θεμεναι: place, put, 

cause, make, put in order (with 

ευ). 
τίθηνη: nurse, attendant, 
τίκτω, aor. τεκον, ετεκες : bring forth, 

bear, beget. 
τΙμάω, fut. τίμησονσι, aor. τίμησας : 

honor, gain honor for. 
τΙμη: recompense, retribution, satis 

faction, honor, 
τινάσσω, aor. ετιναζε : pluck, twitch, 
τίννμαί: punish» 
τίνω, fut. τίσεσ^αι, ao r. τέσείαν,_ 

ετίσατο: pay the penalty, atone 
for; mid. exact satisfaction, pun- 
ish, 
τιτΓτε, τίτΓΤ or τίφθ* (jt ττοτε) : why ? 

why pray ? 
ΤΓρυνς, -θος : town in Argolis, famous 

for its Cyclopean walls, Β 559. 



96 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



m, n, gen. tco: interrog. pron., 
who 1 what f ets τι how long ? τι 
(ace.) why? wherefore? 

τΐ9, t\, gen. τεΰ : enclitic indef. pron., 
any one, some one, many a one. τι 
any, in any way, at all, 

τίταίνω: draw, stretch. 

TiVavos : mountain of Thessaly, 
Β 735. 

Ύίταρησίος : river in Thessaly which 
flows into the PeneUs, Β 751. 

τίτνσκομαι : aim, 

τιω, iter, inipf. τύσκετο, aor. «τΐσας^: 
prize, honor. 

τλημων, -όνος : enduring. 

Ύλτρτόλεμος : son of Heracles (He r- 
cules), leader of the Rhodians, 
Β 653, Ε 656. 

τλ-ησομαί fut., (^ΐ)τλη aor., τλαίης 
aor. opt., τίτληκας perl, TcVXa^t 
imv., τετληότες partic. (from root 
ταλ-, ς/*, tuli) : bear, endure, suf- 
fer, dare, have the heart. 

Ύμωλος : a mountain in Lydia, near 
Sardis, Β 866. 

Tot [croC] : dat. of 2d pers. pron. συ 
thou. 

Toil asseverative particle, indeed, of 
a truth, I assure you. 

tol: for ot the, these; or for oi who. 

τοιγάρ : therefore, and so. 

Toios 3 : such. 

τοιόσδε, -ijSe, -ovSe : such, such as this, 
such as that. With infin. such as 
to. -δε is ' deictic* 

τοιούτο?, τοίαντη, τοιούτο: such. 

τοκηες pi. (τίκτω) : parents. 

το/Λτ; (τέμνω) : (cutting) ^ stump, 
A 235. 

τόζον: hoio, often pi. referring to 
the various parts of one bow. Its 
manufacture from goat horns is 
described Δ 105 ff,, where the 
bow of Pandarus is said to be 
about seven feet in length (Jsome- 




τ6σ(σ)ον adv. 
τοσσοντο : 



what longer 
than the old 
English bow). 

τοσοσδε, τοστ/δε, 
τοσόνδε: equiv. 
to τόσο':. -δε 
is ' deictic,* so 
great as that. 

τόσ(σ)θ5 3 : so 
great, so much, 
so far, so long ; 
pi. often, so many. 

τοσσουτος, τοσσαντη, 
equiv. to τόσος. 

τότε: then. 

τοννεκα (τον ένεκα) : therefore, on 
that account. 

τόψρα: so long. 

τραττεωμεν [ταρπωμεν^ : aor. pass, 
subjv. of τέρπομαι en^oy myself. 

τράφεν [ετράφ7;σαν] : aor. pass, of 
τρέφω, nurture. 

τράφον : grew up, aor. of τρέφω. 

τρεις, τρία : three. 

τρέπω, aor. έτρεψε, (ε)τραπε, perf. 
partic. τετραμμένοι : turn, turn 
from (my) purpose; mid. turn 
myself, turn. 

τρέφω, aor. θρέφε and ετραφέτην, 
aor. pass, τράφη, τράφεν [ετράφη- 
σαν] : nourish, nurture, rear. The 
2d aor. is intrans., grew up. 

τρέχω, aor. εΒραμε : run, 

τρέω : flee in fright. 

τριηρών, -ωνος : timid. 

τρητός : of uncertain meaning ; per- 
haps inlaid, with reference to dec- 
orations ; perhaps pierced, with 
reference to the mortise holes in 
the framework of the bedstead 
for the straps which supported 
the mattress. 

Ύρηχίς, -7νος : Thessalian town near 
Thermopylae, Β 682. 

Ύ ρηχός : an Aetolian, Ε 706. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



97 




τρηχνζ, -cia: rough, uneven, jagged. 

τρί-γλώχϊν, -tvos: {three-edged), three- 
harhed. 

τρι'^ω,ρβιί. par- 
tic. τ€τρΐγώ- 
Ttts: make a 
shrill noise. τρ,^χώχιν. 

τετρίγωτας cAectm uttering piteous 
cries. 

τρίηκοντα : thirty. 

Ύρίκ(κ)η: Thessalian town, Β 729, 
Δ 202. 

TpL-TrXrj: threefold. 

τ pis : three times, thrice. 

τρισ-καί-^εκα : thirteen. 

τρίτατος (τρίτος) 3 : third, τρίτατοι 
those of the third generation. 

TpiToyevcta : Trito-born. Epithet 
of Athena (Minerva), Δ 515. 
It is perhaps best treated as a 
proper name. 

τρίτον : with το, third, for the third 
time. 

τρίχα : in three parts. 

τρίχες : nom. pi. of θρί^ hair. 

τριχθά : in three parts, into three 
pieces. 

Ύροίζψ, -ηνος : Troezene, town in 
Argolis, near the coast, Β 561. 

Ύροίζηνοςΐ son of Ceas, father of 
Euphemns, Β 847. 

Ύροίη : (1) the Troad, in the north- 
west corner of Asia Minor, with 
Ilios as its capital, ^B 162, 237, 
Γ 74, 257, Δ 175, Ζ 315. (2) Ilios 
itself, A 129, Β 141. 

τρόμος (τρέμω) : trembling. 

τροχός (τρέχω) : loheel. 

τρνφάΧεια : helmet. 

ΎρωαίοτΎρωαΒεςγϋ.: Trojan women. 

Ύρωες, -ων pi. : Trojans. 

Ύρωός 3 : Trojan. (Or, Τρωος.) 

Ύρώως : of Tros, Ε 222. Ύρωιοι Γττττοί 
horses which Zeus gave to Tros 
in exchange for Ganymed. 



Tptos, gen. Τρωος: king of Troy, 
son of Erichthonius, father of 
Ilus, Assaracus, and Ganymed, 
Ε 265. Seep. X. 

τvyχάvω, aor. partic. τυ;!^77σα5, 2d 
aor. (ΐ)τνχε : hit, hit uj)on. μίν 
οντά τνχων hit and wowided him. 
τνχε αμάθοίο βαθείης struck in 
deep sand. 

Ύϋ8εί8ης: son of Tydeus, Diomed, 
Ε 1, 281. 

ΎνΒενς: son of Oeneus, father of 
Diomed ; one of the * Seven 
against Thebes,' Β 406, Δ 365 If., 
Ε 126, 800 ff., Ζ 222. 

τνκτός (τενχω) 3 : well-made, τνκτον 
κακόν α thorough evil. 

τνμβος (tomb) : burial mound. 

τϋνη [συ] : 2d pers. pron., thou. 

τνττη (τντΓτω) : blow, Ε 887. 

τνπτω, aor. τνψε : smite, strike. 

τντθός : little, young, τντθόν a little. 

τυφλός : blind, Ζ 139. 

Τνφωενς, -εος : Typhoeus, a giant 
buried by Zeus beneath a moun- 
tain. His efforts to rise cause 
earthquakes, Β 782 ff. 

τνχε, τνχησας : aor. of τνγχάνω hit. 

τω or τω : adv. then, therefore. 

τως: adv. thus, τως is related to 
ως as τοί to ot. 



ΎάμτΓολις: town in Phocis, Β 521. 

νβρις, -ίος : insulting conduct, inso- 
lence. 

νγρός : watery, liquid, 

ν8ρος: water-snake. 

ν8ωρ, gen. ύδατος : water. 

νΙός, gen. υιός, dat. vlt, vU'C, ace. vlov, 
voc. vU, dual νΙε, pi. nom. νΐες, 
νΐεες, νΐεΐς, dat. νΐάσι, ace. υιεας, 
νΙας : son. 

νίωνός (νΙός) : so7i*s son. 



98 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



'Ύλη : town on a height near Lake 

^ Copais, Β 500, Ε 708. 

νλη: wood, forest. 

νλή-€ίς, -εσσα : woody. 

v/ACis or νμμες, gen. v/xetW, dat. 

'νμΐν, νμμι(ν) : pi. 2d pers. pron. 
^ you, ye. 

νμίτερος or νμό^ (νμ€Ϊς) 3 : your, 
νπαί: for ννό under, 
νπ-άισσω, aor. partic. υττάί^ας : dart 

from under. 
νπ-ανηάω, aor» partic. νπανηάσας : 

face, meet, Ζ 17. 
υττατο? 3 : most high. 
VTT-iScLaav : aor. of νποδειδω /ear 

a superior power. 
νπ-€ίκω, fut. νττείζομαι, aor. subjv. 

ντΓΟίίζομεν '. concede, yield, give 

way. 
ν7Γ€ΐρ-έχω : for νπ€ρ4χω hold over, 

tower above. 
υττεήο-οχο? : preeminent, Ζ 208. 
Ύττεφων, -όνος : a Trojan, slain by 

Diomed, Ε 144. 
ντΓ-€κ: out from under, away from. 
νπ-εκ-φζρω, impf . νπε^ίφερον : bear 

out of, cai'ry away from. 
ν7Γ-€κ-φ€νγω, aor. νττεκφνγε : escape. 
vn-ivepOeiv) : adv. beneath, from 

under. ■ With gen . 
υπ€ρ : prep, with ace. and gen., over, 

above, beyond, contrary to. 

(1) With ace, imep ωμον ηλνθε 
άκωκη ey^eos the spear point came 
above (over) the shoulder, νττίρ 
αισαν beyond what is fitting, virkp 
ορκια contrary to the compacts. 

(2) With gen., στη νττϊρ κεφαλής 
took his stand above (his) head, 
στίρνον νττερ μαζοΐο breast above 
the nipple, ίκατόμβην pe^at virep 
Δαναών sacrifice a hecatomb in be- 
half of the Greeks, νττίρ σίθεν 
αίσχε άκονω I hear reproaches on 
thy account (about thee). 



virep : for virip, when it follows its 

case. 
υττερ-άλλομοΛ, aor. partic. vrrepaX- 

μενος '■ leap over. 
νπέρ-βασίη (υπερβαίνω) : transgres 

sion. 
Ύττερεία : spring at Pherae in Thes- 

saly, Β 734, Ζ 457. 
νπερ-εχω or νττειρεχω, aor. subjv 

νττερσ-χΎΐ : hold over, tower above 

ol χείρας νττερεΐχε held his hands 

over him, i.e. defended him. 
νπερηνορέων, -οντος (νττερ, άνηρ) 

haughty. 
Ύπερησίη : an Achaean town on the 

Corinthian gulf, Β 573. 
ν7Γερθε(ν) : above, on top. 
ιητερ-θϋμος : high-spirited. 
νττερ-κυΒαντες : glorying overmuch, pi. 

of νπερκνΒας (κνΒος). 
νττερ-μενης, -ες (μένος) : all power- 
ful. Epithet of Zeus. 
νπερ-μορα : beyond what is fated. 
νττεροπλίη : arrogance, pi. arrogant 

acts, A 205. 
ντΓερ-σγτι'. aor. subjv. of υπερέχω 

hold over. 
υπερφίαΧος : insolent, man of violence, 

Γ106. 
υπερώων (υπέρ) : upper chamber, 
υπ-εστην, υπεσταν [υπέστησαν^ : aor. 

of υφίστημι, promise, 
υπ-εχω, aor. partic. υποσχων: hold 

under, put mares to the stallion. 
υπ-ηνείκαν: aor, of υποφέρω bear 

away from danger, Ε 885. 
υπ-ισχνεομαι, aor. imv. υπόσχεο, aor. 

inf. υποσχεσθαί : promise, 
ύπνος (somnus) : sleep. 
υπό and υπαί: adv. and prep, under, 

beneath : υπο ηρεον έρματα νηων 

took props from under the ships, 

υπο δ' έρματα τάνυσσαν (stretched.) 
placed props beneath, υπαΐ ιδεσκε 

always looked down, υπο τρόμος 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



99 



elXev * Αχαιούς trembling seized the 
Greeks beneath (i.e. in their knees), 
VTTo χθων κονάβίζε the earth rum- 
bled beneath, νπο Τρώες κεκά- 
SovTo the Trojans withdreic before 
(him). 

(1) With ace, νττο σττεος ^λασε 
μήλα drove his flock under (the 
shelter of) a cave, νττο ζν-γον rjyaye 
led under the yoke, νπο "Ιλιον ήλθε 
came under the walls of (i.e. to) 
llios, VTTO τείχος άγαγοντα leading 
under the wall, νττ οστεον ηλνθ^ 
άκωκη the point penetrated to the 
bone, VTTO }ζ.νΧληνης ορός at the 
foot ofMt. Cyllene, virai ττόδα "Ίδτ;? 
at the foot of Mt. Ida. 

(2) With dat., υπό ιτλατανίστω un- 
der a plane-tree, νπ ονρανω beneath 
the heavens, νττο Ύμωλω at the foot 
of Mt. Tmolus, εΤσαν νττο φηγω 
placed under an oak, νττο χερσί, 
νπο Sovpt under (i.e. by) hands, 
spear, νπο TySeiSr) κλονίοντο φά- 
λαγγες the ranks were driven be- 
fore the son of Tydeus, Ένμηλος, 
τον ύτΓ* ^ΑΒμήτω τεκέ "Χλκεστις 
Eumelus whom Alcestis bore to 
Admetus. 

(3) With gen., under, by. νπο τε- 
λαμωνος under the strap, θν^σ κοντές 
νφ* "Ι^κτορος slain at the hands of 
Hector, νηες κονάβησαν άϋσάντων 
νπ' 'Αχαιών the ships resounded as 
the Greeks shouted (as a result of 
their shouting), θεινομεναι νπο hv- 
Kovpyov smitten by Lycurgus, πε- 
λεκνς εχσιν δια ^ονρος νπ* άνερος 
the axe (goes) is driven through a 
beam by a man. 

νπο: for νπό in some instances 

when it follows its case. 
νπο-βλη^ην : interrupting, A 292. 
υτΓΟ-δει'δω, aor. ΰττεδεισαν, plpf• νπε- 

δει'δισαν : fear, shrink before. 



νπο-Βεχομαι, aor. νπεΒε^ατο: receive, 
νπό8ρα : askance, darkly, 
νπο-είζομεν : aor. subjv. of νπείκω 

yield, give ivay. 
Ύποθηβαι: Lower Thebes, situated 

on the plain, Β 505. 
νπο-κνομαί, aor. par tic. ΰττοκϋσα- 

μένη : become pregnant, conceive, 
νπο-λενκαίνομαι : grow white, Ε 502. 
νπο-λνω, aor. ΰττελϋσε, νπελνσαο : 

loose beneath, loose from under, 
νπο- μένω, aor. νπεμειναν: stand my 

ground, 
νπο-πεπτηωτες : perf. partic. of νπο- 

πτησσω crouch under, Β 312. 
νποπλάκίος 3 : lying at the foot of Mt. 

Placus, Ζ 397. "" 

νπο-στεναχίζω : groan beneath, rumble 

beneath, Β 781. 
νπο-στρεφω, aor. opt. νποστρεψειας : 

turn around, turn back, 
νπό-σχεο, νποσχεσθαι : aor. of υπί- 

σχνεομαι promise, 
νπό-σχεσις, -ιος (νπισχνεομαι) : α 

promise, 
νπο-σχών : aor. partic. of νπεχω hold 

under. 
νπό-τροπος : coming back, back, 
υπο-φερω, aor. νττηνείκαν : bear away 

from, under impending danger. 
νπο-χωρέω, aor. νπεχώρησαν : retire f 

withdraiv. 
νπ-όφως : despised, an object of con- 
tempt, Γ 42. 
νπτίος (supinus): on one's back, 

backwards. 
Ύρίη: Boeotian town near Tana- 

gra, Β 496. 
Ύρμινη : town in the northern part 

of Elis, Β 616. 
Ύρτακί^ς: son of Hyrtacus, Aaiua, 

Β 837 f . 
νσμίνη, local dat. νσμχνι : battle f con- 
flict. 
νσμίνην-8ε : to battle. 



100 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



ύστατος 3 : superl. of ύστερος, last, 
hindmost. ύστατα adv. for the 
last time. 

νστερος : later, ύστερον adv. 

υφαίνω : weave, ττασιν νφαινον " set 
forth before all," 

νφ-ηνίοχος : charioteer, Ζ 19. 

νφ-ίημι, aor. partic. νφεντες : let 
down, lower. 

νφ-ίστημα, aor. νττεστην, νττεσταν 
[νττεστησαν^ : promise. 

νψ-ερεφης, -ες : high-roofed. 

υψηλός 3 : high. 

Ύψηνωρ, -ορός : a Trojan, son of 
Dolopion, Ε 76. 

ΰφ-ηχης, -ες (ηχεω) : loudly neighing. 

υφί-βρεμετης (βρεμω) : high-thun- 
derer. Epithet of Zeus. 

υψί-ζυγος (ζνγόν) : high-throned. Epi- 
thet of Zeus. 

υφι-ττυλος (πύλη) : high-gated. 

υφ-όροφος : high-roofed. 

υφου : adv. high. 



Φ. 

φόανθεν [^εφαενθησαν'] : aor. of φα- 
είνω flash, gleams. 

φάγε : aor. of Ίσθίω eat. 

φαεινός 3 : flashing, shining. 

φαίΒίμος: illustrious, glorious. 

φαίην, φαΐμεν : opt. of φημι say. 

Φαΐνοφ, -οτΓος : Ε 152. 

φαίνω, aor. εφηνε, aor. pass. (ε)φάνη, 
perf . sing, ττεφανται : show, cause 
to appear ; pass, appear. 

Φαιστό? : son of Borus, an ally of 
the Trojans, Ε 43. 

Φαιστό? : Cretan town, Β 648. 

φάλα-γ^, -α-γ-γος (phalanx) : rank, 
column. 

φάλος : ridge of metal on the helmet 
which strengthened the helmet 
and held the crest. (Others in- 
terpret as visor). 



φάν [ίφασαν] : impf. of φημί say, 

(think), 
φάνη, φανεντα: appeared, aor. pass. 

of φαίνω show. 
φάος,-εος [φώ?] : light, light of safety, 
φαρετρη: quiver. 

Φάρις, -los : Laconian town, Β 582. 
φάρμχικον (pharmacy) : drug, herb, 
φάρος, -εος: cloak, worn only by 

princes. See ;(λαινα. 
φάσγανον: sivord. 
φάσαν, φάτο impf., φάσθαι inf. : of 

φημΧ, say, assert, 
φάτνη: manger, 
φεβομυαι : flee. 
Φεί^ιππος: grandson of Heracles, 

Β 678. 
φείδομαι', spare (with gen.). 
(φεν) aor. εττεφνε, ττεφνέμεν, perf. pi. 

ττεφανταί : kill, slay. 
Φενεός : Arcadian town, Β 605. 
Φεραί: Thessalian town, Β 711. 
Φερεκλος: son of Tecton, Ε 59. 
φεριστος : best, φεριστε good sir. 
φερτατος : superl. lest, bravest, 
φερτερος : comp. better, more power- 

ful. 
φέρω, fut. οισ», aor. subjv. ενείκω, 

aor. inf. οίσεμεναι: carry, bear, 

bring, carry off, draw, 
φεύγω, fut. φεύ$ονται, aor. φύγον, 

perf. partic. ττεφνγμενον : flee, 

escape, 
φη [εφη'] : impf. of φημί say. 
φη : as, like as. 
Φη-γεύς, -ηος : son of Dares, slain by 

Diomed, Ε 11 ff. 
φηγίνος : of oak, Ε 838. 
φηγός (f a g u s) : oak-tree, oak. 
φημί, opt. φαίην, partic. φάντες, 

2d sing. impf. εφησθα, 3d sing. 

φη [εφη"], 3d pi. φάν [εφασαν] : 

say, assert (believe, often of an 

incorrect view). See είπον and 

είρω. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



101 



φηρ, gen. φηρός (θηρ, f era) : wild 
animal (used only of Centaurs). 

Φηρη : Messenian town, Ε 543. 

Φηρητίά^ης : son (or grandson) of 
Pheres, Β 763. 

φθάνω, aor. partic. φθάμενος : get 
the start of, anticipate, μ έβαλε 
φθάμενος hit me first. 

Φθίη: (1) Thessalian town on the 
Spercheus, home of Peleus, Β 683. 
(2) Country about the town, A 155, 
169. 

ΦθίψΒε : to Phthia. 

φθίννθω, iter, impf . φθίνύθεσκε : con- 
sume, waste away, perish. 

φθίνω, fut. φθίσει, plpf. εφθίατο: 
waste away, perish, die; fut. de- 
stroy, kill. 

Φθίρων or Φθειρών '. a mountain in 
Caria, Β 868. 

φθίσ-ηνωρ, -opo<s iavijp) : man-de- 
stroying. 

φθογγη : voice. 

φθό-γγος : voice. 

φθόνεο) : grudge, deny. 

-φι(ν) : inseparable suffix, ending of. 
an old instrumental case. Added 
to the stem of a noun, it forms a 
genitive and dative in both sin- 
gular and plural, which is gen- 
erally used as an instrumental, 
ablative, or locative case. 

φίλεω, iter. impf. φιλεεσκεν, aor. 
φίλησα, εφίλατο, φΐλαι, φίληθεν 
\_εφίληθησαν^ : love, entertain as a 
friend. 

φίλο-κτεανώτατος (κτεανον) superl. : 
most greedy of gain, A 122. 

ΦιλοκτΊητη^ : a famous bowman, 
who had the bow and arrows of 
Heracles, Β 718. 

φίλο-μμεί8ης, -ες : laughter-loving. 
Epithet of Aphrodite (Venus). 

φίλος 3 : dear, beloved, pleasing ; as 
subst. a friend. Superl. φίλτατος. 



φίλος is often used in Homer in 
a familiar tone, where the less 
emotional English idiom would 
not use dear, but it is distinctly 
more than the possessive pro- 
noun, and part of the original 
coloring is lost if it is rendered 
simply by thy, his, etc. It is 
a standing epithet with words 
which denote relationship, or a 
part of the human body, or the 
mind. 

φιλότης, -ητος : love, friendship, hos- 
pitality. 

φίλως: gladly. 

φλόγεος (φλό^) : fashing. 

φλοιός : bark of a tree, A 237. 

φλοίσβος: din of battle. 

φοβέομαι, aor. φόβηθεν [εφοβηθψ 
σαι/], φοβηθείς (φόβος) : fee in 
fright. 

Φόβος: Flight, brother of Terror 
(Αειμός), Δ 440. See "Αρης. 

φόβος : flight. Not simply /η^Λί. 

φόβον-8ε: to flight. 

Φοίβος: Phoebus, (shining). Epi- 
thet of Apollo. 

φοίνιξ, -ϊκος : purple. 

φοίτάω : go to and fro, wander up 
and doicn. 

φολκός : bandy-legged, Β 217. 

φόνος : slaughter. 

φο^ός : peaked, Β 219. 

φορβή : fodder. 

φορεω, iter. impf. φορεεσκον (φέρω) : 
bear, carry, wear, draw, carry 

Φ 

Φόρκνς, -ννος : a leader of tlie Phry- 
gians, Β 862. 

φόρμί-γζ, -ιγγος : lyre. 

φόως or better φόος (φάος) : light, 

φόοΗΤ-Βε : to the light. 

φράζομαι, aor. imv. φράσαι: make 
clear to myself, consider^ plan, 
think. 



102 



VOCABULARY TO THE 



φρην, gen. φρενός : the diaphragm as 
seat of intelligence and feeling, 
mind, heart; often in pi. 

φρητρη, dat. φρητρη-φιν (f rater) : 
clan. 

φρίσσω, perf. partic. as pres. ττε- 
φρϊκνΐαι : bristle. 

φρονεω {φρην) : think, consider, plan, 
φίλα φρονεων, ευ φρονεων well- 
disposed, friendly. 

Φρύγες pi.: Phrygians, Β 862, 
Γ 185. 

Φρν-γίη: Phrygia, district of Asia 
Minor, Γ 184. 

φν \εφν\ : grew, aor. of φυω put 
forth, εν ol φν χειρί (greiv to) 
clung to his hand. 

φνγε, φνγοι : escape, aor. of φενγω 
flee. 

φνη ( φνω) : form. 

Φνλάκη: Thessalian town, Β 695 ff. 

ΦϋλακίΒης : son of Phylacus, Iphi- 
clus, Β 705. 

Φυλακος : a Trojan, Ζ 35. 

φυλάσσω : guard, watch. 

Φΰλεί8η<; : son of Phyleus, Meges, 
Β 628. 

Φυλευς: son of Augeas, father of 
Meges, Β 628. 

φύλλον (φύω, folium): leaf. 

φνλον (φύω) : tribe, race. 

φνλοτης, -^o<i•. din of battle, battle- 
field. 

φυσιάω, partic. φυσιοωντας : snort. 

φϋσίζοος (φύω, ζωη) : life-giving. 

φΰταλιη (φυτόν) : vineyard or or- 
chard land. 

φυτεύω, aor. εφύτευσαν (φυτόν) : set 
out, plant. 

φύω, f ut. φύσει, aor. φν, perf. ττεφυ- 
ασί, plpf. ττεφύκει : put forth, cause 
to grow ; aor. and perf. grow, and 
also φύει in Ζ 149. 

Φωκεΐ*;, gen. Φωκηων pi. : Phocians, 
people of Phocis, Β 517. 



φωνεω, aor. φώνησεν ( φωνή) : speak, 
let one's voice sound, μίν φωνησας 
ττροσηύΒα he lifted up his voice and 
addressed him. 

φωνή : voice. 

φώζ, gen. φωτός: man. 



X. 

χάζομαί, aor. κεκάΒοντο, aor. par- 
tic. )(ασσάμενος : ioithdraiv, give 
way. 

γαίνω, aor. opt. γάνοι : yaion. 

χαίρω, aor. εχάρη, χάρησαν, aor. opt. 
χαρείη, κεγαροίατο : rejoice, am 
delighted, χαίρετε hail, the cus- 
tomary form of greeting. 

χαίτη: pi. hair, jnane. 

χαλετταίνω : am angry. 

χαλεττός 3 : hard, harsh, cruel. 

χαλκεο-θώρη$, -ηκος : clad in bronze 
breast-plate. 

χάλκεος or χάλκείος 3 : of bronze, 
bronze, bronze-pointed (of a spear). 

χαλκεό-φωνος : with brazen voice, 
loud-voiced, of Stentor, Ε 785. 

χαλκεύς : with άνηρ, smith, worker in 
bronze. 

χαλκ-ηρης, -ες : bronzed, fitted with 
bronze, bronze-tipped. 

Χαλκις, -ί8ος : (1) principal town of 
Euboea, Β 537. (2) Aetolian 
town, Β 640. 

χαλκο-βατής, -ες: with bronze (cov- 
ered) threshold. 

χαλκό- κορυστης (κορύσσω): helmeted 
with bronze, in bronze armor. 

χαλκός : bronze, copper. Bronze was 
the most important metal of the 
Homeric age, for armor, weapons, 
tools and utensils. Iron was but 
little used. 

χαλκο-χίτων, -όνος : (ivith bronze 
tunic) , with bronze " breast-plate ^ 
bronze-clad. 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



103 



Χαλκωδοΐ'τιάδτ^ς : son of Chalcodon, 

Elephenor, leader of the Abantes, 

Β 541, Δ 464. 
χαμΛ^ίς : to the ground. 
^(ajua^c : to the ground. 
;(a/x,at : on the earth, on the ground. 
χανΒάνω, aor. «χαδε : check, contain, 
χάνοι : aor. opt. of χαίνω yawn, 
χαρά^ρη: ravine. 

χάρη, χαρείηΐ aor. oi χαίρω rejoice. 
χαρί-€ΐ<ζ, -evTO<; '. graceful, beautiful, 

pleasing; superl. χαρύστατος. 
χαρίζομχχι, aor. opt. χαρίσαιτο, perf . 

partic. κ€χαρίσμ€ν€ : do a favor, 

gratify, give gladly; pass, am dear. 

€μω κ€χαρισμίν€ θυμω delight of 

my heart. 
χ(ίρΐ'<>, -tTos, ace. χάριν : grace, favor. 
XaptTCs: the Graces, goddesses of 

grace and beauty, Ε 338. 
χάρμα, -ατός (χαίρω) : Joy, delight, 
χάρμη (χαίρω) : (Joy of battle), battle. 
ΧάροτΓος : father of 

Nireus, Β 672. 
χασσάμενος : aor. 

partic. of χάζο- 

pjai withdraw, 

give way. 
χατίζω: lack, desire, 
χείμαρρος (ρεω) : 

swollen withrains 

and melted snoio, 
χαμίριος 3 : oftvin- 

fer, wintry, 
χαμών, -ίύνος : win- 
ter, 
χειρ, gen. χαράς, 

dat. pi. χείρίσσι 

or χερσί: hand, 

arm. χείρας 

άνασχών with 

uplifted hands. 

This was the 

usual attitude 

of prayer. 




Χ,είρων, -ωνος : a centaur, famous for 
his knowledge of medicine and 
divination, teacher of Asclepius 
(Aesculapius) and Achilles, 
Δ 219, Λ 832. 

χεραότερος : comp. worse, inferior. 

χερείων, -όνος : comp. worse, inferior, 
τα χερείονα νίκα loorse plans prevail. 

χερης, dat. χερψ, ace. χερηα: comp. 
worse, inferior, an inferior, a sub- 
ject. 

χερμά8ων (χείρ) : stone. 

χερ-νίτΓΤομαί, aor. χερνίψαντο (χειρ) '. 
wash my hands, A 449. 

χερσί: dat. pi. of χείρ hand. 

χέρσος : the land, shore. 

χεω, aor. εχεεν or εχευε, χνντο, perf. 
κεχννται, plpf . κεχντο : pour, heap 
(of a funeral mound), throio into 
a heap, σνν ορκία εχεναν broke 
(threw into a disorderly heap) the 
oaths, άμφΐ viov εχενατο ττηχεα 
threw (her) arms about (her) son, 
δάκρυ χεων weeping. 

χ^μεϊς : for και -ημείς tve also. 

χην, gen. χηνός : goose. 

χηρη : bereft, widoived, widoiv. 

χηρόω, aor. χηρωσε (χηρη) : emμy^ 
jnake deserted. 

χηρωστης : distant relative, Ε 158. 

χτ}τος, -εος : lack, want. 

χθίζός: adj. yesterday, χθίζάαάν. 

χθων, gen. χθονός: earth, ground. 

Χίμαιρα : the Chimaera, a monster 
slain by Bellerophon ; described, 
Ζ 179 fe. 




Xelpas οι/ασ-χώΐ'. 



χίμαιρα. 




104 



VOCABULARY TO THE 




χίμαιρα : a she-goat, Ζ 181. 

■χίτών, -ωνος (^cotton) : tunic of linen ; 
the principal male garment, often 
the only garment worn at home. 
The χίτων worn under the war- 
rior's armor, was short; that worn 
in peace was long ' and migirt.* 

χλαίνα : cloak, woolen 
mantle. This was 
often dyed purple. 

χολάς, -άδο?: pi. en- 
trails, guts. 

χόλος: (gall), sudden | 
anger. 

χολόω, fut. inf. χολωσΐ•] 
μεν, aor.partic. ;)(ολ(«>- 
σάμενος, perf. par- 
tic, κεχολωμίνον, fut. 
κεχολωσεαι, aor. pass. 
χολωθη (χόλος) : an- 
ger. Pass, and mid. 
am angry. 

χολωτος : angry. 

χορόν -Sc : to the dance. 

χορός (chorus) : dance. 

χραισμεω, aor. χραΐσμε : avail, help, 
ward off a foe from another. 

χρανω, aor. subjv. χρανστ]: wound 
slightly, graze. 

χρειώ, -ονς (χρη) .* need. 

χρη : necessity. Generally used like 
χρη εστί, it is necessary, one ought. 

Χρομίος: (1) son of Priam slain by 
Teucer, Ε 160. (2) Son of Neleus 
and Chloris, Δ 295, λ 286. (3) A 
Lycian, slain by Odysseus, Ε 677. 

Χρόμις, -ιος: a leader of the My- 
sians, Β 858. 

χρόνος : time. 

χροός gen. χρ6α ace. : of χρως skin, 
body. 

χρΰσ-άμττυζ, -νκος : with golden front- 
let (head hand). 

χρϋσ-αορος (aop) : ivith golden sivord. 

χρνσε(ί)ος 3 ; golden. 



χλαίνα. 



Χρυσή: town on the coast of the 
Troad with a temple to Apollo, 
A 37, 100, 390, 431, 451. 

Χρνσηίς, -ί8ος : daughter of Chryses, 
captured by Achilles, and given 
to Agamemnon, A 111, 143, 182, 
310, 369, 439. She is never called 
by her own name. 

χρυσ-ηνιος : flashing with gold. Per- 
haps, with golden reins (ηνία). Epi- 
thet of Artemis, Ζ 205. 

Χρυσής : priest of Apollo at Chrysa, 
A 11, 370, 442, 450. 

χρϋσό-θρονος : golden-throned, 

χρυσός : gold, 

χρως, gen. χροός : skin, body, 

χύντο : aor. of χεω pour. 

χυτός (χεω) 3 : heaped up. 

χωλός : lame. 

χωομαι, aor. εχώσατο : am angry, am 
full of rage. 

χωρεω, aor. χωρησαν : give way, 

χωρη: place. 

χώρος : place, space. 



φάμαθος : fem. sand. 

ψεΒνός 3 : sparse, Β 219. 

ψευΒ-ης, -ες (ϊ/^εΰδο/χαι) : false, liar, 

Δ 235. 
ψευΒομαι, aor. partic. ψευσαμενη : lie. 

ψευδόμενοι φασι say falsely. 
ψεΰΒος, -εος : lie, deceit, 
ψυχή: breath, soul, life, τον δ ελι• 

7Γ€ ψυχή the breath of life left him, 

i.e. he fainted, 
ψυχρός : cold. 



Ω. 

ω: inter j. 0! used before the voc. 
ώ : inter j. followed by μοί or ττόττοί, 

expressing surprise or displeasure, 

Oh! alas! 



FIRST SIX BOOKS OF THE ILIAD. 



105 



ωΒε : thus, in this way, as follows. 
ώδ€ — ως so — as, as — as, or ώς — 
ώδε as — so. 

ωθίω, aor. ωσ€(ν), ώσατο : thrust, 
drive off. 

iuiyvvvTBi impf.of otyvTj/Atojoen. (Per- 
haps ηοίγννντο should be read.) 

ωκα (ωκνς) : adv. quickly, swiftly. 

Ώκαλεη: Boeotian village, Β 501. 

'Ωκεανό? : Oceanus, god of a broad 
stream which flowed about the 
earth, and was also called Ocea- 
nus, A 423, Γ 5, Ε 6. 

ωκηθίν Ιωκηθησαν'] : aor. of οΐκίω 
inhabit, colonize. 

ωκν-μορος : (of early death), short- 
lived. Superl. ωκνμορωτατος. 

ωκύ-τΓορο<; : swift, swiftly sailing (of 
ships). 

ωκν-7Γονς, -ττοδος : swift-footed, fleet. 

ωκν-ροος (ρεω) : swiftly flowing. 

ωκνς, ώ /cca or ωκεΓα, ωκύ : swift, fleet. 

*Ω,λ€νίη ττίτρη : said to be the peak 
of Mt. Scollis in Achaea near the 
frontier of Elis, Β 617. 

*Ωλ€νος : Aetolian town, Β 639. 

ώλεσα : aor. of οΧΚνμι destroy, lose. 

ωμίλησα: aor. of δ/χιλεω am with, 
associate with. 

ωμοθ€Τ€ω, aor. ωμοθετησαν (ώ/ΛΟ?) : 
place pieces of raw meat (upon). 

ωμός, gen. and dat. dual, ωμοιΐν. 
shoulder. 

ωμός : raw, uncooked. 

ωμο-φάγος (φαγεΐν): raw-flesh-eating. 

ωμωζεν ι aor. of οΐμώζω groan. 

ωνησας : aor. of όνίνημί help, please. 

ωττασαν : aor. of οττάζω grant. 

ωτΓτησαν : aor. of όπτάω roast. 

*Ωραί pi. : the Hours, Seasons, door- 
keepers of Olympus, Ε 749. 

ωρ€$ατο: aor. of ορίγννμι reach, 
stretch out. 

ωρη: season (of spring). 

ίορεσσιν : dat. pi. of υαρ wife» 



ωρμαινε: impf. of ορμχύνω revolve, 
ponder. 

ωρματο impf., ωρμησε aor. : of ορμάω 
rush, hasten. 

ωρνντο impf., ωρσε, ωρτο, ωρορε aor. : 
of ορννμι rouse, excite, mid. arise, 
hasten. 

ως or ως : adv. thus, so, in this way. 
ως — ως thus — as, or ως — ως as — 
thus, ως αντως thus in like manner. 

ως : adv. as. (1) It is used to in- 
troduce relative and comparative 
sentences in the sense of as, like 
as, often corresponding to a ως, 
τως, or οντω. (2) As a conj., it 
introduces (a) temporal sentences, 
as, when; (5) dependent declara- 
tive sentences, how, that ; (c) pur- 
pose clauses, in order that; and 
(fl) wishes, that, would that ! 
When it follows its noun in the 
sense of like, as, it is accented ω?, 
e.g. Θεός ως as a god. When it thus 
follows the noun which it modi- 
fies, it generally makes the pre- 
ceding syllable long by position. 

ωσάν, ώσατο: aor. of ωθίω thrust, 
drive off. 

ως ei : as if. ως irep : Just as. 

ως τ€ : as. Just as. (Never, so that.) 

ωταλη: wound. 

"Όιτος•. son of Poseidon (Neptu- 
n u s) , brother of Ephialtes, Ε 385. 

ωντός : for ό αυτός that very one. 

wrpvve : aor. of ότρυνω impel, arouse, 
urge on. 

ωφ€λ(λ)ον or ωφαλον: ought, aor. 
of οφείλω owe. It is used with 
αχθε and ως to express a wish 
which cannot be realized. 

ωχετο : imp. of οίχομαι go away. 

ωχθησαν: aor. of όχθεω am out of 
temper, vexed. 

ωχρός : pallor, paleness. 

ωψ, gen. ωττός : facef countenance. 



/jX 



6 Ρ•|4 



UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 

Fine ""hrri--'r• '^'^ cents on ;ferst day avrHtie 




OCT 10 1947 



201: ebS'^ 
18Feb5 2tU 

20Feb61 LC 

REC'D Lb 

FEB 6 1981 

LD 21-100m-12,'46(A2012sl6)4120 



,Φ 



fii' 




U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES 




^m^imM.. 





Ύ)